[Xfce4-commits] <thunar:master> Clean up the docs directory, as proposed in the previous commit.

Jannis Pohlmann noreply at xfce.org
Sat Dec 19 16:52:02 CET 2009


Updating branch refs/heads/master
         to d3364683da0d8b698ee24dd4ea652fe8fe3db666 (commit)
       from 57c4fd488622cb2777b86bdbd675ca8f7b4bfed7 (commit)

commit d3364683da0d8b698ee24dd4ea652fe8fe3db666
Author: Jannis Pohlmann <jannis at xfce.org>
Date:   Sat Dec 19 16:29:05 2009 +0100

    Clean up the docs directory, as proposed in the previous commit.

 docs/manual/C/Makefile.am                          |   68 -
 docs/manual/da/Makefile.am                         |   64 -
 docs/manual/da/Thunar.xml.in                       |  966 ------------
 docs/manual/da/images/Makefile.am                  |   16 -
 docs/manual/da/images/bulk-rename.png              |  Bin 60936 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/da/images/file-manager-window.png      |  Bin 89259 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/da/images/file-properties.png          |  Bin 36785 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/da/images/preferences-advanced.png     |  Bin 44065 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/da/images/preferences-behavior.png     |  Bin 38687 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/da/images/preferences-side-pane.png    |  Bin 34481 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/da/images/preferences-views.png        |  Bin 34407 -> 0 bytes
 .../da/images/removable-drives-and-media.png       |  Bin 68344 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/da/images/removable-media-unmount.png  |  Bin 8272 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/da/images/sendto-menu.png              |  Bin 61796 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/da/images/visible-columns.png          |  Bin 54763 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/es/Makefile.am                         |   68 -
 docs/manual/es/Thunar.xml.in                       | 1447 ------------------
 docs/manual/es/images/Makefile.am                  |   20 -
 docs/manual/es/images/bulk-rename.png              |  Bin 60936 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/es/images/file-manager-window.png      |  Bin 89259 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/es/images/file-properties.png          |  Bin 36785 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/es/images/preferences-advanced.png     |  Bin 44065 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/es/images/preferences-behavior.png     |  Bin 38687 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/es/images/preferences-side-pane.png    |  Bin 34481 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/es/images/preferences-views.png        |  Bin 34407 -> 0 bytes
 .../es/images/removable-drives-and-media.png       |  Bin 68344 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/es/images/removable-media-unmount.png  |  Bin 8272 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/es/images/sendto-menu.png              |  Bin 61796 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/es/images/visible-columns.png          |  Bin 54763 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/eu/Makefile.am                         |   68 -
 docs/manual/eu/Thunar.xml.in                       | 1437 -----------------
 docs/manual/eu/images/Makefile.am                  |   20 -
 docs/manual/eu/images/bulk-rename.png              |  Bin 60936 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/eu/images/file-manager-window.png      |  Bin 89259 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/eu/images/file-properties.png          |  Bin 36785 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/eu/images/preferences-advanced.png     |  Bin 44065 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/eu/images/preferences-behavior.png     |  Bin 38687 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/eu/images/preferences-side-pane.png    |  Bin 34481 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/eu/images/preferences-views.png        |  Bin 34407 -> 0 bytes
 .../eu/images/removable-drives-and-media.png       |  Bin 68344 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/eu/images/removable-media-unmount.png  |  Bin 8272 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/eu/images/sendto-menu.png              |  Bin 61796 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/eu/images/visible-columns.png          |  Bin 54763 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/fr/Makefile.am                         |   68 -
 docs/manual/fr/Thunar.xml.in                       |  966 ------------
 docs/manual/gl/Makefile.am                         |   68 -
 docs/manual/gl/Thunar.xml.in                       | 1607 --------------------
 docs/manual/gl/images/Makefile.am                  |   20 -
 docs/manual/gl/images/bulk-rename.png              |  Bin 60936 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/gl/images/file-manager-window.png      |  Bin 89259 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/gl/images/file-properties.png          |  Bin 36785 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/gl/images/preferences-advanced.png     |  Bin 44065 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/gl/images/preferences-behavior.png     |  Bin 38687 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/gl/images/preferences-side-pane.png    |  Bin 34481 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/gl/images/preferences-views.png        |  Bin 34407 -> 0 bytes
 .../gl/images/removable-drives-and-media.png       |  Bin 68344 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/gl/images/removable-media-unmount.png  |  Bin 8272 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/gl/images/sendto-menu.png              |  Bin 61796 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/gl/images/visible-columns.png          |  Bin 54763 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/it/Makefile.am                         |   65 -
 docs/manual/it/Thunar.xml.in                       |  966 ------------
 docs/manual/it/images/Makefile.am                  |   17 -
 docs/manual/it/images/bulk-rename.png              |  Bin 60936 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/it/images/file-manager-window.png      |  Bin 89259 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/it/images/file-properties.png          |  Bin 36785 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/it/images/preferences-advanced.png     |  Bin 44065 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/it/images/preferences-behavior.png     |  Bin 38687 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/it/images/preferences-side-pane.png    |  Bin 34481 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/it/images/preferences-views.png        |  Bin 34407 -> 0 bytes
 .../it/images/removable-drives-and-media.png       |  Bin 68344 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/it/images/removable-media-unmount.png  |  Bin 8272 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/it/images/sendto-menu.png              |  Bin 61796 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/it/images/visible-columns.png          |  Bin 54763 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/ja/Makefile.am                         |   68 -
 docs/manual/ja/Thunar.xml.in                       |  966 ------------
 docs/manual/nl/Makefile.am                         |   68 -
 docs/manual/nl/Thunar.xml.in                       | 1607 --------------------
 docs/manual/nl/images/Makefile.am                  |   20 -
 docs/manual/nl/images/bulk-rename.png              |  Bin 60936 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/nl/images/file-manager-window.png      |  Bin 89259 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/nl/images/file-properties.png          |  Bin 36785 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/nl/images/preferences-advanced.png     |  Bin 44065 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/nl/images/preferences-behavior.png     |  Bin 38687 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/nl/images/preferences-side-pane.png    |  Bin 34481 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/nl/images/preferences-views.png        |  Bin 34407 -> 0 bytes
 .../nl/images/removable-drives-and-media.png       |  Bin 68344 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/nl/images/removable-media-unmount.png  |  Bin 8272 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/nl/images/sendto-menu.png              |  Bin 61796 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/nl/images/visible-columns.png          |  Bin 54763 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/pl/Makefile.am                         |   68 -
 docs/manual/pl/Thunar.xml.in                       |  972 ------------
 docs/manual/ru/Makefile.am                         |   68 -
 docs/manual/ru/Thunar.xml.in                       | 1564 -------------------
 docs/manual/ru/images/Makefile.am                  |   20 -
 docs/manual/ru/images/bulk-rename.png              |  Bin 60936 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/ru/images/file-manager-window.png      |  Bin 89259 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/ru/images/file-properties.png          |  Bin 36785 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/ru/images/preferences-advanced.png     |  Bin 44065 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/ru/images/preferences-behavior.png     |  Bin 38687 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/ru/images/preferences-side-pane.png    |  Bin 34481 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/ru/images/preferences-views.png        |  Bin 34407 -> 0 bytes
 .../ru/images/removable-drives-and-media.png       |  Bin 68344 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/ru/images/removable-media-unmount.png  |  Bin 8272 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/ru/images/sendto-menu.png              |  Bin 61796 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/ru/images/visible-columns.png          |  Bin 54763 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/tr/Makefile.am                         |   64 -
 docs/manual/tr/Thunar.xml.in                       |  966 ------------
 docs/manual/tr/images/Makefile.am                  |   16 -
 docs/manual/tr/images/bulk-rename.png              |  Bin 60936 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/tr/images/file-manager-window.png      |  Bin 89259 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/tr/images/file-properties.png          |  Bin 36785 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/tr/images/preferences-advanced.png     |  Bin 44065 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/tr/images/preferences-behavior.png     |  Bin 38687 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/tr/images/preferences-side-pane.png    |  Bin 34481 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/tr/images/preferences-views.png        |  Bin 34407 -> 0 bytes
 .../tr/images/removable-drives-and-media.png       |  Bin 68344 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/tr/images/removable-media-unmount.png  |  Bin 8272 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/tr/images/sendto-menu.png              |  Bin 61796 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/tr/images/visible-columns.png          |  Bin 54763 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/zh_TW/Makefile.am                      |   68 -
 docs/manual/zh_TW/Thunar.xml.in                    | 1437 -----------------
 docs/manual/zh_TW/images/Makefile.am               |   20 -
 docs/manual/zh_TW/images/bulk-rename.png           |  Bin 60936 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/zh_TW/images/file-manager-window.png   |  Bin 89259 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/zh_TW/images/file-properties.png       |  Bin 36785 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/zh_TW/images/preferences-advanced.png  |  Bin 44065 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/zh_TW/images/preferences-behavior.png  |  Bin 38687 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/zh_TW/images/preferences-side-pane.png |  Bin 34481 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/zh_TW/images/preferences-views.png     |  Bin 34407 -> 0 bytes
 .../zh_TW/images/removable-drives-and-media.png    |  Bin 68344 -> 0 bytes
 .../zh_TW/images/removable-media-unmount.png       |  Bin 8272 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/zh_TW/images/sendto-menu.png           |  Bin 61796 -> 0 bytes
 docs/manual/zh_TW/images/visible-columns.png       |  Bin 54763 -> 0 bytes
 133 files changed, 0 insertions(+), 15943 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/manual/C/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/C/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index ca26e7e..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/C/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-# $Id$
-
-SUBDIRS =								\
-	images
-
-TARGET_DIR = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/C
-STYLESHEET = ../thunar.xsl
-DOCUMENT = Thunar.xml
-
-# We set GPATH here; this gives us semantics for GNU make
-# which are more like other make's VPATH, when it comes to
-# whether a source that is a target of one rule is then
-# searched for in VPATH/GPATH.
-GPATH = $(srcdir)
-
-DOC_STAMPS = html-build.stamp
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(DOCUMENT)
-CLEANFILES = $(DOC_STAMPS)
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-all-local: html-build.stamp
-
-html-build.stamp: $(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT) $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET)
-	@echo "*** Building HTML ***"
-	@-chmod -R u+w $(srcdir)
-	rm -rf $(srcdir)/html
-	mkdir $(srcdir)/html
-	$(XSLTPROC) --nonet -o $(srcdir)/html/ $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET) \
-		$(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT)
-	touch html-build.stamp
-else
-all-local:
-endif
-
-maintainer-clean-local: clean
-	(cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf html)
-
-install-data-local:
-	installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*`;				\
-	if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*'; then		\
-		echo "--- Nothing to install";				\
-	else								\
-		$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);		\
-		for file in $$installfiles; do				\
-			echo "--- Installing "$$file;			\
-			$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);	\
-		done;							\
-	fi
-
-uninstall-local:
-	rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)/*
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-dist-check-xsltproc: all
-else
-dist-check-xsltproc:
-	@echo "*** xsltproc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist"
-	@false
-endif
-
-dist-hook: dist-check-xsltproc dist-hook-local
-	mkdir $(distdir)/html
-	-cp $(srcdir)/html/* $(distdir)/html
-
-.PHONY: dist-hook-local
-
-# vi:set ts=8 sw=8 noet ai nocindent syntax=automake:
diff --git a/docs/manual/da/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/da/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e71caa..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/da/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-SUBDIRS =								\
-	images
-
-TARGET_DIR = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/da
-STYLESHEET = ../thunar.xsl
-DOCUMENT = Thunar.xml
-
-# We set GPATH here; this gives us semantics for GNU make
-# which are more like other make's VPATH, when it comes to
-# whether a source that is a target of one rule is then
-# searched for in VPATH/GPATH.
-GPATH = $(srcdir)
-
-DOC_STAMPS = html-build.stamp
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(DOCUMENT)
-CLEANFILES = $(DOC_STAMPS)
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-all-local: html-build.stamp
-
-html-build.stamp: $(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT) $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET)
-	@echo "*** Building HTML ***"
-	@-chmod -R u+w $(srcdir)
-	rm -rf $(srcdir)/html
-	mkdir $(srcdir)/html
-	$(XSLTPROC) --nonet -o $(srcdir)/html/ $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET) \
-		$(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT)
-	touch html-build.stamp
-else
-all-local:
-endif
-
-maintainer-clean-local: clean
-	(cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf html)
-
-install-data-local:
-	installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*`;						\
-	if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*'; then				\
-		echo "--- Nothing to install";							\
-	else													\
-		$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);				\
-		for file in $$installfiles; do							\
-			echo "--- Installing "$$file;						\
-			$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);	\
-		done;											\
-	fi
-
-uninstall-local:
-	rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)/*
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-dist-check-xsltproc: all
-else
-dist-check-xsltproc:
-	@echo "*** xsltproc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist"
-	@false
-endif
-
-dist-hook: dist-check-xsltproc dist-hook-local
-	mkdir $(distdir)/html
-	-cp $(srcdir)/html/* $(distdir)/html
-
-.PHONY: dist-hook-local
diff --git a/docs/manual/da/Thunar.xml.in b/docs/manual/da/Thunar.xml.in
deleted file mode 100644
index d278c49..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/da/Thunar.xml.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,966 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-<!ENTITY date "November 2007">
-<!ENTITY version "@PACKAGE_VERSION@">
-<!ENTITY application "@PACKAGE_NAME@">
-]>
-<article id="index" lang="da">
-
-  <!-- Header -->
-  <articleinfo>
-    <title>Thunar filhåndtering</title>
-
-    <pubdate>&date;</pubdate>
-
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2004</year>
-      <year>2005</year>
-      <year>2006</year>
-      <year>2007</year>
-      <holder>Benedikt Meurer</holder>
-    </copyright>
-
-    <legalnotice id="legalnotice">
-      <para>Der gives hermed lov til kopiere, distribuere og/eller ændre dette dokument under betingelserne af GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 eller enhver senere version udgivet af Free Software Foundation, med ingen ufravigelige dele; ingen forsidetekst, og ingen bagsidetekst. Hele licensteksten er til rådighed på <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/">Free Software Foundation</ulink>.</para>
-    </legalnotice>
-
-    <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-        <firstname>Benedikt</firstname>
-        <surname>Meurer</surname>
-        <affiliation>
-          <address><email>benny at xfce.org</email></address>
-          <orgname>os-cillation</orgname>
-          <orgdiv>Systemudvikling</orgdiv>
-          <jobtitle>Softwareudvikler</jobtitle>
-        </affiliation>
-      </author>
-    </authorgroup>
-
-    <releaseinfo>Denne manual beskriver version @PACKAGE_VERSION@ af @PACKAGE_NAME at .</releaseinfo>
-  </articleinfo>
-
-  <sect1 id="intro">
-    <title>Introduktion til @PACKAGE_NAME@</title>
-
-    <para>Thunar er en ny moderne filhåndtering til skrivebordsmiljøet Xfce. Thunar er designet fra bunden af til at være hurtig og nem at bruge. Dens brugerflade er stilrent og intuitivt, og inkluderer ikke nogen forvirrende eller ubrugelige indstillinger som standard. Thunar er hurtig og responsiv, med en hurtig opstartstid og indlæsningstid af mapper.</para>
-
-    <para>Thunar filhåndtering sørger derved for et integreret tilgangspunkt til dine filer og programmer. Du kan bruge filhåndteringen til følgende:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>Oprette mapper og dokumenter.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Vise dine filer og mapper.</listitem>
-      <listitem>HÃ¥ndtere dine filer og mapper.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Køre og håndtere brugertilpassede handlinger.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Tilgå flytbare medier.</listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="the-file-manager-window">
-    <title>Filhåndteringsvinduet</title>
-
-    <para>Som standard består filhånderingsvinduet af et genvejspanel på den venstre side, hovedområdet på den højre og en stilinje over hovedområdet.</para>
-
-    <screenshot>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="images/file-manager-window.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-
-        <textobject>
-          <phrase>Filhåndteringsvindue</phrase>
-        </textobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </screenshot>
-
-    <para><guilabel>Genvejspanelet</guilabel> tilbyder genveje til forskellige mapper på dit system. Den første genvej vil føre dig til din <emphasis>Hjemmemappe</emphasis>, mappen hvor du opbevarer alle dine personlige data, og vil derfor have det samme navn som den nuværende bruger. Den anden genvej vil tage dig til papirkurven, som opbevarer alle slettede filer, der så kan genskabes senere. Den tredje genvej tager dig til din <emphasis>Skrivebordsmappe</emphasis> som indeholder de filer og mapper, der er vist på dit skrivebord. Den fjerde genvej vil tage dig til roden af dit filsystem - her vil du måske gå lidt på opdagelse, selvom det kan være lidt forvirrende, hvis du er ny til Linux/Unix. Klik bare rundt i de forskellige mapper og se, hvad der er inden i dem.</para>
-
-    <para>Under <emphasis>Filsystemgenvejen, vil de flytbare drev og medier vfloppydrev. Klik p for flere detaljer.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>De resterende genveje er brugertilpassede. Tilføj dine egne genveje ved simpelthen at trække mapper hen til <guilabel>genvejspanelet</guilabel>. Dette vil gøre dig i stand til at tilgå dine vigtige mapper øjeblikkeligt. For at fjerne en tilføjet genvej, højreklikker du på genvejen og vælger <guimenuitem>Fjern genvej</guimenuitem>. For at omdøbe en tidligere tilføjet genvej, højreklikker du på genvejen og vælger <guimenuitem>Omdøb genvej</guimenuitem>.  Bemærk at disse handlinger kun påvirker genvejen og ikke mappen som genvejen henviser til.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Hovedområdet</emphasis> vil altid vise indholdet af den nuværende mappe. Dobbeltklik på mapper for at tilgå dem, og højreklik på filer eller mapper for at se en kontekstmenu, der tilbyder forskellige muligheder for anvendelse. Vælg flere filer ved at trække en rektangel over dem med musen. Alternativt kan du vælge en fil, hold <keycap>Skift</keycap> knappen nede og forøg eller formindsk det markerede ved at bruge piletasterne.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Stilinjen</emphasis> vil altid vise den sti du tog for at komme hen til den mappe du er i. Du kan klikke på enhver stilinjeknap for at skifte til den mappe den repræsenterer. Højreklik på en stilinje for at få en kontekstmenu frem med nogle valgmuligheder.</para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="customizing-the-appearance">
-      <title>Tilpasning af udseendet</title>
-
-      <para>Der er flere måder at tilpasse udseendet af filhåndteringsvinduet på. Hvis du ikke kan lide den måde ikonerne er vist på, så vælg <menuchoice><guimenu>Vis</guimenu><guimenuitem>Vis som liste</guimenuitem></menuchoice> fra hovedmenuen for at få indholdet af den nuværende mappe vist som en detaljeret liste.</para>
-
-      <para>Du kan få filhåndteringsvinduet til at vise en stedlinje istedet for en stilinje ved at vælge <menuchoice><guimenu>Vis</guimenu><guimenuitem>Stedvælger</guimenuitem>Værktøjslinjestil</menuchoice></para>
-
-      <para>Hvis du foretrækker trævisning i det venstre panel, så vælg <menuchoice><guimenu>Vis</guimenu><guimenuitem>Sidepanel</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Træstruktur</guimenuitem></menuchoice> fra hovedmenuen.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="visible-columns-in-the-detailed-list-view">
-        <title>Synlige kolonner i detaljeret listevisning</title>
-
-        <para>Hvis du foretrækker at vise indholdet af en mappe som en liste ved brug af <guilabel>Detaljeret listevisning</guilabel>, kan du tilpasse de synlige kolonner i detaljeret listevisning. Vælg <menuchoice><guimenu>VisKonfigur fra hovedmenuen, for at tilpasse de synlige kolonner.</guimenu></menuchoice></para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/visible-columns.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Synlige kolonner</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Synlige kolonner</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Vælg de kolonner du vil have vist, ud fra listen af kolonner der er til rådighed. Klik på <guibutton>Flyt op</guibutton> eller <guibutton>Flyt ned</guibutton> for at ændre rækkefølgen af kolonnerne. Klik på <guibutton>Brug standard</guibutton> for at vende tilbage til de oprindelige indstillinger.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Kolonnesjustering</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Vælg punktet <guibutton>Udvid kolonner automatisk efter behov</guibutton>, hvis du vil have kolonnerne i listevisning til at udvide automatisk efter behov. Så er du sikker på at teksten er helt synlig.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="working-with-files-and-folders">
-    <title>Arbejde med filer og mapper</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="opening-files">
-      <title>Ã…bner filer</title>
-
-      <para>Når du åbner en fil, vil filhåndteringen udføre standardhandlingen for den filtype. F.eks. ved åbning af en tekstfil vil den vise den i det tekstbehandlingsprogram der er sat som standard, mens åbning af en billedfil vil vise den i den billedfremviser der er sat som standard.</para>
-
-      <para>Filhåndteringen undersøger filendelsen på en fil for at fastslå hvilken type fil det er. Hvis filen ingen endelse har, vil filhåndteringen undersøge indholdet af filen.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-the-default-action">
-        <title>Udfører standardhandlingen</title>
-
-        <para>For at udføre standardhandlingen for en fil, så dobbeltklik på den. F.eks. er standardhandlingen for lydfiler, at afspille dem i den musikafspiller der er sat som standard. I dette tilfælde kan du dobbeltklikke på filen for at åbne den i musikafspilleren.</para>
-
-        <para>Du kan indstille <application>Thunar</application> således at du kan nøjes med at klikke en enkelt gang på en fil for at udføre standardhandlingen, se <xref linkend="preferences-behavior"/>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-non-default-actions">
-        <title>Udfører ikke-standardhandlinger</title>
-
-        <para>For at udføre handlinger, udover standardhandlingen for en fil, så vælg den fil du vil udføre en handling med. Vælg den ønskede handling fra<emphasis>Åbn med</emphasis> valgmulighederne i <guimenu>Fil</guimenu> menuen eller med <guimenu>Åbn med</guimenu> undermenuen.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="adding-actions">
-        <title>Tilføjer handlinger</title>
-
-        <para>Gør følgende for at tilføje handlinger til en bestemt filtype:</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Vælg en fil i hovedområdet af den filtype du vil tilføje en handling til.</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Vælg <menuchoice><guimenu>Fil</guimenu><guimenuitem>Åbn med andet program...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> fra hovedområdet.</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Enten vælg et program i <guilabel>Åbn med</guilabel>-dialogvinduet eller vælg <guibutton>Brug tilpasset kommando</guibutton> og vælg stien til det program, du ønsker at åbne denne filtype med.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>Den handling du har valgt er nu tilføjet til listen over tidligere tilknyttede handlinger for lige den filtype. Hvis du har aktiveret <guibutton>Brug som standard for denne type filer</guibutton>  eller der ikke er nogen tidligere handlinger med denne filtype, er den nylig tilføjede handling nu standard.</para>
-
-        <para>Du kan også tilføje handlinger ved brug af <guibutton>Åbn med</guibutton> knappen under <menuchoice><guimenu>Fil</guimenu><guimenuitem>Egenskaber...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="modifiying-actions">
-        <title>Ændrer handlinger</title>
-
-        <para>Gør følgende for at ændre de tilknyttede handlinger til en fil eller filtype:</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Vælg en fil i hovedområdet af den filtype du vil ændre en handling for.</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Vælg <menuchoice><guimenu>Fil</guimenu><guimenuitem>Egenskaber...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> fra hovedmenuen.</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Vælg den nye standardhandling ved brug af <guilabel>Åbn med</guilabel>-knappen eller tilføj en ny handling ved at vælge <guimenuitem>Åbn med andet program...</guimenuitem> fra rullegardinmenuen.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>For at fjerne en tidligere tilføjet handling for en filtype, skal du åbne <guilabel>Åbn med</guilabel>-dialogen som beskrevet ovenfor, højreklik på den handling du vil fjerne og vælg <guimenuitem>Fjern starter</guimenuitem>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="file-properties">
-      <title>Filegenskaber</title>
-
-      <para>Filegenskabsvinduet viser mere information om enhver fil eller mappe i filhåndteringen. Med dette vindue, kan du også gøre følgende:</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ændre ikonet for særlige filer, som f.eks. programstartere og URL-henvisninger.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Tilføje eller fjerne emblemer for en fil eller mappe.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ændre UNIX-filtilladelser for en fil eller mappe.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Vælge hvilket program der skal bruges til at åbne en fil og andre filer af den samme type.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/file-properties.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Filegenskaber</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>For at åbne filegenskabsvinduet, skal du udføre følgende trin:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Vælg en fil eller mappe, hvis egenskaber du vil undersøge eller ændre. Du kan ikke vælge flere elementer ad gangen og få vist de egenskaber, de har tilsammen i øjeblikket.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Udfør en af følgende handlinger: <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Vælg <menuchoice><guimenu>Fil</guimenu><guimenuitem>Egenskaber...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> fra hovedmenuen.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Højreklik på det markerede element og vælg <guimenuitem>Egenskaber...</guimenuitem> fra genvejsmenuen.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Tryk på <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Retur</keycap>.
-              
-            </keycombo></para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="using-removable-media">
-    <title>Tilgang af flytbart medie</title>
-
-    <sect2 id="accessing-removable-media">
-      <title>Tilgår flytbart medie</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar undersøtter flytbare medier, hvis den er bygget med understøttelse af <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software_2fhal">HAL</ulink>, eller hvis du bruger <ulink type="http" url="http://www.freebsd.org/">FreeBSD</ulink>. Bemærk dog at på FreeBSD 6.0 eller nyere, er det anbefalet at bruge HAL istedet for den standardunderstøttelse som Thunar tilbyder.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-mount-media">
-        <title>Montering af medie</title>
-
-        <para><emphasis>Montering</emphasis> af medie, er at gøre filsystemet på mediet tilgængeligt. Når du monterer medie, vil filsystemet på mediet, blive tilføjet som et underkatalog på dit filsystem.</para>
-
-        <para>For at tilgå medie, indsæt da mediet i den korrekte enhed, eller forbind den nye enhed til din computer (forbind f.eks. en USB-stang til en af dine USB-porte). Et objekt der repræsenterer mediet, er tilføjet i sidepanelet af filhåndteringen. Hvis <application>xfdesktop</application> kører og er indstillet til at vise <guilabel>Fil/starter ikoner</guilabel>, vil dette objekt også blive tilføjet på dit skrivebord.</para>
-
-        <para>Klik på på det objekt der repræsenterer mediet, for rent faktisk at montere det. F.eks. for at montere en floppydiskette skal du klikke på <guilabel>floppy-drev</guilabel>objektet i sidepanel. Filhåndteringen vil så tilføje mediets filsystem til dit filsystems hierarki og vise indeholdet af floppydisketten i hovedområdet.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-eject-media">
-        <title>Skubbe medie ud</title>
-
-        <para>Hvis mediets drev er et motoriseret drev (f.eks. et cd-romdrev), så højreklik på medieobjektet i sidepanelet eller på skrivebordet og vælg <guilabel>Skub arkiv ud</guilabel>. Mediet er skubbet ud af drevet efter nogle få sekunder. Hvis mediets drev ikke er motoriseret (f.eks. et floppydrev eller en USB-stang), så højreklik på medieobjektet og vælg <guilabel>Afmontér arkiv</guilabel>. Efter et kort stykke tid, vil en påmindelse fremkomme, der informerer dig om at det nu er sikkert at fjerne mediet, eller at afkoble drevet fra computeren.</para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/removable-media-unmount.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>PÃ¥mindelse om afmontering</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <para>Denne påmindelse vil dog kun kunne blive vist hvis understøttelsen af <application>libnotify</application> er aktiveret, og du har installeret en påmindelsestjeneste. En påmindelsestjeneste til Xfce er tilrådighed fra <ulink type="http" url="http://goodies.xfce.org/projects/applications/notification-daemon-xfce">Xfce Goodies Projektet</ulink>. Hvis understøttelse af påmindelser ikke er tilrådighed, så vent indtil kontekstmenuen forsvinder, før du fjerner mediet eller afkobler drevet.</para>
-
-        <para>Vær opmærksom på at du ikke kan afmontere eller skubbe medier ud, der stadig er i brug af et eller flere programmer. Derfor, hvis filhåndteringen nægter at skubbe medie ud, skal du være sikker på at du lukker alle de programmer der har tilgået mediet. Vær også sikker på at kommandolinjeprogramer der kører i <application>Terminal</application> vinduer, er lukket.</para>
-
-        <para>Vær sikker på at du afmonterer flytbare medier før du skubber dem ud. Skub ikke en diskette ud fra floppydrevet før du har afmonteret disketten. Fjern ikke en USB-stang før du har afmonteret flashdrevet. Hvis du ikke afmonterer mediet først, vil du måske miste nogle data, eller få dit system til at bryde ned.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="management-of-removable-drives-and-media">
-      <title>HÃ¥ndtering af flytbare drev og medier</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar er også istand til automatisk at håndtere flytbare drev og medier, hvis <ulink type="http" url="http://www.foo-projects.org/~benny/projects/thunar-volman/index.html">thunar-volman</ulink> pakken er installeret på dit system. Bemærk dog at denne funktion kræver HAL-understøttelse.</para>
-
-      <para>Hvis nu HAL-understøttelse er tilrådighed og <application>thunar-volman</application> er installeret på  dit system, kan du vælge at aktivere <guilabel>Arkivhåndtering</guilabel> funktionen i Thunar. Dette gøres ved at åbne filhåndteringsegenskaber, gå til <guilabel>Avanceret</guilabel>-siden og markér <guilabel>Aktivér arkivhåndterings</guilabel>-knappen.</para>
-
-      <para>Det næste skridt er at tilpasse håndteringen af flytbare drev og medier til dine behov. Klik på <guilabel>Indstil</guilabel>-henvisningen i sektionen <guilabel>Arkivhåndtering</guilabel> , lige under knappen. <guilabel>Flytbare drev og medier</guilabel> indstillingsdialogen vil nu blive vist.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/removable-drives-and-media.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Flytbare drev og medier</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Hvis du før har brugt <application>gnome-volume-manager</application>, vil du føle dig helt hjemme, da den var designet til at se ud som og opføre sig som <application>gnome-volume-manager</application>. Egenskaberne er delt op i enhedskategorier, for at gøre det nemt at finde indstillingen til din specifikke enhed.</para>
-
-      <para>Siden til <guilabel>Opbevaring</guilabel> indeholder de mest vigtige valgmuligheder. Som navnet antyder, gælder disse indstillinger kun for opbevaringsenheder såsom eksterne harddiskdrev, USB-stang og cd-rom'er.</para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Montér flytbare medier der bliver tilsluttet</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Anvend denne valgmulighed for, automatisk at montere filsystemer på flybare drev (f.eks. eksterne harddiskdrev eller USB-stænger), når sådanne bliver tilsluttet computeren.</para>
-            <para>Denne indstilling skal slås til for at bestemte andre funktioner virker med flytbare drev. Hvis du f.eks. slår denne indstilling fra, vil bestemte bærbare musikafspillere ikke længere blive fundet, selvom du har slået <guilabel>Spil musikfiler ved tilslutning</guilabel> indstillingen til på <guilabel>Multimedie</guilabel> -siden, vil den specifikke kommando ikke blive kørt når du tilslutter din bærbare musikafspiller.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Montér flytbare medie der tilsluttes</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>brug denne indstilling for, automatisk at montere filsystemer på flytbare medier (f.eks. cd-rom'er eller dvd'er),når du indsætter mediet i drevet.</para>
-            <para>Denne indstilling skal slås til for at bestemte andre funktioner virker med flytbare drev. Hvis du f.eks. slår denne valgmulighed fra, vil det blive umuligt at finde ud af om det flytbare medie har auto-kør egenskaber, og derfor vil </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Gennemse flytbare medier der bliver tilsluttet</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Brug denne indstilling for, automatisk at vise indholdet af det nyligt indsatte medie i filhåndteringen. Bemærk dog, at indholdet vil kun blive vist hvis ingen anden handling var mulig eller du valgte at ignorere de andre mulige handlinger. Hvis du f.eks. indsætter en cd-rom med auto-kør egenskaber og <guilabel>auto-kørprogrammer på nye drev og medier</guilabel> indstillingen er slået til, vil du blive spurgt om du vil tillade, eller ignorere auto-kør-funktionen. Hvis du vælger at ignorere auto-kør-funktionen, vil indholdet blive vist i filhåndteringen.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Auto-kør programmer på nye drev og medier</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Brug denne funktion for at gøre bruge af auto-kør muligheden på bestemte flytbare drev og medier. Se <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop Application Autostart Specification</ulink> for deltajer om auto-kør mekanismen. For at forbedre sikkerheden, vil du altid blive spurgt om at bekræfte auto-kør funktionen.</para>
-            <para>Hvis Windows emulatoren <ulink type="http" url="http://www.winehq.org/">WINE</ulink> er installeret på dit system, vil auto-kør-mekanismen også forsøge at køre <filname>autorun.exe filer ved brug af WINE.</filname></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Auto-åbning af filer på nye drev og medier</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Brug denne funktion for at gøre bruge af auto-åbn-muligheden på bestemte flytbare drev og medier. Se <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop Application Autostart Specification</ulink> for deltajer om auto-åbn mekanismen. For at forbedre sikkerheden, vil du altid blive spurgt om at bekræfte auto-åbn-funktionen.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <para>De tilbageværende indstillinger vil tillade dig af specificere en kommando, der skal køres når en bestemt type medie er indsat i drevet, eller når en bestemt type ekstern enhed er tilsluttet. Kommandoen kan bruge tre særlige variabler, der vil blive erstattet når kommandoen er udført:</para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%d</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Hver forekomst af <literal>%d</literal> i kommandoen til blive erstattet af enhedens filsti på nylige tilføjede enheder. F.eks. hvis du har forbundet en USB-stang, vil enhedens filsti være <filename>/dev/sda1 eller /dev/sda1.</filename></para>
-            <para>Hvis ingen enhedsfil er tilknyttet enheden eller enhedsfilen, af en eller anden grund ikke kan findes, vil variablen <literal>%d</literal> blive erstattet med den tomme streng.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%h</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Hver forekomst af <literal>%h</literal> i kommandoen vil blive erstattet med HAL-UDI'en på den nyligt tilføjetde enhed.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%m</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Hver forekomst af <literal>%m</literal> i kommandoen vil blive erstattet af det monteringspunkt, hvor den nyligt tilføjede enhed blev monteret. Hvis enheden ikke kan monteres (f.eks. printere eller tastaturer) eller hvis automatisk montering er slået fra, vil <literal>%m</literal> blive erstattet med den tomme streng.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <sect3 id="troubleshooting-the-volume-manager">
-        <title>Fejlfinding til arkivhåndteringen</title>
-
-        <para>Nyttige råd til fejlfinding til arkivhåndteringen, i det tilfælde at den ikke virker som forventet.</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Vær sikker på at <application>Thunar</application> kører som en tjeneste. Arkivhåndteringen afhænger af dette, da den ikke er en tjeneste i sig selv. Som standard, vil Xfce automatisk starte <application>Thunar</application> op som en tjeneste under opstart. Hvis den blev dræbt af en eller anden grund, så åbn <guilabel>Kør program</guilabel> (ved brug af tastaturgenvejen <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> eller højreklik på skrivebordet og vælg <guilabel>Kør program...</guilabel> fra skrivebordsmenuen), indtast <literal>Thunar --daemon</literal> og klik på <guibutton>Kør</guibutton>.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Prøv at køre <application>thunar-volman</application> fra et <application>Terminal</application>-vindue efter at have tilsluttet drevet eller indsat mediet. Først skal du finde ud af hvad den nye enheds HAL-UDI er, ved at bruge <application>lshal</application> eller <application>hal-device</application>. Når du først kender enhedens UDI, skal du køre <litereal>thunar-volman --device-added<din-enheds-udi> i et Terminal-vindue og efterse uddataen for fejl eller advarsler.</litereal></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>Hvis det stadigvæk ikke vil virke, så spørg på ulink type="http" url="http://forum.xfce.org/">Xfce Forum</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="preferences">
-    <title>Indstillinger til filhåndtering</title>
-
-    <para>Brug dialogen, <guilabel>Indstilling af filhåndtering</guilabel> for at indstille dine <application>Thunar</application>-filhåndteringsindstillinger. For at åbne indstillingsdialogen, skal du vælge <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigér</guimenu><guimenuitem>Indstillinger...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> fra menulinjen, eller klik på <guibutton>Filhåndterings</guibutton>knappen i indstillingshåndteringen til Xfce.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>Filhåndteringsindstillingerne</guilabel> er delt i fire sider med forskellige indstillinger, der er beskrevet i hvert sit afsnit nedenunder. Grundlæggende kan du indstille i følgende kategorier:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem><para>Standardindstillingen til visninger.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>Standardindstillinger til sidepanelet.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>Filhåndteringenvinduets opførsel.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>Filhåndteringens avancerede egenskaber.</para></listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Thunar understøtter også en stak af de såkaldte <emphasis>skjulte indstillinger</emphasis>, som styrer flere af de avancerede egenskaber i filhåndteringen, men er ikke inkluderet indstillingerne for at holde indstillingsdialogen som simpel som mulig. Filen <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/thunar/trunk/docs/README.thunarrc"><filename>README.thunarrc</filename></ulink> der er leveret sammen med Thunar, beskriver alle indstillinger i detaljer.</para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-views">
-      <title>Indstillinger til visning</title>
-
-      <para>Du kan angive en standardvisning samt vælge sorterings- og visningsindstillinger. Du kan også indstille om miniaturevisning skal anvendes for filtyper der understøtter dette.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-views.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Indstillinger til visning</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Vis ny mappe ved at bruge</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Vælg standardvisningen for mapper. Når du åbner et nyt vindue, vil kompakt listevisning blive vist i den visning som du vælger. Dette kan enten være ikonvisning, listevisning, eller detaljeret listevisning. Du kan også vælge <guilabel>Sidste aktive visning</guilabel> her for at vælge den visning der er anvendt på det sidste aktive vindue.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Sortér mapper før filer</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Vælg denne indstilling for at vise mapper før filer, når du sorterer en mappe.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Vis miniaturer</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Vælg denne indstilling for at vise miniaturer af billedfiler og andre filer der er understøttet. Filhåndteringen gemmer miniaturebilleder for hver mappe i den skjulte <filename role="directory">.thumbnails</filename> mappe i brugerens hjemmemappe.</para>
-            <para>Se <xref linkend="thumbnailers"/> hvis du vil udvide den grundlæggende miniature funktionalitet, stillet til rådighed af <application>Thunar</application> med understøttelse for yderligere filtyper.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Tekst ved siden af ikoner</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Vælg denne indstilling, for at placere ikonteksten for elementer i ikonvisning, ved siden af ikonet istedet for under det.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-side-pane">
-      <title>Indstillinger til sidepanelet</title>
-
-      <para>Du kan vælge visningsmulighder til genvejs- og træstrukturpanelet.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-side-pane.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Indstillinger til sidepanelet</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Sidepanelet kan enten vise en liste af genveje til mapper i dit filsystem, som er standardindstillingen, eller som en trævisning af dit filsystem. Denne side tillader dig at vælge størrelsen på ikoner til genvejs- og træpanelet. Du kan også angive hvilke emblemer der skal vises.</para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Ikonstørrelse</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Størrelsen på ikonerne vist i siden, går fra <guilabel>Meget små</guilabel> (omkring 16x16 pixels) til <guilabel>Meget store</guilabel> (omkring 128x128 pixels).</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Vis ikonemblemer</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Vælg denne indstilling for at vise symboler for mapper i sidepanelet. Du kan tildele emblemer til mapper i <guilabel>Egenskaber</guilabel>-dialogvinduet. Vælg en mappe i hovedområdet og vælg <menuchoice><guimenu>Fil</guimenu><guimenuitem>Egenskaber...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> fra hovedmenuen, eller højreklik på mappen og vælg <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Egenskaber...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> fra kontekstmenuen.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-behavior">
-      <title>Opførselsindstillinger</title>
-
-      <para>Du kan vælge den foretrukne opførsel til at påvirke filhåndteringen.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-behavior.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Opførselsindstillinger</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Enkeltklik for at aktivere elementer</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Vælge denne for at udføre standardhandlingen for et element når du klikker på det. Når denne indstilling er valgt, og du peger på et element, vil titlen på elementet blive understreget og automatisk blive valgt, efter en kort forsinkelse.</para>
-            <para>Forsinkelsen kan angives under indstillingen. Den automatiske markering af elementer kan du også slå fra ved at rykke markøren til den yderste venstre position.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Dobbeltklik for at aktivere elementer</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Vælg denne indstilling for at udføre standardhandlingen for et element når du dobbeltklikker på det, og markér elementer med et enkelt klik.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-advanced">
-      <title>Avanceret indstillinger</title>
-
-      <para>Du kan styre filhåndteringens avancerede funktioner.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-advanced.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Avanceret indstillinger</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Mappetilladelser</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Vælg den handling der skal udføres når du ændrer på en mappes tilladelser i <guilabel>Egenskaber</guilabel>-dialogen. Du kan vælge at lade <application>Thunar</application> spørge hver gang du ændrer mappetilladelser, få den til at bruge standarden for de nye tilladelser kun på mappen eller til også at bruge den rekursivt på mappens indhold.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Arkivhåndtering</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Hvis <application>Thunar</application> blev installeret med understøtttelse af HAL og <application>thunar-volman</application>-pakken også er installeret, kan du slå den integrerede arkivhåndtering til. Se <xref linkend="management-of-removable-drives-and-media"/> for detaljer om denne funktkion.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="customizing-thunar">
-    <title>Tilpasning af Thunar</title>
-
-    <para>Dette kapitel beskriver hvordan du ændrer bestemte dele af filhåndteringen for tilpasse den til dit behov.</para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="sendto">
-      <title>"Send til"-menuen</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar inkluderer en <guilabel>Send til</guilabel>-menu, der tilbyder mulige destinationer som filer og mapper kan sendes til. For at tilgå <guilabel>Send til</guilabel>-menuen, skal du vælge <menuchoice>FilSend til</menuchoice></para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/sendto-menu.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>"Send til"-menu</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Som standard indeholder <guilabel>Send til</guilabel>-menuen, et punkt der hedder <guilabel>Skrivebord (opret henvisning)</guilabel> til alle filer og mapper, som simpelthen opretter en henvisning til den valgte fil på skrivebordet. Derudover hvis <guilabel>Genvejspanelet</guilabel> er aktivt, vil menuen også inkludere et punkt der hedder <guilabel>Sidepanel (opret henvisning)</guilabel> til mapper, der tillader brugere at tilføje nye genveje til sidepanelet.  Efter disse punkter vil <application>Thunar</application> vise flytbare drev der for øjeblikket, er tilsluttet computeren. I det ovenstående skærmbillede repræsenterer <guilabel/> en mulig destination for hvor filerne kan sendes til. BemSend til-menuen, s</para>
-
-      <para>Derudover bliver <application>Thunar</application> også leveret med <application>thunar-sendto-email</application>-udvidelsesmodulet, der tilføjer punktet <guilabel>E-postmodtager</guilabel> til menuen, som så åbner e-postprogrammet med den valgte fil vedhæftet meddelelsen. Hvis markeringen indeholder mindst en mappe, vil de valgte elementer blive pakket ned i en ZIP-fil før de er vedhæftet meddelelsen. Modsat, hvis markeringen indeholder flere filer, eller en enkelt fil som er større end 200Kib, vil brugeren blive spurgt om filerne skal pakkes ned i og sendes som en ZIP-fil.</para>
-
-      <para>Ligesom de fleste funktioner i <application>Thunar</application>, kan <guilabel>Send til</guilabel>-menuen nemt udvides af brugere og programudviklere med nye destinationer, ved at bruge <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fdesktop_2dentry_2dspec">desktop entry files</ulink>. Disse filer skal installeres i en af <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/Thunar/sendto/</filename> mapperne (see the <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fbasedir_2dspec">XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink> for detaljer om <literal>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</literal> variable).</para>
-
-      <para>Destinationens <literal>Mime-type> <filename>.desktop</filename> angiver hvilke type filer der skal være til rådighed i <guilabel>Send til</guilabel>-menuen. F.eks. hvis du vil tilføje et punkt for et <ulink type="http" url="http://flickr.com/">Flickr</ulink> overførselsværktøj, så vil dette punkt kun vises hvis markeringen indeholder JPEG-filer (andre filformater er ikke understøttet af Flickr) og du ville så skulle tilføje en linie som <literal>MimeType=image/jpeg;</literal>. Hvis du ikke angiver nogen <literal>MimeType</literal> vil punktet blive vist for alle filtyper.</literal></para>
-
-      <para>Et komplet eksempel ved brug af <application>postr</application>-progammet, er vist forneden:</para>
-
-<programlisting>
-# postr.desktop - Integrér postr i
-#                  "Send til"-menuen.
-[Desktop Entry]
-Type=Application
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-TryExec=postr
-Exec=postr %F
-Icon=postr
-Name=Flickr
-MimeType=image/jpeg;</programlisting>
-
-      <para>Hvis du installerer denne fil i <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/Thunar/sendto/</filename> (opret mappen hvis den endnu ikke findes) <guilabel>Send til</guilabel>-menuen for JPEG-filer vil vise det nye punkt, <guilabel>Flickr</guilabel>, som kan bruges til at overføre JPEG-billeder til Flickr.</para>
-
-      <para><ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/sendto_menu">Thunar projektets Wiki</ulink> indeholder forskellige eksempler på brugbare destinationer til <guilabel>Send til</guilabel>-menuen. Du er velkommen til at udvide Wikisiden med nye eksempler.</para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="thumbnailers">
-      <title>Miniaturegenererer</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar bruger små værktøjer til at oprette miniaturer af bestemte filtyper og viser miniaturerne som forhåndsvisning af filindholdet. Disse små værktøjer bliver kaldt miniaturegenererer. Thunar bliver leveret med miniaturegenererer for billed- og skrifttypefiler, og gør automatisk brug af de installerede miniaturegenererer fra GNOME, hvis den er installeret med understøttelse af <literal>gconf</literal>. Brugere kan løbende udvide denne grundlæggende funktionalitet med miniaturegenererer til andre filtyper.</para>
-
-      <para>Hvis du planlægger at skrive en brugerdefineret miniaturegenerer, skal du starte med et program der accepterer mindst to kommandolinjeparametre, inddatafilen, som er af den filtype du vil understøtte og uddatafilen, som er en PNG-fil der oversættes med det format angivet af <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/creation.html#AEN139">Standard for miniaturehåndtering</ulink>. Derudover må dit program også acceptere den ønskede størrelse på miniaturen, som er valgfri men højt anbefalet. Hvis du skriver uddatafilen til en vilkårlig billedstørrelse, vil Thunar derefter skalere det til den ønskede størrelse, hvilket muligvis gør at der bliver produceret et mindre optimalt resultat end hvis miniaturen var oprettet med de anmodede mål.</para>
-
-      <para>Når først dit værktøj til at generere miniaturer er færdigt, skal du registrere din miniaturegenererer, så Thunar kan finde og bruge det. Derfor, alt du skal gøre er at installere en beskrivelsesfil til miniaturegenereren (en <filename>.desktop</filename> fil) i en de <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/thumbnailers/</filename> stier. F.eks. hvis du kun vil registrere miniaturegenereren til din brugerkonto, kan du installere filen i denne mappe <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/thumbnailers/</filename>.  <filename>.desktop</filename> for miniaturegenererer har det følgende format.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="thumbnailer-desktop-file-format">
-        <title>Filformatbeskrivelse til miniaturegenererer</title>
-
-        <para>Miniaturegenerererbeskrivelsesfiler bruger <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/">Desktop Entry Formatet</ulink> med en særlig <literal>type</literal> af <literal>X-miniaturegenererer</literal> og et særligt felt,<literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> med nye feltkoder. Grundlæggende har en miniaturegenerererbeskrivelsesfil, det følgende format.</para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=Din-miniaturegenererer
-MimeType=din-understøttede/MIME-type;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=din-miniaturegenererer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para><literal>Versionen</literal> og <literal>indkodning</literal> er foreskrevet af Desktop Entry specifikationen, brug blot de værdier der er vist i det ovenstående eksempel. <literal>Type</literal>feltet skal have den bestemte værdi <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal>, ellers vil din miniature ikke blive genkendt. <literal>Navne</literal>værdien beskriver din miniature.</para>
-
-        <para><literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> feltet indeholder kommandoen til at køre din miniature, og understøtter særlige feltkoder der bliver erstattet når miniaturen køres. De genkendte feltkoder er følgende:</para>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%i</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Den lokale sti til inddatafilen til oprettelsen af miniaturevisning, kan entet være en sti relativ til mappen hvor miniaturegenereren blev kørt, eller en fuld sti.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%o</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Den lokale sti til uddatafilen, hvor den oprettede miniature skal gemmes. Uddatafilen skal gemmes som en gyldig PNG-fil i overensstemmelse med miniaturestandarden. (se overnstående). Bemærk at stien ikke må ende med <literal>.png</literal>, som har en betydning hvis du kører særlige tredjepartsprogrammer.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%s</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Den ønskede størrelse på den generede miniature i pixels. Den parameter er valgfri.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%u</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Ligesom <literal>%i</literal>, men erstattet med URI'en af filen, fremfor stien. Dette blev tilføjet for at gøre det mere kompatibelt med GNOME.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%%</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Vil blive erstattet med en enkelt <literal>%</literal>.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-
-        <para>Du skal inkludere mindst <literal>%o</literal> og <literal>%i</literal> eller <literal>%u</literal>, ellers vil din miniaturegenererer være ubrugelig.</para>
-
-        <para><literal>MIME-typen</literal> viser MIME-typerne - adskilt af et semikolon - for hvilke din miniaturegenererer er i stand til at vise forhåndsvisninger.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="eps-thumbnailer-example">
-        <title>EPS miniaturegenererer-eksempel</title>
-
-        <para>Dette eksempel demonsterer hvordan man skriver og installerer en ny miniaturegenererer til <filename>.eps</filename>-filer, som bruger <command>convert</command>-værktøjet der bliver leveret som en del af ImageMagick. Vi begynder først med et simpelt skript der kører <command>convert</command> for at generere en miniature i den ønskede størrelse.</para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# eps-thumbnailer - Eksempel på miniaturegenerererskript for EPS-filer.
-#
-# Anvendelse: esp-thumbnailer eps-file png-file size
-#
-
-# command line parameters
-ifile=$1
-ofile=$2
-size=$3
-
-# kør convert (ImageMagick)
-exec convert "eps:$ifile" -scale "$sizex$size" "png:$ofile"</programlisting>
-
-        <para>Gem det ovenstående skript til filen <filename>eps-thumbnailer</filename>, vær sikker på at den kan køres, og installér den i <filename role="directory">/usr/local/bin</filename>.</para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ chmod +x eps-thumbnailer
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer /usr/local/bin/eps-thum</screen>
-
-        <para>Derefter skal vi oprette miniaturegenerererbeskrivelsesfilen <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename>, der ser således ud:</para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=EPS Thumbnailer
-TryExec=convert
-MimeType=image/x-eps;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=/usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>Denne fil skal installeres i <filename role="directory">/usr/local/share/thumbnailers</filename> (opret mappen hvis den ikke eksisterer).</para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ sudo install -d /usr/local/share/thumbnailers
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer.desktop /usr/local/share/thumbnailers/eps-thumbnailer.desktop</screen>
-
-        <para><filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename>-filen bruger den særlige knap <literal>TryExec</literal>, som, hvis angivet, navngiver en kommando der skal være tilstede på systemet for at miniaturegenereren er brugbar. I dette tilfælde er vores skript ubrugeligt hvis <command>convert-programmet ikke er til stede.</command></para>
-
-        <para>Det sidste skridt er at regenere mellemlageret til miniaturegenereren så Thunar kan bruge din miniaturegenererer. Mellemlageret til miniaturegenererer er lokaliseret i <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/thumbnailers.cache</filename> (med mindre den er overskrevet af dig eller systemadministratoren, vil <varname>$XDG_CACHE_HOME</varname> pege på mappen <filename role="directory">~/.cache/</filename>). Mellemlageret til miniaturegenereren er periodisk regenereret af Thunar, men du kan tvinge den til at regenerere det ved at køre <filename>thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</filename>-værktøjet, der bliver leveret som en del af Thunar. Dette værktøj er som regel installeret i <filename role="directory">libexec</filename> i din installationssti (<filename role="directory">sbin</filename> på Debian/Ubuntu). Så f.eks. hvis Thunar er installeret i <filename role="directory">/usr</filename>, skal du køre værktøjet således:</para>
-
-        <screen>$ /usr/libexec/thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</screen>
-
-        <para>Men vær sikker på at du kører programmet fra din brugerkonto, og ikke superbrugerkontoen, da mellemlageret til miniaturegenereren er gemt i din hjemmemappe, fremfor på selve systemet.</para>
-
-        <para>Hvis Thunar nu er oversat med understøttelse for filændringsovervågning (ved at bruge FAM- eller Gamin tjenester, vil den automatisk bruge det nye miniaturemellemlager inden for få sekunder, og er derefter istand til at oprette miniaturevisninger ved at bruge dine egne miniaturegenererer. Ellers kan du være nødt til at genstarte Thunar ved at bruge</para>
-
-        <screen>$ Thunar -q</screen>
-
-        <para>for at lukke alle kørende udgaver, for derefter at starte den op igen fra din programstarter.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="cleaning-up-thumbnails">
-        <title>Oprydning af miniaturevisninger</title>
-
-        <para>De oprettede miniaturevisninger er gemt i mappen, <filename role="directory">~/.thumbnails/</filename> i overenstemmelse med <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/index.html">Miniaturevisningsstandarden</ulink>. Det kan være hjælpsomt at rydde op i mellemlageret for miniaturevisninger hvis du tester en ny miniaturevisning, ved at bruge</para>
-
-        <screen>$ rm -rf ~/.thumbnails/</screen>
-
-        <para>hvilket også vil give dig noget ledigt plads i din hjemmemappe. Da alle informationer i denne mappe, automatisk blev genereret fra filerne i dit system, vil du ikke miste følsomme data.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="advanced-topics">
-    <title>Avancerede emner</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="to-bulk-rename-files">
-      <title>At masseomdøbe filer</title>
-
-      <para>At <emphasis>masseomdøbe</emphasis> filer, betyder at omdøbe flere filer på samme tid ved at bruge et eller andet kriterie, der gælder for mindst af en af filerne. <application>Thunar</application> indeholder en masseomdøber, som kan køres separat ved at bruge <command>Thunar -B</command> eller indefra <application>Thunar</application> ved at vælge to eller flere filer i hovedområdet og trykke på <keycombo><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> eller ved at vælge <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigér</guimenu>Omdøb...</menuchoice></para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/bulk-rename.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Masseomdøb filer</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Masseomdøberne</emphasis> kan bruges til ændre navnet på filerne, endelsen på filerne, eller både på navnet og filendelsen på filerne.</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem><para>Fjern tegn.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Numerere filer.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Indsæt dato eller tidspunkt.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Indsæt eller overskriv tegn.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Søg og erstat tegn.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Konvertér til store bogstaver, små bogstaver eller camelcase.</para></listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <para>Yderligere <emphasis>masseomdøbere</emphasis> kan være installeret som udvidelsesmoduler til <application>Thunar</application>. Se hjemmesiden for<ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/plugins.html">Thunar udvidelsesmoduler</ulink>  for at se mulige udvidelser. The <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/bulk_renamer">Thunar Projektets Wiki</ulink> indeholder flere detaljer om denne funktion. Du er velkommen til at tilføje yderligere information til wikien.</para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="the-unix-file-system">
-      <title>UNIX filsystemet</title>
-
-      <para>Selvom Thunar filhåndtering gør det godt ved at skjule detaljerne om det underliggende filsystem, så brugeren ikke skal bekymre sig om dem, er det nogen gange en god idé at forstå de grundlæggende begreber for at se hele billedet. Dette kapitel vil forsøge at give dig en kort introduktion til begreberne på UNIX filsystemet , som idag bliver brugt i alle udgaver af UNIX, inklusiv Linux.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="folders-and-paths">
-        <title>Mapper og stier</title>
-
-        <para>I et UNIX filsystem er alle mappe arrangeret i en simpel inverteret faldende træstruktur, der udvider sig fra en hovedmappe, som hedder <emphasis>rod-kataloget</emphasis> (udtrykket <emphasis>katalog</emphasis> er ofte brugt istedet for <emphasis>mappe</emphasis>) og vist som <guilabel>Filsystem</guilabel> i Thunar. Dette betyder at du kan komme fra en mappe til en anden, ved at gå op i træet indtil du når et fælles punkt, og så ned i træet igen igennem de rette undermapper indtil du når din destination.</para>
-
-        <para>Placeringen af enhver fil eller mappe i træet kan beskrives af dens <emphasis>sti</emphasis>. Stien er de mapper, du oppefra, skal gå igennem for at nå til målets mappe eller fil. F.eks. er <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> undermappen af  <filename role="directory">luke</filename> af undermappen <filename role="directory">home</filename> af hovedmappen, og <filename>/home/luke/myfile.txt</filename> er filnavnet i <filename>myfile.txt</filename> i den undermappe. Det første <filename role="directory">/</filename> i disse stier repræsenterer hovedmappen.</para>
-
-        <para>Hver bruger har sin egen mappe til at opbevare personlige filer og indstillinger. Mappen hedder <emphasis>hjemmekataloget</emphasis> og er vist i Thunar som et særligt ikon med brugerens logindnavn. Mappen er ligesom <guilabel>Dokumenter</guilabel> fra Windows. De forskellige brugereres <emphasis>Hjemmekataloger</emphasis> i systemet er som regel lokaliseret under <filename role="directory">/home</filename>-mappen. F.eks. ville <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> være hjemmekataloget for brugeren af brugeren med logindnavnet <filename role="directory">luke</filename>, mens <filename role="directory">/home/jane</filename> ville være hjemmekataloget for brugeren med logindnavnet <filename role="directory">jane</filename>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="file-types">
-        <title>Filtyper</title>
-
-        <para>Du har måske allerde hørt at alting er en fil i UNIX. Dette er sandt for de fleste elementer i UNIX systemer idag. Faktisk er selv enheder repræsenteret som særlige filer. Selvom det måske ikke giver mening til at begynde med, er det en af fordelene i UNIX og dets efterfølgere og har hjulpet med at opretholde en enkel kerne gennem årene, mens andre styresystemer er nødt til at indføre nye begreber for hver ny teknologi.</para>
-
-        <para>Dette er de fire vigtigste filtyper i UNIX-filsystemet.</para>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-ordinary-files">
-          <title>Almindelige filer</title>
-
-          <para>En almindelig fil kan indeholde tekst, et program eller anden data. Dette inkluderer billedfiler, lydfiler, kontordokumenter og videofiler. Begrebet <emphasis>fil</emphasis> er ofte brugt som henvisning til en almindelig fil.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-folder-files">
-          <title>Mappefiler</title>
-
-          <para>Mapper er også filer i UNIX filsystemet. For at være nøjagtig er mapper en særlig fil, der indeholder en kortlægning af filnavne til filreferencer for hver enkelt fil der er inden i denne mappe.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-symbolic-link-files">
-          <title>Symbolske henvisningsfiler</title>
-
-          <para>En symbolsk henvisning (ofte kaldt en <emphasis>symlink</emphasis> er en særlig fil der indeholder en sti til en anden fil i filsystemet. Symbolske henvisningsfiler indeholder derfor ikke nogen brugbar information i sig selv, men henviser bare til andre filer.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-device-files">
-          <title>Enhedsfiler</title>
-
-          <para>Som nævnt tidligere tilgås enheder (de fleste) også gennem filsystemet. Disse særlige enhedsfiler er som regel lokaliseret i <filename role="directory">/dev</filename> mappen. F.eks. repræsenterer den specielle fil <filename>/dev/hda</filename> den første IDE-disk på Linux.</para>
-        </sect4>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="faq">
-    <title>Ofte Stillede Spørgsmål</title>
-
-    <para>Meningen med dette kapitel er at samle de ret ofte stillede spørgsmål i forbindelse med arbejdet i Thunar. Hvis du kender til et spørgsmål der mangler fra denne side så <ulink type="http" url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">indsend venligst en anmodning</ulink>.</para>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-executables">
-      <title>Hvorfor kører Thunar ikke filer der er markeret som kørbare?</title>
-
-      <para>Af sikkerhedsårsager vil Thunar kun køre filer af typen <literal>application/x-desktop</literal>, <literal>application/x-executable</literal> og <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal>. For skrivebordsfiler gælder det at kørselsfunktionen kun virker hvis filen er af typen <literal>Application</literal> og en gyldig <literal>Exec</literal> linje er indtastet eller af typen <literal>Link</literal> og en gyldig <literal>URL</literal> er angivet. For andre typer, er funktionen til rådighed hvis filen er markeret som kørbar, for den gældende bruger.</para>
-
-      <para>Bemærk også at for <literal>application/x-executable</literal> og <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal> gælder det at filernes typer ikke behøver at passe nøjagtigt med disse typer, men det er nok hvis typen har en oprindelse der passer med en af de to ovenstående. Eller hvis MIME-typen er et alias for en at de ovenstående.</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-metadata">
-      <title>Hvor gemmer Thunar filernes metadata?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar tilknytter forskellige indstillinger med filer/mapper, som vi kalder metadata. Alle filers metadata er gemt i en tdb-databasefil, der også er kendt som metafilen. Databasefilen er gemt i <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/metafile.tdb</filename> og kan ses ved at bruge <command>tdbtool</command>, som er en del af Thunar (lokaliseret i <filename role="directory">tdb/</filename> underkataloget).</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-thunarrc">
-      <title>Hvor bliver indstillingerne til Thunar gemt?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar gemmer brugerjusterede indstillinger (samt skjulte indstillinger) i en <filename>.ini</filename>-fil, som er lokaliseret i <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/thunarrc</filename> og kan ses ved brug af et tekstbehandlingsprogram. Se <filename>docs/README.thunarrc</filename> for en oversigt over diverse indstillinger.</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-mouse-gestures">
-      <title>Hvordan skal man bruge musebevægelser i Thunar?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar understøtter for øjeblikket grundlæggende understøttelse af såkaldte <emphasis>musebevægelser</emphasis> i ikonvisning. Du kan bruge disse <emphasis>musebevægelser</emphasis> ved at holde den midterste knap (som regel musehjulet) nede, mens musemarkøren er i baggrundsområdet af det element der er vist i ikonvisning (ethvert område der ikke er dækket af et ikon eller tekst). Nu kan du bevæge markøren i fire retninger for at udføre bestemte handlinger, som er beskrevet herunder.</para>
-
-      <simplelist>
-        <member><guilabel>Venstre</guilabel> - åbner den sidste anvendte mappe</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Op</guilabel> - åbner den forrige mappe</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Højre</guilabel> - åbner den næste anvendte mapppe</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Ned</guilabel> - opdaterer den nuværende mappe</member>
-      </simplelist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-assign-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>Hvordan tildeler jeg forskellige tastaturgenveje?</title>
-
-      <para>Hvis du vil gentildele en genvej,  understøtter Thunar standard-GTK+ måden at ændre genveje på: simpelthen svæv over menupunktet med musemarkøren og tryk på den tastaturgenvej du vil gentildele den til.</para>
-
-      <para>For at slette en tastaturtildeling, tryk da på <keycap>Backspace</keycap>-knappen men du er på menupunktet.</para>
-
-      <para>Hvis genvejen ikke ændrer sig, skal du slå den funktion til i GTK+. Dette kan gøres på 3 måder:</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Hvis du kører Xfce 4.3 eller derover kan du slå <guilabel>Redigérbare menuacceleratorer</guilabel> til i <guilabel>Brugerfladeindstillinger</guilabel>-dialogen.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Hvis du kører GNOME kan du slå <guilabel>Redigérbare menuacceleratorer</guilabel> til i <guilabel>Menu og værktøjslinjer</guilabel> kontrolcenterdialogen.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ellers, indsæt følgende i din <filename>~/.gtkrc-2.0</filename> fil (opret filen, hvis den ikke eksisterer):<screen>gtk-can-change-accels=1</screen></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-store-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>Hvor gemmer Thunar dens tastaturgenveje?</title>
-
-      <para>De tilpassede tastaturgenveje er gemt i standard-GTK+ accel map formatet i en fil, lokaliseret, i <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/accels.scm</filename>.  Linjer der starter med <literal>;</literal> er kommentarer. Se dokumentationen til  GTK+ for detaljer om filformatet.</para>
-
-      <para>Hvis du er en pakker eller en systemadministrator og du vil anvende en standard for tastaturgenveje på hele systemet, der er anerledes end de standardgenje der er i Thunar, kan du oprette en fil <filename>Thunar/accels.scm</filename> i en af <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar>. F.eks. hvis <filename role="directory">/etc/xdg</filename> er en del af <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> (standarden på de fleste Linux distributioner), kan du installere en standard der gælder for hele systemet til <filename>/etc/xdg/Thunar/accels.scm</filename>. Thunar vil så indlæse genveje fra denne fil ved den første opstart.</para>
-    </sect3>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="support">
-    <title>Brugerhjælp</title>
-
-    <para>For at indrapportere en fejl eller lave et forslag vedr. dette program eller denne manual, skal du bruge fejlrapporteringssytemet på <ulink url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">http://bugzilla.xfce.org/</ulink>.  Husk på at brugbare fejlrapporter er dem der får rettet fejl, en brugbar rapport har derfor to egenskaber:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Genskabbare.</emphasis> Hvis udvikleren ikke selv kan se fejlen, og derfor bevise at den eksisterer, vil han overhovedet ikke være istand til at rette den. Hver eneste detalje du kan tilbyde hjælper.</para>
-      </listitem>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Specific.</emphasis> Jo hurtigere udvikleren kan isolere problemet til et bestemt område, jo større sandsynlighed er der for at han specifikt vil ordne det.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>I det tilfælde at du ønsker at anmode om en ny funktion, så gør det venligst klart hvorfor du anser det som en forbedring af programmet. Det er mere sandsynligt at en ny funktion bliver tilføjet hvis du tilbyder nogle gode argumenter for den nye funktion. Chancerne for at den bliver tilføjet er endnu større hvis du medsender en programrettelse med den anmodede funktion, integreret i programmet. Vær dog sikker på at du får læst filen <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/terminal/trunk/HACKING">HACKING</ulink> - før du begynder at omskrive kildekoden.</para>
-
-    <para>Derudover hvis du har spørgsmål om brugen eller installation af dette programmel, så spørg venligst på <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">thunar-dev postliste</ulink> eller indstil din IRC client til <emphasis role="bold">irc.freenode.net</emphasis>, tilslut dig kanalen <emphasis role="bold">#thunar</emphasis> og spørg efter hjælp.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="copyright">
-    <title>Om @PACKAGE_NAME@</title>
-
-    <para>@PACKAGE_NAME@ er skrevet af Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>). Se <ulink url="http://thunar.xfce.org/" type="http">Thunar hjemmesiden</ulink> for mere information.</para>
-
-    <para>Denne dokumentation er skrevet af Benedikt Meurer(<email>benny at xfce.org</email>). Den seneste udgave af dette dokument er altid tilrådighed på <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/">Thunar's hjemmesiden</ulink>.</para>
-
-    <para>Dette programmel er udgivet under de samme betingelser som GNU General Public License, udgivet af Free Software Foundation; enten version 2, eller (op til dig) enhver senere udgave af licensen.</para>
-
-    <para>Du burde have modtaget en kopi af GNU General Public License sammen med dette program; hvis ikke så skriv til Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-</article>
-<!--
-	vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et ai encoding=UTF-8:
--->
diff --git a/docs/manual/da/images/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/da/images/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index c38b742..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/da/images/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-imagesdir = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/da/images
-images_DATA =								\
-	bulk-rename.png							\
-	file-manager-window.png					\
-	file-properties.png							\
-	preferences-advanced.png					\
-	preferences-behavior.png					\
-	preferences-side-pane.png					\
-	preferences-views.png						\
-	removable-drives-and-media.png				\
-	removable-media-unmount.png				\
-	sendto-menu.png							\
-	visible-columns.png
-
-EXTRA_DIST = 								\
-	$(images_DATA)
diff --git a/docs/manual/da/images/bulk-rename.png b/docs/manual/da/images/bulk-rename.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a3fc365..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/da/images/bulk-rename.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/da/images/file-manager-window.png b/docs/manual/da/images/file-manager-window.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 07814dd..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/da/images/file-manager-window.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/da/images/file-properties.png b/docs/manual/da/images/file-properties.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d2fd15..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/da/images/file-properties.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/da/images/preferences-advanced.png b/docs/manual/da/images/preferences-advanced.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b0b81cd..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/da/images/preferences-advanced.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/da/images/preferences-behavior.png b/docs/manual/da/images/preferences-behavior.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 22aa80b..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/da/images/preferences-behavior.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/da/images/preferences-side-pane.png b/docs/manual/da/images/preferences-side-pane.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f585ba6..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/da/images/preferences-side-pane.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/da/images/preferences-views.png b/docs/manual/da/images/preferences-views.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6954990..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/da/images/preferences-views.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/da/images/removable-drives-and-media.png b/docs/manual/da/images/removable-drives-and-media.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c2030f6..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/da/images/removable-drives-and-media.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/da/images/removable-media-unmount.png b/docs/manual/da/images/removable-media-unmount.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fdbcea..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/da/images/removable-media-unmount.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/da/images/sendto-menu.png b/docs/manual/da/images/sendto-menu.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a7c12d..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/da/images/sendto-menu.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/da/images/visible-columns.png b/docs/manual/da/images/visible-columns.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 602fe06..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/da/images/visible-columns.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/es/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/es/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 477ec9b..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/es/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-# $Id$
-
-SUBDIRS =								\
-	images
-
-TARGET_DIR = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/es
-STYLESHEET = ../thunar.xsl
-DOCUMENT = Thunar.xml
-
-# We set GPATH here; this gives us semantics for GNU make
-# which are more like other make's VPATH, when it comes to
-# whether a source that is a target of one rule is then
-# searched for in VPATH/GPATH.
-GPATH = $(srcdir)
-
-DOC_STAMPS = html-build.stamp
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(DOCUMENT)
-CLEANFILES = $(DOC_STAMPS)
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-all-local: html-build.stamp
-
-html-build.stamp: $(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT) $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET)
-	@echo "*** Building HTML ***"
-	@-chmod -R u+w $(srcdir)
-	rm -rf $(srcdir)/html
-	mkdir $(srcdir)/html
-	$(XSLTPROC) --nonet -o $(srcdir)/html/ $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET) \
-		$(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT)
-	touch html-build.stamp
-else
-all-local:
-endif
-
-maintainer-clean-local: clean
-	(cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf html)
-
-install-data-local:
-	installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*`;				\
-	if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*'; then		\
-		echo "--- Nothing to install";				\
-	else								\
-		$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);		\
-		for file in $$installfiles; do				\
-			echo "--- Installing "$$file;			\
-			$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);	\
-		done;							\
-	fi
-
-uninstall-local:
-	rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)/*
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-dist-check-xsltproc: all
-else
-dist-check-xsltproc:
-	@echo "*** xsltproc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist"
-	@false
-endif
-
-dist-hook: dist-check-xsltproc dist-hook-local
-	mkdir $(distdir)/html
-	-cp $(srcdir)/html/* $(distdir)/html
-
-.PHONY: dist-hook-local
-
-# vi:set ts=8 sw=8 noet ai nocindent syntax=automake:
diff --git a/docs/manual/es/Thunar.xml.in b/docs/manual/es/Thunar.xml.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d050bc..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/es/Thunar.xml.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1447 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-<!ENTITY date "November 2007">
-<!ENTITY version "@PACKAGE_VERSION@">
-<!ENTITY application "@PACKAGE_NAME@">
-]>
-<article id="index" lang="es">
-
-  <!-- Header -->
-  <articleinfo>
-    <title>Gestor de archivos Thunar</title>
-
-    <pubdate>&date;</pubdate>
-
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2004</year>
-      <year>2005</year>
-      <year>2006</year>
-      <year>2007</year>
-      <holder>Benedikt Meurer</holder>
-    </copyright><copyright><year>2006</year><holder>José M (josem88 at gmail.com)</holder></copyright>
-
-    <legalnotice id="legalnotice">
-      <para>
-        Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-        under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
-        any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
-        Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
-        Texts. The complete license text is available from the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/">Free Software Foundation</ulink>.
-      </para>
-    </legalnotice>
-
-    <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-        <firstname>Benedikt</firstname>
-        <surname>Meurer</surname>
-        <affiliation>
-          <address><email>benny at xfce.org</email></address>
-          <orgname>os-cillation</orgname>
-          <orgdiv>System development</orgdiv>
-          <jobtitle>Software developer</jobtitle>
-        </affiliation>
-      </author>
-    </authorgroup>
-
-    <releaseinfo>Este manual describe la versión @PACKAGE_VERSION@ de @PACKAGE_NAME@</releaseinfo>
-  </articleinfo>
-
-  <sect1 id="intro">
-    <title>Introdución a @PACKAGE_NAME@</title>
-
-    <para>
-      Thunar is a new modern file manager for the Xfce Desktop Environment. Thunar has been designed from the ground up to
-      be fast and easy-to-use. Its user interface is clean and intuitive, and does not include any confusing or useless
-      options by default. Thunar is fast and responsive with a good start up time and folder load time.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>El gestor de archivos Thunar de tal modo proporciona un punto de acceso integrado a tus archivos y aplicaciones. Puede usar el gestor de archivos para lo siguiente:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>Crear directorios y documentos.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Mostrar sus archivos y directorios.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Manipular sus archivos y directorios</listitem>
-      <listitem>Ejecutar y manejar actiones personalizadas.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Acceder a medios extraíbles.</listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="the-file-manager-window">
-    <title>The File Manager Window</title>
-
-    <para>Por defecto, la ventana del administrador de archivo consiste en un panel de atajos en el lado izquierdo, el área principal a la derecha y una barra de lugares encima del área principal.</para>
-
-    <screenshot>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="images/file-manager-window.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-
-        <textobject>
-          <phrase>File Manager Window</phrase>
-        </textobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </screenshot>
-
-    <para>El <guilabel>panel de atajos</guilabel> proporciona atajos a diferentes carpetas de su sistema. El primer atajo le llevará a su <emphasis>carpeta personal</emphasis>, la carpeta en la que almacena toda su información personal, y que por lo tanto tendrá el nombre del usuario actual. El segundo atajo le llevará a la papelera, la cual almacena archivos borrados que pueden ser recuperados posteriormente. El tercer atajo le lleva a la <emphasis>carpeta de escritorio</emphasis>, que contiene los archivos y carpetas que aparecen en el escritorio. El cuarto atajo le llevará al directorio raíz de sus sistema de archivos: quizá desee examinarlo un poco, aunque puede resultarle confuso si es nuevo en Linux/UNIX. Sólo tiene que hacer clic en las diferentes carpetas para ver qué hay dentro.</para>
-
-    <para>Debajo del atajo para el <emphasis>sistema de archivos<emphasis>, se mostrarán los dispositivos y soportes extraíbles. En la imagen de arriba, puede ver un atajo a la <guilabel>unidad de disquete</guilabel>. Haga clic en estos atajos para acceder a los datos almacenados en dispositivos y soportes extraíbles. Consulte <xref linkend="using-removable-media"/> para más detalles.</emphasis></emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>
-      The remaining shortcuts are user defined. Add your own shortcuts by simply dragging folders to the
-      <guilabel>Shortcuts Pane</guilabel>. This will allow you to access important folders instantly. To
-      remove a previously added shortcut, right-click on the shortcut and choose <guimenuitem>Remove Shortcut</guimenuitem>.
-      To rename a previously added shortcut, right-click on the shortcut and choose <guimenuitem>Rename Shortcut</guimenuitem>.
-      Note that these actions affect only the shortcut, not the folder referenced by the shortcuts.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The <emphasis>main area</emphasis> will always display the contents of the current folder. Double click on
-      folders to enter them, and right-click on files or folders to get a context-menu offering some choices of
-      what to do with it. Select multiple files by dragging a rectangle over them with the mouse. Alternatively,
-      select one file, hold down the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key, and increase or decrease the selection using
-      the arrow keys.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The <emphasis>pathbar</emphasis> will always show the path you took to get to the folder you are currently
-      at. You can click on any pathbar button to change to the folder it represents. Right-click on a pathbar
-      button to bring up a context-menu with some options.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="customizing-the-appearance">
-      <title>Customizing the Appearance</title>
-
-      <para>
-        There are many ways to customize the appearance of the file manager windows. In case you do not like the
-        way the icons are displayed, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>View as Detailed List</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-        from the main menu to have the contents of the current folder displayed as a list.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        You can have the file manager windows display a location bar instead of the pathbar by choosing
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Location Selector</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Toolbar Style</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-        from the main menu.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        In case you prefer a treeview in the left pane, choose
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Tree</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-        from the main menu.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="visible-columns-in-the-detailed-list-view">
-        <title>Visible Columns in the Detailed List View</title>
-
-        <para>
-          If you prefer to display the contents of the folder as a list, using the <guilabel>Detailed List View</guilabel>, you can
-          customize the columns displayed in the list view. To customize the visible columns, choose
-          <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure Columns...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.
-        </para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/visible-columns.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Visible Columns</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Visible Columns</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>
-                Select the columns you want to be displayed from the list of available columns. Click <guibutton>Move Up</guibutton>
-                or <guibutton>Move Down</guibutton> to change the order of the columns. Click <guibutton>Use Default</guibutton> to
-                revert your changes.
-              </para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Column Sizing</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>
-                Select the option <guibutton>Automatically expand columns as needed</guibutton> if you want the list view columns
-                to expand automatically if the needed to ensure the text is fully visible.
-              </para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="working-with-files-and-folders">
-    <title>Working with Files and Folders</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="opening-files">
-      <title>Opening Files</title>
-
-      <para>
-        When you open a file, the file manager performs the default action for that file type. For example, opening a text file
-        will display it in the default text editor, while opening an image file will display the image in the default image
-        viewer.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The file manager checks the extension of a file to determine the type of a file. If the file has no known extension, the
-        file manager examines the contents of the file.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-the-default-action">
-        <title>Executing the Default Action</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To execute the default for a file, double-click on the file. For example, the default action for audio files is to
-          play the it with the default music playing application. In this case, you can double-click on the file to open the
-          file in the music player.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          You can set <application>Thunar</application> preferences so that you click once on a file to execute the default
-          action. For information, see <xref linkend="preferences-behavior"/>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-non-default-actions">
-        <title>Executing Non-Default Actions</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To execute actions other than the default action for a file, select the file that you want to perform an action on.
-          Choose the desired action from the <emphasis>Open With</emphasis> choices available in <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu
-          or an <guimenu>Open With</guimenu> submenu.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="adding-actions">
-        <title>Adding Actions</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To add actions associated with a file type, perform the following steps:
-        </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              In the main area, select a file of the type to which you want to add an action.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open With Other Application...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-              from the main menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Either choose an application in the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> dialog or select <guibutton>Use a custom command</guibutton>
-              and browse to the program with which you wish to open this type.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>
-          The action you have chosen is now added to the list of actions for that particular file type. If you enabled the
-          <guibutton>Use as default for this kind of file</guibutton> option or there was no prior action associated with the
-          type, the newly added action is the default.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          You may also add actions using the <guibutton>Open With</guibutton> button under
-          <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="modifiying-actions">
-        <title>Modifying Actions</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To modify the actions associated with a file or file type, perform the following steps:
-        </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              In the main area, select a file of the type for which you want to modify the action.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select the new default action using the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> button or add a new action by choosing
-              <guimenuitem>Open With Other Application...</guimenuitem> from the drop down menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>
-          To remove a previously added action for a file type, bring up the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> dialog as described
-          above, right-click the action you want to remove and choose <guimenuitem>Remove Launcher</guimenuitem>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="file-properties">
-      <title>File Properties</title>
-
-      <para>
-        The file properties window shows more information about any file or folder in the file manager. With this window, you can also
-        do the following:
-      </para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Change the icon for special files, such as application launchers and URL links.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Add or remove emblems for a file or folder.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Change the UNIX file permissions for a file or folder.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Choose which application is used to open a file and other files of the same type.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/file-properties.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>File Properties</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        To open the file properties window, perform the following steps:
-      </para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Select the file or folder whose properties you want to examine or change. You cannot
-            select multiple items at once and display the properties that are in common to all
-            items currently.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Do one of the following:
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Right-click the selected item and choose <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> from the context menu.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="using-removable-media">
-    <title>Using Removable Media</title>
-
-    <sect2 id="accessing-removable-media">
-      <title>Accessing Removable Media</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar supports removable media if it was built with support for <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software_2fhal">HAL</ulink>,
-        or if you are using <ulink type="http" url="http://www.freebsd.org/">FreeBSD</ulink>. Note however that on FreeBSD 6.0 or newer, it is
-        suggested to use HAL rather than the native support provided by Thunar.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-mount-media">
-        <title>To Mount Media</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To <emphasis>mount</emphasis> media is to make the file system of the media available for access. When you mount media, the
-          file system of the media is attached as a subdirectory to your file system.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          To access media, insert the media in the appropriate device, or connect the new device to your computer (i.e. connect an USB
-          stick to one of your USB ports). An object that represents the media is added to the side pane of the file manager. If
-          <application>xfdesktop</application> is running and configured to display <guilabel>File/launcher icons</guilabel> this
-          object will also be added to your desktop.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          To actually mount the media, click on the object that represents the media. For example, to mount a floppy diskette,
-          click on the <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel> object in the side pane. The file manager will now add the file system
-          of the media to your file system hierarchy and display the contents of the floppy diskette in the main area.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-eject-media">
-        <title>To Eject Media</title>
-
-        <para>
-          If the drive for the media is a motorized drive (i.e. a CD-ROM drive), right-click on the media object in the side pane
-          or on the desktop and choose <guilabel>Eject Volume</guilabel>. The media is ejected from the drive after a few seconds.
-          If the drive for the media is not motorized (i.e. a floppy drive or an USB stick), right-click on the media object and
-          choose <guilabel>Unmount Volume</guilabel>. After a short period of time, a notification will appear to inform you
-          that it is now safe to remove the media or disconnect the drive from the computer.
-        </para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/removable-media-unmount.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Unmount notification</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <para>
-          However this notification will only be displayed if support for <application>libnotify</application> is enabled,
-          and you have installed a notification daemon. A notification daemon for Xfce is available from the <ulink type="http" url="http://goodies.xfce.org/projects/applications/notification-daemon-xfce">Xfce Goodies Project</ulink>.
-          If notification support is not available, wait until the context menu disappears before you remove the media or disconnect
-          the drive.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Be aware that you cannot eject or unmount media that is still in use by one or more applications. Therefore if the file
-          manager refuses to eject media, make sure you close all applications that were accessing the media, and be sure to also
-          check command line applications running in <application>Terminal</application> windows.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Make sure to unmount removable media before ejecting. Do not eject a diskette from the floppy drive before your unmount
-          the diskette. Do not remove an USB stick before you unmount the flash drive. If you do not unmount the media first you
-          might lose data or cause your system to crash.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="management-of-removable-drives-and-media">
-      <title>Management of Removable Drives and Media</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar is also able to automatically manage removable drives and media if the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.foo-projects.org/~benny/projects/thunar-volman/index.html">thunar-volman</ulink> package is installed on
-        your system.  Note however that this feature requires HAL support.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Now, if HAL support is available and <application>thunar-volman</application> is installed on your system, you
-        can choose to enable the <guilabel>Volume Management</guilabel> feature of Thunar. Therefore, open the file
-        manager preferences, go to the <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> page and check the <guilabel>Enable Volume
-        Management</guilabel> button.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The next step is to customize the management of removable drives and media to your needs. Click on the
-        <guilabel>Configure</guilabel> link in the <guilabel>Volume Management</guilabel> section, right below
-        the button. The <guilabel>Removable Drives and Media</guilabel> configuration dialog will be displayed.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/removable-drives-and-media.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Removable Drives and Media</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        If you have used the <application>gnome-volume-manager</application> previously, you should feel right at
-        home, because it was designed to look and behave similar to <application>gnome-volume-manager</application>.
-        The preferences are divided by device categories to make it easy to locate the option for you specific
-        device.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <guilabel>Storage</guilabel> page contains the most important options. As the name suggests these
-        options apply only to storage devices like external harddisk drives, USB sticks and CD-ROMs. The
-        <guilabel>Removable Storage</guilabel> options are described in detail below.
-      </para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Mount removable drives when hot-plugged</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to automatically mount file systems on removable drives (i.e. external harddisk drives
-              or USB sticks) when such drives are plugged into the computer.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              This option must be enabled for certain other features to work with removable drives. For example,
-              if you disable this option, certain kinds of portable music players cannot be detected any more and
-              so, even if you enabled the <guilabel>Play music files when connected</guilabel> option on the
-              <guilabel>Multimedia</guilabel> page, the specified command will not be run when you hot-plug your
-              portable music player.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Mount removable media when inserted</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to automatically mount file systems on removable media (i.e. CD-ROMs or DVDs)
-              when you insert the media into the drive.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              This option must be enabled for certain other features to work with removable media. For example,
-              if you disable this option, it is impossible to detect whether the removable media has auto-run
-              capabilities, and so the <guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel> option
-              has no effect for removable media.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Browse removable media when inserted</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to automatically display the content of newly inserted media in the file manager.
-              Note however, that the contents will only be displayed if no other action was possible or you
-              choose to ignore the other possible actions. For example, if you insert a CD-ROM with auto-run
-              capabilities and the <guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel> option is
-              enabled, you will be prompted whether you want to allow or ignore the auto-run. If you choose
-              to ignore the auto-run the contents will be displayed in the file manager.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to make use of auto-run capabilities of certain removable drives and media. See
-              the <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop
-              Application Autostart Specification</ulink> for details about the auto-run mechanism. To enhance security,
-              you will always be prompted to confirm the auto-run.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              If the Windows emulator <ulink type="http" url="http://www.winehq.org/">WINE</ulink> is installed on your
-              system, the auto-run mechanism will also try to run <filename>autorun.exe</filename> files using WINE.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Auto-open files on new drives and media</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to make of auto-open capabilities of certain removable drives and media. See
-              the <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop
-              Application Autostart Specification</ulink> for details about the auto-open mechanism. To enhance security,
-              you will always be prompted to confirm the auto-open.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <para>
-        The remaining options allow you to specify a command to run when a certain kind of media is inserted into a drive
-        or a certain kind of external device is connected. The command can use three special variables, that will be
-        substituted when the command is run:
-      </para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%d</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Each appearance of <literal>%d</literal> in the command will be substituted with the device file path of
-              the newly added device. For example, if you have plugged in an USB stick, the device file path will be
-              <filename>/dev/da0s1</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              If no device file is associated with the device or the device file could not be found for some reason,
-              the variable <literal>%d</literal> will be substituted with the empty string.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%h</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Each appearance of <literal>%h</literal> in the command will be substituted with the HAL UDI of the newly
-              added device.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%m</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Each appearance of <literal>%m</literal> in the command will be substituted with the mount point where
-              the newly added device was mounted. If the device cannot be mounted (for example printers or keyboards)
-              or if the automatic mounting was disabled, <literal>%m</literal> will be substituted with the empty
-              string.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <sect3 id="troubleshooting-the-volume-manager">
-        <title>Troubleshooting the Volume Manager</title>
-
-        <para>
-          Useful tips to trouble shoot the volume manager in case it does not work as expected.
-        </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Make sure <application>Thunar</application> is running as daemon. The volume manager depends
-              on this, as it is not a daemon by itself. By default, Xfce
-              automatically spawns <application>Thunar</application> as daemon on startup. If it got killed
-              for some reason, open the <guilabel>Run program</guilabel> (using the keyboard shortcut
-              <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> or right-click on the desktop
-              and choose <guilabel>Run Program...</guilabel> from the desktop menu), enter <literal>Thunar
-              --daemon</literal> and click <guibutton>Run</guibutton>.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Try running <application>thunar-volman</application> from a <application>Terminal</application>
-              window after hot-plugging the drive or inserting the media. First, you need to figure out the
-              HAL UDI of the new device using <application>lshal</application> or <application>hal-device</application>.
-              Once you know the UDI, run <literal>thunar-volman --device-added <udi-of-your-device></literal> in
-              a <application>Terminal</application> window and watch the output for errors or warnings.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>
-          If it still refuses to work, ask on the <ulink type="http" url="http://forum.xfce.org/">Xfce Forum</ulink> or
-          the <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">thunar-dev mailing list</ulink>
-          for help.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="preferences">
-    <title>File Management Preferences</title>
-
-    <para>
-      Use the <guilabel>File Manager Preferences</guilabel> dialog to set your <application>Thunar</application> file manager
-      preferences. To open the preferences dialog, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-      from the menu bar, or click on the <guibutton>File Manager</guibutton> button in the Xfce Settings Manager.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The <guilabel>File Manager Preferences</guilabel> dialog is divided into four pages with different options, each described in
-      a separate section below. Basically you can set preferences in the following categories:
-    </para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem><para>The default settings for the views.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>The default settings for the side pane.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>The behavior of the file manager windows.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>Advanced features of the file manager.</para></listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>
-      Thunar also supports a bunch of so-called <emphasis>Hidden Options</emphasis>, which control several advanced features of the
-      file manager, but are not included in the preferences in order to keep the preferences dialog simple. The <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/thunar/trunk/docs/README.thunarrc"><filename>README.thunarrc</filename></ulink> file that
-      is included with the Thunar distribution describes all available options in detail.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-views">
-      <title>Views Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can specify a default view, select sort options and display options. You can
-        also specify whether thumbnails should be displayed for file types that support
-        this.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-views.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Views Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>View new folder using</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select the default view for folders. When you open a new window, the is displayed
-              in the view that you select. This can be either the icon view, the compact list view
-              or the detailed list view. You can also select <guilabel>Last Active View</guilabel>
-              here to use the view you used for the last active window.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Sort folders before files</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to list folders before files when you sort a folder.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Show thumbnails</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to show thumbnails of image files and other supported files. The
-              file manager stores the thumbnail files for each folder in the hidden <filename role="directory">.thumbnails</filename> directory in the user's Home Folder.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              See <xref linkend="thumbnailers"/> if you want to extend the basic
-              thumbnail functionality provided by <application>Thunar</application> with support
-              for additional file types.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Text beside icons</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this options to place the icon captions for items in the icon view beside the
-              icon rather than under the icon.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-side-pane">
-      <title>Side Pane Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can select display options for the shortcuts pane and the tree pane.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-side-pane.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Side Pane Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        The side pane can either display a list of shortcuts for folders in your file system, which
-        is the default, or a tree view of your file system. This page allows you to select the size
-        of the icons for the shortcuts and the tree pane. You can also specify whether emblems should
-        be displayed.
-      </para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Icon Size</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              The size of the icons displayed in the side, ranging from <guilabel>Very Small</guilabel> (around
-              16x16 pixels) to <guilabel>Very Large</guilabel> (around 128x128 pixels).
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Show Icon Emblems</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to display emblems for folders in the side pane. You can assign emblems to
-              folders in the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog. Select a folder in the main area and
-              choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-              from the main menu, or right-click the folder and select <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-              from the context menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-behavior">
-      <title>Behavior Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can select the preferred behavior to interact with the file manager.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-behavior.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Behavior Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Single click to active items</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to perform the default action for an item when you
-              click on the item. When this option is selected, and you point to an
-              item, the title of the item is underlined and the item will be
-              selected automatically after a short delay.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              This delay can be configured below the option. You can also disable the
-              automatic selection of items by moving the selector to the left-most
-              position.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Double click to activate items</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to perform the default action for an item when you
-              double click on the item, and select the item with a single click.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-advanced">
-      <title>Advanced Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can control advanced features of the file manager.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-advanced.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Advanced Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Folder Permissions</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Choose the action that should be performed when you change the permissions of a folder in
-              the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog. You can choose to let <application>Thunar</application>
-              ask everytime when you change folder permissions, tell it to default to applying the new permissions
-              to the folder only or to apply them recursively to the folder contents as well.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Volume Management</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              If <application>Thunar</application> was installed with support for HAL and the <application>thunar-volman</application>
-              package is also installed, you can enable the integrated volume manager. See <xref linkend="management-of-removable-drives-and-media"/>
-              for details about this feature.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="customizing-thunar">
-    <title>Customizing Thunar</title>
-
-    <para>
-      This chapter describes how to customize certain parts of the file manager to your own needs.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="sendto">
-      <title>The "Send To" Menu</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar includes a <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu, which provides possible targets where files and folders can
-        be sent to. To access the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu, choose
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Send To</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu, or right-click
-        on a file or folder and choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Send To</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/sendto-menu.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>"Send To" Menu</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        By default, the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu includes an entry named <guilabel>Desktop (Create Link)</guilabel> for all
-        files and folders, which simply creates a link on the desktop for each selected file. In addition, if the <guilabel>Shortcuts
-        Pane</guilabel> is active, the menu also includes an entry called <guilabel>Side Pane (Create Shortcut)</guilabel> for folders,
-        which allows users to add new shortcuts to the side pane. Following these entries, <application>Thunar</application> lists
-        the removable drives currently plugged into the computer. In the screenshot above, the <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel>
-        represents a possible target where files can be sent to. Note that the device is mounted automatically once selected from
-        the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu, so you do not need to manually mount it.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        In addition <application>Thunar</application> also ships the <application>thunar-sendto-email</application> plugin, which adds
-        the entry <guilabel>Mail Recipient</guilabel> to the menu, that opens the mail composer with the selected files attach to the
-        new email. If the selection contains atleast one folder, the selected items are added to a ZIP archive before attaching them
-        to the email. Otherwise, if the selection contains multiple files, or a single file, which is larger than 200Kib, the user will
-        be prompted whether to pack the files into a ZIP archive, and send the ZIP archive.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Like most other features of <application>Thunar</application>, the <guilabel>Send to</guilabel> menu can be easily extended
-        by users and application developers with new targets, using standard <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fdesktop_2dentry_2dspec">desktop entry files</ulink>. These files must be
-        installed into one of the <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/Thunar/sendto/</filename> folders (see the <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fbasedir_2dspec">XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink> for details about the
-        <literal>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</literal> variable).
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <literal>MimeType</literal> of the target <filename>.desktop</filename> specifies the types of files for which this action
-        should be available in the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu. For example, say you want to add entry for a <ulink type="http" url="http://flickr.com/">Flickr</ulink> uploader tool, then this entry should only show up if the selection contains JPEG
-        files (other file formats are not supported by Flickr) and so you should add a line <literal>MimeType=image/jpeg;</literal>.
-        If you do not specify any <literal>MimeType</literal> your entry will show up for all file types.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        A complete example using the <application>postr</application> application is shown below:
-      </para>
-
-<programlisting>
-# postr.desktop - Integrate postr into
-#                 the "Send To" menu.
-[Desktop Entry]
-Type=Application
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-TryExec=postr
-Exec=postr %F
-Icon=postr
-Name=Flickr
-MimeType=image/jpeg;</programlisting>
-
-      <para>
-        If you install this file to <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/Thunar/sendto/</filename> (create the folder if
-        it does not exist yet), the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu for JPEG files will show the new entry <guilabel>Flickr</guilabel>,
-        which can be used to upload JPEG images to Flickr.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/sendto_menu">Thunar Project Wiki</ulink> contains
-        additional examples of useful targets for the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu. Feel free to extend the Wiki page with
-        new examples.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="thumbnailers">
-      <title>Thumbnailers</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar uses small utilities to create thumbnails of certain file types and displays the thumbnails as preview of the
-        file content. These small tools are called thumbnailers. Thunar ships with thumbnailers for image and font files, and
-        makes use of the installed thumbnailers from GNOME automatically if it was installed with support for <literal>gconf</literal>.
-        Users may however dynamically extend this basic functionality with thumbnailers for additional file types.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        If you plan to write a custom thumbnailers, you need to start with a program that accepts atleast two command line parameters,
-        the input file, which is of the file type you plan to support and the output file, which is a PNG file that complies with the
-        format specified by the <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/creation.html#AEN139">Thumbnail Management
-        Standard</ulink>. Additionally your program may also accept the desired size of the thumbnail, which is optional but highly
-        recommended. If you write the output file at an arbitrary image size, Thunar will afterwards scale it to the desired size,
-        which might produce a less optimal result than generating the thumbnail with the requested dimensions.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Once your utility to generate the thumbnails is done, you will need to register your thumbnailer, so Thunar is able to locate
-        and use it. Therefore all you need to do is to install a description file for the thumbnailer (a <filename>.desktop</filename> file)
-        in one of the <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/thumbnailers/</filename> paths. For example, if you want to register the
-        thumbnailer for your user account only, you can install the file into the folder <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/thumbnailers/</filename>. The <filename>.desktop</filename> for thumbnailers has the following format.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="thumbnailer-desktop-file-format">
-        <title>Thumbnailer Description File Format</title>
-
-        <para>
-          Thumbnailer description files utilize the <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/">Desktop
-          Entry Format</ulink> with a special <literal>Type</literal> of <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal> and special field
-          <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> with new field codes. Basically, a thumbnailer description file has the following format.
-        </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=Your Thumbnailer
-MimeType=your-supported/mime-type;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=your-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>
-          The <literal>Version</literal> and <literal>Encoding</literal> are mandated by the Desktop Entry Specification, just use the values shown
-          in the example above. The <literal>Type</literal> field must have the special value <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal>, otherwise your
-          thumbnailer will not be recognized. The <literal>Name</literal> value describes your thumbnailer.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> field contains the command to run your thumbnailer, and supports certain field codes that will
-          be substituted when the thumbnailer is run. Recognized field codes are as follows:
-        </para>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%i</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              The local path to the input file for which to create a thumbnail. May be either a path relative to the directory from which the
-              thumbnailer was invoked or an absolute path.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%o</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              The local path to the output file where to store the generated thumbnail. The output file must be written as valid PNG file according
-              to the thumbnail standard (see above). Note that the path may not end with <literal>.png</literal>, which matters if you invoke certain
-              third party tools.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%s</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              The desired size of the generated thumbnail in pixels. This parameter is optional.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%u</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              Similar to <literal>%i</literal>, but substituted with the URI of the file, rather than the path. This was added for compatibility with
-              GNOME.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%%</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              Will be substituted with a single <literal>%</literal>.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-
-        <para>
-          You need to include atleast <literal>%o</literal> and <literal>%i</literal> or <literal>%u</literal>, otherwise your thumbnailer will
-          be useless.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The <literal>MimeType</literal> lists the MIME types - separated by semicolon - for which your thumbnailer is able to create previews.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="eps-thumbnailer-example">
-        <title>Example EPS Thumbnailer</title>
-
-        <para>
-          This example demonstrates how to write and install a new thumbnailer for <filename>.eps</filename> files, which uses the
-          <command>convert</command> utility that ships as part of ImageMagick. First, we start with a simple script that invokes
-          <command>convert</command> to generate a thumbnail at the requested size.
-        </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# eps-thumbnailer - Example thumbnailer script for EPS files.
-#
-# Usage: esp-thumbnailer eps-file png-file size
-#
-
-# command line parameters
-ifile=$1
-ofile=$2
-size=$3
-
-# invoke convert (ImageMagick)
-exec convert "eps:$ifile" -scale "$sizex$size" "png:$ofile"</programlisting>
-
-        <para>
-          Save this script above to a file <filename>eps-thumbnailer</filename>, make sure the file is executable and install it
-          to <filename role="directory">/usr/local/bin</filename>.
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ chmod +x eps-thumbnailer
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer /usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          Next we need to create the thumbnail description file <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename>, which looks like this:
-        </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=EPS Thumbnailer
-TryExec=convert
-MimeType=image/x-eps;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=/usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>
-          This file must be installed to <filename role="directory">/usr/local/share/thumbnailers</filename> (create the folder if
-          it does not exists).
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ sudo install -d /usr/local/share/thumbnailers
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer.desktop /usr/local/share/thumbnailers/eps-thumbnailer.desktop</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          The <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename> file uses the special key <literal>TryExec</literal>, which, if specified,
-          names a command that must be present on the system for the thumbnailer to be useful. In this case, our script is useless if
-          the <command>convert</command> utility is not present.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The last step is to regenerate the thumbnailer cache, so Thunar will pick up our thumbnailer. The thumbnailer cache is located
-          at <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/thumbnailers.cache</filename> (unless overridden by your or your system administrator, the
-          <varname>$XDG_CACHE_HOME</varname> points to the folder <filename role="directory">~/.cache/</filename>). The thumbnailers
-          cache is regenerated periodically by Thunar, but you can force to regenerate it by invoking the
-          <filename>thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</filename> utility, that ships as part of Thunar. This utility is usually installed
-          in the <filename role="directory">libexec</filename> subfolder of your installation prefix (<filename role="directory">sbin</filename>
-          on Debian/Ubuntu). So for example, if Thunar is installed in <filename role="directory">/usr</filename>, invoke the utility as
-          follows:
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>$ /usr/libexec/thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          But make sure you run the program from your user account, not the superuser account, since the thumbnailers cache is stored in
-          your home folder, rather than a system wide location.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Now, if Thunar is compiled with support for file alteration monitoring (using the FAM or Gamin services), it will automatically
-          pick up the new thumbnailers cache within a few seconds and afterwards be able to generate thumbnails using your custom
-          thumbnailers. Otherwise you might need to completely restart Thunar to apply the changes, using
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>$ Thunar -q</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          to terminate any running instance, and afterwards restart it from your launcher.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="cleaning-up-thumbnails">
-        <title>Cleaning up Thumbnails</title>
-
-        <para>
-          The generated thumbnails are stored in the folder <filename role="directory">~/.thumbnails/</filename> complying with the <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/index.html">Thumbnail Management Standard</ulink>. While testing a new
-          thumbnailer, it might help to clean up the thumbnail cache using
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>$ rm -rf ~/.thumbnails/</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          which will also give you some free space in your home folder. Since all the information stored within this folder was automatically
-          generated from files in your file system, you will not loose any sensitive data.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="advanced-topics">
-    <title>Acciones avanzadas.</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="to-bulk-rename-files">
-      <title>To Bulk Rename Files</title>
-
-      <para>
-        To <emphasis>bulk rename</emphasis> files means to rename multiple files at once using some criterion, that applies to atleast
-        one of the files. <application>Thunar</application> includes a bulk renamer, which can be run separately using the command
-        <command>Thunar -B</command> or from within <application>Thunar</application> by selecting two or more files in the main area
-        and pressing <keycombo><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> or choosing
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Rename...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/bulk-rename.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Bulk Rename Files</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        The <emphasis>Bulk Renamers</emphasis> can be applied to the name of the files, the suffix of the files or both to the
-        name and the suffix of the files. <application>Thunar</application> currently supports the following <emphasis>Bulk
-        Renamers</emphasis>:
-      </para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem><para>Remove characters.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Numbering files.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Insert Date or Time.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Insert or overwrite characters.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Search and replace characters.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Convert to uppercase, lowercase or camlcase.</para></listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <para>
-        Additional <emphasis>Bulk Renamers</emphasis> may be installed as plugins for <application>Thunar</application>. Check
-        the <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/plugins.html">Thunar Plugins</ulink> website for currently available
-        extensions. The <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/bulk_renamer">Thunar Project Wiki</ulink>
-        contains further details about this feature. Feel free to add more information to the Wiki.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="the-unix-file-system">
-      <title>El Sistema de Archivos UNIX</title>
-
-      <para>Aunque que el gestor de archivos Thunar hace un buen trabajo en la abstracción de los detalles del sistema de archivos subyacentes, de modo que el susuario no tiene que preocuparse de ellos, es, a veces útil entender los conceptos básicos para entender el cuadro completo. Esta sección intenta dar una introducción a los conceptos del sistema de archivos UNIX, el cual es usado hoy en día por todas las encarnaciones de UNIX, incluyendo Linux.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="folders-and-paths">
-        <title>Directorios y rutas</title>
-
-        <para>En un sistema de archivos UNIX todos los directorios se ordenan en una estructura de árbol invertido que se ramifica hacia abajo desde un direcotrio único superior, llamado <emphasis>directorio raíz (root)</emphasis> (el término <emphasis>directorio</emphasis> es usuado a menudo en ligar de <emphasis>carpeta</emphasis>) y mostrado como <guilabel>Sistema de Archivos</guilabel> en Thunar. Esto significa que puede llegar desde un directorio a otro cualquiera recorriendo el árbol hacia arriba hasta encontrar un punto comúm, y después bajar por el árbol a través de los apropiados subdirectorios hasta alcanzar su objetivo.</para>
-
-        <para>La posición de cualquier archivo o arpeta en el árbol puede ser descrit por su <emphasis>path</emphasis> o ruta. El <emphasis>path</emphasis> es la lista de las carpetas que tendrías que recorrer descendiendo desde el directorio raíz para llegar al archivo o carpeta de destino. Por ejemplo, <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> es la subcarpeta <filename role="directory">luke</filename> de la subcarpeta <filename role="directory">home</filename> del directorio raíz, y <filename>/home/luke/myfile.txt</filename> es el archivo <filename>myfile.txt</filename> en esa subcarpeta. The leading <filename role="directory">/</filename> en estas rutas representa la carpeta raíz.</para>
-
-        <para>Cada usuario tiene su propia carpeta para guardar su configuración y archivos personales. Esta carpeta se llama <emphasis>carpeta personal</emphasis> y es mostrada en Thunar como un icono especian con el nombre de conexión de los usuarios. Esta carpeta es simila a la conocida <guilabel>Mis Documentos</guilabel> en Windows. Las <emphasis>carpeta personal</emphasis> de los usuarios en un sistema están usualmente localizadas en el directorio <filename role="directory">/home</filename>. Por ejemplo, <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> sería la carpeta personal del usuario de nombre de conexión <filename role="directory">luke</filename>, mientras que <filename role="directory">/home/jane</filename> sería la carpeta personal del usuarion con nombre de conexión <filename role="directory">jane</filename>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="file-types">
-        <title>Tipos de archivo</title>
-
-        <para>Puede que haya oído que todo es un archivo en UNIX. Esto es verdadero para la mayoría de los objetos presentes un sistema de archivos UNIX de hoy en día. De hecho, incluso los dispositivos de hardware están representados como archivis especiales. Aunque puede que esto no tenga sentido a primera vista, es uno de los putos fuertes de UNIX y sus derivados, y ha ayudado a mantener un simple motor a lo largo de los años donde otros sistemas operativos han tenido que introducir nuevos conceptos para cada nueva tecnología.</para>
-
-        <para>Estas son los cuatro tipos de archivos más importantes en un sistema de archivos UNIX.</para>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-ordinary-files">
-          <title>Arvhicos corrientes</title>
-
-          <para>Un archivo corriente puede contener texto, un programa, u otros datos, esto incluye imágenes, archivos de audio, documentos de oficina y archivos de vídeo. El término <emphasis>archivo</emphasis> es a menudo usado para referirse a un archivo ordinario.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-folder-files">
-          <title>Folder Files</title>
-
-          <para>Las carpetas son también archivos en un sitema de archivos UNIX. Para ser exactos, una carpeta es un archivo especial, que contiene un mapa con el nombre y una referencia de cada archivo contenido dentro de esta carpeta.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-symbolic-link-files">
-          <title>Symbolic Link Files</title>
-
-          <para>Un enlace simbólico (a menudo llamado <emphasis>symlink</emphasis>) es un archivi especial que contiene una ruta a otro archivo en el sistema de archivos. Por lo tanto, los enlaces simbólicos no contienen información útil, sólo apuntan a otro archivo.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-device-files">
-          <title>Archivos de Dispositivos</title>
-
-          <para>Como mencionamos anteriormente, a la mayoría de los disposistivos de hardware, también se accede a través del sistema de archivos. Estos archivos especiales de disposistivos están usualmente localizados en el directorio <filename role="directory">/dev</filename>ename>. Por ejemplo, el archivo especial <filename>/dev/hda</filename> representa el primer disco IDE disk en Linux.</para>
-        </sect4>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="faq">
-    <title>Preguntas frecuentes</title>
-
-    <para>Esta sección intenta reunir las numerasosas preguntas frecuentes que tienen que ver con el trabajo con Thunar. Si conoce alguna pregunta que no está en esta página, por favor <ulink type="http" url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">archive una petición</ulink>.</para>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-executables">
-      <title>¿Por qué Thunar no ejecuta los archivos marcado como ejecutables?</title>
-
-      <para>Por razones de seguridad, Thunar solo ejecuta archivos del tipo <literal>application/x-desktop</literal>, <literal>application/x-executable</literal> y <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal>. Para archivos del escritorio, su ejecución será solo permitida si el archivo es del tipo <literal>Application</literal> y una línea <literal>Exec</literal> válida es dada, o de tipo <literal>Link</literal> una una línea <literal>URL</literal> válida es dada. Para otros tipos esta característica está disponible si el archivo está marcado como ejecutable para el usuario actual.</para>
-
-      <para>Fíjese en que para para <literal>application/x-executable</literal> y <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal>, lo tipos de los archivos no necesitan coincidir realmente con estos tipos exactamente, pero es suficiente si el tipo detectado tiene un padre coincide con uno de los dos tipos listados arriba, o si su MIME-type es un alias de uno de los de arriba</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-metadata">
-      <title>¿Dónde almacena Thunar los metadatos asociados con los archivos?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar asocia varios parámetros con archivos/carpetas, a las cuales llamamamos metadatos. Estos metadatos para todos los archivos se alamacenan en archivo de base de datos, que es llamado el metaarchivo. La base de datos está almacenada en <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/metafile.tdb</filename> y puede examinarse usando <command>tdbtool</command>, que es parte de la distribución de Thunar (localizada en <filename role="directory">tdb/</filename>).</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-thunarrc">
-      <title>¿Dónde almacena Thunar ls preferencias?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar almacena las preferencias configurables de usuario (y los parámetros ocultos) en un archivo <filename>.ini</filename>, que está localizado en <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/thunarrc</filename>, y que puede ser examinado usando un editor de texto. Vea <filename>docs/README.thunarrc</filename> para una descripción de varias preferencias.</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-mouse-gestures">
-      <title>¿Cómo usar los gestos de ratón en Thunar?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar ofrece un soporte básico para los <emphasis>gestos de ratón</emphasis> en su vista de iconos. Puede usar estos <emphasis>gestos de ratón</emphasis> pulsando el botón del medio (generalmente el de la rueda scroll) mietras que el puntero está en el área del fondo de la vista de iconos (cualquier área que no está cubierta por un icono o texto). Ahora puede mover el cursor en cuatro direcciones para realizar algunas acciones descritas abajo.</para>
-
-      <simplelist>
-        <member><guilabel>Izquierda</guilabel> - abre la carpeta visitada anteriormente</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Arriba</guilabel> - abre la carpeta padre</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Derecha</guilabel> - abre la siguiente carpeta visitada</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Abajo</guilabel> - recarga la carpeta actual</member>
-      </simplelist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-assign-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>¿Cómo asgino diferentes combinaciones de teclas</title>
-
-      <para>Si quiere reasignar una combinación, Thunar soporta la forma estándar de GTK+ de cambiar las combinaciones de teclas: Simplemente colóquese en la opción del menú con el putero del ratón y pulse la combinación de teclas que usted quiera asignarle a esa opción del menú.</para>
-
-      <para>Para borrar una combinación asignada, pulse la tecla <keycap>Backspace</keycap> mientras que está en la entrada del menú.</para>
-
-      <para>Si la combinación de teclas no cambia, entonces debe habilitar la característica en GTK+. Puede hacerlo de tres formas:</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Si está usando Xfce 4.3 o superior puede activar <guilabel>Editable menu accelerators</guilabel> en el diálogo <guilabel>Configuración de la interfaz de usuario</guilabel></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Si está usando GNOME puede activar <guilabel>Editable menu accelerators</guilabel> el el diálogo <guilabel>Menu and Toolbars</guilabel> del centro de control.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Otra forma es poner lo siguiente en su archivo <filename>~/.gtkrc-2.0</filename> (cree el archivo si no existe): <screen>gtk-can-change-accels=1</screen>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-store-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>¿Dónde almacena thinar las combinaciones teclas</title>
-
-      <para>Las combinaciones de teclas personalizadas están almacenadas en un formato estándar de combinaciones de teclas de GRK+ en un archivo localizado en <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/accels.scm</filename>. Las líneas que empiezan con <literal>;</literal> son comentarios. Vea la documentación de GTK+ para detalles acerca de este formato.</para>
-
-      <para>Si usted es un administrador de paquetes o del sistema y quiere ofrecer una combinación de teclas para todo el sistema, es diferente que las combinaciones predeterminadas en Thunar, puede crear un archivo <filename>Thunar/accels.scm</filename> en uno de los in one of the <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar>. Por ejemplo, si <filename role="directory">/etc/xdg</filename> es parte de <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> (el predeterminado en la mayoría de distribuciones Linux), puede instalar combinaciones para todo el sistema en <filename>/etc/xdg/Thunar/accels.scm</filename>. Thunar cargará estas combinaciones de este archivo en su primera ejecución.</para>
-    </sect3>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="support">
-    <title>Soporte</title>
-
-    <para>To comunicar un fallo o una sugerencia para esta aplicación o para su manual, use el sitema de seguimiento de fallos en <ulink url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">http://bugzilla.xfce.org/</ulink>. Recuerde que los comunicados útiles consiguen que se arreglen tales fallos, así que un comunicado útil de un fallo tiene dos características:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Reproductivo.</emphasis> Si el desarrollador no puede ver el fallo por sí mismo para comprobar que existe, lo más probable es que no pueda arreglarlo. Cualquier detalle que de puede ser de ayuda.</para>
-      </listitem>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Específico.</emphasis> Cuanto más rápido pueda asociar el problema a un área, más probable es que lo arregle convenientemente.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>
-      In case you want to request a new feature, please make clear why you consider it a worth
-      addition for the application. It is more likely that a new feature gets added if you provide
-      good arguments for the feature. It will increase the chance of addition even more if you
-      provide a patch that implements the requested feature, but make sure that you read the file
-      <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/terminal/trunk/HACKING">HACKING</ulink>
-      - especially the section labeled <emphasis>Coding Style</emphasis> - before you start hacking
-      up the source.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>Si tiene preguntas acerca del uso o la instalación de este software, por favor, pregunte en la <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">lista de correo thunar-dev</ulink> o conecte su cliente IRC a <emphasis role="bold">irc.freenode.net</emphasis>, únase al canal <emphasis role="bold">#thunar</emphasis> y pida ayuda.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="copyright">
-    <title>Acerca de @PACKAGE_NAME@</title>
-
-    <para>@PACKAGE_NAME@ ha sido escrito por Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>). Visite el <ulink url="http://thunar.xfce.org/" type="http">sitio web de thunar</ulink> para más información.</para>
-
-    <para>Esta documentación fue escrita por Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>). La última versión de este documento está siempre disponible desde el <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/">sitio web de Thunar</ulink>.</para>
-
-    <para>
-      This software is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-      as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-      (at your option) any later version.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 
-      along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software 
-      Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, 
-      USA.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-</article>
-<!--
-	vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et ai encoding=UTF-8:
--->
diff --git a/docs/manual/es/images/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/es/images/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index fdd0758..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/es/images/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-# $Id$
-
-imagesdir = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/es/images
-images_DATA =								\
-	bulk-rename.png							\
-	file-manager-window.png						\
-	file-properties.png						\
-	preferences-advanced.png					\
-	preferences-behavior.png					\
-	preferences-side-pane.png					\
-	preferences-views.png						\
-	removable-drives-and-media.png					\
-	removable-media-unmount.png					\
-	sendto-menu.png							\
-	visible-columns.png
-
-EXTRA_DIST = 								\
-	$(images_DATA)
-
-# vi:set ts=8 sw=8 noet ai nocindent syntax=automake:
diff --git a/docs/manual/es/images/bulk-rename.png b/docs/manual/es/images/bulk-rename.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a3fc365..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/es/images/bulk-rename.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/es/images/file-manager-window.png b/docs/manual/es/images/file-manager-window.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 07814dd..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/es/images/file-manager-window.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/es/images/file-properties.png b/docs/manual/es/images/file-properties.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d2fd15..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/es/images/file-properties.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/es/images/preferences-advanced.png b/docs/manual/es/images/preferences-advanced.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b0b81cd..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/es/images/preferences-advanced.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/es/images/preferences-behavior.png b/docs/manual/es/images/preferences-behavior.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 22aa80b..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/es/images/preferences-behavior.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/es/images/preferences-side-pane.png b/docs/manual/es/images/preferences-side-pane.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f585ba6..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/es/images/preferences-side-pane.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/es/images/preferences-views.png b/docs/manual/es/images/preferences-views.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6954990..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/es/images/preferences-views.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/es/images/removable-drives-and-media.png b/docs/manual/es/images/removable-drives-and-media.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c2030f6..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/es/images/removable-drives-and-media.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/es/images/removable-media-unmount.png b/docs/manual/es/images/removable-media-unmount.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fdbcea..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/es/images/removable-media-unmount.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/es/images/sendto-menu.png b/docs/manual/es/images/sendto-menu.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a7c12d..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/es/images/sendto-menu.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/es/images/visible-columns.png b/docs/manual/es/images/visible-columns.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 602fe06..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/es/images/visible-columns.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/eu/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/eu/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index eed828f..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/eu/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-# $Id$
-
-SUBDIRS =								\
-	images
-
-TARGET_DIR = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/eu
-STYLESHEET = ../thunar.xsl
-DOCUMENT = Thunar.xml
-
-# We set GPATH here; this gives us semantics for GNU make
-# which are more like other make's VPATH, when it comes to
-# whether a source that is a target of one rule is then
-# searched for in VPATH/GPATH.
-GPATH = $(srcdir)
-
-DOC_STAMPS = html-build.stamp
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(DOCUMENT)
-CLEANFILES = $(DOC_STAMPS)
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-all-local: html-build.stamp
-
-html-build.stamp: $(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT) $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET)
-	@echo "*** Building HTML ***"
-	@-chmod -R u+w $(srcdir)
-	rm -rf $(srcdir)/html
-	mkdir $(srcdir)/html
-	$(XSLTPROC) --nonet -o $(srcdir)/html/ $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET) \
-		$(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT)
-	touch html-build.stamp
-else
-all-local:
-endif
-
-maintainer-clean-local: clean
-	(cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf html)
-
-install-data-local:
-	installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*`;				\
-	if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*'; then		\
-		echo "--- Nothing to install";				\
-	else								\
-		$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);		\
-		for file in $$installfiles; do				\
-			echo "--- Installing "$$file;			\
-			$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);	\
-		done;							\
-	fi
-
-uninstall-local:
-	rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)/*
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-dist-check-xsltproc: all
-else
-dist-check-xsltproc:
-	@echo "*** xsltproc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist"
-	@false
-endif
-
-dist-hook: dist-check-xsltproc dist-hook-local
-	mkdir $(distdir)/html
-	-cp $(srcdir)/html/* $(distdir)/html
-
-.PHONY: dist-hook-local
-
-# vi:set ts=8 sw=8 noet ai nocindent syntax=automake:
diff --git a/docs/manual/eu/Thunar.xml.in b/docs/manual/eu/Thunar.xml.in
deleted file mode 100644
index c539825..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/eu/Thunar.xml.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1437 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-<!ENTITY date "November 2007">
-<!ENTITY version "@PACKAGE_VERSION@">
-<!ENTITY application "@PACKAGE_NAME@">
-]>
-<article id="index" lang="eu">
-
-  <!-- Header -->
-  <articleinfo>
-    <title>Thunar Fitxategi Kudeatzailea</title>
-
-    <pubdate>&date;</pubdate>
-
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2004</year>
-      <year>2005</year>
-      <year>2006</year>
-      <year>2007</year>
-      <holder>Benedikt Meurer</holder>
-    </copyright>
-
-    <legalnotice id="legalnotice">
-      <para>Baimena ematen da dokumentu gau Free Software Foundation-en argitaratutako GNU Dokumentazio Libre Lizentziaren 1.1 bertsioak edo berriagoek ezarritako terminoetan kopiatu, zabaldu eta/edo eraldatzeko.Lizentzi testu osoa eskuragarri dago <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/">Free Software Foundation</ulink> webgunean.</para>
-    </legalnotice>
-
-    <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-        <firstname>Benedikt</firstname>
-        <surname>Meurer</surname>
-        <affiliation>
-          <address><email>benny at xfce.org</email></address>
-          <orgname>os-cillation</orgname>
-          <orgdiv>Sistema garapena</orgdiv>
-          <jobtitle>Software garatzailea</jobtitle>
-        </affiliation>
-      </author>
-    </authorgroup>
-
-    <releaseinfo>Manual honek @PACKAGE_NAME@ -ren @PACKAGE_VERSION@ bertsioa azaltzen du.</releaseinfo>
-  </articleinfo>
-
-  <sect1 id="intro">
-    <title>@PACKAGE_NAME@ -ra sarrera</title>
-
-    <para>Thunar Xfce Idazmahai Ingurunearen fitxategi kudeatzaile berria da. Thunar behe mailatik azkarra eta erabilerraza izateko diseinatua izan da. Bere erabiltzaile interfazea garbia eta intuitiboa da, eta ez du lehenespen bezala nahasi dezaketen edo erabilera urriko aukerarik. Thunar azkarra da eta erantzun bizkorra du bai abiaraztean bai karpetak kargatzeko denboran.</para>
-
-    <para>Thunar fitxategi kudeatzaileak zure fitxategi eta aplikazioetara sarrera integratu bat ematen du. Fitxategi kudeatzailea hurrengoa egiteko erabil dezakezu:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>Karpeta eta dokumentuak sortu.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Zure fitxategi eta karpetak bistarazi.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Zure fitxategi eta karpetak kudeatu.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Ekintza pertsonalizatuak abiarazi eta kudeatu.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Sarrera Gailu Aldagarria.</listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="the-file-manager-window">
-    <title>Fitxategi kudeatzaile leihoa</title>
-
-    <para>
-      By default the file manager window consists of a shortcut pane on the left side, the main area on the right
-      and a pathbar above the main area.
-    </para>
-
-    <screenshot>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="images/file-manager-window.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-
-        <textobject>
-          <phrase>File Manager Window</phrase>
-        </textobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </screenshot>
-
-    <para>
-      The <guilabel>Shortcut Pane</guilabel> provides shortcuts to different folders on your system. The first
-      shortcut will lead to your <emphasis>Home Folder</emphasis>, the folder you store all your personal data,
-      and will therefore have the name of the current user. The second shortcut will take you to the trash bin,
-      which stores deleted files that can be recovered later. The third shortcut takes you to the <emphasis>Desktop
-      Folder</emphasis>, which contains the files and folders that are displayed on the desktop. The fourth
-      shortcut will take you to the root of your file system - you may want to explore it a bit, even though
-      it may be confusing to you if you are new to Linux/Unix. Just click on the different folders and see what is
-      inside.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      Below the <emphasis>File System</emphasis> shortcut, the removable drives and media will be displayed. In
-      the screenshot above, you can see a <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel> shortcut. Click on these shortcuts
-      to access the data stored on the removable drives and media. See <xref linkend="using-removable-media"/>
-      for further details.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The remaining shortcuts are user defined. Add your own shortcuts by simply dragging folders to the
-      <guilabel>Shortcuts Pane</guilabel>. This will allow you to access important folders instantly. To
-      remove a previously added shortcut, right-click on the shortcut and choose <guimenuitem>Remove Shortcut</guimenuitem>.
-      To rename a previously added shortcut, right-click on the shortcut and choose <guimenuitem>Rename Shortcut</guimenuitem>.
-      Note that these actions affect only the shortcut, not the folder referenced by the shortcuts.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The <emphasis>main area</emphasis> will always display the contents of the current folder. Double click on
-      folders to enter them, and right-click on files or folders to get a context-menu offering some choices of
-      what to do with it. Select multiple files by dragging a rectangle over them with the mouse. Alternatively,
-      select one file, hold down the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key, and increase or decrease the selection using
-      the arrow keys.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The <emphasis>pathbar</emphasis> will always show the path you took to get to the folder you are currently
-      at. You can click on any pathbar button to change to the folder it represents. Right-click on a pathbar
-      button to bring up a context-menu with some options.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="customizing-the-appearance">
-      <title>Customizing the Appearance</title>
-
-      <para>
-        There are many ways to customize the appearance of the file manager windows. In case you do not like the
-        way the icons are displayed, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>View as Detailed List</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-        from the main menu to have the contents of the current folder displayed as a list.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        You can have the file manager windows display a location bar instead of the pathbar by choosing
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Location Selector</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Toolbar Style</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-        from the main menu.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        In case you prefer a treeview in the left pane, choose
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Tree</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-        from the main menu.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="visible-columns-in-the-detailed-list-view">
-        <title>Visible Columns in the Detailed List View</title>
-
-        <para>
-          If you prefer to display the contents of the folder as a list, using the <guilabel>Detailed List View</guilabel>, you can
-          customize the columns displayed in the list view. To customize the visible columns, choose
-          <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure Columns...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.
-        </para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/visible-columns.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Visible Columns</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Visible Columns</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>
-                Select the columns you want to be displayed from the list of available columns. Click <guibutton>Move Up</guibutton>
-                or <guibutton>Move Down</guibutton> to change the order of the columns. Click <guibutton>Use Default</guibutton> to
-                revert your changes.
-              </para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Column Sizing</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>
-                Select the option <guibutton>Automatically expand columns as needed</guibutton> if you want the list view columns
-                to expand automatically if the needed to ensure the text is fully visible.
-              </para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="working-with-files-and-folders">
-    <title>Working with Files and Folders</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="opening-files">
-      <title>Opening Files</title>
-
-      <para>
-        When you open a file, the file manager performs the default action for that file type. For example, opening a text file
-        will display it in the default text editor, while opening an image file will display the image in the default image
-        viewer.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The file manager checks the extension of a file to determine the type of a file. If the file has no known extension, the
-        file manager examines the contents of the file.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-the-default-action">
-        <title>Executing the Default Action</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To execute the default for a file, double-click on the file. For example, the default action for audio files is to
-          play the it with the default music playing application. In this case, you can double-click on the file to open the
-          file in the music player.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          You can set <application>Thunar</application> preferences so that you click once on a file to execute the default
-          action. For information, see <xref linkend="preferences-behavior"/>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-non-default-actions">
-        <title>Executing Non-Default Actions</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To execute actions other than the default action for a file, select the file that you want to perform an action on.
-          Choose the desired action from the <emphasis>Open With</emphasis> choices available in <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu
-          or an <guimenu>Open With</guimenu> submenu.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="adding-actions">
-        <title>Adding Actions</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To add actions associated with a file type, perform the following steps:
-        </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              In the main area, select a file of the type to which you want to add an action.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open With Other Application...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-              from the main menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Either choose an application in the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> dialog or select <guibutton>Use a custom command</guibutton>
-              and browse to the program with which you wish to open this type.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>
-          The action you have chosen is now added to the list of actions for that particular file type. If you enabled the
-          <guibutton>Use as default for this kind of file</guibutton> option or there was no prior action associated with the
-          type, the newly added action is the default.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          You may also add actions using the <guibutton>Open With</guibutton> button under
-          <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="modifiying-actions">
-        <title>Modifying Actions</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To modify the actions associated with a file or file type, perform the following steps:
-        </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              In the main area, select a file of the type for which you want to modify the action.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select the new default action using the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> button or add a new action by choosing
-              <guimenuitem>Open With Other Application...</guimenuitem> from the drop down menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>
-          To remove a previously added action for a file type, bring up the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> dialog as described
-          above, right-click the action you want to remove and choose <guimenuitem>Remove Launcher</guimenuitem>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="file-properties">
-      <title>File Properties</title>
-
-      <para>
-        The file properties window shows more information about any file or folder in the file manager. With this window, you can also
-        do the following:
-      </para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Change the icon for special files, such as application launchers and URL links.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Add or remove emblems for a file or folder.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Change the UNIX file permissions for a file or folder.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Choose which application is used to open a file and other files of the same type.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/file-properties.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>File Properties</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        To open the file properties window, perform the following steps:
-      </para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Select the file or folder whose properties you want to examine or change. You cannot
-            select multiple items at once and display the properties that are in common to all
-            items currently.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Do one of the following:
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Right-click the selected item and choose <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> from the context menu.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="using-removable-media">
-    <title>Using Removable Media</title>
-
-    <sect2 id="accessing-removable-media">
-      <title>Accessing Removable Media</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar supports removable media if it was built with support for <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software_2fhal">HAL</ulink>,
-        or if you are using <ulink type="http" url="http://www.freebsd.org/">FreeBSD</ulink>. Note however that on FreeBSD 6.0 or newer, it is
-        suggested to use HAL rather than the native support provided by Thunar.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-mount-media">
-        <title>To Mount Media</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To <emphasis>mount</emphasis> media is to make the file system of the media available for access. When you mount media, the
-          file system of the media is attached as a subdirectory to your file system.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          To access media, insert the media in the appropriate device, or connect the new device to your computer (i.e. connect an USB
-          stick to one of your USB ports). An object that represents the media is added to the side pane of the file manager. If
-          <application>xfdesktop</application> is running and configured to display <guilabel>File/launcher icons</guilabel> this
-          object will also be added to your desktop.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          To actually mount the media, click on the object that represents the media. For example, to mount a floppy diskette,
-          click on the <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel> object in the side pane. The file manager will now add the file system
-          of the media to your file system hierarchy and display the contents of the floppy diskette in the main area.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-eject-media">
-        <title>To Eject Media</title>
-
-        <para>
-          If the drive for the media is a motorized drive (i.e. a CD-ROM drive), right-click on the media object in the side pane
-          or on the desktop and choose <guilabel>Eject Volume</guilabel>. The media is ejected from the drive after a few seconds.
-          If the drive for the media is not motorized (i.e. a floppy drive or an USB stick), right-click on the media object and
-          choose <guilabel>Unmount Volume</guilabel>. After a short period of time, a notification will appear to inform you
-          that it is now safe to remove the media or disconnect the drive from the computer.
-        </para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/removable-media-unmount.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Unmount notification</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <para>
-          However this notification will only be displayed if support for <application>libnotify</application> is enabled,
-          and you have installed a notification daemon. A notification daemon for Xfce is available from the <ulink type="http" url="http://goodies.xfce.org/projects/applications/notification-daemon-xfce">Xfce Goodies Project</ulink>.
-          If notification support is not available, wait until the context menu disappears before you remove the media or disconnect
-          the drive.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Be aware that you cannot eject or unmount media that is still in use by one or more applications. Therefore if the file
-          manager refuses to eject media, make sure you close all applications that were accessing the media, and be sure to also
-          check command line applications running in <application>Terminal</application> windows.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Make sure to unmount removable media before ejecting. Do not eject a diskette from the floppy drive before your unmount
-          the diskette. Do not remove an USB stick before you unmount the flash drive. If you do not unmount the media first you
-          might lose data or cause your system to crash.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="management-of-removable-drives-and-media">
-      <title>Management of Removable Drives and Media</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar is also able to automatically manage removable drives and media if the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.foo-projects.org/~benny/projects/thunar-volman/index.html">thunar-volman</ulink> package is installed on
-        your system.  Note however that this feature requires HAL support.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Now, if HAL support is available and <application>thunar-volman</application> is installed on your system, you
-        can choose to enable the <guilabel>Volume Management</guilabel> feature of Thunar. Therefore, open the file
-        manager preferences, go to the <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> page and check the <guilabel>Enable Volume
-        Management</guilabel> button.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The next step is to customize the management of removable drives and media to your needs. Click on the
-        <guilabel>Configure</guilabel> link in the <guilabel>Volume Management</guilabel> section, right below
-        the button. The <guilabel>Removable Drives and Media</guilabel> configuration dialog will be displayed.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/removable-drives-and-media.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Removable Drives and Media</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        If you have used the <application>gnome-volume-manager</application> previously, you should feel right at
-        home, because it was designed to look and behave similar to <application>gnome-volume-manager</application>.
-        The preferences are divided by device categories to make it easy to locate the option for you specific
-        device.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <guilabel>Storage</guilabel> page contains the most important options. As the name suggests these
-        options apply only to storage devices like external harddisk drives, USB sticks and CD-ROMs. The
-        <guilabel>Removable Storage</guilabel> options are described in detail below.
-      </para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Mount removable drives when hot-plugged</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to automatically mount file systems on removable drives (i.e. external harddisk drives
-              or USB sticks) when such drives are plugged into the computer.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              This option must be enabled for certain other features to work with removable drives. For example,
-              if you disable this option, certain kinds of portable music players cannot be detected any more and
-              so, even if you enabled the <guilabel>Play music files when connected</guilabel> option on the
-              <guilabel>Multimedia</guilabel> page, the specified command will not be run when you hot-plug your
-              portable music player.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Mount removable media when inserted</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to automatically mount file systems on removable media (i.e. CD-ROMs or DVDs)
-              when you insert the media into the drive.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              This option must be enabled for certain other features to work with removable media. For example,
-              if you disable this option, it is impossible to detect whether the removable media has auto-run
-              capabilities, and so the <guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel> option
-              has no effect for removable media.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Browse removable media when inserted</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to automatically display the content of newly inserted media in the file manager.
-              Note however, that the contents will only be displayed if no other action was possible or you
-              choose to ignore the other possible actions. For example, if you insert a CD-ROM with auto-run
-              capabilities and the <guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel> option is
-              enabled, you will be prompted whether you want to allow or ignore the auto-run. If you choose
-              to ignore the auto-run the contents will be displayed in the file manager.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to make use of auto-run capabilities of certain removable drives and media. See
-              the <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop
-              Application Autostart Specification</ulink> for details about the auto-run mechanism. To enhance security,
-              you will always be prompted to confirm the auto-run.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              If the Windows emulator <ulink type="http" url="http://www.winehq.org/">WINE</ulink> is installed on your
-              system, the auto-run mechanism will also try to run <filename>autorun.exe</filename> files using WINE.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Auto-open files on new drives and media</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to make of auto-open capabilities of certain removable drives and media. See
-              the <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop
-              Application Autostart Specification</ulink> for details about the auto-open mechanism. To enhance security,
-              you will always be prompted to confirm the auto-open.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <para>
-        The remaining options allow you to specify a command to run when a certain kind of media is inserted into a drive
-        or a certain kind of external device is connected. The command can use three special variables, that will be
-        substituted when the command is run:
-      </para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%d</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Each appearance of <literal>%d</literal> in the command will be substituted with the device file path of
-              the newly added device. For example, if you have plugged in an USB stick, the device file path will be
-              <filename>/dev/da0s1</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              If no device file is associated with the device or the device file could not be found for some reason,
-              the variable <literal>%d</literal> will be substituted with the empty string.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%h</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Each appearance of <literal>%h</literal> in the command will be substituted with the HAL UDI of the newly
-              added device.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%m</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Each appearance of <literal>%m</literal> in the command will be substituted with the mount point where
-              the newly added device was mounted. If the device cannot be mounted (for example printers or keyboards)
-              or if the automatic mounting was disabled, <literal>%m</literal> will be substituted with the empty
-              string.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <sect3 id="troubleshooting-the-volume-manager">
-        <title>Troubleshooting the Volume Manager</title>
-
-        <para>
-          Useful tips to trouble shoot the volume manager in case it does not work as expected.
-        </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Make sure <application>Thunar</application> is running as daemon. The volume manager depends
-              on this, as it is not a daemon by itself. By default, Xfce
-              automatically spawns <application>Thunar</application> as daemon on startup. If it got killed
-              for some reason, open the <guilabel>Run program</guilabel> (using the keyboard shortcut
-              <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> or right-click on the desktop
-              and choose <guilabel>Run Program...</guilabel> from the desktop menu), enter <literal>Thunar
-              --daemon</literal> and click <guibutton>Run</guibutton>.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Try running <application>thunar-volman</application> from a <application>Terminal</application>
-              window after hot-plugging the drive or inserting the media. First, you need to figure out the
-              HAL UDI of the new device using <application>lshal</application> or <application>hal-device</application>.
-              Once you know the UDI, run <literal>thunar-volman --device-added <udi-of-your-device></literal> in
-              a <application>Terminal</application> window and watch the output for errors or warnings.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>
-          If it still refuses to work, ask on the <ulink type="http" url="http://forum.xfce.org/">Xfce Forum</ulink> or
-          the <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">thunar-dev mailing list</ulink>
-          for help.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="preferences">
-    <title>File Management Preferences</title>
-
-    <para>
-      Use the <guilabel>File Manager Preferences</guilabel> dialog to set your <application>Thunar</application> file manager
-      preferences. To open the preferences dialog, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-      from the menu bar, or click on the <guibutton>File Manager</guibutton> button in the Xfce Settings Manager.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The <guilabel>File Manager Preferences</guilabel> dialog is divided into four pages with different options, each described in
-      a separate section below. Basically you can set preferences in the following categories:
-    </para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem><para>The default settings for the views.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>The default settings for the side pane.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>The behavior of the file manager windows.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>Advanced features of the file manager.</para></listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>
-      Thunar also supports a bunch of so-called <emphasis>Hidden Options</emphasis>, which control several advanced features of the
-      file manager, but are not included in the preferences in order to keep the preferences dialog simple. The <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/thunar/trunk/docs/README.thunarrc"><filename>README.thunarrc</filename></ulink> file that
-      is included with the Thunar distribution describes all available options in detail.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-views">
-      <title>Views Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can specify a default view, select sort options and display options. You can
-        also specify whether thumbnails should be displayed for file types that support
-        this.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-views.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Views Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>View new folder using</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select the default view for folders. When you open a new window, the is displayed
-              in the view that you select. This can be either the icon view, the compact list view
-              or the detailed list view. You can also select <guilabel>Last Active View</guilabel>
-              here to use the view you used for the last active window.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Sort folders before files</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to list folders before files when you sort a folder.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Show thumbnails</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to show thumbnails of image files and other supported files. The
-              file manager stores the thumbnail files for each folder in the hidden <filename role="directory">.thumbnails</filename> directory in the user's Home Folder.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              See <xref linkend="thumbnailers"/> if you want to extend the basic
-              thumbnail functionality provided by <application>Thunar</application> with support
-              for additional file types.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Text beside icons</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this options to place the icon captions for items in the icon view beside the
-              icon rather than under the icon.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-side-pane">
-      <title>Side Pane Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can select display options for the shortcuts pane and the tree pane.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-side-pane.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Side Pane Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        The side pane can either display a list of shortcuts for folders in your file system, which
-        is the default, or a tree view of your file system. This page allows you to select the size
-        of the icons for the shortcuts and the tree pane. You can also specify whether emblems should
-        be displayed.
-      </para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Icon Size</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              The size of the icons displayed in the side, ranging from <guilabel>Very Small</guilabel> (around
-              16x16 pixels) to <guilabel>Very Large</guilabel> (around 128x128 pixels).
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Show Icon Emblems</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to display emblems for folders in the side pane. You can assign emblems to
-              folders in the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog. Select a folder in the main area and
-              choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-              from the main menu, or right-click the folder and select <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-              from the context menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-behavior">
-      <title>Behavior Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can select the preferred behavior to interact with the file manager.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-behavior.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Behavior Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Single click to active items</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to perform the default action for an item when you
-              click on the item. When this option is selected, and you point to an
-              item, the title of the item is underlined and the item will be
-              selected automatically after a short delay.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              This delay can be configured below the option. You can also disable the
-              automatic selection of items by moving the selector to the left-most
-              position.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Double click to activate items</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to perform the default action for an item when you
-              double click on the item, and select the item with a single click.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-advanced">
-      <title>Advanced Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can control advanced features of the file manager.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-advanced.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Advanced Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Folder Permissions</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Choose the action that should be performed when you change the permissions of a folder in
-              the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog. You can choose to let <application>Thunar</application>
-              ask everytime when you change folder permissions, tell it to default to applying the new permissions
-              to the folder only or to apply them recursively to the folder contents as well.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Volume Management</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              If <application>Thunar</application> was installed with support for HAL and the <application>thunar-volman</application>
-              package is also installed, you can enable the integrated volume manager. See <xref linkend="management-of-removable-drives-and-media"/>
-              for details about this feature.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="customizing-thunar">
-    <title>Customizing Thunar</title>
-
-    <para>
-      This chapter describes how to customize certain parts of the file manager to your own needs.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="sendto">
-      <title>The "Send To" Menu</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar includes a <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu, which provides possible targets where files and folders can
-        be sent to. To access the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu, choose
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Send To</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu, or right-click
-        on a file or folder and choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Send To</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/sendto-menu.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>"Send To" Menu</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        By default, the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu includes an entry named <guilabel>Desktop (Create Link)</guilabel> for all
-        files and folders, which simply creates a link on the desktop for each selected file. In addition, if the <guilabel>Shortcuts
-        Pane</guilabel> is active, the menu also includes an entry called <guilabel>Side Pane (Create Shortcut)</guilabel> for folders,
-        which allows users to add new shortcuts to the side pane. Following these entries, <application>Thunar</application> lists
-        the removable drives currently plugged into the computer. In the screenshot above, the <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel>
-        represents a possible target where files can be sent to. Note that the device is mounted automatically once selected from
-        the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu, so you do not need to manually mount it.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        In addition <application>Thunar</application> also ships the <application>thunar-sendto-email</application> plugin, which adds
-        the entry <guilabel>Mail Recipient</guilabel> to the menu, that opens the mail composer with the selected files attach to the
-        new email. If the selection contains atleast one folder, the selected items are added to a ZIP archive before attaching them
-        to the email. Otherwise, if the selection contains multiple files, or a single file, which is larger than 200Kib, the user will
-        be prompted whether to pack the files into a ZIP archive, and send the ZIP archive.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Like most other features of <application>Thunar</application>, the <guilabel>Send to</guilabel> menu can be easily extended
-        by users and application developers with new targets, using standard <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fdesktop_2dentry_2dspec">desktop entry files</ulink>. These files must be
-        installed into one of the <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/Thunar/sendto/</filename> folders (see the <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fbasedir_2dspec">XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink> for details about the
-        <literal>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</literal> variable).
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <literal>MimeType</literal> of the target <filename>.desktop</filename> specifies the types of files for which this action
-        should be available in the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu. For example, say you want to add entry for a <ulink type="http" url="http://flickr.com/">Flickr</ulink> uploader tool, then this entry should only show up if the selection contains JPEG
-        files (other file formats are not supported by Flickr) and so you should add a line <literal>MimeType=image/jpeg;</literal>.
-        If you do not specify any <literal>MimeType</literal> your entry will show up for all file types.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        A complete example using the <application>postr</application> application is shown below:
-      </para>
-
-<programlisting>
-# postr.desktop - Integrate postr into
-#                 the "Send To" menu.
-[Desktop Entry]
-Type=Application
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-TryExec=postr
-Exec=postr %F
-Icon=postr
-Name=Flickr
-MimeType=image/jpeg;</programlisting>
-
-      <para>
-        If you install this file to <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/Thunar/sendto/</filename> (create the folder if
-        it does not exist yet), the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu for JPEG files will show the new entry <guilabel>Flickr</guilabel>,
-        which can be used to upload JPEG images to Flickr.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/sendto_menu">Thunar Project Wiki</ulink> contains
-        additional examples of useful targets for the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu. Feel free to extend the Wiki page with
-        new examples.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="thumbnailers">
-      <title>Thumbnailers</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar uses small utilities to create thumbnails of certain file types and displays the thumbnails as preview of the
-        file content. These small tools are called thumbnailers. Thunar ships with thumbnailers for image and font files, and
-        makes use of the installed thumbnailers from GNOME automatically if it was installed with support for <literal>gconf</literal>.
-        Users may however dynamically extend this basic functionality with thumbnailers for additional file types.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        If you plan to write a custom thumbnailers, you need to start with a program that accepts atleast two command line parameters,
-        the input file, which is of the file type you plan to support and the output file, which is a PNG file that complies with the
-        format specified by the <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/creation.html#AEN139">Thumbnail Management
-        Standard</ulink>. Additionally your program may also accept the desired size of the thumbnail, which is optional but highly
-        recommended. If you write the output file at an arbitrary image size, Thunar will afterwards scale it to the desired size,
-        which might produce a less optimal result than generating the thumbnail with the requested dimensions.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Once your utility to generate the thumbnails is done, you will need to register your thumbnailer, so Thunar is able to locate
-        and use it. Therefore all you need to do is to install a description file for the thumbnailer (a <filename>.desktop</filename> file)
-        in one of the <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/thumbnailers/</filename> paths. For example, if you want to register the
-        thumbnailer for your user account only, you can install the file into the folder <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/thumbnailers/</filename>. The <filename>.desktop</filename> for thumbnailers has the following format.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="thumbnailer-desktop-file-format">
-        <title>Thumbnailer Description File Format</title>
-
-        <para>
-          Thumbnailer description files utilize the <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/">Desktop
-          Entry Format</ulink> with a special <literal>Type</literal> of <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal> and special field
-          <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> with new field codes. Basically, a thumbnailer description file has the following format.
-        </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=Your Thumbnailer
-MimeType=your-supported/mime-type;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=your-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>
-          The <literal>Version</literal> and <literal>Encoding</literal> are mandated by the Desktop Entry Specification, just use the values shown
-          in the example above. The <literal>Type</literal> field must have the special value <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal>, otherwise your
-          thumbnailer will not be recognized. The <literal>Name</literal> value describes your thumbnailer.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> field contains the command to run your thumbnailer, and supports certain field codes that will
-          be substituted when the thumbnailer is run. Recognized field codes are as follows:
-        </para>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%i</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              The local path to the input file for which to create a thumbnail. May be either a path relative to the directory from which the
-              thumbnailer was invoked or an absolute path.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%o</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              The local path to the output file where to store the generated thumbnail. The output file must be written as valid PNG file according
-              to the thumbnail standard (see above). Note that the path may not end with <literal>.png</literal>, which matters if you invoke certain
-              third party tools.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%s</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              The desired size of the generated thumbnail in pixels. This parameter is optional.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%u</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              Similar to <literal>%i</literal>, but substituted with the URI of the file, rather than the path. This was added for compatibility with
-              GNOME.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%%</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              Will be substituted with a single <literal>%</literal>.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-
-        <para>
-          You need to include atleast <literal>%o</literal> and <literal>%i</literal> or <literal>%u</literal>, otherwise your thumbnailer will
-          be useless.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The <literal>MimeType</literal> lists the MIME types - separated by semicolon - for which your thumbnailer is able to create previews.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="eps-thumbnailer-example">
-        <title>Example EPS Thumbnailer</title>
-
-        <para>
-          This example demonstrates how to write and install a new thumbnailer for <filename>.eps</filename> files, which uses the
-          <command>convert</command> utility that ships as part of ImageMagick. First, we start with a simple script that invokes
-          <command>convert</command> to generate a thumbnail at the requested size.
-        </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# eps-thumbnailer - Example thumbnailer script for EPS files.
-#
-# Usage: esp-thumbnailer eps-file png-file size
-#
-
-# command line parameters
-ifile=$1
-ofile=$2
-size=$3
-
-# invoke convert (ImageMagick)
-exec convert "eps:$ifile" -scale "$sizex$size" "png:$ofile"</programlisting>
-
-        <para>
-          Save this script above to a file <filename>eps-thumbnailer</filename>, make sure the file is executable and install it
-          to <filename role="directory">/usr/local/bin</filename>.
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ chmod +x eps-thumbnailer
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer /usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          Next we need to create the thumbnail description file <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename>, which looks like this:
-        </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=EPS Thumbnailer
-TryExec=convert
-MimeType=image/x-eps;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=/usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>
-          This file must be installed to <filename role="directory">/usr/local/share/thumbnailers</filename> (create the folder if
-          it does not exists).
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ sudo install -d /usr/local/share/thumbnailers
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer.desktop /usr/local/share/thumbnailers/eps-thumbnailer.desktop</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          The <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename> file uses the special key <literal>TryExec</literal>, which, if specified,
-          names a command that must be present on the system for the thumbnailer to be useful. In this case, our script is useless if
-          the <command>convert</command> utility is not present.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The last step is to regenerate the thumbnailer cache, so Thunar will pick up our thumbnailer. The thumbnailer cache is located
-          at <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/thumbnailers.cache</filename> (unless overridden by your or your system administrator, the
-          <varname>$XDG_CACHE_HOME</varname> points to the folder <filename role="directory">~/.cache/</filename>). The thumbnailers
-          cache is regenerated periodically by Thunar, but you can force to regenerate it by invoking the
-          <filename>thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</filename> utility, that ships as part of Thunar. This utility is usually installed
-          in the <filename role="directory">libexec</filename> subfolder of your installation prefix (<filename role="directory">sbin</filename>
-          on Debian/Ubuntu). So for example, if Thunar is installed in <filename role="directory">/usr</filename>, invoke the utility as
-          follows:
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>$ /usr/libexec/thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          But make sure you run the program from your user account, not the superuser account, since the thumbnailers cache is stored in
-          your home folder, rather than a system wide location.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Now, if Thunar is compiled with support for file alteration monitoring (using the FAM or Gamin services), it will automatically
-          pick up the new thumbnailers cache within a few seconds and afterwards be able to generate thumbnails using your custom
-          thumbnailers. Otherwise you might need to completely restart Thunar to apply the changes, using
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>$ Thunar -q</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          to terminate any running instance, and afterwards restart it from your launcher.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="cleaning-up-thumbnails">
-        <title>Cleaning up Thumbnails</title>
-
-        <para>
-          The generated thumbnails are stored in the folder <filename role="directory">~/.thumbnails/</filename> complying with the <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/index.html">Thumbnail Management Standard</ulink>. While testing a new
-          thumbnailer, it might help to clean up the thumbnail cache using
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>$ rm -rf ~/.thumbnails/</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          which will also give you some free space in your home folder. Since all the information stored within this folder was automatically
-          generated from files in your file system, you will not loose any sensitive data.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="advanced-topics">
-    <title>Gomendio Aurreratuak</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="to-bulk-rename-files">
-      <title>To Bulk Rename Files</title>
-
-      <para>
-        To <emphasis>bulk rename</emphasis> files means to rename multiple files at once using some criterion, that applies to atleast
-        one of the files. <application>Thunar</application> includes a bulk renamer, which can be run separately using the command
-        <command>Thunar -B</command> or from within <application>Thunar</application> by selecting two or more files in the main area
-        and pressing <keycombo><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> or choosing
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Rename...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/bulk-rename.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Bulk Rename Files</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        The <emphasis>Bulk Renamers</emphasis> can be applied to the name of the files, the suffix of the files or both to the
-        name and the suffix of the files. <application>Thunar</application> currently supports the following <emphasis>Bulk
-        Renamers</emphasis>:
-      </para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem><para>Remove characters.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Numbering files.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Insert Date or Time.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Insert or overwrite characters.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Search and replace characters.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Convert to uppercase, lowercase or camlcase.</para></listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <para>
-        Additional <emphasis>Bulk Renamers</emphasis> may be installed as plugins for <application>Thunar</application>. Check
-        the <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/plugins.html">Thunar Plugins</ulink> website for currently available
-        extensions. The <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/bulk_renamer">Thunar Project Wiki</ulink>
-        contains further details about this feature. Feel free to add more information to the Wiki.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="the-unix-file-system">
-      <title>UNIX Fitxategi Sistema</title>
-
-      <para>Naiz Thunar fitxategi kudeatzaileak lan on bat egiten duenez fitxategi sistemaren xehetasunak abstraitzen, horrela erabiltzailea ez da hauetaz arduratu behar, batzuetan erabilgarri da oinarrizko kontzeptu ulertzea. Atal honek UNIX fitxategi sistemaren kontzeptuetara sarrera labur bat da, hau gaur egungo UNIX antzeko guztiek erabiltzen dutena LINUX barne.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="folders-and-paths">
-        <title>Karpetak eta Bideak</title>
-
-        <para>UNIX fitxategi sistema batetan karpeta guztiak <emphasis>erro direktorioa</emphasis> hasten den alderantzizko zuhaitz estruktura batetan kokatzen dira (sarritan <emphasis>directorio</emphasis> terminoa <emphasis>karpeta</emphasis>-ren ordez erabiltzen da) eta thunar-en <guilabel>Fitxategi Sistema</guilabel> bezala bistaratzen dira. Honek karpeta batetik bestera mugitzeko batzen dituen puntu arte zuhaitzean gora igoaz eta gero helburu duzun karpetara sartuaz lor dezakezula.</para>
-
-        <para>Zuhaitzean edozein karpeta edo fitxategiren kokalekua bere <emphasis>bidearen</emphasis> bidez azaldu daiteke. Bidea fitxategi edo karpeta horretara ailatzeko erro direktoriotik jaitsi behar diren karpeten  izenek sortzen dute. Adibidez <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> <filename role="directory">home</filename> lehen mailako karpetaren <filename role="directory">luke</filename>azpidirektorioa da, eta <filename>/home/luke/myfile.txt</filename> karpeta honetako filename>myfile.txt</para>
-
-        <para>Erabiltzaile bakoitzak bere karpeta pertsonala du bere fitxategi eta ezarpen pertsonalak mantentzeko. Karpeta honi <emphasis>etxe direktorioa</emphasis> eta Thunar-en erabiltzaile izena et ikono berezi batez bistaratzen da. Karpeta hau Windows-eko <guilabel>Nire Dokumentuak</guilabel> karpetaren antzerakoa da.Erabiltzaile ezberdinen <emphasis>etxe direktorioak</emphasis> <filename role="directory">/home</filename> karpetaren barnean kokatzen dira. Adibidez <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> karpeta <filename role="directory">luke</filename> erabiltzailearen etxe direktorioa izan beharko litzateke eta <filename role="directory">/home/jane</filename> karpeta <filename role="directory">jane</filename> erabiltzailearen etxe direktorioa izan beharko litzateke.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="file-types">
-        <title>Fitxategi Motak</title>
-
-        <para>Ziurrenik dagoeneko entzuna duzu UNIX sistemetan dena fitxategi bat dela. Hau UNIX sistematan dauden elementu gehienentzat egoa da. Praktikan gailuak ere fitxategi berezien bidez errepresentatzen dira. Nahiz honek hasiera batetan zentzurik ez duela iruditu UNIX eta aldagaien puntu indartsuenetako bat da eta beste sistema eragileek teknologia berri bakoitzagatik kontzeptu berriak sartu behar dituzten bitartean honek urteen zehar muin sinple bat mantentzen lagundu du.</para>
-
-        <para>Hauek dira UNIX fitxategi sistemako 4 fitxategi mota garrantzitsuenak.</para>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-ordinary-files">
-          <title>Fitxategiak Arruntak</title>
-
-          <para>Fitxategi arrunt batek testua, programa bat edo beste datu batzuek izan ditzake, irudi fitxategiak, audio fitxategiak, ofizina dokumentuak eta bideo fitxategiak barne.<emphasis>Fitxategia</emphasis> terminoa fitxategi arruntez aritzeko erabiltzen da.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-folder-files">
-          <title>Karpeta Fitxategiak</title>
-
-          <para>Karpetak ere fitxategiak dira UNIX sistemetan. Zehazki karpetak fitxategi bereziak dira zeinek karpeta horretako edozein fitxategiren fitxategi erreferentzien fitxategi izenen mapatze bat duen.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-symbolic-link-files">
-          <title>Lotura Sinboliko Fitxategiak</title>
-
-          <para>Lotura sinbolikoa (baita <emphasis>symlink</emphasis> deiturikoak) fitxategi sistemako beste fitxategi batera bidea duen fitxategi berezi bat da. Lotura sinboliko fitxategiek beraz ez dute bere buruaren informazio erabilgarririk baina beste fitxategi batzuei egiten diote erreferentzia.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-device-files">
-          <title>Gailu Fitxategiak</title>
-
-          <para>Lehen esan dugunez gailuak (gehienak) ere fitxategi sistemaren bidez eskuratzen dira. Fitxategi berezi hauek normalean <filename role="directory">/dev</filename> karpetan gordetzen dira. Adibidez <filename>/dev/hda</filename> fitxategi bereziak Linux-en lehenengo IDE diskoa adierazten du.</para>
-        </sect4>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="faq">
-    <title>Sarri Egindako Galderak</title>
-
-    <para>Atal honen helburua Thunar erabiltzaileen arten gehien egiten diren galderen bilduma egitea da. Hemen egon beharko zen eta ez dagoen galdera baten bat ezagutuaz gero , mesedez <ulink type="http" url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">eskaera bat</ulink> bete.</para>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-executables">
-      <title>Zergaitik Thunar-ek ez ditu abiarazgarri diren fitxategiak abiarazten?</title>
-
-      <para>Segurtasun arrazoiak medio Thunar-ek bakarrik <literal>application/x-desktop</literal>, <literal>application/x-executable</literal> eta <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal> motatako fitxategiak abiarazten ditu. Idazmahai fitxategien kasuan abiarazteko gaitasuna bakarrik <literal>Application</literal> motakoa eta baliozko <literal>Exec</literal> lerro bat duena edo <literal>Lotura</literal>motakoa eta baliozko <literal>URL</literal> bat ematean egongo da aktibaturik. Beste fitxategi motentzat gaitasun hau erabiltzaileak fitxategia abiarazgarri egin badu bakarrik aktibatuko da.</para>
-
-      <para>Kontutan izan ere <literal>application/x-executable</literal> eta <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal>  motentzat, fitxategi mota ez dela zehazki mota hauetako izan behar, baina aski da atzemandako motak goian zerrendaturiko bi motako baten azpi mota  bat bada, edo MIME-mota bi horien ezizen bat bada.</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-metadata">
-      <title>Non gordetzen ditu Thunar-ek fitxategiekin loturiko metadatak?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar-ek fitxategi/karpetekin zenbait ezarpen batzen ditu, honi metadata deitzen diogu. Fitxategi guztien metadata hau metafile izeneko tbd datubase batetan gordetzen dira. Datubase hau <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/metafile.tdb</filename>-en gordetzen da eta Thunar banaketaren zati den (<filename role="directory">tdb/</filename> azpidirektorioan kokatzen da)<command>tdbtool</command> erabiliaz ikusi daiteke.</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-thunarrc">
-      <title>Non gordetzen ditu Thunar-ek bere hobespenak?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar-ek erabiltzaileak konfiguratu ditzaken ezarpenak (eta ezkutatze ezarpenak) <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/thunarrc</filename> karpetako <filename>.ini</filename> fitxategi batetan gordetzen ditu eta testu editore bat erabiliaz ikusi daitezke. Irakurri <filename>docs/README.thunarrc</filename> hobespen ezberdinen ikuspegi bat eskuratzeko.</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-mouse-gestures">
-      <title>Nola erabili sagu keinuak Thunar-en?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar-en oinarrizko ezaugarriek <emphasis>sagu keinuak</emphasis> deitzen ditugunak onartzen ditu ikono ikuspegian. <emphasis>Sagu keinu</emphasis> hauek erabiltzeko saguaren markadorean ikono ikuspegiaren atzealdean (testu edo ikono bat ez dagoen edozein eremu) saguaren erdiko botoia (arruntean errubera) sakatua mantendu. Orain sagua mugitu dezakezu lau norabideetan behean zehazten diren zenbait ekintza egiteko.</para>
-
-      <simplelist>
-        <member><guilabel>Ezker</guilabel> aurretik ikusitako karpeta irekitzen du</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Gora</guilabel> -guraso karpeta irekitzen du</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Eskuinera</guilabel> - hurrengo ikusitako karpeta ireki</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Behera</guilabel> - uneko karpeta freskatu</member>
-      </simplelist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-assign-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>Nola ezarri ditzaket lastertekla ezberdinak?</title>
-
-      <para>Lastertekla bat berrezarri nahiaz gero, Thunar-ek lasterteklak aldatzeko GTK+ modu estandarra onartzen du: sinpleki menu aukeraren gainean ipini sagu markatzailea eta sakatu berrezarri nahi duzun lastertekla.</para>
-
-      <para>Teklatu ezarpen bat ezabatu nahiaz gero, sakatu <keycap>atzera-tekla</keycap> menu sarreran zaudenean.</para>
-
-      <para>Lastertekla ez balitz aldatuko, ezaugarri hau gaitu beharko duzu GTK+ -en. Hau hiru modu ezberdinetan egin daiteke:</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Xfce 4.3 edo berriago bat erabiltzen ari bazara <guilabel>Erabiltzaile Interfaze Hobespenetan</guilabel> <guilabel>Menu azeleradore editagarriak</guilabel> gaitu behar dituzu.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Baldin eta GNOME erabiltzen baduzu <guilabel> Menu eta tersnabarra</guilabel> kontrol gune elkarrizketan <guilabel>Menu azeleradore editagarriak</guilabel> gaitu ditzakezu.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Bestela ipini hurrengo hau zure <filename>~/.gtkrc-2.0</filename> fitxategian (sortu ez balego):<screen>gtk-can-change-accels=1</screen></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-store-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>Non gordetzen ditu Thunar-ek teklatu laster-markak?</title>
-
-      <para>Laster tekla pertsonalizatuak GTK+ azelearadore mapa formatu estandarrean <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/accels.scm</filename> fitxategian gordetzen dira. <literal>;</literal>-ez hasten diren lerroak iruzkinak dira. Ikusi GTK+ dokumentazioa fitxategi formatuari buruzko xehetasunentzat.</para>
-
-      <para>Pakete sortzailea edo sistema kudeatzailea izan eta Thunar-en lehenetsiriko laster teklak ez diren beste batzuk erabili nahi izanez gero, <filename>Thunar/accels.scm</filename> fitxategia sortu dezakezu <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar>-etako batetan. Adibidez, <filename role="directory">/etc/xdg</filename> direktorioa <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> zati bat da (lehenetsia banaketa gehienetan, sistema guztirako laster teklak <filename>/etc/xdg/Thunar/accels.scm</filename> fitxategian ezarri ditzakezu. Thunar-ek abiaraztean laster teklak fitxategi horretatik irakurriko ditu.</para>
-    </sect3>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="support">
-    <title>Lagundu</title>
-
-    <para>Aplikazio hau edo manual honi buruzko arazo baten berri eman edo gomendio bat egiteko <ulink url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">http://bugzilla.xfce.org/</ulink>  arazo kudeaketa sistema erabili. Gogoratu arazo erreporte on bat konponbidea duena dela, beraz arazo erreporte on batek bi kualitate ditu:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Errepikagarria.</emphasis> Garatzaileak ezin badu arazoa benetan dagoela ikusteko berau bere sisteman errepikatu, ziurrenik ez da arazo hori konpontzeko gai izango. Eman dezakezun edozein xehetasun erabilgarria izan daiteke.</para>
-      </listitem>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Zehatza.</emphasis> Garatzaileak arazoa eremu jakin batetan kokatzea errazteko, horrela ziurrenik konpontzeko gai izango da.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Ezaugarri berri bat eskatu nahi izanez gero, mesedez argi utzi zergatik zure ustez aplikaziora gehitu behar den. Gehitzeko eskatzean argumentu onak erabiliaz gero errazagoa izango da aurrerantzean ezaugarri hori gehitzea. Errazagoa izango da ere eskatutako ezaugarria gehitzen duen adabakia bidaltzen baduzu, baina ziurtatu zaitez <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/terminal/trunk/HACKING">HACKING</ulink> dokumentua irakurri duzula bereiziki <emphasis>Kodeketa Estiloa</emphasis> atala - kodea hobetzen hasi aurretik.</para>
-
-    <para>Bestela, software hau instalatzeko edo erabiltzeko zalantzak izanez gero mesedez galde itzazu <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">thunar-devposta zerrendan</ulink> edo joan IRC bezeroan bitarteaz <emphasis role="bold">irc.freenode.net</emphasis> sareko <emphasis role="bold">#thunar</emphasis> gelara eta laguntza eskatu.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="copyright">
-    <title>@PACKAGE_NAME@ -ri buruz</title>
-
-    <para>@PACKAGE_NAME@ Benedikt Meurer-ek (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>) idatzia izan da. <ulink url="http://thunar.xfce.org/" type="http">Thunar webgunea</ulink> begiratu argibide gehiagorako.</para>
-
-    <para>Dokumentazio hau  Benedikt Meurer-ek (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>) idatzia da. Dokumentu honen azken bertsioa beti<ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/">Thunar webgunean</ulink> dago eskuragarri.</para>
-
-    <para>Software hau Free Software Foundation-ek kaleratutako GNU Lizentzia Publiko Orokorraren baldintzetan zabaltzen da bai Lizentziaren 2 bertsioan, edo (zure aukeran) berriago den edozeinetan.</para>
-
-    <para>Programa honekin batera GNU Lizentzia Publiko Orokorraren kopia bat jasoko zenuen; hala ez bada, idatzi hona: Free SoftwareFoundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-</article>
-<!--
-	vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et ai encoding=UTF-8:
--->
diff --git a/docs/manual/eu/images/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/eu/images/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 21f199b..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/eu/images/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-# $Id$
-
-imagesdir = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/eu/images
-images_DATA =								\
-	bulk-rename.png							\
-	file-manager-window.png						\
-	file-properties.png						\
-	preferences-advanced.png					\
-	preferences-behavior.png					\
-	preferences-side-pane.png					\
-	preferences-views.png						\
-	removable-drives-and-media.png					\
-	removable-media-unmount.png					\
-	sendto-menu.png							\
-	visible-columns.png
-
-EXTRA_DIST = 								\
-	$(images_DATA)
-
-# vi:set ts=8 sw=8 noet ai nocindent syntax=automake:
diff --git a/docs/manual/eu/images/bulk-rename.png b/docs/manual/eu/images/bulk-rename.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a3fc365..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/eu/images/bulk-rename.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/eu/images/file-manager-window.png b/docs/manual/eu/images/file-manager-window.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 07814dd..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/eu/images/file-manager-window.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/eu/images/file-properties.png b/docs/manual/eu/images/file-properties.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d2fd15..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/eu/images/file-properties.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/eu/images/preferences-advanced.png b/docs/manual/eu/images/preferences-advanced.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b0b81cd..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/eu/images/preferences-advanced.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/eu/images/preferences-behavior.png b/docs/manual/eu/images/preferences-behavior.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 22aa80b..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/eu/images/preferences-behavior.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/eu/images/preferences-side-pane.png b/docs/manual/eu/images/preferences-side-pane.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f585ba6..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/eu/images/preferences-side-pane.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/eu/images/preferences-views.png b/docs/manual/eu/images/preferences-views.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6954990..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/eu/images/preferences-views.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/eu/images/removable-drives-and-media.png b/docs/manual/eu/images/removable-drives-and-media.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c2030f6..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/eu/images/removable-drives-and-media.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/eu/images/removable-media-unmount.png b/docs/manual/eu/images/removable-media-unmount.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fdbcea..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/eu/images/removable-media-unmount.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/eu/images/sendto-menu.png b/docs/manual/eu/images/sendto-menu.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a7c12d..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/eu/images/sendto-menu.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/eu/images/visible-columns.png b/docs/manual/eu/images/visible-columns.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 602fe06..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/eu/images/visible-columns.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/fr/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/fr/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 6254b30..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/fr/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-# $Id$
-
-SUBDIRS =								\
-	images
-
-TARGET_DIR = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/fr
-STYLESHEET = ../thunar.xsl
-DOCUMENT = Thunar.xml
-
-# We set GPATH here; this gives us semantics for GNU make
-# which are more like other make's VPATH, when it comes to
-# whether a source that is a target of one rule is then
-# searched for in VPATH/GPATH.
-GPATH = $(srcdir)
-
-DOC_STAMPS = html-build.stamp
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(DOCUMENT)
-CLEANFILES = $(DOC_STAMPS)
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-all-local: html-build.stamp
-
-html-build.stamp: $(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT) $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET)
-	@echo "*** Building HTML ***"
-	@-chmod -R u+w $(srcdir)
-	rm -rf $(srcdir)/html
-	mkdir $(srcdir)/html
-	$(XSLTPROC) --nonet -o $(srcdir)/html/ $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET) \
-		$(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT)
-	touch html-build.stamp
-else
-all-local:
-endif
-
-maintainer-clean-local: clean
-	(cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf html)
-
-install-data-local:
-	installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*`;				\
-	if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*'; then		\
-		echo "--- Nothing to install";				\
-	else								\
-		$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);		\
-		for file in $$installfiles; do				\
-			echo "--- Installing "$$file;			\
-			$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);	\
-		done;							\
-	fi
-
-uninstall-local:
-	rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)/*
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-dist-check-xsltproc: all
-else
-dist-check-xsltproc:
-	@echo "*** xsltproc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist"
-	@false
-endif
-
-dist-hook: dist-check-xsltproc dist-hook-local
-	mkdir $(distdir)/html
-	-cp $(srcdir)/html/* $(distdir)/html
-
-.PHONY: dist-hook-local
-
-# vi:set ts=8 sw=8 noet ai nocindent syntax=automake:
diff --git a/docs/manual/fr/Thunar.xml.in b/docs/manual/fr/Thunar.xml.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 7636370..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/fr/Thunar.xml.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,966 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-<!ENTITY date "November 2007">
-<!ENTITY version "@PACKAGE_VERSION@">
-<!ENTITY application "@PACKAGE_NAME@">
-]>
-<article id="index" lang="fr">
-
-  <!-- Header -->
-  <articleinfo>
-    <title>Gestionnaire de fichiers Thunar</title>
-
-    <pubdate>&date;</pubdate>
-
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2004</year>
-      <year>2005</year>
-      <year>2006</year>
-      <year>2007</year>
-      <holder>Benedikt Meurer</holder>
-    </copyright><copyright><year>2007.</year><holder>Maximilian Schleiss (maximilian at xfce.org)</holder></copyright>
-
-    <legalnotice id="legalnotice">
-      <para>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. The complete license text is available from the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/">Free Software Foundation</ulink>.</para>
-    </legalnotice>
-
-    <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-        <firstname>Benedikt</firstname>
-        <surname>Meurer</surname>
-        <affiliation>
-          <address><email>benny at xfce.org</email></address>
-          <orgname>os-cillation</orgname>
-          <orgdiv>Développement système</orgdiv>
-          <jobtitle>Développeur logiciel</jobtitle>
-        </affiliation>
-      </author>
-    </authorgroup>
-
-    <releaseinfo>Ce manuel décrit la version @PACKAGE_VERSION@ de @PACKAGE_NAME at .</releaseinfo>
-  </articleinfo>
-
-  <sect1 id="intro">
-    <title>Introduction à @PACKAGE_NAME@</title>
-
-    <para>Thunar est un nouveau gestionnaire de fichiers moderne pour l'environnement de bureau Xfce. Thunar a été conçu dès le départ pour être rapide et simple d'utilisation. Son interface, claire et intuitive, ne contient pas d'éléments superflus ou pouvant prêter à confusion. Thunar a un temps de chargement des dossiers très court et son propre temps de chargement l'est tout autant.</para>
-
-    <para>Le gestionnaire de fichiers Thunar fournit un point d'accès centralisé pour vos fichiers et applications. Voici quelques exemples d'utilisation du gestionnaire de fichiers :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>Créer des dossiers et documents.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Afficher vos fichiers et dossiers.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Gérer vos fichiers et dossiers.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Exécuter et gérer des actions personnalisées.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Accéder à vos périphériques amovibles.</listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="the-file-manager-window">
-    <title>La fenêtre du gestionnaire de fichiers</title>
-
-    <para>Par défaut le gestionnaire de fichiers contient un panneau de raccourcis sur la gauche et une fenêtre principale sur la droite avec une barre de chemin au dessus.</para>
-
-    <screenshot>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="images/file-manager-window.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-
-        <textobject>
-          <phrase>Fenêtre du gestionnaire de fichiers</phrase>
-        </textobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </screenshot>
-
-    <para>Le <guilabel>Panneau de raccourcis</guilabel> fournit des raccourcis vers différent dossiers de votre système. Le premier raccourci mène au <emphasis>Dossier personnel</emphasis>, il contient toutes vos données personnelles et prend de ce fait le nom de votre utilisateur actuel. Le second raccourci mène à la corbeille contenant les éléments effacés pouvant être récupérés si nécessaire. Le troisième raccourci est un lien vers le <emphasis>Bureau</emphasis> contenant tous les éléments visibles dessus et le quatrième raccourci vous mène à la base de votre système de fichiers - n'hésitez pas à l'explorer un peu, même s'il vous paraît confus si vous êtes nouveau dans le monde Linux/Unix. Cliquez sur les différents dossiers et regardez ce qui s'y trouve.</para>
-
-    <para>Sous le raccourci <emphasis>Système de fichiers</emphasis>, viendront s'afficher les disques amovibles et autres médias. Sur la capture d'écran ci-dessus, on peut voir le raccourci d'un <guilabel>Lecteur de disquettes</guilabel>. Cliquez sur ces raccourcis pour accéder aux disques amovibles et autres médias. Lire <xref linkend="using-removable-media"/> pour plus de détails.</para>
-
-    <para>Le reste des raccourcis peuvent être créés par vous-même. Il suffit pour cela de faire glisser un dossier dans le <guilabel>Panneau des raccourcis</guilabel>. Ces raccourcis permettent d'accéder à des dossiers important en un clin d'oeil. Pour supprimer ou renommer un raccourci créé par vous-même, cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et choisissez respectivement <guimenuitem>Supprimer le raccourci</guimenuitem> ou <guimenuitem>Renommer le raccourci</guimenuitem>. Notez bien que seul le nom du raccourci change et pas celui du dossier en question.</para>
-
-    <para>La <emphasis>partie principale</emphasis> affiche toujours le contenu du dossier actuel. Double-cliquez sur les dossiers pour entrer dedans et cliquez-droit sur les fichiers ou dossiers pour afficher un menu contextuel avec plusieurs actions possibles. Sélectionnez plusieurs fichiers à la fois en maintenant le bouton de la souris enfoncé et en dessinant un rectangle par dessus. Vous pouvez aussi sélectionner un fichier, maintenir la touche <keycap>shift</keycap> enfoncée et agrandir ou diminuer le champ de sélection avec les touches directionnelles.</para>
-
-    <para>La <emphasis>Barre de chemin</emphasis> affiche toujours le chemin jusqu'au dossier actuel. Vous pouvez cliquer sur l'un des boutons de la barre de chemin pour accéder au dossier qu'il représente. Un clic-droit sur un bouton affiche un menu contextuel avec des options.</para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="customizing-the-appearance">
-      <title>Configurer l'apparence</title>
-
-      <para>Il existe plusieurs moyen de configurer l'apparence de la fenêtre du gestionnaire de fichiers. Si vous n'aimez pas la manière dont sont affichés les icônes, choisissez <menuchoice><guimenu>Vue</guimenu><guimenuitem>Vue en liste détaillée</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dans le menu principal pour afficher le contenu du dossier actuel sous forme de liste détaillée.</para>
-
-      <para>Le gestionnaire de fichiers peut afficher une barre d'outils avec chemin d'accès au lieu de la barre de chemin, avec ses boutons correspondants aux dossiers, en choisissant <menuchoice><guimenu>Vue</guimenu><guimenuitem>Sélecteur de chemin</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Barre d'outils</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dans le menu principal.</para>
-
-      <para>Au cas où vous préféreriez une vue en arborescence dans le panneau latéral, choisissez <menuchoice><guimenu>Vue</guimenu><guimenuitem>Panneau latéral</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Arborescence</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dans le menu principal.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="visible-columns-in-the-detailed-list-view">
-        <title>Colonnes visibles de la vue en liste détaillée</title>
-
-        <para>Si vous préférez afficher le contenu des dossiers en liste détaillée, sélectionnez <menuchoice><guimenu>Vue</guimenu><guimenuitem>Vue en liste détaillée</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Les colonnes de cette vue peuvent être configurée dans le menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Vue</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configurer les colonnes...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> du menu principal.</para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/visible-columns.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Colonnes visibles</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Colonnes visibles</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Dans la liste des colonnes disponibles, sélectionnez celles que vous voulez afficher. La disposition des colonnes peut être changée avec les boutons <guibutton>Monter</guibutton> et <guibutton>Descendre</guibutton>. Appuyez sur le bouton <guibutton>Valeurs par défaut</guibutton> pour remettre la disposition par défaut.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Dimensionnement de colonne</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Cochez la case <guibutton>Élargir automatiquement la taille des colonnes</guibutton> si vous voulez que les colonnes s'ajustent au nom des fichiers.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="working-with-files-and-folders">
-    <title>Gérer vos fichiers et dossiers</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="opening-files">
-      <title>Ouvrir des fichiers</title>
-
-      <para>Lorsque vous ouvrez un fichier, le gestionnaire de fichiers exécute l'application par défaut liée à ce type de fichier. Par exemple, l'ouverture d'un fichier texte se fera dans l'éditeur de texte alors que l'ouverture d'une image se fera dans un visionneur d'images.</para>
-
-      <para>Le gestionnaire de fichiers vérifie l'extension du fichier pour déterminer à quel type de fichier il a affaire. Au cas où le fichier n'aurait pas d'extension, il examinera le contenu du fichier.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-the-default-action">
-        <title>Exécuter une action par défaut</title>
-
-        <para>Pour exécuter une action par défaut sur un fichier, il suffit de double-cliquer sur le fichier. Par exemple, l'action par défaut pour les fichiers musicaux est de les écouter dans un lecteur de musique. Il suffit donc de double-cliquer dessus pour l'écouter.</para>
-
-        <para>Vous pouvez configurer <application>Thunar</application> pour ouvrir les fichiers d'un simple clic. Reportez-vous à la section <xref linkend="preferences-behavior"/> pour de plus amples informations.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-non-default-actions">
-        <title>Exécuter des actions spéciales</title>
-
-        <para>Pour exécuter des actions autres que celles par défaut pour un certain fichier, sélectionnez le fichier et choisissez l'option <menuchoice><guimenu>Fichier</guimenu><guimenuitem>Ouvrir avec</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ou <guimenu>Ouvrir avec</guimenu>dans le menu contextuel d'un clique droit sur le fichier.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="adding-actions">
-        <title>Ajouter des actions</title>
-
-        <para>Pour ajouter des actions à un certain type de fichiers, suivez ces instructions :</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Dans la partie principale, choisissez un fichier dont vous voulez ajouter une action.</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Choisissez <menuchoice><guimenu>Fichier</guimenu><guimenuitem>Ouvrir avec une autre application...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dans le menu principal.</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Choisissez une application dans la liste proposée ou cliquez sur <guibutton>Utiliser une commande personnalisée</guibutton> pour chercher l'application avec laquelle vous aimeriez ouvrir ce type de fichiers.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>L'action choisie est maintenant ajoutée à la liste d'applications pour ce type de fichier. Si vous avez par la même occasion coché la case <guibutton>Utiliser cette action par défaut pour ce type de fichiers</guibutton>, l'action sera utilisée par défaut pour ce type de fichiers.</para>
-
-        <para>Vous pouvez aussi définir une action avec le bouton <guibutton>Ouvrir avec</guibutton> du menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Fichier</guimenu><guimenuitem>Propriétés...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="modifiying-actions">
-        <title>Modifier des actions</title>
-
-        <para>Pour modifier des actions associées à un certain type de fichier, suivez ces instructions :</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Dans la partie principale, choisissez un fichier dont vous voulez modifier l'action.</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Choisissez <menuchoice><guimenu>Fichier</guimenu><guimenuitem>Propiétés...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dans le menu principal.</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Sélectionnez la nouvelle action par défaut avec le bouton <guilabel>Ouvrir avec</guilabel> ou ajoutez une nouvelle action dans le menu déroulant <guimenuitem>Ouvrir avec une autre application...</guimenuitem>.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>Pour supprimer une action définie au préalable, cliquez sur <guilabel>Ouvrir avec</guilabel> comme décrit plus haut, cliquez-droit sur l'action en question et choisissez <guimenuitem>Supprimer le lanceur</guimenuitem>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="file-properties">
-      <title>Propriétés des fichiers</title>
-
-      <para>La fenêtre propriétés affiche plus d'information à propos du fichier sélectionné. Vous pouvez aussi effectuer les actions suivantes :</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Changer l'icône pour certains fichiers spéciaux comme des lanceurs d'applications et des liens URL.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ajouter ou supprimer des emblèmes pour un fichier ou dossier. </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Changer les droits UNIX sur les fichiers ou dossiers.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Choisir une application pour ouvrir des fichiers d'un certain type.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/file-properties.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Propriétés des fichiers</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Pour ouvrir la fenêtre des propriétés d'un fichier, suivez ces instructions :</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sélectionnez le fichier ou dossier dont vous voulez consulter les propriétés. Dans l'état actuel de Thunar il n'est pas possible de consulter les propriétés communes à plusieurs fichiers sélectionnés en même temps.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Faites une des actions suivantes : <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Choisissez <menuchoice><guimenu>Fichier</guimenu><guimenuitem>Propiétés...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dans le menu principal.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Cliquez-droit sur le fichier sélectionné et choisissez <guimenuitem>Propriétés...</guimenuitem> dans le menu contextuel.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Appuyez sur <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Entrée</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="using-removable-media">
-    <title>Utiliser des périphériques amovibles</title>
-
-    <sect2 id="accessing-removable-media">
-      <title>Accéder aux périphériques amovibles</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar permet d'accéder aux périphériques amovibles s'il est compilé avec le support pour <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software_2fhal">HAL</ulink> ou si vous utilisez le système <ulink type="http" url="http://www.freebsd.org/">FreeBSD</ulink>. Notez bien que si vous utilisez FreeBSD 6.0 ou supérieur, il est conseillé d'utiliser HAL en lieu et place du support interne de Thunar.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-mount-media">
-        <title>Pour monter des médias</title>
-
-        <para><emphasis>Monter</emphasis> des médias avec la commande <emphasis>mount</emphasis> signifie rendre accessible le système de fichiers du média. Lorsque vous montez un média, son système de fichiers vient s'ajouter en tant que sous-dossier dans votre système de fichier.</para>
-
-        <para>Pour accéder aux médias, insérez le média dans le périphérique prévu à cet effet ou connectez le périphérique à votre ordinateur (e.g. connecter une clef USB à un des port USB). Un objet représentant le média s'ajoute au panneau de raccourcis. Si <application>xfdesktop</application> est utilisé et configuré pour afficher les <guilabel>Fichier/icônes lanceurs</guilabel>, le périphérique sera aussi ajouté sur le bureau.</para>
-
-        <para>Pour monter (mount) le média, cliquez sur l'objet le représentant. Par exemple, pour monter un lecteur de disquettes, cliquez sur l'objet représentant le <guilabel>Lecteur de disquettes</guilabel> dans le panneau latéral. Le gestionnaire de fichier s'occupe d'ajouter le système de fichier du lecteur de disquettes au votre et affiche son contenu dans sa partie principale.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-eject-media">
-        <title>Pour éjecter un média</title>
-
-        <para>Si le lecteur de médias est motorisé (e.g. un lecteur de CD-ROM), cliquez-droit sur le média dans le panneau latéral ou sur le bureau et choisissez <guilabel>Éjecter le périphérique</guilabel>. Le disque est éjecté après quelques secondes. Au cas où le lecteur ne serait pas motorisé (e.g. un lecteur de disquettes ou une clef USB), cliquez-droit sur le média en question et choisissez <guilabel>Éjecter le périphérique</guilabel>. Un message de notification s'affiche pour confirmer que le média peut être retiré en toute sécurité.</para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/removable-media-unmount.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Notification de démontage</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <para>Cette notification n'apparaîtra que si vous avez activé le support pour <application>libnotify</application> et qu'un démon de notification a été installé. Il existe un démon de notification pour Xfce dont voici le lien <ulink type="http" url="http://goodies.xfce.org/projects/applications/notification-daemon-xfce">Xfce Goodies Project</ulink>. Si le support opur la notification n'est pas disponible, patientez jusqu'à la disparition du menu contextuel avant de retirer le média ou de déconnecter le disque.</para>
-
-        <para>Notez toutefois qu'il n'est pas possible d'éjecter ou démonter des médias utilisés par une ou plusieurs applications. Si le gestionnaire de fichiers refuse d'éjecter un média, fermez toutes les applications ayant accédé au média et assurez-vous qu'aucune ligne de commande d'un émulateur de <application>Terminal</application> ne pointe dessus.</para>
-
-        <para>Assurez-vous de démonter (unmount) vos périphériques amovibles et médias avant de les éjecter. Ne sortez pas une disquette avant de l'avoir démontée. Ne déconnectez pas une clef USB avant de l'avoir démontée. Si vous ne démontez pas votre média avant de le déconnecter, vous risquez de perdre des données ou rendre votre système instable.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="management-of-removable-drives-and-media">
-      <title>Gestion de disques amovibles et de médias</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar est aussi capable de gérer automatiquement les disques amovibles et les médias pour autant que le paquet <ulink type="http" url="http://www.foo-projects.org/~benny/projects/thunar-volman/index.html">thunar-volman</ulink> soit installé sur votre système. Remarquez que cette fonction requiert le support pour HAL.</para>
-
-      <para>Du moment que le support HAL est disponible et que <application>thunar-volman</application> est installé sur votre système, vous pouvez choisir d'activer l'option <guilabel>Gestionnaire de volume</guilabel> dans Thunar. Pour cela, ouvrez la fenêtre des préférences de Thunar, cliquez sur l'onglet <guilabel>Avancé</guilabel> et cochez la case <guilabel>Activer le gestionnaire de volume</guilabel>.</para>
-
-      <para>L'étape suivante consiste à personnaliser la gestion des disques et médias amovibles. Cliquez sur le lien <guilabel>Configurer</guilabel> de la section <guilabel>Gestionnaire de volume</guilabel> juste en dessous de la case à cocher, pour afficher la fenêtre <guilabel>Disques amovibles et médias</guilabel>.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/removable-drives-and-media.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Disques amovibles et médias</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Vous ne devriez pas vous sentir dépaysé si vous avez utilisé <application>gnome-volume-manager</application> auparavant, car le <guilabel>Gestionnaire de volume</guilabel> a été conçu pour réagir de même et lui ressembler. Les préférences sont divisées par catégorie de périphérique pour simplifier la recherche d'options pour votre périphérique spécifique.</para>
-
-      <para>La page <guilabel>Stockage</guilabel> contient les options les plus importantes. Comme son nom l'indique, ces options ne s'appliquent qu'aux périphériques de stockage comme les disques dur externes, clefs USB et CD-ROMs. Les options de la page <guilabel>Stockage amovible</guilabel> sont décrites plus bas.</para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Monter les disques amovibles à la connexion</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Activer cette option pour monter les systèmes de fichiers des disques amovibles (e.g. Disques dur externes ou clefs USB) lorsque ce genre de périphériques sont connectés à l'ordinateur.</para>
-            <para>Cette option doit être activée pour permettre à d'autres options de fonctionner avec des disques amovibles. Par exemple, en désactivant cette option certains lecteurs de musique portables ne pourraient plus être détectés et l'action d'<guilabel>Écouter la musique à la connexion</guilabel> de la page multimédia ne fonctionnerait pas une fois le périphérique connecté.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Monter les médias amovibles à l'insertion</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Activez cette option pout monter (mount) les systèmes de fichiers de médias amovibles (e.g. CD-ROMs ou DVDs) automatiquement à l'insertion.</para>
-            <para>Cette option doit être activée pour permettre à d'autres options de fonctionner avec des médias amovibles. Par exemple, en désactivant cette option il n'est plus possible de déterminer si le média a la fonction d'auto-exécution, ce qui annule l'option <guilabel>Auto-exécution d'applications pour les nouveaux disques et médias</guilabel>.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Parcourir les médias amovibles à l'insertion</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Activez cette option pour afficher le contenu, à l'insertion de nouveaux médias, dans le gestionnaire de fichiers. Notez bien que le contenu ne sera affiché que si aucune autre action n'est possible ou que vous choisissiez d'ignorer cette action. Par exemple, si vous insérez un CD-ROM avec fonction d'auto-démarrage et l'option d'<guilabel>Auto-exécution d'applications pour les nouveaux disques et médias</guilabel> est activée, il vous sera demandé si vous voulez permettre ou ignorer l'auto-exécution. Si vous décidez d'ignorer l'auto-exécution, le contenu du disque ou média sera affiché dans le gestionnaire de fichiers.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Auto-exécution d'applications pour les nouveaux disques et médias</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Activez cette option pour faire usage de la capacité d'auto-exécution de certains lecteurs amovibles et médias. Suivez ce lien <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop Application Autostart Specification</ulink> pour de plus amples détails à propos du mécanisme d'auto-exécution. Pour des raisons de sécurité, il vous sera toujours demandé de confirmer l'auto-exécution.</para>
-            <para>Si l'émulateur Windows <ulink type="http" url="http://www.winehq.org/">WINE</ulink> est installé sur votre système, le mécanisme d'auto-exécution essaiera aussi d'exécuter les fichier <filename>autorun.exe</filename> en utilisant WINE.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Auto-ouverture de fichiers pour les nouveaux disques et médias</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Activez cette option pour faire l'usage de la capacité d'auto-ouverture de certains disques amovibles et médias. Suivez ce lien <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop Application Autostart Specification</ulink> pour de plus amples détails sur le mécanisme d'auto-ouverture. Pour des raisons de sécurité, il vous sera toujours demandé de confirmer l'auto-ouverture.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <para>Le reste des options permet de spécifier une commande à exécuter lors de l'insertion de certains médias dans un lecteur ou à la connexion de certains types de lecteurs amovibles. L'on peut substituer trois variables spéciales à la commande à exécuter :</para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%d</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Chaque apparition de <literal>%d</literal> dans la commande se substitue avec le chemin d'accès jusqu'au fichier représentant le nouveau périphérique ajouté. Par exemple, si vous connectez une clef USB, le chemin d'accès jusqu'au fichier représentant le périphérique sera <filename>/dev/sda0</filename> ou <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>.</para>
-            <para>Si aucun fichier n'est associé au périphérique ou s'il n'a pas été trouvé pour quelconque raison, la variable <literal>%d</literal> est substituée par un vide.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%h</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Chaque apparition de <literal>%h</literal> dans la commande est substitué par l'UDI HAL du périphérique nouvellement ajouté.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%m</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Chaque apparition de <literal>%m</literal> dans la commande se substitue par le point de montage où le nouveau périphérique a été monté. Au cas où le périphérique ne peut être monté (e.g. imprimantes ou claviers) ou si le montage automatique est désactivé, la variable <literal>%m</literal> est substituée par un vide.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <sect3 id="troubleshooting-the-volume-manager">
-        <title>Dépanner le Gestionnaire de volumes</title>
-
-        <para>Quelques conseils pour dépanner le gestionnaire de volumes au cas où il ne fonctionnerait pas comme prévu.</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Assurez-vous que <application>Thunar</application> est en cours d'exécution en mode démon. Le gestionnaire dépend de cela n'étant pas un démon lui-même. <application>Thunar</application> est automatiquement exécuté en mode démon au démarrage Xfce. Si pour une raison ou une autre le démon venait à être stoppé, ouvrez </para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Essayez d'exécuter <application>thunar-volman</application> à partir d'une fenêtre <application>Terminal</application> après la connexion du lecteur ou l'insertion du média. Tout d'abord vous devez connaître l'UDI HAL du nouveau périphérique en utilisant les commandes <application>lshal</application> ou <application>hal-device</application>. Une fois que vous connaissez son UDI, exécutez <literal>thunar-volman --device-added <udi-de-votre-périphérique></literal> dans une fenêtre <application>Terminal</application> et vérifiez les messages d'erreurs ou d'avertissements.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>Au cas où cela ne fonctionnerait toujours pas, demandez de l'aide sur le <ulink type="http" url="http://forum.xfce.org/">forum Xfce</ulink> ou sur la <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">liste de distribution thunar-dev</ulink>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="preferences">
-    <title>Préférences du gestionnaire de fichiers</title>
-
-    <para>Pour ajuster les préférences de <application>Thunar</application>, utilisez le menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Éditer</guimenu><guimenuitem>Préférences...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> de la barre de menu ou cliquez sur le bouton <guibutton>Gestionnaire de fichiers</guibutton> du Gestionnaire de préférences Xfce.</para>
-
-    <para>La fenêtre des <guilabel>Préférences du gestionnaire de fichiers</guilabel> est divisée en quatres sections contenant différentes options décrites plus bas. Elles se résument ainsi :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem><para>Préférences par défaut pour les vues.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>Préférences par défaut pour le panneau latéral.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>Le comportement de la partie principale du gestionnaire de fichiers.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>Les fonctions avancées du gestionnaire de fichiers.</para></listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Thunar supporte aussi une poignée d'<emphasis>Options cachées</emphasis> qui contrôlent plusieurs fonctionnalités avancées de thunar mais qui n'ont pas trouvé leur place dans le menu des préférences pour garder ce dernier simple et efficace. Le fichier <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/thunar/trunk/docs/README.thunarrc"><filename>README.thunarrc</filename></ulink> distribué avec Thunar décrit ces options plus en détail.</para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-views">
-      <title>Préférences des vues</title>
-
-      <para>Vous pouvez spécifier une vue par défaut, sélectionner le mode de tri des fichiers et définir des options d'affichage. Vous pouvez aussi définir si des miniatures de certains fichiers qui le supportent doivent être affichés.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-views.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Préférences des vues</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Voir un nouveau dossier en utilisant</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Sélectionnez la vue par défaut pour les dossiers. Lorsque vous ouvrez un nouveau dossier, il est affiché avec la vue que vous avez choisi. Cette vue peut être soit la vue d'icônes, liste détaillée ou liste compacte. Il est aussi possible d'utiliser la <guilabel>Dernière vue active</guilabel> pour utiliser la vue de la dernière fenêtre active de Thunar.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Trier les dossiers avant les fichiers</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Sélectionnez cette option pour faire apparaître les dossiers avant les fichiers dans la fenêtre principale.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Afficher les miniatures</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Sélectionnez cette option pour afficher les miniatures des fichiers qui supportent cette option. Le gestionnaire de fichiers stocke les miniatures dans le dossier caché <filename role="directory">.thumbnails</filename> à l'intérieur du dossier personnel de l'utilisateur.</para>
-            <para>Suivez le lien <xref linkend="thumbnailers"/> si vous voulez étendre les fonctionnalités basiques de miniatures de <application>Thunar</application> avec d'autres types de fichiers.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Texte à côté des icônes</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Sélectionnez cette option pour placer le texte des icônes à côté de ces derniers plutôt que dessous.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-side-pane">
-      <title>Préférences du panneau latéral</title>
-
-      <para>Vous pouvez définir des vues différentes pour le panneau latéral et d'arborescence.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-side-pane.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Préférences du panneau latéral</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Le panneau latéral peut soit afficher des raccourcis vers certains dossier de votre système de fichiers, ce qui est son comportement par défaut, ou afficher une vue en arborescence. Cette page permet de définir la taille des icônes pour le panneau latéral et principal. Vous pouvez aussi choisir d'afficher ou non les emblèmes de dossier.</para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Taille d'icône</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>La taille d'icône affichée dans le panneau latéral ou principal allant de <guilabel>Très petit</guilabel> (autour des 16x16 pixels) à <guilabel>Très grand</guilabel> (autour des 128x128 pixels).</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Afficher les emblèmes</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Sélectionnez cette option pour afficher des emblèmes pour les dossiers. Pour assigner un emblème à un dossier il faut le sélectionner et choisir <menuchoice><guimenu>Fichier</guimenu><guimenuitem>Propriétés...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dans le menu principal ou cliquer dessus à l'aide du bouton droit de la souris et choisir <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Propriétés... dans le menu contextuel.</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-behavior">
-      <title>Préférences de comportement</title>
-
-      <para>Vous pouvez choisir le comportement préféré lors de l'interaction avec le gestionnaire de fichiers.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-behavior.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Préférences de comportement</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Simple clic pour activer les éléments</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Sélectionnez cette option pour accomplir l'action par défaut sur cet élément lors d'un simple clic. Lorsque cette option est sélectionnée et vous pointez la souris sur un élément, le titre de ce dernier se verra souligné et il sera sélectionné automatiquement après un court délai.</para>
-            <para>Ce délai peut être défini sous l'option en question. Vous pouvez aussi désactiver la sélection automatique en glissant le curseur vers la position gauche absolue.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Double clic pour activer les éléments</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Sélectionnez cette option pour accomplir l'action par défaut sur cet élément lors d'un double clic et l'activer lors d'un simple clic.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-advanced">
-      <title>Préférences avancées</title>
-
-      <para>Vous pouvez contrôler les préférences avancées du gestionnaire de fichiers.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-advanced.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Préférences avancées</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Permissions de dossiers</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Choisissez l'action à accomplir lorsque vous changez les permissions d'un dossier dans ses <guilabel>Propriétés</guilabel>. Vous avez le choix entre laisser <application>Thunar</application> vous poser la question à chaque fois que vous changerez les permissions d'un dossier, le laisser appliquer les changements au dossier ou au dossier et son contenu.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Gestionnaire de volume</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Si <application>Thunar</application> a été installé avec le support HAL et le paquet <application>thunar-volman</application> est aussi installé, vous pouvez activer le gestionnaire de volume intégré. Voir <xref linkend="management-of-removable-drives-and-media"/> pour plus de détails à propos de cette particularité.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="customizing-thunar">
-    <title>Personnaliser Thunar</title>
-
-    <para>Cette section décrit comment vous pouvez personnaliser certaines parties du gestionnaire de fichiers.</para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="sendto">
-      <title>Le menu "Envoyer vers"</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar inclut un menu <guilabel>Envoyer vers</guilabel> qui permet d'envoyer certains fichiers ou dossiers vers une destination prédéfinie. Pour accéder au menu <guilabel>Envoyer vers</guilabel>, choisissez <menuchoice><guimenu>Fichier</guimenu><guimenuitem>Envoyer vers</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dans le menu principal ou cliquez-droit sur un fichier ou dossier et choisissez <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Envoyer vers</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/sendto-menu.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Menu "Envoyer vers"</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Par défaut le menu <guilabel>Envoyer  vers</guilabel> contient un élément <guilabel>Bureau (Créer lien)</guilabel> pour tous les fichiers et dossiers. Cet élément crée un lien sur le bureau vers le fichier ou dossier sélectionné. Si le <guilabel>Panneau des raccourcis</guilabel> est actif, vous trouverez aussi dans le menu un élément <guilabel>Panneau latéral (Créer raccourci)</guilabel> pour les dossiers, ce qui vous permets de créer de nouveaux raccourcis dans le panneau latéral. À la suite de ces éléments du menu <guilabel>Envoyer  vers</guilabel>, Thunar vient ajouter à la liste les disques amovibles actuellement branchés à l'ordinateur. Dans la capture d'écran ci-dessus, le <guilabel>Lecteur de disquettes</guilabel> représente une destination possible pour l'envoi de fichiers. Le disque est "monté" (mount) automatiquement à la sélection dans le menu <guilabel>Envoyer  vers</guilabel> pour que vous n'ayez pas besoin de le faire vous-
 même.</para>
-
-      <para><application>Thunar</application> contient d'office un greffon <application>thunar-sendto-email</application> qui ajoute l'élément <guilabel>Destinataire courriel</guilabel> au menu. Ce dernier permet d'envoyer les fichiers ou dossiers sélectionnés, avec le programme de messagerie par défaut. Si la sélection contient au moins un dossier, le tout est ajouté dans une archive ZIP avant d'être attaché au courriel. Le gestionnaire de fichiers demandera à l'utilisateur s'il faut compresser les fichiers avant de les envoyer, dans le cas de fichiers multiples ou dépassant 200Ko.</para>
-
-      <para>Comme la plupart des particularités de <application>Thunar</application>, le menu <guilabel>Envoyer  vers</guilabel> peut aisément être personnalisé avec de nouveaux éléments par l'utilisateur ou les développeurs d'applications en utilisant des fichiers standards <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fdesktop_2dentry_2dspec">desktop entry files</ulink>. Ces fichiers doivent êtres installés dans un des dossiers <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/Thunar/sendto/</filename> (suivez le lien <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fbasedir_2dspec">XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink> pour plus de détails à propos de la variable <literal>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</literal>).</para>
-
-      <para>Le <literal>MimeType</literal> de la destination <filename>.desktop</filename> spécifie le type de fichiers pour lesquels cette action doit apparaître dans le menu <guilabel>Envoyer  vers</guilabel>. Par exemple, imaginons un instant que vous vouliez ajouter un élément permettant de télécharger (upload) vers le site <ulink type="http" url="http://flickr.com/">Flickr</ulink>, cet élément ne devrait s'afficher que pour les images au format JPEG (d'autres formats ne sont pas supportés par flickr). Vous devriez donc ajouter la ligne <literal>MimeType=image/jpeg;</literal> dans les types de votre élément. Si vous ne spécifiez pas de <literal>MimeType</literal>, votre élément s'affichera pour tous les fichiers.</para>
-
-      <para>Ci-dessous se trouve un exemple complet utilisant l'application <application>postr</application> :</para>
-
-<programlisting>
-# postr.desktop - Intégrer postr dans
-#                 le menu "Envoyer vers".
-[Desktop Entry]
-Type=Application
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-TryExec=postr
-Exec=postr %F
-Icon=postr
-Name=Flickr
-MimeType=image/jpeg;</programlisting>
-
-      <para>Si vous installez ce fichier dans <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/Thunar/sendto/</filename> (créez le dossier s'il n'existe pas encore), le menu <guilabel>Envoyer  vers</guilabel> comprendra le nouvel élément <guilabel>Flickr</guilabel> pour tous les fichiers JPEG et pourra être utilisé pour envoyer des images sur le site Flickr.</para>
-
-      <para>Le site <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/sendto_menu">Thunar Project Wiki</ulink> contient d'autres exemples d'éléments utiles pour le menu <guilabel>Envoyer  vers</guilabel>. N'hésitez pas à compléter le wiki avec vos suggestions.</para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="thumbnailers">
-      <title>Thumbnailers (Créateurs de miniatures)</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar utilise de petits utilitaires pour créer les miniatures de certains types de fichiers et affiche ces miniatures comme pré-visualisation du contenu dudit fichier. Ces petits utilitaires sont appelés des "thumbnailers". Thunar vient d'office avec plusieurs créateurs de miniatures installés et fait usage des facilités de créations de miniatures offertes par GNOME s'il a été installé avec le support <literal>gconf</literal>. L'utilisateur peut néanmoins ajouter à ces fonctions de base, tout créateur de miniatures additionnel pour différents types de fichiers.</para>
-
-      <para>Si vous envisagez d'écrire un créateur de miniatures personnalisé, vous devez vous assurer que votre programme supporte au moins deux lignes de commande, le fichier d'entrée, qui serait votre type de fichier à ajouter et le fichier de sortie, qui doit être au format PNG et conforme aux spécifications du <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/creation.html#AEN139">Thumbnail Management Standard</ulink>. En plus, votre programme pourrait accepter les tailles définies de miniatures, ce qui est optionnel mais fortement recommandé. Si vous optez pour ne pas suivre la taille définie de miniature, Thunar viendrait à redimensionner l'image pour lui donner la taille standard et le résultat pourrait être inférieur en qualité qu'un dimensionnement juste dès le départ.</para>
-
-      <para>Une fois votre utilitaire terminé, vous devrez l'enregistrer auprès de Thunar pour qu'il puisse en faire usage. Pour cela il vous suffit d'installer un fichier de description pour votre créateur de miniatures (un fichier <filename>.desktop</filename>) dans un des dossiers <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/thumbnailers/</filename>. Par exemple, si vous voulez utiliser le créateur de miniatures uniquement pour votre utilisateur, vous installerez le fichier de description dans le dossier <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/thumbnailers/</filename>. Le fichier <filename>.desktop</filename> pour le créations de miniatures a le format suivant.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="thumbnailer-desktop-file-format">
-        <title>Fichier de description de création de miniatures</title>
-
-        <para>Les fichiers de description de créateurs de miniatures utilisent le format <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/">Desktop Entry Format</ulink> avec un <literal>Type</literal> spécial <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal> et de nouveaux codes dans le champ <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal>. D'une certaine manière, un fichier de description d'un créateur de miniatures a le format suivant :</para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=Your Thumbnailer
-MimeType=your-supported/mime-type;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=votre-créateur-de-miniatures %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>Les champs <literal>Version</literal> et <literal>Encoding</literal> sont ordonnés par le "Desktop Entry Specification", utilisez les valeurs utilisées dans l'exemple ci-dessus. Le champ <literal>Type</literal> doit impérativement contenir la valeur <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal> faute de quoi le créateur de miniatures ne serait pas reconnu. Le champ <literal>Name</literal> décrit votre créateur de miniatures.</para>
-
-        <para>Le champ <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> contient la commande à exécuter pour le créateur de miniatures et supporte certains codes qui se substitueront à l'exécution. Les codes reconnus sont les suivants :</para>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%i</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Le chemin d'accès jusqu'au fichier pour lequel il faut créer une miniature. Peut être un chemin d'accès partant du dossier d'où est exécuté le créateur de miniatures ou un chemin d'accès complet.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%o</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Le chemin d'accès jusqu'au fichier de sortie contenant la miniature générée. Le fichier de sortie doit être au format PNG en concordance avec le standard de miniatures (voir plus haut). Le fichier ne doit pas obligatoirement se terminer par <literal>.png</literal>, surtout si vous utilisez une tierce application.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%s</varname></term>
-            <listitem>La taille voulue de la miniature en pixels. Ce paramètre est optionnel.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%u</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Similaire à <literal>%i</literal> mais substitué à l'URI du fichier plutôt qu'à son chemin d'accès. Ceci a été ajouté pour la compatibilité avec GNOME.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%%</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Se substitue par un simple <literal>%</literal>.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-
-        <para>Vous devez au moins inclure <literal>%o</literal> et <literal>%i</literal> ou <literal>%u</literal>, sinon votre créateur de miniatures sera inutile.</para>
-
-        <para>Le champ  <literal>MimeType</literal> liste les types MIME - séparés par un point-virgule - pour lesquels votre créateur de miniatures est capable de créer des miniatures.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="eps-thumbnailer-example">
-        <title>Exemple d'un créateur de miniatures pour EPS</title>
-
-        <para>Cet exemple démontre comment écrire et installer un nouveau créateur de miniatures pour les fichiers de type <filename>.eps</filename> qui utilise la commande <command>convert</command> de la suite ImageMagick. Nous commençons par invoquer la commande <command>convert</command> pour générer une miniature à la taille voulue.</para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# eps-thumbnailer - Exemple de script pour la création de miniatures pour les fichiers EPS.
-#
-# Utilisation: esp-thumbnailer fichier-eps fichier-png taille
-#
-
-# paramètres de la ligne de commande
-ifile=$1
-ofile=$2
-size=$3
-
-# invoke convert (ImageMagick)
-exec convert "eps:$ifile" -scale "$sizex$size" "png:$ofile"</programlisting>
-
-        <para>Enregistrez le script ci-dessus dans un fichier <filename>eps-thumbnailer</filename>, assurez-vous qu'il soit bien exécutable et installez le dans <filename role="directory">/usr/local/bin</filename>.</para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ chmod +x eps-thumbnailer
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer /usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer</screen>
-
-        <para>Ensuite nous allons créer le fichier de description <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename> qui ressemble à cela :</para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=EPS Thumbnailer
-TryExec=convert
-MimeType=image/x-eps;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=/usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>Ce fichier doit être installé dans le dossier <filename role="directory">/usr/local/share/thumbnailers</filename> (créez le s'il n'existe pas).</para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ sudo install -d /usr/local/share/thumbnailers
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer.desktop /usr/local/share/thumbnailers/eps-thumbnailer.desktop</screen>
-
-        <para>Le fichier du créateur de miniatures <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename> utilise la commande spéciale <literal>TryExec</literal>, qui, si elle est spécifiée, nomme une commande qui doit être présente dans le système pour que le créateur de miniatures soit utile. Le script serait inutile si la commande <command>convert</command> n'était pas disponible.</para>
-
-        <para>La dernière étape est celle de régénérer le cache de créateurs de miniatures pour que Thunar soit au courant que nous lui en avons ajouté un. Le cache se situe dans <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/thumbnailers.cache</filename> (à moins que vous ou votre administrateur système n'ayez changé l'emplacement, <varname>$XDG_CACHE_HOME</varname> devrait se trouver dans <filename role="directory">~/.cache/</filename>). Le cache des créateurs de miniatures est automatiquement régénéré périodiquement par Thunar mais vous pouvez forcer ce rafraîchissement en invoquant la commande <filename>thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</filename>. Cet utilitaire est installé, la plupart du temps, dans le sous-dossier <filename role="directory">libexec</filename> de votre préfixe d'installation (<filename role="directory">sbin</filename> dans Debian/Ubuntu). Donc, par exemple, si Thunar est installé dans <filename role="directory">/usr</filename>, la commande 
 serait la suivante :</para>
-
-        <screen>$ /usr/libexec/thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</screen>
-
-        <para>Mais soyez certain de bien exécuter la commande depuis votre compte d'utilisateur et non celui du super-utilisateur (root), car votre cache de miniatures se trouve dans votre dossier personnel et non dans un emplacement pour tout le système.</para>
-
-        <para>Maintenant, si Thunar a été compilé avec le support un moniteur de modifications tel que FAM ou GAMIN, il va automatiquement prendre en compte le nouveau créateur de miniatures dans les secondes qui suivent et sera capable de créer des miniatures grâce à lui. Sinon il faudra redémarrer Thunar pour appliquer les changements en utilisant la commande :</para>
-
-        <screen>$ Thunar -q</screen>
-
-        <para>pour arrêter toute instance de Thunar et le relancer par la suite depuis son lanceur.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="cleaning-up-thumbnails">
-        <title>Purger les miniatures</title>
-
-        <para>Les miniatures créés sont stockés dans le dossier <filename role="directory">~/.thumbnails/</filename> en concordance avec la norme <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/index.html">Thumbnail Management Standard</ulink>. Lorsque vous testez un nouveau créateur de miniatures, il peut être préférable de d'abord purger les miniatures avec la commande suivante :</para>
-
-        <screen>$ rm -rf ~/.thumbnails/</screen>
-
-        <para>ce qui vous libérera aussi un peu d'espace dans votre dossier personnel. Les miniatures étant créées à partir de fichiers de votre système, vous ne perdrez pas de données en le vidant.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="advanced-topics">
-    <title>Sujets avancés</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="to-bulk-rename-files">
-      <title>Pour renommer plusieurs fichiers à la fois</title>
-
-      <para>L'action de <emphasis>renommer en masse</emphasis> des fichiers utilise certains critères qui s'appliquent au moins à un des fichiers. <application>Thunar</application> inclut la fonctionnalité de renommer en masse en sélectionnant deux ou plusieurs fichiers et en choisissant <menuchoice><guimenu>Édition</guimenu><guimenuitem>Renommer...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ou en appuyant sur la touche <keycombo><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. Cette action peut aussi être exécutée séparément avec la commande <command>Thunar -B</command>.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/bulk-rename.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Renommer plusieurs fichiers</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Renommer plusieurs fichiers</emphasis> change le nom du fichier mais peut aussi changer son extension. ou tous les deux. <application>Thunar</application> supporte les possibilités suivantes pour renommer les fichiers :</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem><para>Supprimer des caractères.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Numéroter les fichiers.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Insert Date or Time.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Insérer ou écraser des caractères.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Chercher et remplacer des caractères.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Convertir en majuscule, minuscule ou 1ère LettreEnMajuscule (CamelCase)</para></listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <para>D'autres options pour <emphasis>renommer plusieurs fichiers</emphasis> peuvent être installés comme greffons pour <application>Thunar</application>. Visitez le site Web <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/plugins.html">Thunar Plugins</ulink> pour prendre connaissance des extensions disponibles. Le <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/bulk_renamer">Thunar Project Wiki</ulink> contient de plus amples renseignements à ce sujet. Vous pouvez aussi ajouter des informations à ce site.</para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="the-unix-file-system">
-      <title>Le système de fichiers UNIX</title>
-
-      <para>Bien que le gestionnaire de fichiers <application>Thunar</application> s'occupe de faire abstraction, pour l'utilisateur, du système de fichiers sous-jacent, il est préférable, dans bien des cas, d'en connaître les bases. Cette section du manuel est une brève introduction au système de fichiers UNIX utilisé de nos jours par toutes ses versions dérivées, dont Linux fait partie.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="folders-and-paths">
-        <title>Dossiers et chemins d'accès</title>
-
-        <para>Dans le système de fichiers UNIX, tous les dossiers sont arrangés dans une simple structure d'arborescence inversée où l'on nomme la base le <emphasis>répertoire racine</emphasis> (le terme <emphasis>répertoire</emphasis> est souvent utilisé à la place de <emphasis>dossier</emphasis>) et <application>Thunar</application> s'occupe d'afficher cela comme <guilabel>Systéme de fichiers</guilabel>. Cette arborescence inversée signifie que l'on peut aller d'un dossier à un autre en remontant l'arbre jusqu'à un point commun reliant les deux dossiers, pour redescendre l'arbre à travers les sous-dossiers jusqu'à la destination voulue.</para>
-
-        <para>La position de chaque dossier ou fichier peut être définie par son <emphasis>chemin d'accès</emphasis>. Le chemin d'accès est la liste des dossiers à traverser pour accéder au dossier de destination, en partant depuis la racine. Par exemple, <filename role="directory">/home/martin</filename> est le sous-dossier <filename role="directory">martin</filename> du sous-dossier <filename role="directory">home</filename> du dossier racine et <filename>/home/martin/monfichier.txt</filename> est le fichier <filename>monfichier.txt</filename> dans ce sous-dossier. La barre oblique <filename role="directory">/</filename> dans ces chemins d'accès, représente le dossier racine.</para>
-
-        <para>Chaque utilisateur a son propre dossier contenant ses fichiers personnels et ses configurations. Ce dossier est appelé <emphasis>répertoire personnel</emphasis> et s'affiche dans <application>Thunar</application> avec une icône spéciale et le nom de l'utilisateur. Ce dossier pourrait être assimilé au dossier <guilabel>Mes Fichiers</guilabel> de Windows. Les <emphasis>répertoires personnels</emphasis> des différents utilisateurs du système sont, la plupart du temps, situés dans le dossier <filename role="directory">/home</filename>. Par exemple, le dossier personnel <filename role="directory">/home/martin</filename> serait le dossier personnel de l'utilisateur <filename role="directory">martin</filename>, alors que le dossier personnel pour l'utilisatrice <filename role="directory">marie</filename> serait <filename role="directory">/home/marie</filename>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="file-types">
-        <title>Types de fichiers</title>
-
-        <para>Vous avez probablement déjà entendu que tout est un fichier sous UNIX. Ceci est vrai pour la plupart des objets présents dans les systèmes UNIX de nos jours. Même les périphériques sont représentés comme des fichiers spéciaux. Cela peut paraître bizarre mais c'est cette particularité qui a permis à UNIX et ses dérivés de garder un noyau simple à travers les années, là où d'autres systèmes d'opérations ont dû introduire de nouveaux concepts pour chaque nouvelle technologie.</para>
-
-        <para>Il existe quatre types de fichiers importants dans le système de fichier UNIX.</para>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-ordinary-files">
-          <title>Les fichiers ordinaires</title>
-
-          <para>Un fichier ordinaire peut contenir du texte, un programme ou d'autres données. Ceci inclut les fichiers image, fichiers son, documents ou fichiers vidéo. Le terme <emphasis>fichier</emphasis> est souvent utilisé pour faire référence à un fichier ordinaire.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-folder-files">
-          <title>Fichiers de dossier</title>
-
-          <para>Les dossiers sont aussi des fichiers dans le système de fichiers UNIX. Pour être exact, un dossier est un fichier spécial, contenant une liste de noms de fichiers faisant référence aux fichiers contenu dans le dossier.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-symbolic-link-files">
-          <title>Fichiers de lien symbolique</title>
-
-          <para>Un lien symbolique (fréquemment appelé <emphasis>symlink</emphasis>) est aussi un fichier spécial contenant un chemin d'accès vers un autre fichier dans le système de fichiers. De ce fait, les liens symboliques ne contiennent pas d'informations outre celle de la référence à d'autres fichiers.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-device-files">
-          <title>Fichiers de périphérique</title>
-
-          <para>Comme nous l'avons vu auparavant, la plupart des périphériques sont aussi accédés à travers du système de fichiers. Ces fichiers spéciaux de périphériques se trouvent la plupart du temps dans le dossier <filename role="directory">/dev</filename>. Par exemple, le fichier spécial <filename>/dev/hda</filename> représente le premier disque dur IDE dans les systèmes Linux.</para>
-        </sect4>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="faq">
-    <title>Questions Fréquemment posées</title>
-
-    <para>Le but de cette section du manuel est de rassembler les questions en rapport avec Thunar les plus fréquemment posées. Si vous trouvez qu'une question manque à l'appel, n'hésitez pas à nous le faire savoir en remplissant une requête de <ulink type="http" url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">bogue</ulink>.</para>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-executables">
-      <title>Pourquoi est-ce-que Thunar n'exécute pas les fichiers marqués comme exécutables ?</title>
-
-      <para>Pour des raisons de sécurité, Thunar n'exécute que les fichiers de type <literal>application/x-desktop</literal>, <literal>application/x-executable</literal> et <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal>. L'exécution de fichiers du bureau n'est possible que si le fichier en question est de type <literal>Application</literal> et possède un champ <literal>Exec</literal> valide ou alors de type <literal>Link</literal> avec un champ  <literal>URL</literal> valide. Pour les autres types de fichiers, seuls fonctionnent ceux marqués exécutables par l'utilisateur.</para>
-
-      <para>Notez bien que pour <literal>application/x-executable</literal> et <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal>, il n'est pas nécessaire que le type de fichier corresponde exactement à ces types. Il suffit que le type détecté ait un type parent qui correspond à un des deux types mentionnés plus-haut ou que le type MIME ait un alias vers l'un d'eux.</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-metadata">
-      <title>Où Thunar stocke-t'il les metadatas associés aux fichiers ?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar associe divers paramètres avec des fichiers/dossiers, nous les appelons les metadatas. Ces metadatas pour les fichiers sont stockés dans une base de données tdb que l'on nomme metafile. La base de donnée est stockée dans <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/metafile.tdb</filename> et peut être examinée en utilisant la commande <command>tdbtool</command>. Ce dernier fait partie de la distribution Thunar et se trouve dans le dossier <filename role="directory">tdb/</filename>.</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-thunarrc">
-      <title>Où Thunar stocke-t'il ses paramètres ?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar stocke ses paramètres, ainsi que les paramètres cachés, dans un fichier <filename>.ini</filename> situé dans le dossier <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/thunarrc</filename> et peut être lu par tout éditeur de texte. Lisez la section <filename>docs/README.thunarrc</filename> pour une vue d'ensemble des différents paramètres.</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-mouse-gestures">
-      <title>Comment utiliser les "mouse gestures" dans Thunar ?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar a un support de base pour les "<emphasis>mouse gestures</emphasis>" (gestes de la souris) dans la vue d'icône. Pour utiliser les <emphasis>mouse gestures</emphasis>, il suffit de se placer sur une partie sans icône de la fenêtre principale de Thunar et maintenir le bouton du milieu de la souris (souvent la molette de la souris) enfoncé en faisant un mouvement dans la direction voulue. Les directions ont les fonctions suivantes :</para>
-
-      <simplelist>
-        <member><guilabel>Gauche</guilabel> - ouvre le dossier précédemment ouvert</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Haut</guilabel> - Ouvre le dossier parent</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Droite</guilabel> - ouvre le dossier visité suivant</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Bas</guilabel> - Rafraîchit le dossier actuel</member>
-      </simplelist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-assign-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>Comment assigner différents raccourcis clavier ?</title>
-
-      <para>Si vous voulez assigner un nouveau raccourci ou changer un existant dans Thunar, le mode GTK+ de changement de raccourcis est supporté : simplement placer le pointeur de la souris sur l'option du menu que vous voulez changer et appuyer le raccourci clavier désiré pour l'assigner.</para>
-
-      <para>Pour effacer un raccourci, placez le pointeur de la souris sur l'option du menu et pressez la touche <keycap>Effacer</keycap>.</para>
-
-      <para>Au cas où cela ne fonctionnerait pas, vous devez activer l'option dans GTK+ et vous avez trois moyens pour le faire :</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Si vous utilisez Xfce 4.3 ou supérieur, vous pouvez activer l'option <guilabel>Raccourcis clavier éditables</guilabel> dans les <guilabel>Préférences de l'interface utilisateur</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Si vous utilisez GNOME, vous pouvez activer les <guilabel>Raccourcis clavier éditables</guilabel> dans la section <guilabel>Menu et barre d'outils</guilabel> du centre de contrôle.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Vous pouvez aussi ajouter les lignes suivantes dans votre fichier <filename>~/.gtkrc-2.0</filename> (créez le fichier s'il n'existe pas) :<screen>gtk-can-change-accels=1</screen></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-store-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>Où Thunar stocke-t'il ses raccourcis clavier ?</title>
-
-      <para>Les raccourcis clavier personnalisés sont stockés dans un format de liste standard de GTK+ situé dans <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/accels.scm</filename>. Les lignes commençant par <literal>;</literal> sont des commentaires. Veuillez consulter la documentation de GTK+ à propos de ce format de fichier.</para>
-
-      <para>Si vous êtes un packager ou administrateur système et vous voulez fournir des raccourcis clavier par défaut pour tout le système, différents des raccourcis par défaut de Thunar, vous pouvez créer un fichier <filename>Thunar/accels.scm</filename> dans un des dossier de <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar>. Par exemple, si <filename role="directory">/etc/xdg</filename> fait partie de <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> (par défaut dans la plupart des distributions Linux), vous pouvez installer des paramètres par défaut pour tout le système dans <filename>/etc/xdg/Thunar/accels.scm</filename>. Thunar lira se fichier de configuration à son premier démarrage.</para>
-    </sect3>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="support">
-    <title>Assistance</title>
-
-    <para>Pour signaler un bogue ou si vous avez une suggestion à propos de cette application ou manuel, utilisez  notre système pour traquer les bogue en suivant ce lien <ulink url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">http://bugzilla.xfce.org/</ulink>. Souvenez-vous que les rapports de bogues utiles sont ceux qui aident à les corriger. Un rapport de bogue utile a donc les deux qualités suivantes :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Reproductible.</emphasis> Si le développeur ne peut pas reproduire le bogue, il ne sera probablement pas en mesure de le corriger. Chaque détail que vous pouvez fournir est utile et peut aider.</para>
-      </listitem>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Spécifique.</emphasis> Plus le développeur pourra isoler le bogue à une partie spécifique rapidement, plus il sera à même de le fixer dans les plus brefs délais.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Au cas où vous aimeriez voir une fonctionnalité ajoutée à l'application, expliquez clairement pourquoi vous la considérez comme un plus à l'application. Vous aurez plus de chances de voir cette fonctionnalité ajoutée si vous donnez de bons arguments. Vous aurez encore plus de  chance de la voir ajoutée si vous fournissez directement un patch qui implémente cette fonctionnalité mais avant de commencer à modifier le code source, assurez-vous de lire le fichier <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/terminal/trunk/HACKING">HACKING</ulink> avant de soumettre votre patch, surtout la section intitulée <emphasis>Coding Style</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Par ailleurs, si vous avez des questions à propos de l'installation de ce logiciel, posez les sur la liste de distribution <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">thunar-dev</ulink> ou rejoignez le canal IRC <emphasis role="bold">#thunar</emphasis> sur le serveur <emphasis role="bold">irc.freenode.net</emphasis> et demandez de l'aide.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="copyright">
-    <title>À propos de @PACKAGE_NAME@</title>
-
-    <para>@PACKAGE_NAME@ a été écrit par Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>). Visitez le site <ulink url="http://thunar.xfce.org/" type="http">Thunar</ulink> pour plus d'informations.</para>
-
-    <para>Ce document a été écrit par Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>). La toute dernière version de ce document est toujours disponible sur le site <ulink url="http://thunar.xfce.org/" type="http">Thunar</ulink></para>
-
-    <para>This software is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.</para>
-
-    <para>You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-</article>
-<!--
-	vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et ai encoding=UTF-8:
--->
diff --git a/docs/manual/gl/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/gl/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 872896d..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/gl/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-# $Id: Makefile.am 20256 2006-03-06 15:43:06Z benny $
-
-SUBDIRS =								\
-	images
-
-TARGET_DIR = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/gl
-STYLESHEET = ../thunar.xsl
-DOCUMENT = Thunar.xml
-
-# We set GPATH here; this gives us semantics for GNU make
-# which are more like other make's VPATH, when it comes to
-# whether a source that is a target of one rule is then
-# searched for in VPATH/GPATH.
-GPATH = $(srcdir)
-
-DOC_STAMPS = html-build.stamp
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(DOCUMENT)
-CLEANFILES = $(DOC_STAMPS)
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-all-local: html-build.stamp
-
-html-build.stamp: $(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT) $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET)
-	@echo "*** Building HTML ***"
-	@-chmod -R u+w $(srcdir)
-	rm -rf $(srcdir)/html
-	mkdir $(srcdir)/html
-	$(XSLTPROC) --nonet -o $(srcdir)/html/ $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET) \
-		$(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT)
-	touch html-build.stamp
-else
-all-local:
-endif
-
-maintainer-clean-local: clean
-	(cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf html)
-
-install-data-local:
-	installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*`;				\
-	if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*'; then		\
-		echo "--- Nothing to install";				\
-	else								\
-		$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);		\
-		for file in $$installfiles; do				\
-			echo "--- Installing "$$file;			\
-			$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);	\
-		done;							\
-	fi
-
-uninstall-local:
-	rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)/*
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-dist-check-xsltproc: all
-else
-dist-check-xsltproc:
-	@echo "*** xsltproc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist"
-	@false
-endif
-
-dist-hook: dist-check-xsltproc dist-hook-local
-	mkdir $(distdir)/html
-	-cp $(srcdir)/html/* $(distdir)/html
-
-.PHONY: dist-hook-local
-
-# vi:set ts=8 sw=8 noet ai nocindent syntax=automake:
diff --git a/docs/manual/gl/Thunar.xml.in b/docs/manual/gl/Thunar.xml.in
deleted file mode 100644
index a3d4757..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/gl/Thunar.xml.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1607 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-<!ENTITY date "November 2007">
-<!ENTITY version "@PACKAGE_VERSION@">
-<!ENTITY application "@PACKAGE_NAME@">
-]>
-<article id="index" lang="gl">
-
-  <!-- Header -->
-  <articleinfo>
-    <title>Xestor de ficheiros Thunar</title>
-
-    <pubdate>&date;</pubdate>
-
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2004</year>
-      <year>2005</year>
-      <year>2006</year>
-      <year>2007</year>
-      <holder>Benedikt Meurer</holder>
-    </copyright><copyright><year>2009.</year><holder>Leandro Regueiro (leandro.regueiro at gmail.com)</holder></copyright>
-
-    <legalnotice id="legalnotice">
-      <para>
-        Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-        under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
-        any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
-        Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
-        Texts. The complete license text is available from the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/">Free Software Foundation</ulink>.
-      </para>
-    </legalnotice>
-
-    <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-        <firstname>Benedikt</firstname>
-        <surname>Meurer</surname>
-        <affiliation>
-          <address><email>benny at xfce.org</email></address>
-          <orgname>os-cillation</orgname>
-          <orgdiv>Desenvolvemento do sistema</orgdiv>
-          <jobtitle>Desenvolvedor de software</jobtitle>
-        </affiliation>
-      </author>
-    </authorgroup>
-
-    <releaseinfo>
-      This manual describes version @PACKAGE_VERSION@ of @PACKAGE_NAME at .
-    </releaseinfo>
-  </articleinfo>
-
-  <sect1 id="intro">
-    <title>Introducción a @PACKAGE_NAME@</title>
-
-    <para>
-      Thunar is a new modern file manager for the Xfce Desktop Environment. Thunar has been designed from the ground up to
-      be fast and easy-to-use. Its user interface is clean and intuitive, and does not include any confusing or useless
-      options by default. Thunar is fast and responsive with a good start up time and folder load time.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The Thunar file manager thereby provides an integrated access point to your files and applications. You can use the
-      file manager to do the following:
-    </para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>Create folders and documents.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Display your files and folders.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Manage your files and folders.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Run and manage custom actions.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Access Removable Media.</listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="the-file-manager-window">
-    <title>The File Manager Window</title>
-
-    <para>
-      By default the file manager window consists of a shortcut pane on the left side, the main area on the right
-      and a pathbar above the main area.
-    </para>
-
-    <screenshot>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="images/file-manager-window.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-
-        <textobject>
-          <phrase>Ventá do xestor de ficheiros</phrase>
-        </textobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </screenshot>
-
-    <para>
-      The <guilabel>Shortcut Pane</guilabel> provides shortcuts to different folders on your system. The first
-      shortcut will lead to your <emphasis>Home Folder</emphasis>, the folder you store all your personal data,
-      and will therefore have the name of the current user. The second shortcut will take you to the trash bin,
-      which stores deleted files that can be recovered later. The third shortcut takes you to the <emphasis>Desktop
-      Folder</emphasis>, which contains the files and folders that are displayed on the desktop. The fourth
-      shortcut will take you to the root of your file system - you may want to explore it a bit, even though
-      it may be confusing to you if you are new to Linux/Unix. Just click on the different folders and see what is
-      inside.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      Below the <emphasis>File System</emphasis> shortcut, the removable drives and media will be displayed. In
-      the screenshot above, you can see a <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel> shortcut. Click on these shortcuts
-      to access the data stored on the removable drives and media. See <xref linkend="using-removable-media"/>
-      for further details.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The remaining shortcuts are user defined. Add your own shortcuts by simply dragging folders to the
-      <guilabel>Shortcuts Pane</guilabel>. This will allow you to access important folders instantly. To
-      remove a previously added shortcut, right-click on the shortcut and choose <guimenuitem>Remove Shortcut</guimenuitem>.
-      To rename a previously added shortcut, right-click on the shortcut and choose <guimenuitem>Rename Shortcut</guimenuitem>.
-      Note that these actions affect only the shortcut, not the folder referenced by the shortcuts.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The <emphasis>main area</emphasis> will always display the contents of the current folder. Double click on
-      folders to enter them, and right-click on files or folders to get a context-menu offering some choices of
-      what to do with it. Select multiple files by dragging a rectangle over them with the mouse. Alternatively,
-      select one file, hold down the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key, and increase or decrease the selection using
-      the arrow keys.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The <emphasis>pathbar</emphasis> will always show the path you took to get to the folder you are currently
-      at. You can click on any pathbar button to change to the folder it represents. Right-click on a pathbar
-      button to bring up a context-menu with some options.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="customizing-the-appearance">
-      <title>Customizing the Appearance</title>
-
-      <para>
-        There are many ways to customize the appearance of the file manager windows. In case you do not like the
-        way the icons are displayed, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>View as Detailed List</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-        from the main menu to have the contents of the current folder displayed as a list.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        You can have the file manager windows display a location bar instead of the pathbar by choosing
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Location Selector</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Toolbar Style</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-        from the main menu.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        In case you prefer a treeview in the left pane, choose
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Tree</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-        from the main menu.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="visible-columns-in-the-detailed-list-view">
-        <title>Visible Columns in the Detailed List View</title>
-
-        <para>
-          If you prefer to display the contents of the folder as a list, using the <guilabel>Detailed List View</guilabel>, you can
-          customize the columns displayed in the list view. To customize the visible columns, choose
-          <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure Columns...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.
-        </para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/visible-columns.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Columnas visibles</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Columnas visibles</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>
-                Select the columns you want to be displayed from the list of available columns. Click <guibutton>Move Up</guibutton>
-                or <guibutton>Move Down</guibutton> to change the order of the columns. Click <guibutton>Use Default</guibutton> to
-                revert your changes.
-              </para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Column Sizing</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>
-                Select the option <guibutton>Automatically expand columns as needed</guibutton> if you want the list view columns
-                to expand automatically if the needed to ensure the text is fully visible.
-              </para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="working-with-files-and-folders">
-    <title>Working with Files and Folders</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="opening-files">
-      <title>Abrir ficheiros</title>
-
-      <para>
-        When you open a file, the file manager performs the default action for that file type. For example, opening a text file
-        will display it in the default text editor, while opening an image file will display the image in the default image
-        viewer.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The file manager checks the extension of a file to determine the type of a file. If the file has no known extension, the
-        file manager examines the contents of the file.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-the-default-action">
-        <title>Executing the Default Action</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To execute the default for a file, double-click on the file. For example, the default action for audio files is to
-          play the it with the default music playing application. In this case, you can double-click on the file to open the
-          file in the music player.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          You can set <application>Thunar</application> preferences so that you click once on a file to execute the default
-          action. For information, see <xref linkend="preferences-behavior"/>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-non-default-actions">
-        <title>Executing Non-Default Actions</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To execute actions other than the default action for a file, select the file that you want to perform an action on.
-          Choose the desired action from the <emphasis>Open With</emphasis> choices available in <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu
-          or an <guimenu>Open With</guimenu> submenu.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="adding-actions">
-        <title>Engadir accións</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To add actions associated with a file type, perform the following steps:
-        </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              In the main area, select a file of the type to which you want to add an action.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open With Other Application...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-              from the main menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Either choose an application in the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> dialog or select <guibutton>Use a custom command</guibutton>
-              and browse to the program with which you wish to open this type.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>
-          The action you have chosen is now added to the list of actions for that particular file type. If you enabled the
-          <guibutton>Use as default for this kind of file</guibutton> option or there was no prior action associated with the
-          type, the newly added action is the default.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          You may also add actions using the <guibutton>Open With</guibutton> button under
-          <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="modifiying-actions">
-        <title>Modifying Actions</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To modify the actions associated with a file or file type, perform the following steps:
-        </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              In the main area, select a file of the type for which you want to modify the action.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select the new default action using the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> button or add a new action by choosing
-              <guimenuitem>Open With Other Application...</guimenuitem> from the drop down menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>
-          To remove a previously added action for a file type, bring up the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> dialog as described
-          above, right-click the action you want to remove and choose <guimenuitem>Remove Launcher</guimenuitem>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="file-properties">
-      <title>Propiedades do ficheiro</title>
-
-      <para>
-        The file properties window shows more information about any file or folder in the file manager. With this window, you can also
-        do the following:
-      </para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Change the icon for special files, such as application launchers and URL links.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Add or remove emblems for a file or folder.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Change the UNIX file permissions for a file or folder.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Choose which application is used to open a file and other files of the same type.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/file-properties.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Propiedades do ficheiro</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        To open the file properties window, perform the following steps:
-      </para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Select the file or folder whose properties you want to examine or change. You cannot
-            select multiple items at once and display the properties that are in common to all
-            items currently.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Do one of the following:
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Right-click the selected item and choose <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> from the context menu.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="using-removable-media">
-    <title>Using Removable Media</title>
-
-    <sect2 id="accessing-removable-media">
-      <title>Accessing Removable Media</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar supports removable media if it was built with support for <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software_2fhal">HAL</ulink>,
-        or if you are using <ulink type="http" url="http://www.freebsd.org/">FreeBSD</ulink>. Note however that on FreeBSD 6.0 or newer, it is
-        suggested to use HAL rather than the native support provided by Thunar.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-mount-media">
-        <title>To Mount Media</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To <emphasis>mount</emphasis> media is to make the file system of the media available for access. When you mount media, the
-          file system of the media is attached as a subdirectory to your file system.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          To access media, insert the media in the appropriate device, or connect the new device to your computer (i.e. connect an USB
-          stick to one of your USB ports). An object that represents the media is added to the side pane of the file manager. If
-          <application>xfdesktop</application> is running and configured to display <guilabel>File/launcher icons</guilabel> this
-          object will also be added to your desktop.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          To actually mount the media, click on the object that represents the media. For example, to mount a floppy diskette,
-          click on the <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel> object in the side pane. The file manager will now add the file system
-          of the media to your file system hierarchy and display the contents of the floppy diskette in the main area.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-eject-media">
-        <title>To Eject Media</title>
-
-        <para>
-          If the drive for the media is a motorized drive (i.e. a CD-ROM drive), right-click on the media object in the side pane
-          or on the desktop and choose <guilabel>Eject Volume</guilabel>. The media is ejected from the drive after a few seconds.
-          If the drive for the media is not motorized (i.e. a floppy drive or an USB stick), right-click on the media object and
-          choose <guilabel>Unmount Volume</guilabel>. After a short period of time, a notification will appear to inform you
-          that it is now safe to remove the media or disconnect the drive from the computer.
-        </para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/removable-media-unmount.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Unmount notification</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <para>
-          However this notification will only be displayed if support for <application>libnotify</application> is enabled,
-          and you have installed a notification daemon. A notification daemon for Xfce is available from the <ulink type="http" url="http://goodies.xfce.org/projects/applications/notification-daemon-xfce">Xfce Goodies Project</ulink>.
-          If notification support is not available, wait until the context menu disappears before you remove the media or disconnect
-          the drive.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Be aware that you cannot eject or unmount media that is still in use by one or more applications. Therefore if the file
-          manager refuses to eject media, make sure you close all applications that were accessing the media, and be sure to also
-          check command line applications running in <application>Terminal</application> windows.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Make sure to unmount removable media before ejecting. Do not eject a diskette from the floppy drive before your unmount
-          the diskette. Do not remove an USB stick before you unmount the flash drive. If you do not unmount the media first you
-          might lose data or cause your system to crash.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="management-of-removable-drives-and-media">
-      <title>Management of Removable Drives and Media</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar is also able to automatically manage removable drives and media if the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.foo-projects.org/~benny/projects/thunar-volman/index.html">thunar-volman</ulink> package is installed on
-        your system.  Note however that this feature requires HAL support.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Now, if HAL support is available and <application>thunar-volman</application> is installed on your system, you
-        can choose to enable the <guilabel>Volume Management</guilabel> feature of Thunar. Therefore, open the file
-        manager preferences, go to the <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> page and check the <guilabel>Enable Volume
-        Management</guilabel> button.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The next step is to customize the management of removable drives and media to your needs. Click on the
-        <guilabel>Configure</guilabel> link in the <guilabel>Volume Management</guilabel> section, right below
-        the button. The <guilabel>Removable Drives and Media</guilabel> configuration dialog will be displayed.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/removable-drives-and-media.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Removable Drives and Media</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        If you have used the <application>gnome-volume-manager</application> previously, you should feel right at
-        home, because it was designed to look and behave similar to <application>gnome-volume-manager</application>.
-        The preferences are divided by device categories to make it easy to locate the option for you specific
-        device.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <guilabel>Storage</guilabel> page contains the most important options. As the name suggests these
-        options apply only to storage devices like external harddisk drives, USB sticks and CD-ROMs. The
-        <guilabel>Removable Storage</guilabel> options are described in detail below.
-      </para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Mount removable drives when hot-plugged</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to automatically mount file systems on removable drives (i.e. external harddisk drives
-              or USB sticks) when such drives are plugged into the computer.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              This option must be enabled for certain other features to work with removable drives. For example,
-              if you disable this option, certain kinds of portable music players cannot be detected any more and
-              so, even if you enabled the <guilabel>Play music files when connected</guilabel> option on the
-              <guilabel>Multimedia</guilabel> page, the specified command will not be run when you hot-plug your
-              portable music player.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Mount removable media when inserted</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to automatically mount file systems on removable media (i.e. CD-ROMs or DVDs)
-              when you insert the media into the drive.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              This option must be enabled for certain other features to work with removable media. For example,
-              if you disable this option, it is impossible to detect whether the removable media has auto-run
-              capabilities, and so the <guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel> option
-              has no effect for removable media.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Browse removable media when inserted</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to automatically display the content of newly inserted media in the file manager.
-              Note however, that the contents will only be displayed if no other action was possible or you
-              choose to ignore the other possible actions. For example, if you insert a CD-ROM with auto-run
-              capabilities and the <guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel> option is
-              enabled, you will be prompted whether you want to allow or ignore the auto-run. If you choose
-              to ignore the auto-run the contents will be displayed in the file manager.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to make use of auto-run capabilities of certain removable drives and media. See
-              the <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop
-              Application Autostart Specification</ulink> for details about the auto-run mechanism. To enhance security,
-              you will always be prompted to confirm the auto-run.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              If the Windows emulator <ulink type="http" url="http://www.winehq.org/">WINE</ulink> is installed on your
-              system, the auto-run mechanism will also try to run <filename>autorun.exe</filename> files using WINE.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Auto-open files on new drives and media</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to make of auto-open capabilities of certain removable drives and media. See
-              the <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop
-              Application Autostart Specification</ulink> for details about the auto-open mechanism. To enhance security,
-              you will always be prompted to confirm the auto-open.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <para>
-        The remaining options allow you to specify a command to run when a certain kind of media is inserted into a drive
-        or a certain kind of external device is connected. The command can use three special variables, that will be
-        substituted when the command is run:
-      </para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%d</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Each appearance of <literal>%d</literal> in the command will be substituted with the device file path of
-              the newly added device. For example, if you have plugged in an USB stick, the device file path will be
-              <filename>/dev/da0s1</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              If no device file is associated with the device or the device file could not be found for some reason,
-              the variable <literal>%d</literal> will be substituted with the empty string.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%h</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Each appearance of <literal>%h</literal> in the command will be substituted with the HAL UDI of the newly
-              added device.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%m</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Each appearance of <literal>%m</literal> in the command will be substituted with the mount point where
-              the newly added device was mounted. If the device cannot be mounted (for example printers or keyboards)
-              or if the automatic mounting was disabled, <literal>%m</literal> will be substituted with the empty
-              string.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <sect3 id="troubleshooting-the-volume-manager">
-        <title>Troubleshooting the Volume Manager</title>
-
-        <para>
-          Useful tips to trouble shoot the volume manager in case it does not work as expected.
-        </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Make sure <application>Thunar</application> is running as daemon. The volume manager depends
-              on this, as it is not a daemon by itself. By default, Xfce
-              automatically spawns <application>Thunar</application> as daemon on startup. If it got killed
-              for some reason, open the <guilabel>Run program</guilabel> (using the keyboard shortcut
-              <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> or right-click on the desktop
-              and choose <guilabel>Run Program...</guilabel> from the desktop menu), enter <literal>Thunar
-              --daemon</literal> and click <guibutton>Run</guibutton>.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Try running <application>thunar-volman</application> from a <application>Terminal</application>
-              window after hot-plugging the drive or inserting the media. First, you need to figure out the
-              HAL UDI of the new device using <application>lshal</application> or <application>hal-device</application>.
-              Once you know the UDI, run <literal>thunar-volman --device-added <udi-of-your-device></literal> in
-              a <application>Terminal</application> window and watch the output for errors or warnings.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>
-          If it still refuses to work, ask on the <ulink type="http" url="http://forum.xfce.org/">Xfce Forum</ulink> or
-          the <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">thunar-dev mailing list</ulink>
-          for help.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="preferences">
-    <title>File Management Preferences</title>
-
-    <para>
-      Use the <guilabel>File Manager Preferences</guilabel> dialog to set your <application>Thunar</application> file manager
-      preferences. To open the preferences dialog, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-      from the menu bar, or click on the <guibutton>File Manager</guibutton> button in the Xfce Settings Manager.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The <guilabel>File Manager Preferences</guilabel> dialog is divided into four pages with different options, each described in
-      a separate section below. Basically you can set preferences in the following categories:
-    </para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem><para>The default settings for the views.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>The default settings for the side pane.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>The behavior of the file manager windows.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>Advanced features of the file manager.</para></listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>
-      Thunar also supports a bunch of so-called <emphasis>Hidden Options</emphasis>, which control several advanced features of the
-      file manager, but are not included in the preferences in order to keep the preferences dialog simple. The <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/thunar/trunk/docs/README.thunarrc"><filename>README.thunarrc</filename></ulink> file that
-      is included with the Thunar distribution describes all available options in detail.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-views">
-      <title>Views Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can specify a default view, select sort options and display options. You can
-        also specify whether thumbnails should be displayed for file types that support
-        this.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-views.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Views Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>View new folder using</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select the default view for folders. When you open a new window, the is displayed
-              in the view that you select. This can be either the icon view, the compact list view
-              or the detailed list view. You can also select <guilabel>Last Active View</guilabel>
-              here to use the view you used for the last active window.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Sort folders before files</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to list folders before files when you sort a folder.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Show thumbnails</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to show thumbnails of image files and other supported files. The
-              file manager stores the thumbnail files for each folder in the hidden <filename role="directory">.thumbnails</filename> directory in the user's Home Folder.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              See <xref linkend="thumbnailers"/> if you want to extend the basic
-              thumbnail functionality provided by <application>Thunar</application> with support
-              for additional file types.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Text beside icons</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this options to place the icon captions for items in the icon view beside the
-              icon rather than under the icon.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-side-pane">
-      <title>Side Pane Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can select display options for the shortcuts pane and the tree pane.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-side-pane.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Side Pane Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        The side pane can either display a list of shortcuts for folders in your file system, which
-        is the default, or a tree view of your file system. This page allows you to select the size
-        of the icons for the shortcuts and the tree pane. You can also specify whether emblems should
-        be displayed.
-      </para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Tamaño das iconas</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              The size of the icons displayed in the side, ranging from <guilabel>Very Small</guilabel> (around
-              16x16 pixels) to <guilabel>Very Large</guilabel> (around 128x128 pixels).
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Show Icon Emblems</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to display emblems for folders in the side pane. You can assign emblems to
-              folders in the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog. Select a folder in the main area and
-              choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-              from the main menu, or right-click the folder and select <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-              from the context menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-behavior">
-      <title>Behavior Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can select the preferred behavior to interact with the file manager.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-behavior.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Behavior Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Single click to active items</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to perform the default action for an item when you
-              click on the item. When this option is selected, and you point to an
-              item, the title of the item is underlined and the item will be
-              selected automatically after a short delay.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              This delay can be configured below the option. You can also disable the
-              automatic selection of items by moving the selector to the left-most
-              position.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Double click to activate items</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to perform the default action for an item when you
-              double click on the item, and select the item with a single click.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-advanced">
-      <title>Advanced Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can control advanced features of the file manager.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-advanced.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Advanced Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Folder Permissions</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Choose the action that should be performed when you change the permissions of a folder in
-              the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog. You can choose to let <application>Thunar</application>
-              ask everytime when you change folder permissions, tell it to default to applying the new permissions
-              to the folder only or to apply them recursively to the folder contents as well.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Volume Management</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              If <application>Thunar</application> was installed with support for HAL and the <application>thunar-volman</application>
-              package is also installed, you can enable the integrated volume manager. See <xref linkend="management-of-removable-drives-and-media"/>
-              for details about this feature.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="customizing-thunar">
-    <title>Customizing Thunar</title>
-
-    <para>
-      This chapter describes how to customize certain parts of the file manager to your own needs.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="sendto">
-      <title>The "Send To" Menu</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar includes a <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu, which provides possible targets where files and folders can
-        be sent to. To access the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu, choose
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Send To</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu, or right-click
-        on a file or folder and choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Send To</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/sendto-menu.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>"Send To" Menu</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        By default, the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu includes an entry named <guilabel>Desktop (Create Link)</guilabel> for all
-        files and folders, which simply creates a link on the desktop for each selected file. In addition, if the <guilabel>Shortcuts
-        Pane</guilabel> is active, the menu also includes an entry called <guilabel>Side Pane (Create Shortcut)</guilabel> for folders,
-        which allows users to add new shortcuts to the side pane. Following these entries, <application>Thunar</application> lists
-        the removable drives currently plugged into the computer. In the screenshot above, the <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel>
-        represents a possible target where files can be sent to. Note that the device is mounted automatically once selected from
-        the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu, so you do not need to manually mount it.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        In addition <application>Thunar</application> also ships the <application>thunar-sendto-email</application> plugin, which adds
-        the entry <guilabel>Mail Recipient</guilabel> to the menu, that opens the mail composer with the selected files attach to the
-        new email. If the selection contains atleast one folder, the selected items are added to a ZIP archive before attaching them
-        to the email. Otherwise, if the selection contains multiple files, or a single file, which is larger than 200Kib, the user will
-        be prompted whether to pack the files into a ZIP archive, and send the ZIP archive.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Like most other features of <application>Thunar</application>, the <guilabel>Send to</guilabel> menu can be easily extended
-        by users and application developers with new targets, using standard <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fdesktop_2dentry_2dspec">desktop entry files</ulink>. These files must be
-        installed into one of the <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/Thunar/sendto/</filename> folders (see the <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fbasedir_2dspec">XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink> for details about the
-        <literal>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</literal> variable).
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <literal>MimeType</literal> of the target <filename>.desktop</filename> specifies the types of files for which this action
-        should be available in the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu. For example, say you want to add entry for a <ulink type="http" url="http://flickr.com/">Flickr</ulink> uploader tool, then this entry should only show up if the selection contains JPEG
-        files (other file formats are not supported by Flickr) and so you should add a line <literal>MimeType=image/jpeg;</literal>.
-        If you do not specify any <literal>MimeType</literal> your entry will show up for all file types.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        A complete example using the <application>postr</application> application is shown below:
-      </para>
-
-<programlisting>
-# postr.desktop - Integrate postr into
-#                 the "Send To" menu.
-[Desktop Entry]
-Type=Application
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-TryExec=postr
-Exec=postr %F
-Icon=postr
-Name=Flickr
-MimeType=image/jpeg;</programlisting>
-
-      <para>
-        If you install this file to <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/Thunar/sendto/</filename> (create the folder if
-        it does not exist yet), the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu for JPEG files will show the new entry <guilabel>Flickr</guilabel>,
-        which can be used to upload JPEG images to Flickr.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/sendto_menu">Thunar Project Wiki</ulink> contains
-        additional examples of useful targets for the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu. Feel free to extend the Wiki page with
-        new examples.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="thumbnailers">
-      <title>Thumbnailers</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar uses small utilities to create thumbnails of certain file types and displays the thumbnails as preview of the
-        file content. These small tools are called thumbnailers. Thunar ships with thumbnailers for image and font files, and
-        makes use of the installed thumbnailers from GNOME automatically if it was installed with support for <literal>gconf</literal>.
-        Users may however dynamically extend this basic functionality with thumbnailers for additional file types.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        If you plan to write a custom thumbnailers, you need to start with a program that accepts atleast two command line parameters,
-        the input file, which is of the file type you plan to support and the output file, which is a PNG file that complies with the
-        format specified by the <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/creation.html#AEN139">Thumbnail Management
-        Standard</ulink>. Additionally your program may also accept the desired size of the thumbnail, which is optional but highly
-        recommended. If you write the output file at an arbitrary image size, Thunar will afterwards scale it to the desired size,
-        which might produce a less optimal result than generating the thumbnail with the requested dimensions.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Once your utility to generate the thumbnails is done, you will need to register your thumbnailer, so Thunar is able to locate
-        and use it. Therefore all you need to do is to install a description file for the thumbnailer (a <filename>.desktop</filename> file)
-        in one of the <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/thumbnailers/</filename> paths. For example, if you want to register the
-        thumbnailer for your user account only, you can install the file into the folder <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/thumbnailers/</filename>. The <filename>.desktop</filename> for thumbnailers has the following format.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="thumbnailer-desktop-file-format">
-        <title>Thumbnailer Description File Format</title>
-
-        <para>
-          Thumbnailer description files utilize the <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/">Desktop
-          Entry Format</ulink> with a special <literal>Type</literal> of <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal> and special field
-          <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> with new field codes. Basically, a thumbnailer description file has the following format.
-        </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=Your Thumbnailer
-MimeType=your-supported/mime-type;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=your-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>
-          The <literal>Version</literal> and <literal>Encoding</literal> are mandated by the Desktop Entry Specification, just use the values shown
-          in the example above. The <literal>Type</literal> field must have the special value <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal>, otherwise your
-          thumbnailer will not be recognized. The <literal>Name</literal> value describes your thumbnailer.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> field contains the command to run your thumbnailer, and supports certain field codes that will
-          be substituted when the thumbnailer is run. Recognized field codes are as follows:
-        </para>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%i</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              The local path to the input file for which to create a thumbnail. May be either a path relative to the directory from which the
-              thumbnailer was invoked or an absolute path.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%o</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              The local path to the output file where to store the generated thumbnail. The output file must be written as valid PNG file according
-              to the thumbnail standard (see above). Note that the path may not end with <literal>.png</literal>, which matters if you invoke certain
-              third party tools.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%s</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              The desired size of the generated thumbnail in pixels. This parameter is optional.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%u</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              Similar to <literal>%i</literal>, but substituted with the URI of the file, rather than the path. This was added for compatibility with
-              GNOME.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%%</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              Will be substituted with a single <literal>%</literal>.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-
-        <para>
-          You need to include atleast <literal>%o</literal> and <literal>%i</literal> or <literal>%u</literal>, otherwise your thumbnailer will
-          be useless.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The <literal>MimeType</literal> lists the MIME types - separated by semicolon - for which your thumbnailer is able to create previews.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="eps-thumbnailer-example">
-        <title>Example EPS Thumbnailer</title>
-
-        <para>
-          This example demonstrates how to write and install a new thumbnailer for <filename>.eps</filename> files, which uses the
-          <command>convert</command> utility that ships as part of ImageMagick. First, we start with a simple script that invokes
-          <command>convert</command> to generate a thumbnail at the requested size.
-        </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# eps-thumbnailer - Example thumbnailer script for EPS files.
-#
-# Usage: esp-thumbnailer eps-file png-file size
-#
-
-# command line parameters
-ifile=$1
-ofile=$2
-size=$3
-
-# invoke convert (ImageMagick)
-exec convert "eps:$ifile" -scale "$sizex$size" "png:$ofile"</programlisting>
-
-        <para>
-          Save this script above to a file <filename>eps-thumbnailer</filename>, make sure the file is executable and install it
-          to <filename role="directory">/usr/local/bin</filename>.
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ chmod +x eps-thumbnailer
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer /usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          Next we need to create the thumbnail description file <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename>, which looks like this:
-        </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=EPS Thumbnailer
-TryExec=convert
-MimeType=image/x-eps;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=/usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>
-          This file must be installed to <filename role="directory">/usr/local/share/thumbnailers</filename> (create the folder if
-          it does not exists).
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ sudo install -d /usr/local/share/thumbnailers
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer.desktop /usr/local/share/thumbnailers/eps-thumbnailer.desktop</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          The <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename> file uses the special key <literal>TryExec</literal>, which, if specified,
-          names a command that must be present on the system for the thumbnailer to be useful. In this case, our script is useless if
-          the <command>convert</command> utility is not present.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The last step is to regenerate the thumbnailer cache, so Thunar will pick up our thumbnailer. The thumbnailer cache is located
-          at <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/thumbnailers.cache</filename> (unless overridden by your or your system administrator, the
-          <varname>$XDG_CACHE_HOME</varname> points to the folder <filename role="directory">~/.cache/</filename>). The thumbnailers
-          cache is regenerated periodically by Thunar, but you can force to regenerate it by invoking the
-          <filename>thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</filename> utility, that ships as part of Thunar. This utility is usually installed
-          in the <filename role="directory">libexec</filename> subfolder of your installation prefix (<filename role="directory">sbin</filename>
-          on Debian/Ubuntu). So for example, if Thunar is installed in <filename role="directory">/usr</filename>, invoke the utility as
-          follows:
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>$ /usr/libexec/thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          But make sure you run the program from your user account, not the superuser account, since the thumbnailers cache is stored in
-          your home folder, rather than a system wide location.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Now, if Thunar is compiled with support for file alteration monitoring (using the FAM or Gamin services), it will automatically
-          pick up the new thumbnailers cache within a few seconds and afterwards be able to generate thumbnails using your custom
-          thumbnailers. Otherwise you might need to completely restart Thunar to apply the changes, using
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>$ Thunar -q</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          to terminate any running instance, and afterwards restart it from your launcher.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="cleaning-up-thumbnails">
-        <title>Cleaning up Thumbnails</title>
-
-        <para>
-          The generated thumbnails are stored in the folder <filename role="directory">~/.thumbnails/</filename> complying with the <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/index.html">Thumbnail Management Standard</ulink>. While testing a new
-          thumbnailer, it might help to clean up the thumbnail cache using
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>$ rm -rf ~/.thumbnails/</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          which will also give you some free space in your home folder. Since all the information stored within this folder was automatically
-          generated from files in your file system, you will not loose any sensitive data.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="advanced-topics">
-    <title>Advanced Topics</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="to-bulk-rename-files">
-      <title>To Bulk Rename Files</title>
-
-      <para>
-        To <emphasis>bulk rename</emphasis> files means to rename multiple files at once using some criterion, that applies to atleast
-        one of the files. <application>Thunar</application> includes a bulk renamer, which can be run separately using the command
-        <command>Thunar -B</command> or from within <application>Thunar</application> by selecting two or more files in the main area
-        and pressing <keycombo><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> or choosing
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Rename...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/bulk-rename.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Bulk Rename Files</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        The <emphasis>Bulk Renamers</emphasis> can be applied to the name of the files, the suffix of the files or both to the
-        name and the suffix of the files. <application>Thunar</application> currently supports the following <emphasis>Bulk
-        Renamers</emphasis>:
-      </para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem><para>Remove characters.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Numbering files.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Insert Date or Time.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Insert or overwrite characters.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Search and replace characters.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Convert to uppercase, lowercase or camlcase.</para></listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <para>
-        Additional <emphasis>Bulk Renamers</emphasis> may be installed as plugins for <application>Thunar</application>. Check
-        the <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/plugins.html">Thunar Plugins</ulink> website for currently available
-        extensions. The <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/bulk_renamer">Thunar Project Wiki</ulink>
-        contains further details about this feature. Feel free to add more information to the Wiki.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="the-unix-file-system">
-      <title>The UNIX File System</title>
-
-      <para>
-        While the Thunar file manager does a good job at abstracting the details of the underlying file system, so the user
-        does not need to care about them, it is sometimes useful to understand the basic concepts to get the whole picture.
-        This section tries to give a brief introduction to the concepts of the UNIX file system, which is used today by all
-        incarnations of UNIX, including Linux.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="folders-and-paths">
-        <title>Folders and Paths</title>
-
-        <para>
-          In a UNIX file system all folders are arranged in a simple inverted tree structure descending and branching down
-          from a single top level folder, which is called the <emphasis>root directory</emphasis> (the term
-          <emphasis>directory</emphasis> is often used instead of <emphasis>folder</emphasis>) and displayed as
-          <guilabel>File System</guilabel> in Thunar. This means that you can get from any folder to any other by going
-          up the tree until you reach a common point, then down the tree through the appropriate subfolders until you reach
-          your target.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The position of any file or folder in the tree can be described by its <emphasis>path</emphasis>. The path is the
-          list of folders you would have to descend through to get to the target folder or file, starting from the top level
-          folder. For example <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> is the subfolder <filename role="directory">luke</filename> of the subfolder <filename role="directory">home</filename> of the top level folder,
-          and <filename>/home/luke/myfile.txt</filename> is the file <filename>myfile.txt</filename> in that subfolder. The
-          leading <filename role="directory">/</filename> in these paths represents the top level folder.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Every user has their own folder to hold their personal files and settings. This folder is called the <emphasis>home
-          directory</emphasis> and is displayed in Thunar as special icon with the users login name. The folder is similar to
-          the <guilabel>My Files</guilabel> folder known from Windows. The <emphasis>home directories</emphasis> of the various
-          users in a system are usually located below the <filename role="directory">/home</filename> folder. For example
-          <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> would be the home directory of the user with the login name
-          <filename role="directory">luke</filename>, while <filename role="directory">/home/jane</filename> would be
-          the home directory for the user with the login name <filename role="directory">jane</filename>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="file-types">
-        <title>File Types</title>
-
-        <para>
-          You may have already heard that everything is a file in UNIX. This is true for most objects present in UNIX systems
-          today. In fact even devices are represented as a special files. While this may not make sense at first sight, it is
-          one of the strengths of UNIX and its derivates, and has helped it to maintain a simple core over the years where other
-          operating systems had to introduce new concepts for every new technology.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          These are the four most important types of files in the UNIX file system.
-        </para>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-ordinary-files">
-          <title>Ordinary Files</title>
-
-          <para>
-            An ordinary file may contain text, a program or other data. This includes image files, audio files, office documents
-            and video files. The term <emphasis>file</emphasis> is often used to refer to an ordinary file.
-          </para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-folder-files">
-          <title>Folder Files</title>
-
-          <para>
-            Folders are also files in the UNIX file system. To be exact a folder is a special file, which contains a
-            mapping of file names to file references for every file contained within this folder.
-          </para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-symbolic-link-files">
-          <title>Symbolic Link Files</title>
-
-          <para>
-            A Symbolic link (often called a <emphasis>symlink</emphasis>) is a special file that contains a path to
-            another file in the file system. Symbolic link files therefore do not contain any useful information
-            themselves, but just refer to other files.
-          </para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-device-files">
-          <title>Device Files</title>
-
-          <para>
-            As mentioned earlier (most) devices are also accessed through the file system. These special device files are
-            usually located in the <filename role="directory">/dev</filename> folder. For example the special file
-            <filename>/dev/hda</filename> represents the first IDE disk on Linux.
-          </para>
-        </sect4>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="faq">
-    <title>Frequently Asked Questions</title>
-
-    <para>
-      The intent of this section is to collect the quite numerous frequently asked
-      questions that relate to working with Thunar. If you know of a question that
-      is missing from this page, please <ulink type="http" url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">file
-      a request</ulink>.
-    </para>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-executables">
-      <title>Why doesn't Thunar execute files marked as executable?</title>
-
-      <para>
-        For security reasons Thunar only executes files of type <literal>application/x-desktop</literal>,
-        <literal>application/x-executable</literal> and <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal>. For
-        desktop files the execution feature will only be enabled if the desktop file is of type
-        <literal>Application</literal> and a valid <literal>Exec</literal> line is given or of type
-        <literal>Link</literal> and a valid <literal>URL</literal> is given. For the other types the feature
-        is available if the file is marked executable for the current user.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Also note that for <literal>application/x-executable</literal> and <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal>,
-        the types of the file don't really need to match these types exactly, but it is suffice if the detected
-        type has a parent that matches one of the two types listed above, or if the MIME-type is an alias for
-        one of the above.
-      </para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-metadata">
-      <title>Where does Thunar store the metadata associated with files?</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar associates various settings with files/folders, which we call metadata.
-        This metadata for all files is stored in tdb database file, which is called
-        the metafile. The database file is stored in
-        <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/metafile.tdb</filename> and can be examined
-        using the <command>tdbtool</command>, which is part of the Thunar distribution
-        (located in the <filename role="directory">tdb/</filename> subdirectory).
-      </para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-thunarrc">
-      <title>Where does Thunar store its preferences?</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar stores the user configurable preferences (and hidden settings) in
-        an <filename>.ini</filename> file, which is located at
-        <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/thunarrc</filename> and can be examined
-        using a text editor. See <filename>docs/README.thunarrc</filename> for an
-        overview of the various preferences.
-      </para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-mouse-gestures">
-      <title>How to use mouse gestures in Thunar?</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar currently features basic support for so called <emphasis>mouse gestures</emphasis>
-        in its icon view. You can use these <emphasis>mouse gestures</emphasis> by holding down
-        the middle mouse button (usually the mouse wheel) while the mouse pointer is on the
-        background area of the icon view component (any area that is not covered by
-        an icon or a text). Now you can move the cursor into four directions to
-        perform certain actions, which are described below.
-      </para>
-
-      <simplelist>
-        <member><guilabel>Esquerda</guilabel> - opens the previous visited folder</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Arriba</guilabel> - abre o cartafol pai</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Dereita</guilabel> - opens the next visited folder</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Abaixo</guilabel> - reloads the current folder</member>
-      </simplelist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-assign-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>How do I assign different keyboard shortcuts?</title>
-
-      <para>
-        If you want to rebind a shortcut, Thunar supports the standard GTK+ way
-        of changing shortcuts: simply hover over the menu option with the mouse
-        pointer and press the keyboard shortcut you want to rebind it to.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        To delete a keyboard assignment, press the <keycap>Backspace</keycap> key
-        while you are on the menu entry.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        If the shortcut doesn't change, then you need to enable the feature in
-        GTK+. This can be achieved in 3 ways:
-      </para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            If you are running Xfce 4.3 or above then you can enable <guilabel>Editable
-            menu accelerators</guilabel> in the <guilabel>User Interface Preferences</guilabel>
-            dialog.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            If you are running GNOME then you can enable <guilabel>Editable menu
-            accelerators</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Menu and Toolbars</guilabel> control
-            center dialog.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Otherwise put the following in your <filename>~/.gtkrc-2.0</filename> file
-            (create the file if it doesn't exist):<screen>gtk-can-change-accels=1</screen>
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-store-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>Where does Thunar store the keyboard shortcuts?</title>
-
-      <para>
-        The custom keyboard shortcuts are stored in the standard GTK+ accel map format in a
-        file located at <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/accels.scm</filename>. Lines starting
-        with <literal>;</literal> are comments. See the GTK+ documentation for details about the
-        file format.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        If you are a packager or a system administrator and want to provide a system wide default
-        for the keyboard shortcuts, that is different from the default shortcuts in Thunar, you
-        can create a file <filename>Thunar/accels.scm</filename> in one of the <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar>.
-        For example, if <filename role="directory">/etc/xdg</filename> is part of <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar>
-        (the default for most Linux distributions), you can install system wide defaults to
-        <filename>/etc/xdg/Thunar/accels.scm</filename>. Thunar will then load shortcuts from this file on first startup.
-      </para>
-    </sect3>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="support">
-    <title>Soporte</title>
-
-    <para>
-      To report a bug or to make a suggestion regarding this application or this manual, use the bug tracking system at <ulink url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">http://bugzilla.xfce.org/</ulink>.
-      Remember that useful bug reports are ones that get bugs fixed, so a useful bug report has two qualities:
-    </para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>
-          <emphasis role="bold">Reproducible.</emphasis> If the developer cannot see the bug himself
-          to prove that it exists, he will most probably not be able to fix it at all. Every detail you
-          can provide helps.
-        </para>
-      </listitem>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>
-          <emphasis role="bold">Specific.</emphasis> The quicker the developer can isolate the problem
-          to a specific area, the more likely he will expediently fix it.
-        </para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>
-      In case you want to request a new feature, please make clear why you consider it a worth
-      addition for the application. It is more likely that a new feature gets added if you provide
-      good arguments for the feature. It will increase the chance of addition even more if you
-      provide a patch that implements the requested feature, but make sure that you read the file
-      <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/terminal/trunk/HACKING">HACKING</ulink>
-      - especially the section labeled <emphasis>Coding Style</emphasis> - before you start hacking
-      up the source.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      Else, if you have questions about the use or installation of this software, please ask on the
-      <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">thunar-dev mailing
-      list</ulink> or point your IRC client to <emphasis role="bold">irc.freenode.net</emphasis>,
-      join the channel <emphasis role="bold">#thunar</emphasis> and ask for help.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="copyright">
-    <title>Acerca de @PACKAGE_NAME@</title>
-
-    <para>
-      @PACKAGE_NAME@ was written by Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>). Visit the
-      <ulink url="http://thunar.xfce.org/" type="http">Thunar website</ulink> for more information.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      This documentation was written by Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>). The latest
-      version of this document is always available from the <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/">Thunar website</ulink>.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      This software is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-      as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-      (at your option) any later version.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 
-      along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software 
-      Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, 
-      USA.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-</article>
-<!--
-	vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et ai encoding=UTF-8:
--->
diff --git a/docs/manual/gl/images/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/gl/images/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index d403716..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/gl/images/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-# $Id$
-
-imagesdir = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/gl/images
-images_DATA =								\
-	bulk-rename.png							\
-	file-manager-window.png						\
-	file-properties.png						\
-	preferences-advanced.png					\
-	preferences-behavior.png					\
-	preferences-side-pane.png					\
-	preferences-views.png						\
-	removable-drives-and-media.png					\
-	removable-media-unmount.png					\
-	sendto-menu.png							\
-	visible-columns.png
-
-EXTRA_DIST = 								\
-	$(images_DATA)
-
-# vi:set ts=8 sw=8 noet ai nocindent syntax=automake:
diff --git a/docs/manual/gl/images/bulk-rename.png b/docs/manual/gl/images/bulk-rename.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a3fc365..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/gl/images/bulk-rename.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/gl/images/file-manager-window.png b/docs/manual/gl/images/file-manager-window.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 07814dd..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/gl/images/file-manager-window.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/gl/images/file-properties.png b/docs/manual/gl/images/file-properties.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d2fd15..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/gl/images/file-properties.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/gl/images/preferences-advanced.png b/docs/manual/gl/images/preferences-advanced.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b0b81cd..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/gl/images/preferences-advanced.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/gl/images/preferences-behavior.png b/docs/manual/gl/images/preferences-behavior.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 22aa80b..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/gl/images/preferences-behavior.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/gl/images/preferences-side-pane.png b/docs/manual/gl/images/preferences-side-pane.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f585ba6..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/gl/images/preferences-side-pane.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/gl/images/preferences-views.png b/docs/manual/gl/images/preferences-views.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6954990..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/gl/images/preferences-views.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/gl/images/removable-drives-and-media.png b/docs/manual/gl/images/removable-drives-and-media.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c2030f6..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/gl/images/removable-drives-and-media.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/gl/images/removable-media-unmount.png b/docs/manual/gl/images/removable-media-unmount.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fdbcea..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/gl/images/removable-media-unmount.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/gl/images/sendto-menu.png b/docs/manual/gl/images/sendto-menu.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a7c12d..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/gl/images/sendto-menu.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/gl/images/visible-columns.png b/docs/manual/gl/images/visible-columns.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 602fe06..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/gl/images/visible-columns.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/it/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/it/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 373e7fb..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/it/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-SUBDIRS =								\
-	images
-
-TARGET_DIR = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/it
-STYLESHEET = ../thunar.xsl
-DOCUMENT = Thunar.xml
-
-# We set GPATH here; this gives us semantics for GNU make
-# which are more like other make's VPATH, when it comes to
-# whether a source that is a target of one rule is then
-# searched for in VPATH/GPATH.
-GPATH = $(srcdir)
-
-DOC_STAMPS = html-build.stamp
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(DOCUMENT)
-CLEANFILES = $(DOC_STAMPS)
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-all-local: html-build.stamp
-
-html-build.stamp: $(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT) $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET)
-	@echo "*** Building HTML ***"
-	@-chmod -R u+w $(srcdir)
-	rm -rf $(srcdir)/html
-	mkdir $(srcdir)/html
-	$(XSLTPROC) --nonet -o $(srcdir)/html/ $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET) \
-		$(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT)
-	touch html-build.stamp
-else
-all-local:
-endif
-
-maintainer-clean-local: clean
-	(cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf html)
-
-install-data-local:
-	installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*`;				\
-	if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*'; then		\
-		echo "--- Nothing to install";				\
-	else								\
-		$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);		\
-		for file in $$installfiles; do				\
-			echo "--- Installing "$$file;			\
-			$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);	\
-		done;							\
-	fi
-
-uninstall-local:
-	rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)/*
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-dist-check-xsltproc: all
-else
-dist-check-xsltproc:
-	@echo "*** xsltproc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist"
-	@false
-endif
-
-dist-hook: dist-check-xsltproc dist-hook-local
-	mkdir $(distdir)/html
-	-cp $(srcdir)/html/* $(distdir)/html
-
-.PHONY: dist-hook-local
-
diff --git a/docs/manual/it/Thunar.xml.in b/docs/manual/it/Thunar.xml.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 9880cd4..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/it/Thunar.xml.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,966 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-<!ENTITY date "November 2007">
-<!ENTITY version "@PACKAGE_VERSION@">
-<!ENTITY application "@PACKAGE_NAME@">
-]>
-<article id="index" lang="it">
-
-  <!-- Header -->
-  <articleinfo>
-    <title>Gestore di file Thunar </title>
-
-    <pubdate>&date;</pubdate>
-
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2004</year>
-      <year>2005</year>
-      <year>2006</year>
-      <year>2007</year>
-      <holder>Benedikt Meurer</holder>
-    </copyright>
-
-    <legalnotice id="legalnotice">
-      <para>È garantito il permesso di copiare, distribuire e/o modificare questo documento nel rispetto dei termini della GNU Free Documentation License versione 1.1 o qualsiasi versione successiva pubblicata dalla Free Software Foundation; senza sezioni invarianti, senza testo di copertina all'inizio e alla fine. Il testo completo dela licenza è disponibile sul sito della <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/">Free Software Foundation</ulink>.</para>
-    </legalnotice>
-
-    <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-        <firstname>Benedikt</firstname>
-        <surname>Meurer</surname>
-        <affiliation>
-          <address><email>benny at xfce.org</email></address>
-          <orgname>os-cillation</orgname>
-          <orgdiv>Sviluppatore di sistemi</orgdiv>
-          <jobtitle>Sviluppatore di software</jobtitle>
-        </affiliation>
-      </author>
-    </authorgroup>
-
-    <releaseinfo>Questo manuale descrive la versione @PACKAGE_VERSION@ di @PACKAGE_NAME at .</releaseinfo>
-  </articleinfo>
-
-  <sect1 id="intro">
-    <title>Introduzione a @PACKAGE_NAME@</title>
-
-    <para>Thunar è un moderno gestore di file per l'ambiente Xfce. Thunar è stato progettato fin dall'inizio per essere veloce e di facile utilizzo. La sua interfaccia utente è semplice e intuitiva, e non presenta di default nessuna opzione inutile o che può creare confusione. Thunar è veloce e reagisce con prontezza dato che presenta un breve tempo di avvio e di caricamento delle cartelle.</para>
-
-    <para>Il gestore di file Thunar fornisce quindi un punto di accesso integrato ai propri file e applicazioni. Thunar può essere utilizzato per:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>Creare cartelle e documenti;</listitem>
-      <listitem>visualizzare i propri file e cartelle;</listitem>
-      <listitem>gestire i propri file e cartelle;</listitem>
-      <listitem>eseguire e gestire le azioni personalizzate;</listitem>
-      <listitem>accedere ai supporti rimovibili.</listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="the-file-manager-window">
-    <title>La finestra del gestore di file</title>
-
-    <para>Di norma, la finestra del gestore di file consiste di un riquadro delle scorciatoie, dell'area principale sulla destra e, al di sopra di essa, di una barra degli indirizzi.</para>
-
-    <screenshot>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="images/file-manager-window.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-
-        <textobject>
-          <phrase>Finestra del gestore di file</phrase>
-        </textobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </screenshot>
-
-    <para>Il <guilabel>pannello laterale delle scorciatoie</guilabel> riporta le scorciatoie alle diverse cartelle presenti nel proprio sistema. La prima scorciatoia riporta la <emphasis>cartella casa</emphasis>, la cartella in cui vengono salvati i propri dati personali, e quindi prende il nome dell'utente corrente. La seconda scorciatoia conduce al cestino, dove vengono immagazzinati i file cancellati che possono ancora essere recuperati. La terza scorciatoia è la <emphasis>cartella scrivania</emphasis>, che contiene i file e le cartelle visualizzate sulla scrivania. La quarta scorciatoia conduce alla radice del proprio file system: si può voler esplorarla all'inizio, ma può confondere se si è alle prime armi con i sistemi Linux/Unix. Selezionare le diverse cartelle per vedere cosa contengono.</para>
-
-    <para>Al di sotto della scorciatoia del <emphasis>File System</emphasis>, sono visualizzati i supporti e i dispositivi rimovibili. Nell'immagine sopra, è visualizzato una scorciatoia per il <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel>. Premendo su di essa si avrà accesso ai dati salvati sul dispositivo rimovibile. Consultare la sezione <xref linkend="using-removable-media"/> per maggiori dettagli.</para>
-
-    <para>Le altre scorciatoie sono definite dall'utente. Per aggiungere una scorciatoia è sufficiente trascinare la cartella nel <guilabel>pannello laterale delle scorciatoie</guilabel>. In questo modo sarà possibile accedere alle cartelle importanti istantaneamente. Per rimuovere una scorciatoia, cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse su di essa e selezionare l'opzione <guimenuitem>Rimuovi scorciatoia</guimenuitem>. Invece, per rinominarla, cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse su di essa e selezionare l'opzione <guimenuitem>Rinomina scorciatoia</guimenuitem>. Queste operazioni influenzano esclusivamente la scorciatoia e non la cartella a cui essa si riferisce.</para>
-
-    <para>Nell'<emphasis>area principale</emphasis> verrà sempre visualizzato il contenuto della cartella selezionata. Con un doppio clic si apre una cartella mentre con un clic del tasto destro su file o cartelle si apre un menu contestuale che permette di eseguire alcune operazioni. È possibile selezionare più file creando una seleziona rettangolare che li contiene. In alternativa è possibile selezionare un file e poi, tenendo premuto il tasto <keycap>Shift</keycap>, aumentare o diminuire la selezione utilizzando i tasti freccia.</para>
-
-    <para>La <emphasis>barra degli indirizzi</emphasis> visualizza il percorso intrapreso per raggiungere la cartella in cui ci si trova attualmente. Premendo su un pulsante qualsiasi della barra degli indirizzi, è possibile spostarsi nella relativa cartella. Con un clic del tasto destro del mouse su un pulsante della barra degli indirizzi, verrà visualizzato un menu contestuale con alcune opzioni.</para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="customizing-the-appearance">
-      <title>Personalizzare l'aspetto</title>
-
-      <para>Esistono diversi modi per personalizzare l'aspetto delle finestre del gestore di file. Nel caso non si fosse soddisfatti del modo in cui vengono visualizzate le icone, selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>Visualizza</guimenu><guimenuitem>Visualizza come lista dettagliata</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu principale perché il contenuto della cartella corrente venga visualizzato sotto forma di elenco.</para>
-
-      <para>È possibile impostare il gestore di file per visualizzare la barra dei percorsi in luogo di quella degli indirizzi, selezionando <menuchoice><guimenu>Visualizzazione</guimenu><guimenuitem>Selettore di percorsi</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>In stile barra degli strumenti</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu principale.</para>
-
-      <para>Nel caso si preferisca una visualizzazione ad albero per il pannello di sinistra, selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>Visualizzazione</guimenu><guimenuitem>Pannello laterale</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Albero</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu principale.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="visible-columns-in-the-detailed-list-view">
-        <title>Colonne visibili nella visualizzazione a lista dettagliata</title>
-
-        <para>Nel caso si preferisca visualizzare il contenuto delle cartella sotto forma di lista, utilizzando la <guilabel>Visualizzazione a lista dettagliata</guilabel>, è possibile personalizzare le colonne da visualizzare. Per modificarle, selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>Visualizzazione</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configura colonne...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu principale.</para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/visible-columns.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Colonne visualizzate</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Colonne visualizzate</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Selezionare le colonne che si desidera vengano visualizzate dalla lista di quelle disponibili. Premere <guibutton>Sposta su</guibutton> o <guibutton>Sposta giù</guibutton>per cambiare l'ordine delle colonne. Premere <guibutton>Predefinito</guibutton>per tornare alle impostazioni di default.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Dimensionamento delle colonne</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Selezionare l'opzione <guibutton>Espandi automaticamente le colonne quando necessario</guibutton> se si desidera che le colonne della visualizzazione a lista si espandano automaticamente per fare in modo che il testo sia completamente visibile.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="working-with-files-and-folders">
-    <title>Lavorare con file e cartelle</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="opening-files">
-      <title>Aprire i file</title>
-
-      <para>Quando si apre un file, il gestore di file esegue l'azione predefinita per quel tipo di file. Per esempio, se si apre un file di testo, questo verrà visualizzato utilizzando l'editor di testo predefinito mentre, aprendo un file di immagine, verrà avviato il visualizzatore di immagini predefinito.</para>
-
-      <para>Il gestore di file controlla l'estensione di un file per determinarne il tipo. Se il file non presenta un'estensione conosciuta, il gestore di file ne esamina il contenuto.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-the-default-action">
-        <title>Eseguire le operazioni predefinite</title>
-
-        <para>Per eseguire l'azione predefinita su un certo file, è sufficiente cliccare due volte su di esso. Per esempio, l'azione predefinita per i file audio prevede di eseguirli con l'applicazione predefinita per la musica. In questo caso, si può cliccare due volte sul file per aprirlo nel programma per la musica.</para>
-
-        <para>È possibile impostare le preferenze di <application>Thunar</application> in modo che basti un unico clic sul file per eseguire l'azione predefinita a esso associata. Per maggiori informazioni consultare la sezione <xref linkend="preferences-behavior"/>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-non-default-actions">
-        <title>Eseguire le operazioni non predefinite</title>
-
-        <para>Per eseguire un'azione diversa da quella predefinita per un file, selezionare il file per cui si desidera cambiare l'azione. Scegliere l'azione desiderata dalle opzioni <emphasis>Apri con</emphasis> disponibili nel menu <guimenu>File</guimenu> o nel sotto menu <guimenu>Apri con</guimenu>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="adding-actions">
-        <title>Aggiungere delle azioni</title>
-
-        <para>Per aggiungere delle azioni associate a un determinato tipo di file, si seguano i passi successivi:</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>nell'area principale, selezionare un file del tipo a cui si vuole associare un'azione;</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Apri con altra applicazione...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu principale;</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>scegliere un'applicazione nella finestra <guilabel>Apri con</guilabel> o selezionare <guibutton>Usa un comando personalizzato</guibutton> e navigare fino a selezionare il programma che si desidera utilizzare per aprire questo tipo di file.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>L'azione scelta è stata ora aggiunta alla lista di azioni per quel particolare tipo di file. Se è stata abilitata l'opzione <guibutton>Usa come predefinita per questo tipo di file</guibutton> o non era stata associata un'altra azione in precedenza, la nuova azione è quella predefinita.</para>
-
-        <para>È anche possibile aggiungere delle azioni utilizzando il pulsante <guibutton>Apri con</guibutton> raggiungibile da <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Proprietà...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="modifiying-actions">
-        <title>Modificare le azioni</title>
-
-        <para>Per modificare le azioni associate a un file o a un certo tipo di file, seguire questa procedura:</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>nell'area principale selezionare un file del tipo per cui si vuole modificare l'azione;</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Proprietà...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu principale;</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>selezionare la nuova azione predefinita utilizzando il pulsante <guilabel>Apri con</guilabel> oppure aggiungere una nuova azione selezionando <guimenuitem>Apri con altra applicazione...</guimenuitem> dal menu a discesa.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>Per rimuovere un'azione definita in precedenza per un certo tipo di file, aprire il dialogo <guilabel>Apri con</guilabel> come descritto in precedenza, premere con il tasto destro del mouse sull'azione che si desidera rimuovere e selezionare <guimenuitem>Rimuovi avviatore</guimenuitem>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="file-properties">
-      <title>Proprietà del file</title>
-
-      <para>La finestra delle proprietà del file mostra ulteriori informazioni su qualsiasi file o cartella nel gestore di file. In questa finestra è anche possibile eseguire le seguenti operazioni:</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>cambiare l'icona di file speciali, quali i lanciatori di applicazioni e i collegamenti URL;</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>aggiungere o rimuovere gli emblemi di un file o di una cartella;</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>cambiare i permessi UNIX a un file o a una cartella;</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>scegliere l'applicazione da utilizzare per aprire un file e tutti gli altri file dello stesso tipo.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/file-properties.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Proprietà del file</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Per aprire la finestra delle proprietà del file, seguire questa procedura:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>selezionare il file o la cartella di cui si vogliono esaminare o modificare le proprietà. Non è possibile selezionare più di un elemento alla volta e visualizzare le proprietà che hanno in comune;</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Eseguire una delle seguenti operazioni: <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Proprietà...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu principale;</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse sull'elemento selezionato e scegliere <guimenuitem>Proprietà...</guimenuitem> dal menu contestuale;</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>premere la combinazione di tasti <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Invio</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="using-removable-media">
-    <title>Utilizzare i supporti rimovibili</title>
-
-    <sect2 id="accessing-removable-media">
-      <title>Accedere ai supporti rimovibili</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar supporta i dispositivi rimovibili se è stato compilato con il supporto per <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software_2fhal">HAL</ulink>, o se si sta utilizzando <ulink type="http" url="http://www.freebsd.org/">FreeBSD</ulink>. Comunque, nelle versioni di FreeBSD 6.0 o successive, si suggerisce di utilizzare HAL in luogo del supporto nativo fornito da Thunar.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-mount-media">
-        <title>Montare i supporti</title>
-
-        <para><emphasis>Montare</emphasis> i supporti significa renderne accessibile il file system. Quando si monta un supporto, il relativo file system è collegato come sotto directory del proprio file system.</para>
-
-        <para>Per avere accesso a un supporto, inserirlo nell'apposito dispositivo o collegarlo fisicamente al proprio computer (per esempio collegando un dispositivo USB a una delle porte USB presenti sul proprio computer). Nel pannello laterale del gestore di file verrà aggiunto un oggetto che rappresenta il dispositivo collegato. Se è in esecuzione <application>xfdesktop</application> ed è correttamente configurato per visualizzare le <guilabel>icone dei file e dei lanciatori</guilabel>, l'oggetto verrà anche aggiunto al proprio desktop.</para>
-
-        <para>Per montare effettivamente il dispositivo, fare clic sull'oggetto che lo rappresenta. Per esempio, per montare un dischetto floppy, fare clic sull'oggetto <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel> nel pannello laterale. Il gestore di file aggiungerà così il file system del dispositivo alla struttura del proprio file system e ne visualizzerà il contenuto nell'area principale.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-eject-media">
-        <title>Espellere i supporti</title>
-
-        <para>Se il dispositivo per il supporto è motorizzato (per esempio un'unità CD-ROM), fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse sull'oggetto corrispondente nel pannello laterale o sulla scrivania e scegliere <guilabel>Espelli volume</guilabel>. Il supporto verrà espulso dal dispositivo dopo pochi secondi. Se invece il dispositivo non è motorizzato (per esempio un dischetto floppy o una chiavetta USB), fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse sull'oggetto corrispondente e selezionare <guilabel>Smonta volume</guilabel>. Dopo qualche istante verrà visualizzato un messaggio per avvisare che è possibile rimuovere il dispositivo dal computer in sicurezza.</para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/removable-media-unmount.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Messaggio di smontaggio</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <para>Il messaggio verrà visualizzato solamente se è abilitato il supporto per <application>libnotify</application>, e se è stato installato il demone di notifica. Un demone di notifica per l'ambiente Xfce è disponibile dal sito del <ulink type="http" url="http://goodies.xfce.org/projects/applications/notification-daemon-xfce">Xfce Goodies Project</ulink>. Se il supporto alla notificazione non è disponibile, occorre attendere la scomparsa del menu contestuale prima di rimuovere il supporto o scollegare l'unità.</para>
-
-        <para>Si ricorda che non è possibile espellere o smontare un supporto o un dispositivo che è ancora in uso da una o più applicazioni. Quindi, se il gestore di file si rifiuta di espellere un dispositivo, sarà necessario controllare di aver chiuso tutte le applicazioni che avevano accesso al dispositivo stesso e verificare anche le applicazioni da linea di comando eseguite nella finestra del <application>Terminale</application>.</para>
-
-        <para>Assicurarsi di aver smontato il supporto rimovibile prima di espellerlo. Non espellere un disco floppy dal drive prima di averlo smontato. Non rimuovere una chiavetta USB prima di aver smontato il dispositivo. Se non si smonta prima il dispositivo, si potrebbero perdere dei dati o mandare in blocco il sistema.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="management-of-removable-drives-and-media">
-      <title>Gestione dei supporti rimovibili</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar è inoltre in grado di gestire automaticamente i supporti e i dispositivi rimovibili se il pacchetto <ulink type="http" url="http://www.foo-projects.org/~benny/projects/thunar-volman/index.html">thunar-volman</ulink> è installato nel sistema. Si noti comunque che questa caratteristica richiede il supporto di HAL.</para>
-
-      <para>Se il supporto ad HAL è disponibile e <application>thunar-volman</application> è installato nel proprio sistema, è possibile scegliere di abilitare la funzione di <guilabel>gestione dei volumi</guilabel> fornita da Thunar. Quindi, aprire le preferenze del gestore di file, dirigersi alla pagina <guilabel>Avanzate</guilabel> e abilitare l'opzione <guilabel>Abilita la gestione dei volumi</guilabel>.</para>
-
-      <para>Il passo successivo consiste nel personalizzare, a seconda dei propri bisogni, la gestione dei supporti e dei dispositivi rimovibili. Premere il collegamento <guilabel>Configura</guilabel> nella sezione <guilabel>Gestione dei volumi</guilabel>, subito sotto al pulsante; verrà visualizzata la finestra di configurazione dei <guilabel>dispositivi e dei supporti rimovibili</guilabel>.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/removable-drives-and-media.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Dispositivi e supporti rimovibili</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Se si ha confidenza con il <application>gnome-volume-manager</application>, ci si dovrebbe trovare a proprio agio, in quanto è stato progettato per assomigliare nell'aspetto e nel comportamento al <application>gnome-volume-manager</application>. Le preferenze sono suddivise per ogni categoria di dispositivo in modo da agevolare la ricerca dell'opzione relativa a uno specifico dispositivo.</para>
-
-      <para>La pagina sui <guilabel>dispositivi di immagazzinamento</guilabel> contiene le opzioni più importanti. Come suggerisce il nome, queste opzioni si applicano solamente ai dispositivi di immagazzinamento quali hard disk esterni, chiavette USB e CD-ROM. Le opzioni relative ai <guilabel>dispositivi di immagazzinamento</guilabel> sono descritte in dettaglio nel seguito</para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Monta i supporti rimovibili quando collegati</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Abilitare questa opzione per eseguire il montaggio automatico dei file system presenti sui dispositivi rimovibili (per esempio un hard disk esterno o una chiavetta USB) nel momento in cui vengono collegati al computer.</para>
-            <para>Questa opzione deve essere abilitata per permettere il funzionamento di alcune caratteristiche relative ai dispositivi rimovibili. Per esempio, disabilitando questa opzione, certi tipi di lettori musicali portatili non sono più riconosciuti, e quindi, anche se è abilitata l'opzione <guilabel>Esegui i file musicali quando connessi</guilabel> nella pagina <guilabel>Multimedia</guilabel>, il comando non sarà eseguito automaticamente al momento dell'inserimento del lettore musicale nella relativa porta.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Monta i supporti rimovibili quando inseriti</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Abilitare questa opzione per eseguire il montaggio automatico dei file system dei supporti rimovibili (per esempio CD-ROM o DVD) al momento dell'inserimento del supporto nell'unità.</para>
-            <para>Questa opzione deve essere abilitata per permettere il funzionamento di alcune caratteristiche relative ai supporti rimovibili. Per esempio, disabilitando questa opzione, risulta impossibile riconoscere se il supporto è in grado di avviarsi autonomamente (autorun) e quindi l'opzione <guilabel>Avvia automaticamente i nuovi dispositivi e i supporti</guilabel> non ha effetto sui supporti rimovibili.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Sfoglia i supporti rimovibili quando inseriti</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Abilitare questa opzione per visualizzare automaticamente nel gestore di file il contenuto dei supporti appena inseriti. Il contenuto, verrà visualizzato solamente se non è possibile alcun altra azione o se è stato scelto di ignorare le altre possibili azioni. Per esempio, se si inserisce un CD-ROM in grado di avviarsi automaticamente ed è abilitata l'opzione <guilabel>Avvia automaticamente i nuovi dispositivi e i supporti</guilabel>, verrà richiesto se avviare o ignorare l'avvio automatico. Se si sceglie di ignorare l'esecuzione automatica, il contenuto del supporto verrà visualizzato nel gestore di file.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Esegui automaticamente i programmi per i nuovi dispositivi o supporti</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Abilitare questa opzione per avvalersi delle capacità di auto avviamento di alcuni supporti e dispositivi rimovibili. Consultare le <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">specifiche di auto avviamento delle applicazioni desktop</ulink> per maggiori dettagli sul meccanismo di esecuzione automatica. Per aumentare la sicurezza, verrà sempre richiesta la conferma dell'avvio automatico.</para>
-            <para>Se l'emulatore di sistemi Windows <ulink type="http" url="http://www.winehq.org/">WINE</ulink> è installato sul proprio sistema, il meccanismo di avvio automatico tenterà di eseguire il file <filename>autorun.exe</filename> utilizzando WINE.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Apertura automatica dei file all'inserimento di un supporto</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Abilitare questa opzione per avvalersi della capacità di apertura automatica di alcuni dispositivi e supporti rimovibili. Consultare le <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">specifiche di avvio automatico per le applicazioni desktop</ulink> per maggiori dettagli sul meccanismo di apertura automatica. Per aumentare la sicurezza, verrà sempre richiesta la conferma dell'apertura automatica.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <para>Le restanti opzioni permettono di specificare un comando da eseguire all'inserimento in una unità di un certo tipo di supporto o alla connessione di un dispositivo esterno. Il comando può utilizzare tre variabili speciali che verranno sostituite all'esecuzione del comando stesso:</para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%d</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Ogni volta che la stringa <literal>%d</literal> compare nel comando, verrà sostituita con il percorso del file del dispositivo appena inserito. Per esempio, se si è connessa una chiavetta USB, il percorso del file del dispositivo sarà <filename>/dev/da0s1</filename> o <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>.</para>
-            <para>Se al dispositivo non è associato alcun file del dispositivo o se quest'ultimo non è rintracciabile, la variabile <literal>%d</literal> verrà sostituita con una stringa vuota.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%h</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Ogni volta che la stringa <literal>%h</literal> compare nel comando, verrà sostituita con il codice UDI di HAL del nuovo dispositivo.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%m</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Ogni volta che la stringa <literal>%m</literal> compare nel comando, verrà sostituita con il punto di montaggio del nuovo dispositivo aggiunto. Se il dispositivo non può essere montato (per esempio una stampante o una tastiera) o se il montaggio automatico è disabilitato, <literal>%m</literal> verrà sostituita con una stringa vuota.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <sect3 id="troubleshooting-the-volume-manager">
-        <title>Soluzione dei problemi relativi al gestore di volumi</title>
-
-        <para>Suggerimenti utili per risolvere i problemi relativi al gestore di volumi in caso non dovesse funzionare secondo le attese.</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Assicurarsi che <application>Thunar</application> sia in esecuzione come demone. Il gestore di volumi dipende da questo, dato che non è un demone. Di norma, Xfce esegue <application>Thunar</application> come demone all'avvio. Se per qualche ragione venisse terminato, aprire la finestra di <guilabel>Esegui programma (utilizzando la scorciatoia da tastiera <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> o facendo clic sulla scrivania con il tasto destro e scegliendo <guilabel>Esegui programma...</guilabel> dal menu della scrivania), digitare <guilabel>Esegui programma...</guilabel> e fare clic su <guibutton>Esegui</guibutton>.</guilabel></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Provare a eseguire <application>thunar-volman</application> da una finestra del <application>terminale</application>dopo avere collegato l'unità o inserito il supporto. Prima di tutto è necessario identificare l'UDI di HAL del dispositivo utilizzando <application>lshal</application> o <application>hal-device</application>. Una volta noto l'UDI, eseguire <literal>thunar-volman --device-added <udi-del-proprio-dispositivo></literal> in una finestra del <application>terminale</application> e controllare l'eventuale comparsa di messaggi di avviso o di errore.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>Se non dovesse ancora funzionare, richiedere aiuto sulla <ulink type="http" url="http://forum.xfce.org/">Xfce Forum</ulink> or the <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">thunar-dev mailing list</ulink>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="preferences">
-    <title>Preferenze di gestione dei file</title>
-
-    <para>Utilizzare la finestra delle <guilabel>Preferenze del gestore di file</guilabel> per impostare le preferenze del gestore di file <guilabel>Thunar</guilabel>. Per aprire questa finestra, selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>Modifica</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferenze...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dalla barra del menu, oppure fare clic sul pulsante <guibutton>Gestore di file</guibutton> nel gestore della configurazione di Xfce.</para>
-
-    <para>La finestra delle <guilabel>Preferenze del gestore di file</guilabel> è divisa in quattro pagine con diverse opzioni, ognuna delle quali è descritta in una sezione apposita riportata nel seguito. Fondamentalmente è possibile impostare le preferenze relative alle seguenti categorie:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem><para>le impostazioni predefinite per la visualizzazione;</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>le impostazioni predefinite per il pannello laterale;</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>il comportamento delle finestre del gestore di file;</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>funzioni avanzate del gestore di file.</para></listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Thunar supporta inoltre una serie di cosiddette <emphasis>opzioni nascoste</emphasis>, che controllano diverse funzioni avanzate del gestore di file, ma che non sono incluse nelle preferenze al fine di mantenere la finestra delle preferenze il più semplice possibile. Il file <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/thunar/trunk/docs/README.thunarrc"><filename>README.thunarrc</filename></ulink>, incluso nella distribuzione di Thunar, descrive in dettaglio tutte le opzioni disponibili.</para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-views">
-      <title>Preferenze di visualizzazione</title>
-
-      <para>È possibile specificare una visualizzazione predefinita, selezionare le impostazioni di ordinamento e di visualizzazione. È anche possibile impostare se per un certo tipo di file supportato devono essere visualizzate le miniature.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-views.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Preferenze di visualizzazione</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Visualizza nuove cartelle usando</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Selezionare la visualizzazione predefinita per le cartelle. All'apertura di una nuova finestra, questa verrà visualizzata con lo stile selezionato. Può trattarsi di visualizzazione a icone, a lista compatta o dettagliata. È inoltre possibile selezionare l'opzione <guilabel>Ultima visualizzazione attiva</guilabel> per utilizzare lo stile di visualizzazione adottato nell'ultima finestra attiva.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Mostra le cartelle prima dei file</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Selezionare questa opzione per visualizzare le cartelle prima dei file quando si ordina una cartella.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Mostra miniature</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Selezionare questa opzione per mostrare le miniature dei file di immagine e di altri file supportati. Il gestore di file salva i file delle miniature per ogni directory nella cartella nascosta <filename role="directory">.thumbnails</filename> nella directory «home» dell'utente.</para>
-            <para>Consultare <xref linkend="thumbnailers"/> se si desidera estendere le funzionalità di base del thumbaniler di <application>Thunar</application> aggiungendo il supporto ad altri formati di file.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Testo accanto alle icone</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Selezionare questa opzione per inserire l'intestazione dell'icona a fianco, anziché sotto, dell'icona stessa nella visualizzazione a icone</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-side-pane">
-      <title>Preferenze del pannello laterale</title>
-
-      <para>È possibile impostare le opzioni di visualizzazione per il pannello delle scorciatoie e per il pannello della visualizzazione ad albero.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-side-pane.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Preferenze del pannello laterale</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Il pannello laterale può visualizzare sia una lista di scorciatoie per le cartelle presenti nel proprio file system (modalità predefinita), sia una struttura ad albero delle stesse cartelle. Questa pagina permette di selezionare la dimensione delle icone visualizzate nel pannello delle scorciatoie o della struttura ad albero. È inoltre possibile indicare quali emblemi debbano essere visualizzati.</para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Dimensione dell'icona</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>La dimensione delle icone visualizzate nel pannello laterale, le scelte possibili variano da <guilabel>Molto piccola</guilabel> (circa 16x16 pixel) a <guilabel>Molto grande</guilabel> (circa 128x128 pixel).</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Visualizza gli emblemi delle icone</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Selezionare questa opzione per visualizzare gli emblemi delle cartelle nel pannello laterale. È possibile assegnare gli emblemi alle directory dalla finestra delle <guilabel>Proprietà</guilabel>. Selezionare una cartella nell'area principale e scegliere <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Proprietà...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu principale, oppure fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse sulla directory e selezionare <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Proprietà...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu contestuale.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-behavior">
-      <title>Preferenze di comportamento</title>
-
-      <para>È possibile selezionare il comportamento preferito per interagire con il gestore di file.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-behavior.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Preferenze di comportamento</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Clic singolo per attivare gli elementi</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Selezionare questa opzione per eseguire l'azione predefinita per un elemento quando si clicca su di esso. Quando questa opzione è selezionata, e si posiziona il puntatore su un elemento, il titolo di questo è sottolineato e verrà selezionato automaticamente dopo un breve intervallo.</para>
-            <para>Questo intervallo di tempo può essere configurato sotto all'opzione. È anche possibile disattivare la selezione automatica degli elementi muovendo il puntatore all'estrema sinistra.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Doppio clic per attivare gli elementi</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Selezionare questa opzione per eseguire l'azione predefinita su un elemento quando si esegue su di esso un oppio clic del mouse, e per selezionarlo con un singolo clic.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-advanced">
-      <title>Preferenze avanzate</title>
-
-      <para>È possibile impostare le caratteristiche avanzate del gestore di file.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-advanced.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Preferenze avanzate</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Permessi della cartella</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Selezionare l'azione che deve essere eseguita nel momento in cui vengono cambiati i permessi a una cartella nella finestra delle <guilabel>Proprietà</guilabel>. È possibile scegliere di lasciare che <application>Thunar</application> visualizzi una notifica ogni volta che si cambiano i permessi di una cartella, di applicare di default i permessi solo alla cartella o di di applicarli ricorsivamente alla cartella e al suo contenuto.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Gestione dei volumi</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Se <application>Thunar</application> è stato installato con il supporto per HAL ed è anche installato il pacchetto <application>thunar-volman</application>, è possibile abilitare il gestore di volumi integrato. Consultare <xref linkend="management-of-removable-drives-and-media"/> per maggiori dettagli su questa caratteristica.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="customizing-thunar">
-    <title>Personalizzare Thunar</title>
-
-    <para>Questo capitolo illustra come sia possibile personalizzare alcune parti del gestore di file a seconda delle proprie necessità.</para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="sendto">
-      <title>Il menu «Invia a»</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar include un menu <guilabel>Invia a</guilabel> che fornisce delle possibili destinazioni in cui i file e le cartelle possono essere inviati. Per accedere al menu <guilabel>Invia a</guilabel>, selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Invia a</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu principale, o fare clic con il tasto del mouse sul file o sulla cartella e selezionare <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Invia a</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/sendto-menu.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Menu «Invia a»</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Di norma, il menu <guilabel>Invia a</guilabel> include una voce denominata <guilabel>Scrivania (crea collegamento)</guilabel> per tutti i file e le cartelle, che crea semplicemente un collegamento sulla scrivania per ogni file selezionato. In più, se il <guilabel>pannello delle scorciatoie</guilabel> è attivo, il menu presenta anche una ulteriore voce per le cartelle denominata <guilabel>Pannello laterale (crea scorciatoia)</guilabel>, che permette all'utente di inserire una nuova scorciatoia al pannello laterale. Dopo queste voci, <application>Thunar</application> elenca le periferiche rimovibili attualmente collegate al computer. Nell'immagine in alto, il <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel> rappresenta una possibile destinazione a cui possono essere inviati i file. Si noti che il dispositivo è montato automaticamente una volta che è selezionato dal menu <guilabel>Invia a</guilabel>, quindi non è necessario montarlo manualmente.</para>
-
-      <para>In aggiunta, <guilabel>Thunar</guilabel> è distribuito con il plugin <guilabel>Invia a</guilabel>, che aggiunge la voce <guilabel>email</guilabel> al menu, il quale apre una nuova mail con allegato il file selezionato. Se la selezione contiene almeno una cartella, gli elementi selezionati vengono aggiunti a un archivio in formato ZIP prima di essere allegati alla email. Altrimenti, se la selezione contiene più file, o uno singolo, con una dimensione superiore a 200Kib, verrà richiesto all'utente se intende comprimere i file in un archivio ZIP, e inviare quest'ultimo.</para>
-
-      <para>Come molte altre caratteristiche di <application>Thunar</application>, il menu <guilabel>Invia a</guilabel> può essere facilmente esteso, inserendo nuove destinazioni, dagli utenti e dagli sviluppatori di applicazioni avvalendosi dello standard <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fdesktop_2dentry_2dspec">desktop entry files</ulink>. Questi file devono essere installati in una delle cartelle <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/Thunar/sendto/</filename> (consultare le <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fbasedir_2dspec">XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink> per maggiori dettagli sulla variabile <literal>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</literal>).</para>
-
-      <para>Il <literal>MimeType</literal> della destinazione <filename>.desktop</filename> specifica il tipo di file per i quali questa azione è disponibile nel menu <guilabel>Send To</guilabel>. Per esempio, si supponga di voler aggiungere una voce per uno strumento di caricamento di un'immagine su <ulink type="http" url="http://flickr.com/">Flickr</ulink> e che questa voce debba essere visualizzata solamente se la selezione contiene dei file in formato JPEG (gli altri formati non sono supportati da Flickr) e quindi si dovrebbe aggiungere una riga <literal>MimeType=image/jpeg;</literal>. Se non si specifica alcun <literal>MimeType</literal> la voce verrà visualizzata per qualsiasi tipo di file.</para>
-
-      <para>Qui sotto è mostrato un esempio completo utilizzando l'applicazione <guibutton>postr</guibutton>:</para>
-
-<programlisting>
-# postr.desktop - Integrazione di postr nel
-#                 menu "Invia a".
-[Desktop Entry]
-Type=Application
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-TryExec=postr
-Exec=postr %F
-Icon=postr
-Name=Flickr
-MimeType=image/jpeg;</programlisting>
-
-      <para>Se si installa questo in <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/Thunar/sendto/</filename> (la cartella va creata se non esiste), il menu <guilabel>Invia a</guilabel> per i file JPEG visualizzerà la nuova voce <guilabel>Flickr</guilabel>, che può essere utilizzata per inviare le proprie immagini JPEG al sito Flickr.</para>
-
-      <para>La <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/sendto_menu">Wiki del progetto Thunar</ulink> contiene ulteriori esempi di destinazioni utili per il menu <guilabel>Invia a</guilabel>. Chiunque può aggiungere alla Wiki dei nuovi esempi.</para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="thumbnailers">
-      <title>Creatori di miniature</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar si avvale di piccoli programmi per creare le miniature di alcuni tipi di file che saranno poi utilizzate per visualizzare l'anteprima del contenuto del file stesso. Questi piccoli strumenti vengono chiamati "thumbnailer". Thunar è distribuito con dei visualizzatori di miniature per le immagini e per i file degli stili di testo, e si avvale automaticamente dei thumbnailer installati per GNOME se è stato installato con il supporto per <literal>gconf</literal>. L'utente può comunque estendere dinamicamente le funzionalità di base con dei visualizzatori di miniature per dei tipi di file aggiuntivi.</para>
-
-      <para>Se si intende programmare un thumbnailer, sarà necessario iniziare con un programma che accetta almeno due parametri da linea di comando: il file di ingresso, che è il tipo di file che si desidera supportare, e il file di output, che è un file PNG in linea con le specifiche del formato dettate dallo <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/creation.html#AEN139">standard di gestione delle miniature</ulink>. In aggiunta il programma dovrebbe anche accettare la dimensione desiderata della miniatura, caratteristica opzionale ma caldamente consigliata. Se si scrive il file di output con una dimensione arbitraria dell'immagine, Thunar la scalerà successivamente alla dimensione desiderata, il che può produrre risultati peggiori rispetto alla generazione diretta della miniatura alla dimensione desiderata.</para>
-
-      <para>Una volta terminata la realizzazione del generatore di miniature, è necessario registrarlo in modo che Thunar possa localizzarlo e utilizzarlo. Tutto ciò che è necessario fare è installare un file di descrizione per il thumbnailer (un file <filename>.desktop</filename>) in uno dei percorsi <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/thumbnailers/</filename>. Per esempio, se si desidera registrare un thumbnailer solo per il proprio account utente, è possibile installare il file nella cartella <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/thumbnailers/</filename>. Il file <filename>.desktop</filename> per i creatori di miniature ha il seguente formato.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="thumbnailer-desktop-file-format">
-        <title>Formato del file di descrizione del creatore di miniature</title>
-
-        <para>I file di descrizione dei thumbnailer utilizzano il <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/">Desktop Entry Format</ulink> con uno speciale <literal>Tipo</literal> di <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal> e un particolare campo <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> con nuovi codici di campo. Fondamentalmente, un file di descrizione per un thumbnailer ha il seguente formato.</para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=Il proprio thumbnailer
-MimeType=i-propri-/mime-type-supportati;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=il-proprio-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>I campi <literal>Version</literal> e <literal>Encoding</literal> sono imposti dalle Desktop Entry Specification; utilizzare i valori mostrati nell'esempio precedente. Il campo <literal>Type</literal> deve contenere il valore speciale <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal>, altrimenti il thumbnailer non verrà riconosciuto. Il valore <literal>Name</literal> descrive il proprio thumbnailer.</para>
-
-        <para>Il campo <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> contiene il comando per eseguire il proprio thumbnailer e supporta certi codici di campo che verranno sostituiti all'esecuzione del creatore di miniature. I codici di campo riconosciuti sono i seguenti:</para>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%i</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Il percorso locale al file di cui creare una miniatura. Può essere un percorso relativo alla directory da cui il creatore di miniature è stato invocato o un percorso assoluto.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%o</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Il percorso locale al file in cui archiviare le miniature generate. Il file deve essere scritto in formato PNG valido in accordo allo standard sulle miniature (vedere più sopra). Il percorso non deve terminare con <literal>.png</literal>, che assume importanza se si invocano alcuni strumenti esterni.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%s</varname></term>
-            <listitem>La dimensione desiderata in pixel delle anteprime. Questo parametro è facoltativo.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%u</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Simile a <literal>%i</literal>, ma sostituito con l'URI del file, in luogo del percorso. Questa opzione è stata aggiunta per aumentare la compatibilità con l'ambiente GNOME.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%%</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Verrà sostituito con un singolo <literal>%</literal>.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-
-        <para>È necessario includere almeno <literal>%o</literal> e <literal>%i</literal> oppure <literal>%u</literal>, altrimenti il proprio creatore di miniature risulterà inutilizzabile.</para>
-
-        <para>Il <literal>MimeType</literal> elenca i tipi MIME, separati da punti e virgola, per i quali il proprio creatore di miniature è in grado di generare delle anteprime.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="eps-thumbnailer-example">
-        <title>Esempio di creatore di miniature per file EPS</title>
-
-        <para>Questo esempio mostra come scrivere e installare  un nuovo creatore di miniature, per i file in formato <filename>.eps</filename>, che utilizza il comando <command>convert</command> fornito da pacchetto ImageMagick. Si ìinizierà con un semplice script che invoca il comando <command>convert</command> per generare una miniatura della dimensione richiesta..</para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# eps-thumbnailer - Esempio di script per la creazione di miniature di file in formato EPS.
-#
-# Utilizzo: esp-thumbnailer eps-file png-dimensione file
-#
-
-# parametri della linea di comando
-ifile=$1
-ofile=$2
-size=$3
-
-# utilizzo del comando convert (ImageMagick)
-exec convert "eps:$ifile" -scale "$sizex$size" "png:$ofile"</programlisting>
-
-        <para>Salvare questo script in un file <filename>eps-thumbnailer</filename>, assicurarsi che sia eseguibile e installarlo in <filename role="directory">/usr/local/bin</filename>.</para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ chmod +x eps-thumbnailer
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer /usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer</screen>
-
-        <para>In seguito, è necessario creare il file di descrizione del thumbnailer <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename> con questo contenuto:</para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=EPS Thumbnailer
-TryExec=convert
-MimeType=image/x-eps;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=/usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>Questo file devo essere installato in <filename role="directory">/usr/local/share/thumbnailers</filename> (creare la cartella se non esiste).</para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ sudo install -d /usr/local/share/thumbnailers
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer.desktop /usr/local/share/thumbnailers/eps-thumbnailer.desktop</screen>
-
-        <para>Il file <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename> utilizza la chiave speciale <literal>TryExec</literal> che, se specificata, richiama un comando che deve essere presente nel sistema per permettere l'utilizzo del creatore di miniature. Nell'esempio proposto, lo script è inutilizzabile se l'utilità <command>convert</command> non è presente.</para>
-
-        <para>L'ultimo passo consiste nella rigenerazione dela cache del creatore di miniature, in modo che Thunar possa utilizzarlo. La cache del creatore di miniature si trova in <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/thumbnailers.cache</filename> (a meno che non sia stata impostata diversamente dall'utente o dall'amministratore del sistema, la variabile <varname>$XDG_CACHE_HOME</varname> punta la cartella <filename role="directory">~/.cache/</filename>). La cache del creatore di miniature è rigenerata periodicamente da Thunar, ma è possibbile forzare questa operazione invocando l'utilità <filename>thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</filename> fornita con Thunar. Questa è generalmente installata nella sotto cartella <filename role="directory">libexec</filename> del proprio prefisso d'installazione  (<filename role="directory">sbin</filename> nei sistemi Debian/Ubuntu). Quindi, per esempio, se Thunar è installato in <filename role="directory">/usr</filename>, invocare l'
 utilità nel modo seguente:</para>
-
-        <screen>$ /usr/libexec/thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</screen>
-
-        <para>Assicurarsi però di eseguire il programma dal proprio account utente, non da quello del super utente, dato che la cache del thumbnailer risiede nella propria cartella «casa», invece che in una posizione accessibile da tutto il sistema.</para>
-
-        <para>A questo punto, se Thunar è compilato con il supporto per la monitorizzazione dell'alterazione dei file (utilizzando i servizi FAM o Gamin), riconoscerà automaticamente la cache del nuovo creatore di miniature e sarà in grado di generare le miniature utilizzando il creatore personalizzato. Diversamente, sarà necessario riavviare completamente Thunar per rendere effettivi i cambiamenti, utilizzando:</para>
-
-        <screen>$ Thunar -q</screen>
-
-        <para>per terminare ogni istanza in esecuzione, e in seguito riavviarlo tramite il proprio avviatore.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="cleaning-up-thumbnails">
-        <title>Eliminare delle miniature</title>
-
-        <para>Le miniature create vengono salvate nella cartella <filename role="directory">~/.thumbnails/</filename> nel rispetto dello <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/index.html">standard di gestione delle miniature</ulink>. Se si intende provare un nuovo thumbnailer, può essere utile cancellare tutte le miniature utilizzando il comando</para>
-
-        <screen>$ rm -rf ~/.thumbnails/</screen>
-
-        <para>che permette inoltre di liberare un po' di spazio nella propria cartella casa. Dato che tutte le informazioni salvate all'interno di questa cartella sono state automaticamente generate da dei file presenti nel proprio file system, non si corre il rischio di perdere dei dati sensibili.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="advanced-topics">
-    <title>Argomenti avanzati</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="to-bulk-rename-files">
-      <title>Bulk Rename dei file</title>
-
-      <para>Con il termine inglese <emphasis>bulk rename</emphasis>, si intende l'operazione di rinominazione simultanea di più file utilizzando uno stesso criterio che si applica ad almeno uno dei file. <application>Thunar</application> include la funzionalità di bulk rename; questa può essere eseguita separatamente utilizzando il comando <command>Thunar -B</command> oppure direttamente da <application>Thunar</application> selezionando due o più file nell'area principale e premendo la combinazione di tasti <keycombo><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> oppure selezionando <menuchoice><guimenu>Modifica</guimenu><guimenuitem>Rinomina...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu principale.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/bulk-rename.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Bulk Rename dei file</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Il <emphasis>Bulk Renamers</emphasis> può avvenire sui nomi dei file, sul suffisso dei file o su entrambi. La funzione di <emphasis>Bulk Rename</emphasis> attualmente presente in <application>Thunar</application> permette di:</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem><para>rimuovere dei caratteri;</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>numerare i file;</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>inserire data e ora;</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>inserire o sovrascrivere dei caratteri;</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>cercare e sostituire dei caratteri;</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>convertire maiuscole in minuscole a cammello.</para></listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <para>Ulteriori programmi di <emphasis>Bulk Rename</emphasis> possono essere installati sotto forma di plugin per <application>Thunar</application>. Visitare il sito web dei <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/plugins.html">plugin di Thunar</ulink> per una lista delle estensioni disponibili. La <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/bulk_renamer">Wiki del progetto Thunar</ulink> contiene ulteriori informazioni sull'argomento; ognuno è libero di aggiungere nuove informazioni alla Wiki.</para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="the-unix-file-system">
-      <title>Il file system UNIX</title>
-
-      <para>Anche se il gestore di file Thunar esegue un ottimo lavoro nell'astrarre i dettagli del file system di base (in modo che l'utente non debba occuparsene), può comunque essere utile capire i concetti di base per avere il quadro completo della situazione. Questa sezione si prefigge di fornire una breve introduzione ai concetti del file system UNIX, che a tutt'oggi è utilizzato da tutte le incarnazioni di UNIX, incluso Linux.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="folders-and-paths">
-        <title>Cartelle e percorsi</title>
-
-        <para>In un file system di tipo UNIX tutte le cartelle sono disposte con un semplice schema ad albero rovesciato discendente le cui ramificazioni si sviluppano a partire da un'unica cartella di livello principale denominata <emphasis>directory radice</emphasis> (il termine <emphasis>directory</emphasis> viene spesso utilizzato in luogo di <emphasis>cartella</emphasis>) e visualizzata come <guilabel>File System</guilabel> in Thunar. Ciò significa che</para>
-
-        <para>La posizione di un qualsiasi file o cartella nella struttura può essere descritta dal suo <emphasis>percorso</emphasis>. Il percorso rappresenta l'elenco di cartelle che è necessario attraversare per giungere alla destinazione (il file o la cartella) partendo dalla cartella di livello principale. Per esempio <filename role="directory">/casa/luca</filename> è la sotto cartella <filename role="directory">luca</filename> della sotto cartella <filename role="directory">casa</filename> della cartella di livello principale, e <filename>/home/luca/miofile.txt</filename> è il file <filename>miofile.txt</filename> in quella sotto cartella. Il simbolo iniziale <filename role="directory">/</filename> nei percorsi rappresenta la cartella di livello principale.</para>
-
-        <para>Ad ogni utente è associata una cartella in cui vengono archiviati i file e le impostazioni personali. Questa cartella è denominata <emphasis>directory casa</emphasis> ed è visualizzata in Thunar come un'icona speciale con il nome di login dell'utente. La cartella è simile a quella <guilabel>My Files</guilabel> presente nei sistemi Windows. Le <emphasis>directory casa</emphasis> dei vari utenti di un sistema, sono generalmente posizionate nella cartella <filename role="directory">/home</filename>. Per esempio <filename role="directory">/home/luca</filename> sarà la directory «casa» dell'utente con nome di login <filename role="directory">luca</filename>, mentre <filename role="directory">/home/giovanna</filename> sarà la directory «casa» per l'utente con il nome di login <filename role="directory">giovanna</filename>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="file-types">
-        <title>Tipi di file</title>
-
-        <para>Sarà già capitato di sentir dire che tutto è un file in UNIX. Questo è vero per la maggior parte degli oggetti presenti nei sistemi UNIX odierni; infatti, anche i dispositivi sono rappresentati come file speciali. Anche se questo può sembrare insensato, rappresenta uno dei punti di forza di UNIX e dei suoi derivati, e ha permesso di mantenere negli anni un semplice nocciolo centrale mentre altri sistemi operativi hanno dovuto introdurre dei nuovi concetti per ogni nuova tecnologia.</para>
-
-        <para>Questi sono i quattro tipi di file più importanti per i sistemi UNIX</para>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-ordinary-files">
-          <title>File ordinari</title>
-
-          <para>Un file ordinario può contenere del testo, un programma o altri dati. Appartengono a questa categoria le immagini, i file audio, i documenti e i video. Il termine <emphasis>file</emphasis> è spesso utilizzato per riferirsi a un file ordinario.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-folder-files">
-          <title>Cartelle</title>
-
-          <para>Le cartelle sono considerate come file nei sistemi UNIX. Per essere esatti una cartella è un particolare tipo di file che contiene una lista dei nomi dei file con i riferimenti ai file contenuti nella cartella stessa.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-symbolic-link-files">
-          <title>Collegamenti simbolici</title>
-
-          <para>Un collegamento simbolico (spesso chiamato <emphasis>symlink</emphasis>) è un particolare tipo di file che contiene un percorso a un altro file. I file dei collegamenti simbolici non contengono di per sé nessuna informazione utile, ma costituisco esclusivamente un riferimento ad altri file.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-device-files">
-          <title>Dispositivi e supporti</title>
-
-          <para>Come già detto in precedenza, la maggior parte dei dispositivi (o supporti) sono considerati dal sistema come file. Spesso vengono posizionati nella cartella <filename role="directory">/dev</filename>. Per esempio, il file <filename>/dev/hda</filename> rappresenta il primo disco IDE su Linux.</para>
-        </sect4>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="faq">
-    <title>Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</title>
-
-    <para>L'intento di questa sezione è di raccogliere le numerose domande poste frequentemente in relazione all'utilizzo di Thunar. Se una domanda mancasse da queste pagine, si prega di farlo presente con <ulink type="http" url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">una richiesta</ulink>.</para>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-executables">
-      <title>Perché Thunar non esegue i file con l'attributo eseguibile?</title>
-
-      <para>Per ragioni di sicurezza Thunar esegue solamente i file del tipo <literal>applicazione/x-desktop</literal>, <literal>applicazione/x-eseguibile</literal> e <literal>applicazione/x-shellscript</literal>. Per i file della scrivania la caratteristica di eseguibile verrà abilitata solamente se il file è di tipo <literal>applicazione</literal> ed è fornita una linea valida <literal>Exec</literal> o di tipo <literal>Link</literal> ed è fornito un <literal>URL</literal> valido. Per gli altri tipi la caratteristica è disponibile se il file ha l'attributo di eseguibile per l'utente corrente.</para>
-
-      <para>Si noti anche che per <literal>application/x-executable</literal> e <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal>, i tipi di file non devono corrispondere esattamente a questi tipi, ma è sufficiente se il tipo identificato ha un padre che corrisponde a uno dei due tipi elencati precedentemente, o se il tipo MIME è un alias per uno di essi.</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-metadata">
-      <title>Dove vengono salvati da Thunar i metadati associati ai file?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar associa diverse impostazioni ai file e alle cartelle, che vengono chiamate metadati. Questi metadati sono salvati per tutti i file nel file di database tdb, chiamato anche metafile. Il file di database è salvato in <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/metafile.tdb</filename> e può essere esaminato utilizzando <command>tdbtool</command>, che è parte della distribuzione di Thunar (posizionato nella sotto cartella <filename role="directory">tdb/</filename>.</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-thunarrc">
-      <title>Dove vengono salvate le preferenze di Thunar?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar salva le preferenze configurabili dall'utente (e le impostazioni nascoste) in un file di estensione <filename>.ini</filename>, posizionato in <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/thunarrc</filename>, che può essere esaminato utilizzando un editor di testo. Consultare il file <filename>docs/README.thunarrc</filename> per una panoramica delle varie preferenze.</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-mouse-gestures">
-      <title>Come utilizzare le "mouse gesture" in Thunar?</title>
-
-      <para>Attualmente Thunar fornisce un supporto di base per le cosiddette <emphasis>mouse gesture</emphasis> nella visualizzazione a icone. È possibile utilizzare le <emphasis>mouse gesture</emphasis> tenendo premuto il tasto centrale del mouse (generalmente la rotella del mouse) mentre il puntatore è nell'area di sfondo del componente nella vista a icone (qualsiasi area non occupata da testo o icona). A questo punto è possibile spostare il cursore nelle quattro direzioni per eseguire determinate azioni descritte nel seguito.</para>
-
-      <simplelist>
-        <member><guilabel>Sinistra</guilabel> - apre la cartella visitata precedentemente</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Su</guilabel> - apre la cartella genitore</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Destra</guilabel> - apre la cartella visitata successivamente</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Giù</guilabel> - aggiorna la cartella corrente</member>
-      </simplelist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-assign-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>Come si possono assegnare scorciatoie da tastiera diverse?</title>
-
-      <para>Se si desidera riassegnare una scorciatoia, Thunar fornisce il supporto allo standard GTK+:</para>
-
-      <para>Per eliminare l'assegnazione di una scorciatoia, premere il tasto <keycap>Backspace</keycap> mentre si è posizionati sulla voce del menu.</para>
-
-      <para>Se la scorciatoia non cambia, è necessario abilitare la funzione in GTK+. Questo può essere fatto in tre modi:</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Se si utilizza Xfce 4.3 o successivi, è possibile abilitare l'opzione <guilabel>acceleratori dei menu modificabili</guilabel> nella finestra delle <guilabel>Preferenze dell'interfaccia utente</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Se si utilizza GNOME, è possibile abilitare l'opzione <guilabel>acceleratori dei menu modificabili</guilabel> nella sezione <guilabel>Menu e barre strumenti</guilabel> della finestra del centro di controllo.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Altrimenti, inserire la riga seguente nel file <filename>~/.gtkrc-2.0</filename>: <screen>gtk-can-change-accels=1</screen></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-store-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>Dove vengono immagazzinate le scorciatoie da tastiera di Thunar?</title>
-
-      <para>La mappa delle scorciatoie da tastiera personalizzate sono salvate con il formato standard GTK+ accel map in un file posizionato in <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/accels.scm</filename>. Le linee che iniziano con <literal>;</literal> sono commenti, Consultare la documentazione di GTK+ per maggiori informazioni sul formato del file.</para>
-
-      <para>Se si è un pacchettizzatore o un amministratore di sistema e si intende fornire un'impostazione predefinita, per l'intero sistema, delle scorciatoie da tastiera, diversa da quella predefinita di Thunar, si può creare un file <filename>Thunar/accels.scm</filename> in una delle <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar>. Per esempio, se <filename role="directory">/etc/xdg</filename> è parte di <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> (come è il caso per la maggior parte delle distribuzioni Linux), è possibile installare le impostazioni predefinite per tutto il sistema in <filename>/etc/xdg/Thunar/accels.scm</filename>. Thunar caricherà le scorciatoie da questo file al primo avvio.</para>
-    </sect3>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="support">
-    <title>Supporto</title>
-
-    <para>Per segnalare un bug o per avanzare una proposta relativa a questo programma o al manuale, utilizzare il sistema di tracciamento dei bug all'indirizzo ulink url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">http://bugzilla.xfce.org/</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Riproducibilità</emphasis> - se lo sviluppatore non è in grado di vedere personalmente il problema, molto probabilmente non sarà in grado di correggerlo. Ogni dettaglio che si è grado di fornire può essere utile.</para>
-      </listitem>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Specificità</emphasis> - più rapidamente lo sviluppatore è in grado di isolare il problema in un'area specifica, maggiore sarà la possibilità di correggerlo.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Se si desidera richiedere una nuova caratteristica, occorre specificare il motico per cui si ritiene necessaria. È più probabile che una nuova caratteristica venga implementata se si forniscono delle argomentazioni convincenti. Ancora meglio è se si fornisce una patch che implementa una determinata caratteristica, ma ci si assicuri di aver letto il file <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/terminal/trunk/HACKING">HACKING</ulink> (in particolar modo la sezione titolata <emphasis>Coding Style</emphasis>) prima di iniziare a modificare il codice sorgente.</para>
-
-    <para>Altrimenti, se si hanno delle domande relative all'utilizzo o all'installazione di questo programma, chiedere aiuto nella <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">thunar-dev mailing list</ulink> o sull'indirizzo IRC <emphasis role="bold">irc.freenode.net</emphasis> al canale <emphasis role="bold">#thunar</emphasis>.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="copyright">
-    <title>Informazioni su @PACKAGE_NAME@</title>
-
-    <para>@PACKAGE_NAME@ è stato programmato da Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>). Visitare il <ulink url="http://thunar.xfce.org/" type="http">sito ufficiale di Thunar</ulink>per maggiori informazioni.</para>
-
-    <para>Questa documentazione è stat scritta da Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>). L'ultima versione di questo documento è disponibile sul <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/">sito ufficiale di Thunar</ulink>.</para>
-
-    <para>Questo programma è distribuito nel rispetto dei termini della licenza GNU GPL (General Public License) come pubblicata dalla Free Software Foundation, sia questa la versione 2 o (a propria scelta) una qualsiasi versione successiva</para>
-
-    <para>Con il programma dovrebbe essere stata anche fornita una copia della GNU General Public License; se così non fosse, scrivere alla: Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-</article>
-<!--
-	vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et ai encoding=UTF-8:
--->
diff --git a/docs/manual/it/images/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/it/images/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f0609d..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/it/images/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-imagesdir = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/it/images
-images_DATA =								\
-	bulk-rename.png							\
-	file-manager-window.png						\
-	file-properties.png						\
-	preferences-advanced.png					\
-	preferences-behavior.png					\
-	preferences-side-pane.png					\
-	preferences-views.png						\
-	removable-drives-and-media.png					\
-	removable-media-unmount.png					\
-	sendto-menu.png							\
-	visible-columns.png
-
-EXTRA_DIST = 								\
-	$(images_DATA)
-
diff --git a/docs/manual/it/images/bulk-rename.png b/docs/manual/it/images/bulk-rename.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a3fc365..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/it/images/bulk-rename.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/it/images/file-manager-window.png b/docs/manual/it/images/file-manager-window.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 07814dd..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/it/images/file-manager-window.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/it/images/file-properties.png b/docs/manual/it/images/file-properties.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d2fd15..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/it/images/file-properties.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/it/images/preferences-advanced.png b/docs/manual/it/images/preferences-advanced.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b0b81cd..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/it/images/preferences-advanced.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/it/images/preferences-behavior.png b/docs/manual/it/images/preferences-behavior.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 22aa80b..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/it/images/preferences-behavior.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/it/images/preferences-side-pane.png b/docs/manual/it/images/preferences-side-pane.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f585ba6..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/it/images/preferences-side-pane.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/it/images/preferences-views.png b/docs/manual/it/images/preferences-views.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6954990..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/it/images/preferences-views.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/it/images/removable-drives-and-media.png b/docs/manual/it/images/removable-drives-and-media.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c2030f6..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/it/images/removable-drives-and-media.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/it/images/removable-media-unmount.png b/docs/manual/it/images/removable-media-unmount.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fdbcea..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/it/images/removable-media-unmount.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/it/images/sendto-menu.png b/docs/manual/it/images/sendto-menu.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a7c12d..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/it/images/sendto-menu.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/it/images/visible-columns.png b/docs/manual/it/images/visible-columns.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 602fe06..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/it/images/visible-columns.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/ja/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/ja/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d0cab4..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/ja/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-# $Id$
-
-SUBDIRS =								\
-	images
-
-TARGET_DIR = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/ja
-STYLESHEET = ../thunar.xsl
-DOCUMENT = Thunar.xml
-
-# We set GPATH here; this gives us semantics for GNU make
-# which are more like other make's VPATH, when it comes to
-# whether a source that is a target of one rule is then
-# searched for in VPATH/GPATH.
-GPATH = $(srcdir)
-
-DOC_STAMPS = html-build.stamp
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(DOCUMENT)
-CLEANFILES = $(DOC_STAMPS)
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-all-local: html-build.stamp
-
-html-build.stamp: $(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT) $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET)
-	@echo "*** Building HTML ***"
-	@-chmod -R u+w $(srcdir)
-	rm -rf $(srcdir)/html
-	mkdir $(srcdir)/html
-	$(XSLTPROC) --nonet -o $(srcdir)/html/ $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET) \
-		$(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT)
-	touch html-build.stamp
-else
-all-local:
-endif
-
-maintainer-clean-local: clean
-	(cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf html)
-
-install-data-local:
-	installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*`;				\
-	if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*'; then		\
-		echo "--- Nothing to install";				\
-	else								\
-		$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);		\
-		for file in $$installfiles; do				\
-			echo "--- Installing "$$file;			\
-			$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);	\
-		done;							\
-	fi
-
-uninstall-local:
-	rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)/*
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-dist-check-xsltproc: all
-else
-dist-check-xsltproc:
-	@echo "*** xsltproc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist"
-	@false
-endif
-
-dist-hook: dist-check-xsltproc dist-hook-local
-	mkdir $(distdir)/html
-	-cp $(srcdir)/html/* $(distdir)/html
-
-.PHONY: dist-hook-local
-
-# vi:set ts=8 sw=8 noet ai nocindent syntax=automake:
diff --git a/docs/manual/ja/Thunar.xml.in b/docs/manual/ja/Thunar.xml.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f86d42..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/ja/Thunar.xml.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,966 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-<!ENTITY date "November 2007">
-<!ENTITY version "@PACKAGE_VERSION@">
-<!ENTITY application "@PACKAGE_NAME@">
-]>
-<article id="index" lang="ja">
-
-  <!-- Header -->
-  <articleinfo>
-    <title>Thunar ファイルマネージャ</title>
-
-    <pubdate>&date;</pubdate>
-
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2004</year>
-      <year>2005</year>
-      <year>2006</year>
-      <year>2007</year>
-      <holder>Benedikt Meurer</holder>
-    </copyright><copyright><year>2006.</year><holder>Daichi Kawahata (daichi at xfce.org)</holder></copyright><copyright><year>2009.</year><holder>Masato Hashimoto (hashimo at xfce.org)</holder></copyright>
-
-    <legalnotice id="legalnotice">
-      <para>フリーソフトウェア財団が公表する GNU フリー文書利用許諾契約書の第1.1版、あるいはそれ以降のいずれかの版の条件下において、この文書の複製、配布および/または変更が許可されます。変更出来ない箇所、表紙文および裏表紙文があってはいけません。この利用許諾契約書の全文は<ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/">フリーソフトウェア財団</ulink>から取得する事ができます。</para>
-    </legalnotice>
-
-    <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-        <firstname>Benedikt</firstname>
-        <surname>Meurer</surname>
-        <affiliation>
-          <address><email>benny at xfce.org</email></address>
-          <orgname>os-cillation</orgname>
-          <orgdiv>システム開発</orgdiv>
-          <jobtitle>ソフトウェア開発者</jobtitle>
-        </affiliation>
-      </author>
-    </authorgroup>
-
-    <releaseinfo>この説明書は @PACKAGE_NAME@ のバージョン @PACKAGE_VERSION@ について書かれています。</releaseinfo>
-  </articleinfo>
-
-  <sect1 id="intro">
-    <title>@PACKAGE_NAME@ の紹介</title>
-
-    <para>Thunar は Xfce デスクトップ環境用に、素早く手軽に使えるようゼロから設計されている今風のファイルマネージャです。ユーザインターフェイスは簡潔かつ直観的です。紛らわしい、無駄なオプションは標準では一切組み込まれていません。起動時間も短く、フォルダの読み込みに対する反応も上々です。</para>
-
-    <para>その結果としてではありますが、ファイルマネージャ Thunar はあなたのファイルやアプリケーションのための統合された一つのアクセス拠点を提供します。このファイルマネージャを使って以下の作業を行えます:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>フォルダおよび文書の作成</listitem>
-      <listitem>ファイルおよびフォルダの表示</listitem>
-      <listitem>ファイルおよびフォルダの管理</listitem>
-      <listitem>カスタムアクションの実行および管理</listitem>
-      <listitem>持ち運び可能なメディアへのアクセス</listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="the-file-manager-window">
-    <title>ファイルマネージャウィンドウ</title>
-
-    <para>デフォルトでは、ファイルマネージャウィンドウには左にショートカットペイン、右にメインエリア、そしてメインエリアの上にパスボタンが表示されています。</para>
-
-    <screenshot>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="images/file-manager-window.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-
-        <textobject>
-          <phrase>ファイルマネージャウィンドウ</phrase>
-        </textobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </screenshot>
-
-    <para><guilabel>ショートカットペイン</guilabel> にはシステム上のいろいろなフォルダへのショートカットが表示されます。先頭にあるのはあなたの <emphasis>ホームフォルダ</emphasis> へのショートカットで、このフォルダにはあなたの個人データのすべてが格納され、ユーザの名前になっています。2 番目ははゴミ箱へのショートカットで、削除されたファイルが格納されており、あとで復元することができます。3 番目は <emphasis>デスクトップフォルダ</emphasis> へのショートカットで、デスクトップに表示されるファイルやフォルダが格納されています。4 番目はファイルシステムのルートへのショートカットです − あなたが Linux/Unix にまだ慣れていないならあなたを少々混乱させるかもしれませんが、それでもこの中を少し探検してみ
 たくなるかもしれません。ちょっとだけいろいろなフォルダをクリックして中に何が入っているのか見てみてください。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>ファイルシステム</emphasis> ショートカットの下にはリムーバブルドライブやメディアがあればそれが表示されます。上のスクリーンショットでは <guilabel>CD-ROM</guilabel> のショートカットが表示されています。リムーバブルドライブおよびメディアに格納されているデータへアクセスする場合はこれらのショートカットをクリックしてください。より詳しい情報については <xref linkend="using-removable-media"/> を参照してください。</para>
-
-    <para>その他のショートカットはユーザ定義されたものです。ショートカットの追加はフォルダを <guilabel>ショートカットペイン</guilabel> へドラッグするだけで行えます。これであなたが大事なフォルダへ即座にアクセスできるようになります。すでに追加されているショートカットを削除する場合は、そのショートカット上で右クリックし、<guimenuitem>「ショートカットの削除」</guimenuitem> を選択してください。すでに追加されているショートカットの名前の変更は、ショートカット上で右クリックし、<guimenuitem>「ショートカット名の変更」</guimenuitem> を選択してください。これらの操作はショートカットにのみ適用され、ショートカットが参照している実際のフォルダには影響しないことを覚えておいてください。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>メインエリア</emphasis> には常にカレントフォルダの内容が表示されます。フォルダをダブルクリックするとその中へ移動し、ファイルやフォルダ上で右クリックするとそのアイテムに対して行える操作のコンテキストメニューが表示されます。複数のファイルを選択する場合はマウスでそれらをドラッグしてください。また、一つのファイルを選択し、<keycap>Shift</keycap> キーを押しながら矢印キーを押すと選択範囲を調整できます。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>パスボタン</emphasis> には常に現在表示されているフォルダへのパスが表示されます。パスボタンをクリックすることでそのフォルダへ移動できます。パスボタン上で右クリックするといくつかのオプションとコンテキストメニューが表示されます。</para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="customizing-the-appearance">
-      <title>外観のカスタマイズ</title>
-
-      <para>ファイルマネージャの外観をカスタマイズする方法はたくさんあります。アイコン表示がお気に召さない場合には、メインメニューから <menuchoice><guimenu>「表示」</guimenu><guimenuitem>「詳細リスト表示」</guimenuitem></menuchoice> を選択するとカレントフォルダの内容がリスト表示されます。</para>
-
-      <para>ファイルマネージャウィンドウに表示されるパスボタンの代わりにロケーションバーを表示する場合は、メインメニューから <menuchoice><guimenu>「表示」</guimenu><guimenuitem>「位置セレクタ」</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>「ツールバー方式」</guimenuitem></menuchoice> を選択してください。</para>
-
-      <para>左のペインはツリー表示がお好みなら、メインメニューから <menuchoice><guimenu>「表示」</guimenu><guimenuitem>「サイドペイン」</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>「ツリー」</guimenuitem></menuchoice> を選択してください。</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="visible-columns-in-the-detailed-list-view">
-        <title>詳細リスト表示での表示カラム</title>
-
-        <para>あなたがフォルダの内容をリスト表示するのがお好みで、<guilabel>「詳細リスト表示」</guilabel> を使用している場合、リストに表示されるカラムをカスタマイズすることができます。表示するカラムのカスタマイズは、メインメニューから <menuchoice><guimenu>「表示」</guimenu><guimenuitem>「カラムの設定...」</guimenuitem></menuchoice> を選択してください。</para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/visible-columns.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>表示カラム</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>表示カラム</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>表示可能なカラムのリストから表示したいカラムを選択してください。<guibutton>「上に移動」</guibutton>や<guibutton>「下に移動」</guibutton> をクリックするとカラムの表示順を変更できます。<guibutton>「デフォルトに戻す」</guibutton> をクリックすると変更は取り消されます。</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>カラムのサイズ変更</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><guibutton>「必要に応じてカラムを自動的に拡げる」</guibutton> オプションを選択すると、カラムの幅は文字全体が表示されるように自動的に拡げられます。</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="working-with-files-and-folders">
-    <title>ファイルやフォルダの操作</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="opening-files">
-      <title>ファイルを開く</title>
-
-      <para>ファイルを開くとき、ファイルマネージャはファイルタイプに応じたデフォルトのアクションを実行します。例えば、テキストファイルを開くとデフォルトのテキストエディタが起動され、画像ファイルを開くとデフォルトの画像ビューアが起動されます。</para>
-
-      <para>ファイルマネージャはファイルの拡張子をチェックしてファイルタイプを決定します。ファイルの拡張子が不明な場合、ファイルマネージャはファイルの内容を調べます。</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-the-default-action">
-        <title>デフォルトアクションの実行</title>
-
-        <para>ファイルのデフォルトアクションはファイルのダブルクリックで実行されます。例えば、オーディオファイルのデフォルトアクションはデフォルトの音楽再生アプリケーションで開くことです。この場合、ファイルをダブルクリックすると音楽プレイヤーでファイルを再生します。</para>
-
-        <para><application>Thunar</application> の設定でファイルのシングルクリックでデフォルトアクションを実行させることができます。詳しくは <xref linkend="preferences-behavior"/> を参照してください。</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-non-default-actions">
-        <title>デフォルト以外のアクションの実行</title>
-
-        <para>ファイルを選択してそのファイルに対するデフォルト以外のアクションを実行したい場合、<guimenu>「ファイル」</guimenu> メニューまたはコンテキストメニューから選択することができます。</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="adding-actions">
-        <title>アクションの追加</title>
-
-        <para>ファイルタイプに関連付けるアクションを追加する場合、以下の手順で行います:</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>メインエリアでアクションを追加したいタイプのファイルを選択します。</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>メインメニューから <menuchoice><guimenu>「ファイル」</guimenu><guimenuitem>「他のアプリケーションで開く...」</guimenuitem></menuchoice> を選択します。</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><guilabel>「アプリケーションで開く」</guilabel> ダイアログからアプリケーションを選ぶか、または<guibutton>「指定コマンドを使用する」</guibutton> を選択してこのタイプで開くプログラムを設定します。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>これで選択したアクションが指定されたファイルタイプ用アクションのリストに追加されました。<guibutton>「この種類のファイルのデフォルトアプリケーションにする」</guibutton> を有効にするか、このタイプにまだ関連付けられているアクションが設定されていない場合は、新しく追加されたアクションがデフォルトになります。</para>
-
-        <para>アクションの追加は <menuchoice><guimenu>「ファイル」</guimenu><guimenuitem>「プロパティ...」</guimenuitem></menuchoice> で表示されるプロパティダイアログの <guibutton>「これで開く」</guibutton> ボタンでも行えます。</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="modifiying-actions">
-        <title>アクションの修正</title>
-
-        <para>ファイルまたはファイルタイプに関連付けられたアクションを修正する場合は、以下の手順で行います:</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>メインエリアでアクションを修正したいタイプのファイルを選択します。</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>メインメニューから <menuchoice><guimenu>「ファイル」</guimenu><guimenuitem>「プロパティ...」</guimenuitem></menuchoice> を選択します。</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>デフォルトのアクションを修正する場合は <guilabel>「これで開く」</guilabel> ボタンを使用するか、またはメインメニューから <menuchoice><guimenu>「ファイル」</guimenu><guimenuitem>「他のアプリケーションで開く...」</guimenuitem></menuchoice> を選択し、新しいアクションを追加します。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>すでに設定されているアクションを削除する場合は上で説明した <guilabel>「アプリケーションで開く」</guilabel> ダイアログを表示させ、削除したいアクションの上で右クリックし、<guimenuitem>「ランチャを削除」</guimenuitem> を選択します。</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="file-properties">
-      <title>ファイルのプロパティ</title>
-
-      <para>ファイルのプロパティウィンドウでは、ファイルマネージャにおけるファイルまたはフォルダについての詳細情報が表示されます。このウィンドウでは以下のことも行えます:</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>アプリケーションランチャや URL リンクのような特殊ファイルのアイコンの変更</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>ファイルまたはフォルダへのシンボルの追加または除去</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>ファイルやフォルダの UNIX ファイルアクセス権の変更</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>同じタイプのファイルを開くときに使用するアプリケーションの選択</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/file-properties.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>ファイルのプロパティ</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>ファイルのプロパティウィンドウを開く場合、以下の手順で行います:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>プロパティを調べたい、または変更したいファイルやフォルダを選択します。複数のアイテムを同時に選択してすべてのアイテムで共通なプロパティを表示させることは現在できません。</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>以下のいずれかを行います: <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>メインメニューから <menuchoice><guimenu>「ファイル」</guimenu><guimenuitem>「プロパティ...」</guimenuitem></menuchoice> を選択します。</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>選択したアイテムの上で右クリックし、コンテキストメニューから <guimenuitem>「プロパティ...」</guimenuitem> を選択します。</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo> を押します。</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="using-removable-media">
-    <title>リムーバブルメディアの使用</title>
-
-    <sect2 id="accessing-removable-media">
-      <title>リムーバブルメディアへのアクセス</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar は、<ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software_2fhal">HAL</ulink> サポート付きでビルドしたか、<ulink type="http" url="http://www.freebsd.org/">FreeBSD</ulink> で使用していればリムーバブルメディアをサポートしています。</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-mount-media">
-        <title>メディアのマウント</title>
-
-        <para>メディアの <emphasis>マウント</emphasis> とは、メディアのファイルシステムを作成し、アクセスできるようにすることです。メディアをマウントしたとき、メディアのファイルシステムがファイルシステムのサブディレクトリにアタッチされます。</para>
-
-        <para>メディアにアクセスする場合は、適切なデバイスにメディアを挿入するか、またはコンピュータに新しいデバイスを接続します (例: USB スティックを USB ポートに接続する)。すると、メディアを表すオブジェクトがファイルマネージャのサイドペインに追加されます。<application>xfdesktop</application> が動作しており、<guilabel>ファイル/ランチャアイコン</guilabel> を表示する設定にしてあれば、このオブジェクトはデスクトップにも表示されます。</para>
-
-        <para>実際にメディアをマウントする場合は、メディアのオブジェクトをクリックします。例えば、フロッピーディスクをマウントする場合、サイドペインの <guilabel>フロッピードライブ</guilabel> オブジェクトをクリックします。ファイルマネージャはファイルシステムヒエラルキーにメディアのファイルシステムを追加し、メインエリアにフロッピーディスクの内容が表示されます。</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-eject-media">
-        <title>メディアの取り出し</title>
-
-        <para>メディアのドライブが自動排出可能なデバイス (例: CD-ROM ドライブ) ならば、サイドペインまたはデスクトップに表示されているメディアのオブジェクトの上で右クリックし、<guilabel>「取り出し」</guilabel> を選択します。数秒後にドライブからメディアが排出されます。メディアのドライブが自動排出しない場合 (例: フロッピードライブや USB スティック) はメディアのオブジェクトの上で右クリックし、<guilabel>「マウント解除」</guilabel> を選択します。間もなく安全にメディアを取り出せる、またはドライブをコンピュータから取り外してよい旨の通知が表示されます。</para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/removable-media-unmount.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>マウント解除通知</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <para>ただし、この通知は <application>libnotify</application> サポートが有効になっている、かつ通知デーモンがインストールされている場合のみ表示されます。Xfce 用通知デーモンは <ulink type="http" url="http://goodies.xfce.org/projects/applications/notification-daemon-xfce">Xfce Goodies Project</ulink> から入手できます。通知サポートが無効になっている場合は、コンテキストメニューの表示が消えてからメディアを取り出すかドライブを取り外してください。</para>
-
-        <para>一つ以上のアプリケーションがメディアを使用している間はメディアの取り出しやマウント解除は行えないことに注意してください。ファイルマネージャがメディアの取り出しを拒んだ場合は、メディアにアクセスしているアプリケーションが動作していないか、<application>Terminal</application> ウィンドウで動作しているものも含めて確認してください。</para>
-
-        <para>必ずメディアを取り出す前にマウント解除を行うようにしてください。フロッピーディスクをマウント解除する前にフロッピードライブから取り出さないでください。USB スティックをマウント解除する前にフラッシュドライブから取り外さないでください。先にマウント解除しておかないと、データを失ったり、システムクラッシュを引き起こしたりするかもしれません。</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="management-of-removable-drives-and-media">
-      <title>リムーバブルドライブとメディアの管理</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar は <ulink type="http" url="http://www.foo-projects.org/~benny/projects/thunar-volman/index.html">thunar-volman</ulink> パッケージがインストールされていればリムーバブルドライブとメディアの取扱いも自動で行えます。</para>
-
-      <para>HAL サポートが有効で、かつ <application>thunar-volman</application> がインストールされていれば、Thunar の <guilabel>ボリューム管理</guilabel> 機能を有効にできます。ファイルマネージャの設定を開き、<guilabel>「詳細」</guilabel> ページの <guilabel>「ボリューム管理を有効にする」</guilabel> ボタンにチェックマークをつけてください。</para>
-
-      <para>次にリムーバブルドライブとメディアの取扱いを必要に応じてカスタマイズします。<guilabel>「ボリューム管理」</guilabel> セクションのボタンの右下にある <guilabel>「設定」</guilabel> リンクをクリックしてください。<guilabel>「リムーバブルドライブとメディア」</guilabel> 設定ダイアログが表示されます。</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/removable-drives-and-media.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>リムーバブルドライブとメディア</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>あなたが以前に <application>gnome-volume-manager</application> を使用したことがあれば、すぐになじめるはずです。なぜならこの見た目と振る舞いは <application>gnome-volume-manager</application> に似せて設計されているからです。設定は、デバイスに対する目的のオプションの場所がわかりやすいようにデバイスのカテゴリごとに分けられています。</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>「ストレージ」</guilabel> ページには重要なオプションのほとんどが含まれています。この名前はここのオプションが、外付けハードディスクドライブ、USB スティック、あるいは CD-ROM のようなストレージデバイスにのみ適用されるものであることを意味しています。</para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>リムーバブルドライブがホットプラグされたらマウントする</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>このオプションを有効にすると、リムーバブルドライブ (外付けハードディスクドライブや USB スティックなど) がコンピュータに接続されたら自動的にファイルシステムをマウントします。</para>
-            <para>このオプションは、一部の機能をリムーバブルドライブに対して動作させる際に有効にする必要があります。例えば、このオプションを有効にしていないと、ある種の携帯音楽プレイヤーは検出されず、<guilabel>「マルチメディア」</guilabel> ページの <guilabel>「接続されたら音楽ファイルを再生する」</guilabel> オプションを有効にしていても、携帯音楽プレイヤーがホットプラグされた際に指定されたコマンドは実行されません。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>リムーバブルメディアが挿入されたらマウントする</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>このオプションを有効にすると、リムーバブルメディア (CD-ROM や DVD など) がドライブに挿入されると自動的にファイルシステムをマウントします。</para>
-            <para>このオプションは、一部の機能をリムーバブルメディアに対して動作させる際に有効にする必要があります。例えば、このオプションを有効にしていないと、リムーバブルメディアが自動実行可能かどうか検出されず、<guilabel>「新しいドライブおよびメディア上のプログラムを自動実行する」</guilabel> オプションはリムーバブルメディアに対して作用しません。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>リムーバブルメディアが挿入されたら参照する</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>このオプションを有効にすると、新しく挿入されたメディアの内容が自動的にファイルマネージャに表示されます。ただし、他に実行できるアクションが存在しないか、あるいは他の実行できるアクションが無効にされている場合のみ内容が表示されることを覚えておいてください。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>新しいドライブおよびメディア上のプログラムを自動実行する</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>このオプションを有効にすると、一部のドライブやメディアの自動実行機能が使用されるようになります。自動実行メカニズムの詳細については <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop Application Autostart Specification</ulink> を参照してください。セキュリティ強化のため、常に自動実行するかどうかの確認が行われます。</para>
-            <para>Windows 互換レイヤ <ulink type="http" url="http://www.winehq.org/">Wine</ulink> がインストールされている場合、自動実行メカニズムは Wine を使用して <filename>autorun.exe</filename> ファイルも実行しようとします。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>新しいドライブおよびメディア上のファイルを自動的に開く</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>このオプションを有効にすると、一部のリムーバブルドライブやメディアの自動オープン機能が使用されるようになります。自動オープンメカニズムについての詳細は <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop Application Autostart Specification</ulink> を参照してください。セキュリティ強化のため、常に自動的に開くかどうかの確認が行われます。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <para>残りのオプションはある種のメディアがドライブに挿入されたとき、またはある種の外付けデバイスが接続されたときに指定したコマンドを実行できるようにします。コマンドは 3 種類の特殊変数が使用でき、コマンド実行時にそれぞれ以下のように置き換えられます:</para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%d</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>コマンドに <literal>%d</literal> が指定されていると、それぞれが新しく追加されたデバイスのデバイスファイルパスに置き換えられます。例えば、USB スティックが接続された場合、デバイスファイルパスは  <filename>/dev/da0s1</filename> や <filename>/dev/sda1</filename> (ハードウェア構成により変わります) のようになります。</para>
-            <para>デバイスに割り当てるデバイスファイルがなかったり、何らかの理由でデバイスファイルが見つけられなかった場合は、変数 <literal>%d</literal> は空の文字列に置き換えられます。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%h</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>コマンドに <literal>%h</literal> が指定されていると、それぞれ新しく追加されたデバイスの HAL UDI に置き換えられます。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%m</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>コマンドに <literal>%m</literal> が指定されていると、それぞれ新しく追加されたデバイスがマウントされたマウントポイントに置き換えられます。マウントできないデバイス (プリンタやキーボードなど) や自動マウントが無効になっている場合は <literal>%m</literal> は空の文字列に置き換えられます。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <sect3 id="troubleshooting-the-volume-manager">
-        <title>ボリュームマネージャのトラブルシューティング</title>
-
-        <para>ボリュームマネージャが期待通りに動作しない時のトラブル解決に役立つ Tips です。</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><application>Thunar</application> がデーモンモードで動作しているか確認してください。ボリュームマネージャは <application>Thunar</application> デーモンで動作していないと使用できません。デフォルトでは Xfce は起動時に <application>Thunar</application> を自動的にデーモンとして起動します。なんらかの理由でこれを kill していた場合は、<guilabel>プログラムの実行</guilabel>を開き (キーボードショートカットの <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> を使用するか、デスクトップ上で右クリックしデスクトップメニューから <guilabel>「プログラムの実行...」</guilabel> を選択します)、 <literal>Thunar --daemon</literal> と入力して <guibutton>「実行」</guibutton> をクリックします。</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>デバイスをホットプラグまたはメディアを挿入したあとに <application>thunar-volman</application> を <application>Terminal</application> ウィンドウから実行してみてください。その場合まず  <application>lshal</application> や <application>hal-device</application> を使用して新しく追加したデバイスの HAL UDI を見つけ出さなければなりません。UDI が分かったら、<application>Terminal</application> ウィンドウで <literal>thunar-volman --device-added <udi-of-your-device></literal> を実行し、出力されるエラーや警告メッセージを見てください。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>それでもうまく動作しない場合は、<ulink type="http" url="http://forum.xfce.org/">Xfce Forum</ulink> や <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">thunar-dev mailing list</ulink> で尋ねてみてください。</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="preferences">
-    <title>ファイル管理の設定</title>
-
-    <para><application>Thunar</application> ファイルマネージャの初期設定は <guilabel>「ファイルマネージャの設定」</guilabel> ダイアログで行います。設定ダイアログは、メインメニューから <menuchoice><guimenu>「編集」</guimenu><guimenuitem>「設定...」</guimenuitem></menuchoice> を選択するか、Xfce 設定マネージャの <guibutton>「ファイルマネージャ」</guibutton> ボタンをクリックすると表示されます。</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>「ファイルマネージャの設定」</guilabel> ダイアログは各オプションが以下の 4 つのカテゴリごとのページに分割されています。</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem><para>表示に関するデフォルト設定</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>サイドペインに関するデフォルト設定</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>ファイルマネージャウィンドウの振る舞い</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>ファイルマネージャの詳細機能</para></listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Thunar には、ファイルマネージャのさまざまな拡張機能を制御する、いわゆる <emphasis>隠しオプション</emphasis> もありますが、設定ダイアログをシンプルにしておくために選択項目に含まれていません。Thunar に同梱される <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/thunar/trunk/docs/README.thunarrc"><filename>README.thunarrc</filename></ulink> ファイルには、すべての利用可能なオプションの詳細な説明があります。</para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-views">
-      <title>表示方法の設定</title>
-
-      <para>デフォルトの表示、並び替えオプション、および表示オプションを設定できます。また、サムネイル表示がサポートされているファイルタイプについて、それを表示するかどうかの設定も行えます。</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-views.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>表示方法の設定</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>新規フォルダの表示方法</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>フォルダのデフォルトの表示方法を選択します。新しいウィンドウが開かれたとき、ここで設定された方法で表示されます。ここでは、アイコン表示、コンパクト表示、または詳細リスト表示の中から選べます。また、<guilabel>「最後に使用した表示方法」</guilabel> を選択すると、最後にアクティブウィンドウで使用していた方法が採用されます。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>フォルダをファイルより先に並べる</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>このオプションを有効にすると、フォルダの内容を表示する際にフォルダをファイルより先に並べます。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>サムネイルを表示する</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>このオプションを有効にすると、画像やその他サポートされているファイルのサムネイルを表示します。サムネイルファイルはユーザのホームディレクトリに作成される隠しディレクトリ <filename role="directory">.thumbnails</filename> に格納されます。</para>
-            <para><application>Thunar</application> が提供する基本サムネイル機能を拡張し、サポートするファイルタイプを追加したい場合は <xref linkend="thumbnailers"/> を参照してください。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>文字をアイコンの隣に置く</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>このオプションを有効にすると、アイコン表示時にアイテムのアイコンのキャプションがアイコンの下ではなく、隣に表示されます。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-side-pane">
-      <title>サイドペインの設定</title>
-
-      <para>ショートカットペインおよびツリーペインの表示オプションを設定できます。</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-side-pane.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>サイドペインの設定</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>サイドペインにはファイルシステム上のフォルダへのショートカットのリストの表示 (デフォルト) か、またはファイルシステムをツリー表示できます。このページではショートカットおよびツリーペインのアイコンのサイズを選択できます。また、アイコンにシンボルを表示するかどうかも選択できます。</para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>アイコンのサイズ</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>サイドペインに表示するアイコンのサイズを、<guilabel>「とても小さい」</guilabel> (16×16ピクセル) から <guilabel>「とても大きい」</guilabel> (128×128ピクセル) の間で選択します。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>アイコンのシンボルを表示する</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>このオプションを有効にすると、サイドペインのフォルダにシンボルを表示します。フォルダのシンボルはフォルダの <guilabel>「プロパティ」</guilabel> ダイアログで設定できます。メインエリアでフォルダを選択し、メインメニューから <menuchoice><guimenu>「ファイル」</guimenu><guimenuitem>「プロパティ...」</guimenuitem></menuchoice> を選択するか、またはフォルダの上で右クリックし、コンテキストメニューから <menuchoice><guimenuitem>「プロパティ...」</guimenuitem></menuchoice> を選択してください。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-behavior">
-      <title>振る舞いの設定</title>
-
-      <para>ファイルマネージャの振る舞いを設定できます。</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-behavior.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>振る舞いの設定</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>シングルクリックでアイテムをアクティブにする</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>このオプションを有効にすると、アイテムをクリックしただけでデフォルトのアクションが実行されます。このオプションを有効にし、アイテムの上にマウスポインタを移動させると、アイテムのタイトルに下線が表示され、少し遅れて自動的に選択状態になります。</para>
-            <para>この選択状態になるまでの時間はその下のオプションで設定でき、セレクタを一番左に位置するとアイテムの自動選択は行われません。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>ダブルクリックでアイテムをアクティブにする</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>このオプションを有効にすると、アイテムをダブルクリックしたときにデフォルトのアクションが実行され、シングルクリックで選択状態になります。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-advanced">
-      <title>詳細の設定</title>
-
-      <para>ファイルマネージャの詳細な機能の設定を行えます。</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-advanced.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>詳細の設定</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>フォルダのアクセス権</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>フォルダの <guilabel>「プロパティ」</guilabel> ダイアログでアクセス権を変更したときの動作を選択します。フォルダのアクセス権が変更されたときに <application>Thunar</application> が毎回問い合わせるか、デフォルトで新しいアクセス権をフォルダのみに適用するか、さらにフォルダ内のアイテムにまで再帰的に適用するかを選択します。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>ボリューム管理</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><application>Thunar</application> を HAL サポート付きでインストールし、かつ <application>thunar-volman</application> パッケージもインストールされている場合に統合ボリュームマネージャを有効にできます。この機能の詳細については、<xref linkend="management-of-removable-drives-and-media"/> を参照してください。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="customizing-thunar">
-    <title>Thunar のカスタマイズ</title>
-
-    <para>この章では、ファイルマネージャの一部を必要に応じてカスタマイズする方法を説明します。</para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="sendto">
-      <title>「送る」メニュー</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar には <guilabel>「送る」</guilabel> メニューが用意されており、ファイルやフォルダの送り先を選択できます。<guilabel>「送る」</guilabel> メニューへのアクセスは、メインメニューから <menuchoice><guimenu>「ファイル」</guimenu><guimenuitem>「送る」</guimenuitem></menuchoice> を選択するか、またはファイルやフォルダの上で右クリックし、コンテキストメニューから <menuchoice><guimenuitem>「送る」</guimenuitem></menuchoice> を選択します。</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/sendto-menu.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>「送る」メニュー</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>デフォルトでは、<guilabel>「送る」</guilabel> メニューには、すべてのファイルおよびフォルダの選択時に <guilabel>「デスクトップ (リンクを作成)」</guilabel> という名前のエントリが表示され、これを選ぶと選択された各アイテムのリンクをデスクトップに作成します。また、<guilabel>「ショートカットペイン」</guilabel> が有効になっていれば、フォルダ選択時のメニューには <guilabel>「サイドペイン (ショートカットを作成)」</guilabel> という名前のエントリが表示され、これを選ぶとサイドペインに新しくショートカットを追加します。これらエントリの次に、<application>Thunar</application> はコンピュータにリムーバブルドライブが接続されていればそれらのエントリを表示します。上のスクリーンショットではファイルの送り先とã
 —て <guilabel>「フロッピードライブ」</guilabel> が表示されています。<guilabel>「送る」</guilabel> メニューからデバイスを一度選択すれば、そのデバイスは自動的にマウントされるため、手動でマウントする必要がないこと覚えておいてください。</para>
-
-      <para>さらに、<application>Thunar</application> は <application>thunar-sendto-email</application> プラグインを同梱しており、<guilabel>「メール (添付ファイル)」</guilabel> エントリも追加されています。これは選択されたファイルを添付ファイルとしてメール送信できるようにします。選択されたアイテムの中にフォルダが一つでも含まれていれば、選択されたアイテムはメールに添付される前に ZIP 形式でアーカイブされます。他に、複数のファイルを選択した場合、あるいは 200KiB を超えるサイズのファイルを選択した場合には、ファイルを ZIP 形式でアーカイブするかどうかの確認が行われます。</para>
-
-      <para><application>Thunar</application> の <guilabel>「送る」</guilabel> メニューを拡張し、新しいターゲット用のエントリを利用者またはアプリケーション開発者が追加する場合は、標準<ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fdesktop_2dentry_2dspec">デスクトップエントリファイル</ulink> を使用することで容易に行えます。これらのファイルは <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/Thunar/sendto/</filename> フォルダに格納されなければなりません (環境変数 <literal>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</literal> に関する詳細は、<ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fbasedir_2dspec">XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink> を参照してください)。</para>
-
-      <para>ターゲットの <filename>.desktop</filename> ファイルの <literal>MimeType</literal> には、<guilabel>「送る」</guilabel> メニューにそのエントリが表示されるファイルのタイプを指定します。例えば、<ulink type="http" url="http://flickr.com/">Flickr</ulink> のアップロードツールのエントリを追加する場合、このエントリは JPEG (または Frickr がサポートするファイル形式の) ファイルが選択されたときにのみ表示されるべきであり、<literal>MimeType=image/jpeg;</literal> の指定を追加するべきです。<literal>MimeType</literal> を指定しなかった場合にはエントリはすべてのファイルタイプで表示されます。</para>
-
-      <para>アプリケーション <application>postr</application> を使用した完全な例を以下に示します:</para>
-
-<programlisting>
-# postr.desktop - Integrate postr into
-#                 the "Send To" menu.
-[Desktop Entry]
-Type=Application
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-TryExec=postr
-Exec=postr %F
-Icon=postr
-Name=Flickr
-MimeType=image/jpeg;</programlisting>
-
-      <para>このファイルを <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/Thunar/sendto/</filename> (なかったら作成してください) にインストールすると、JPEG ファイルの<guilabel>「送る」</guilabel>メニューに新しいエントリ <guilabel>「Flickr」</guilabel> が表示され、これを使って JPEG 画像を Frickr へアップロードできるようになるはずです。</para>
-
-      <para><ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/sendto_menu">Thunar Project Wiki</ulink> には、<guilabel>「送る」</guilabel>メニューで使えるエントリの実用例が登録されています。Wiki ページにあなたの新しい例をお気軽に追加してみてください。</para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="thumbnailers">
-      <title>サムネイラ</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar はいくつかのファイルタイプのファイルの内容のプレビューとしてサムネイル表示するために、サムネイルを作成する小さなユーティリティを使用します。これら小さなツールはサムネイラと呼ばれます。Thunar はイメージとフォントファイルのサムネイラを同梱しており、<literal>gconf</literal> をサポートする GNOME のサムネイラがインストールされていれば、それを自動的に使用します。しかし、このサムネイラの基本機能に加え、他のファイルタイプのサムネイラを動的に拡張したいときがあるかもしれません。</para>
-
-      <para>あなたがカスタムサムネイラを作成する場合、少なくとも2つのコマンドラインパラメータに対応したプログラムにする必要があります。一つは入力ファイルにサポートしたいファイルタイプに対応していること、もう一つは出力ファイルに <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/creation.html#AEN139">Thumbnail Management Standard</ulink> で指定されたフォーマットに準拠した PNG ファイルに対応していることです。また、必須ではありませんが、あなたのプログラムはサムネイルのサイズ要求に対応していることも強く推奨されます。あなたの作成したプログラムが勝手な画像サイズでファイルを出力した場合、Thunar は後でそれを要求されるサイズに変更しますが、それは最適なサイズでサムネイルを生成した場合に比べ適切な結果
 を生み出すとは限りません。</para>
-
-      <para>あなたのサムネイルを生成するユーティリティができあがったら、Thunar がそれを認識して使用できるように登録する必要があります。そのためには、あなたは <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/thumbnailers/</filename> パスのいずれかにサムネイラの説明ファイル (<filename>.desktop</filename> ファイル) をインストールしなければなりません。例えば、そのサムネイラをあなたのユーザアカウントだけで使用したい場合には、<filename>.desktop</filename> ファイルを <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/thumbnailers/</filename> にインストールします。サムネイラの <filename>.desktop</filename> ファイルは、以下のフォーマットになります。</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="thumbnailer-desktop-file-format">
-        <title>サムネイラ説明ファイルのフォーマット</title>
-
-        <para>サムネイラ説明ファイルは <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/">Desktop Entry Format</ulink> で規定された形式で、<literal>Type</literal> に特殊なタイプ <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal> を指定し、特殊なフィールド <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> に新しいコードを指定します。</para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=Your Thumbnailer
-MimeType=your-supported/mime-type;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=your-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para> <literal>Version</literal> および <literal>Encoding</literal> はデスクトップエントリ仕様によって決まります。上の例の値をそのまま使用してください。<literal>Type</literal> フィールドは特殊な値 <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal> でなければならず、他の値ではとサムネイラとして認識されません。<literal>Name</literal> フィールドにはあなたのサムネイラの説明を記述してください。</para>
-
-        <para><literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> フィールドにはあなたのサムネイラのコマンドを指定します。ここではサムネイラ実行時に置き換えられるいくつかのフィールドコードをサポートしています。認識するフィールドコードを以下に示します:</para>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%i</varname></term>
-            <listitem>サムネイルを作成する入力ファイルのローカルパスです。サムネイラを起動したディレクトリからの相対パスか、絶対パスになります。</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%o</varname></term>
-            <listitem>生成されたサムネイルが出力されるファイルのローカルパスです。出力ファイルはサムネイル標準 (上記参照) に準拠した有効な PNG ファイルでなければなりません。一部のサードパーティツールを呼び出す場合、パスは <literal>.png</literal> で終わらないかもしれないことを覚えておいてください。</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%s</varname></term>
-            <listitem>要求される生成するサムネイルのサイズ (ピクセル) です。このパラメタは任意です。</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%u</varname></term>
-            <listitem><literal>%i</literal> と似ていますが、ファイルのパスではなく、URI に置き換えられます。これは GNOME との互換性のために追加されました。</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%%</varname></term>
-            <listitem>一文字の <literal>%</literal> に置き換えられます。</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-
-        <para>パラメータには、少なくとも <literal>%o</literal> と、<literal>%i</literal> または <literal>%u</literal> が指定されなければなりません。指定されない場合サムネイラは正しく動作しません。</para>
-
-        <para><literal>MimeType</literal> にはサムネイラがプレビューを生成できる MIME タイプを、セミコロンで区切って指定します。</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="eps-thumbnailer-example">
-        <title>EPS サムネイラの例</title>
-
-        <para>ここでは、ImageMagick の一部として提供される <command>convert</command> ユーティリティを使用した、<filename>.eps</filename> ファイル用サムネイラの作成からインストールまでの例を紹介します。最初に、サムネイルを要求されたサイズで生成するための、<command>convert</command> を呼び出す簡単なスクリプトを作成します。</para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# eps-thumbnailer - Example thumbnailer script for EPS files.
-#
-# Usage: esp-thumbnailer eps-file png-file size
-#
-
-# command line parameters
-ifile=$1
-ofile=$2
-size=$3
-
-# invoke convert (ImageMagick)
-exec convert "eps:$ifile" -scale "$sizex$size" "png:$ofile"</programlisting>
-
-        <para>このスクリプトを <filename>eps-thumbnailer</filename> という名前で保存し、実行許可を設定して、<filename role="directory">/usr/local/bin</filename> にインストールします。</para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ chmod +x eps-thumbnailer
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer /usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer</screen>
-
-        <para>次に、以下のようなサムネイル説明ファイル <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename> を作成します。</para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=EPS Thumbnailer
-TryExec=convert
-MimeType=image/x-eps;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=/usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>このファイルは <filename role="directory">/usr/local/share/thumbnailers</filename> にインストールされなければなりません (なかったら作成してください)。</para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ sudo install -d /usr/local/share/thumbnailers
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer.desktop /usr/local/share/thumbnailers/eps-thumbnailer.desktop</screen>
-
-        <para><filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename> ファイルに特殊キー <literal>TryExec</literal> が指定されていればそれを参照します。<literal>TryExec</literal> には、サムネイラが動作するためにシステム上に存在しなければならないコマンドを設定します。この例の場合、このスクリプトは <command>convert</command> ユーティリティが存在しないと起動されません。</para>
-
-        <para>最後に、サムネイラキャッシュを再生成し、Thunar にこのサムネイラを認識させます。サムネイラキャッシュは <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/thumbnailers.cache</filename> にあります (あなた、またはあなたのシステム管理者が変更していなければ、<varname>$XDG_CACHE_HOME</varname> は <filename role="directory">~/.cache/</filename> フォルダを指しています)。サムネイラキャッシュは Thunar によって定期的に再作成されますが、Thunar に同梱されている <filename>thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</filename> ユーティリティを使用して強制的に再作成させることができます。このユーティリティは通常あなたのインストレーションプレフィックスのサブフォルダ <filename role="directory">libexec</filename> にインストールされています (Debian/Ubuntu の場合は <filename role="directory">/u
 sr/lib/thunar</filename>) 。従って、例えば Thunar がプレフィックス指定 <filename role="directory">/usr</filename> でインストールされていた場合のこのユーティリティの起動は以下のようになります:</para>
-
-        <screen>$ /usr/libexec/thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</screen>
-
-        <para>ただし、サムネイラキャッシュはシステム全体での場所ではなく、あなたのホームフォルダに格納されるため、このプログラムをスーパーユーザではなく、あなたのユーザアカウントで実行することを忘れないでください。</para>
-
-        <para>これで Thunar は変更されたファイルモニタリングサポート (FAM または Gamin を使用します) 付きでコンパイルされ、数秒後には新しいサムネイラキャッシュが自動的にピックアップされ、その後はあなたのカスタムサムネイラを使用してサムネイルの生成ができるようになります。もしそれが行われなければ、起動中のすべての Thunar インスタンスを以下のコマンドで終了させてください。</para>
-
-        <screen>$ Thunar -q</screen>
-
-        <para>その後 Thunar を起動し直してください。</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="cleaning-up-thumbnails">
-        <title>サムネイルのクリーンアップ</title>
-
-        <para>生成されたサムネイルは <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/index.html">Thumbnail Management Standard</ulink> に準拠して <filename role="directory">~/.thumbnails/</filename> フォルダに格納されています。新しいサムネイラをテストしているうちにサムネイラキャッシュを掃除したくなった場合は、以下のようにキャッシュフォルダを削除してください。</para>
-
-        <screen>$ rm -rf ~/.thumbnails/</screen>
-
-        <para>これであなたのホームフォルダに多少の空きスペースができます。このフォルダに格納されていたすべての情報はあなたのファイルシステムにあるファイルから自動的に再作成され、必要なデータが失われることはありません。</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="advanced-topics">
-    <title>高度な話題</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="to-bulk-rename-files">
-      <title>複数ファイル名の一括変更</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>バルクリネーム</emphasis> ではいくつかの基準を使用して複数のファイルの名前を一度に変更できます。<application>Thunar</application> にはバルクリネームが同梱されており、コマンド <command>Thunar -B</command> を入力するか、または <application>Thunar</application> のメインエリア上で複数のファイルを選択し <keycombo><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> キーを押すか、メインメニューから <menuchoice><guimenu>「編集」</guimenu><guimenuitem>「名前の変更...」</guimenuitem></menuchoice> を選択すると起動されます。</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/bulk-rename.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>複数ファイル名の一括変更</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para><emphasis>バルクリネーム</emphasis> はファイル名、ファイルの拡張子、またはその両方を変更できます。<application>Thunar</application> は現在以下の <emphasis>一括変更</emphasis> をサポートしています:</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem><para>文字の除去</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>ファイルの番号付け</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>日付または時刻の挿入</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>文字の挿入または上書き</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>文字の検索と置き換え</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>大文字、小文字、または先頭のみ大文字への変換</para></listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <para><application>Thunar</application> プラグインには、<emphasis>バルクリネーム</emphasis> の機能を拡張するものもあります。<ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/plugins.html">Thunar Plugins</ulink> ウェブサイトを訪れて、現在利用可能なエクステンションをチェックしてください。</para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="the-unix-file-system">
-      <title>UNIX ファイルシステム</title>
-
-      <para>ファイルマネージャ Thunar は、基本的なファイルシステムの抽象的な些事を何の問題も無くこなしますので、利用者はこれらを気にする必要はありません。とは言いながら、全体像を掴むために基本概念を理解しておくと後々役立つ場合があります。この章では、UNIX ファイルシステムの概念を手短に紹介します。これは、今日における Linux を含むあらゆる UNIX の派生 OS で用いられています。</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="folders-and-paths">
-        <title>フォルダとパス</title>
-
-        <para>UNIX ファイルシステムでは、すべてのファルダは一つの最上位フォルダから下へ向かって枝分かれしながら配置されていきます。逆さになった樹木の構造を想像してみてください。この最上位にあるフォルダは<emphasis>ルートディレクトリ</emphasis> (<emphasis>ディレクトリ</emphasis> という用語は <emphasis>フォルダ</emphasis> の代わりによく使われます) と呼ばれ、Thunar では <guilabel>ファイルシステム</guilabel> として表示されます。つまり、ある地点に到達するまでフォルダからフォルダへとこの木構造を登って行き、その後に目標とする場所に着くまでサブフォルダを下って行くのです。</para>
-
-        <para>この木構造でのファイルやフォルダの位置はその <emphasis>パス</emphasis> で記すことができます。このパスというのは、目標とするフォルダやファイルにたどり着くために通過していかなければいけないフォルダのリストで、最上部のフォルダから始まります。例えば、<filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> は最上部フォルダのサブフォルダ <filename role="directory">home</filename> のサブフォルダ <filename role="directory">luke</filename> になります。<filename>/home/luke/myfile.txt</filename> はそのサブフォルダにある <filename>myfile.txt</filename> というファイルです。これらのパスの先頭にある <filename role="directory">/</filename> は最上部フォルダを表します。</para>
-
-        <para>すべての利用者が個人用のファイルや設定を保管するための個別のフォルダを持ちます。このフォルダは <emphasis>ホームディレクトリ</emphasis> と呼ばれ、Thunar では利用者のログイン名と共に特別なアイコンで表示されます。Windows で知られる <guilabel>マイファイル</guilabel> と似ています。それぞれの利用者の <emphasis>ホームディレクトリ</emphasis> は通常 <filename role="directory">/home</filename> の下にあります。例として上げると、ログイン名 <filename role="directory">luke</filename> のホームディレクトリは <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> になり、<filename role="directory">/home/jane</filename> はログイン名が <filename role="directory">jane</filename> のホームディレクトリになります。</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="file-types">
-        <title>ファイルの種類</title>
-
-        <para>もう御存知かもしれませんが、UNIX ではあらゆるものがファイルとして取り扱われます。UNIX システムを構成するほぼすべての物体がそういう風に取り扱われると考えて差し支えありません。事実、各種装置や周辺機器も特殊ファイルとして表されます。一見意味の無いように思われるかもしれませんが、これは UNIX やその派生 OS の強味の一つです。UNIX はシンプルなコアを何年にもわたって保守するだけでよいのに対して、他のオペレーティングシステムは新しいテクノロジーが紹介される度に、新しい概念を導入しなければなりませんでした。</para>
-
-        <para>UNIX ファイルシステムにおけるファイルの種類には、4 つの重要なものがあります。</para>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-ordinary-files">
-          <title>普通のファイル</title>
-
-          <para>普通のファイルは文字データを含んでいたり、プログラムまたは他のデータであったりします。ここには画像ファイル、オーディオファイル、オフィス文書および動画ファイルも入ります。<emphasis>ファイル</emphasis> という用語がこれら普通のファイルを指すのによく使用されます。</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-folder-files">
-          <title>フォルダファイル</title>
-
-          <para>UNIX ファイルシステムではフォルダもファイルです。正確に言えばフォルダは特殊ファイルになります、このフォルダ内にあるすべてのファイルを参照するためのファイル名のマップが含まれています。</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-symbolic-link-files">
-          <title>シンボリックリンクファイル</title>
-
-          <para>シンボリックリンク (よく <emphasis>リンク</emphasis> と呼ばれます) はファイルシステムで、他のファイルへのパスを含む特殊ファイルです。従ってシンボリックファイル自身は特に意味のある情報を持ちません、単に他のファイルを参照するだけです。</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-device-files">
-          <title>デバイスファイル</title>
-
-          <para>始めの方で述べたように (ほとんどの) デバイスもファイルシステム経由でアクセスされます。これら特殊デバイスファイルは通常 <filename role="directory">/dev</filename> フォルダにあります。例えば、特殊ファイル <filename>/dev/hda</filename> は Linux 上での一番目の IDE ディスクを表します。</para>
-        </sect4>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="faq">
-    <title>よくある質問</title>
-
-    <para>この章では @PACKAGE_NAME@ を使用するにあたって、かなりの頻度で尋ねられる質問に回答します。このページにない質問があるのでしたら、<ulink type="http" url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">要望</ulink> を出して下さるようお願いします。</para>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-executables">
-      <title>実行可能になっているファイルを実行しないのはなぜですか?</title>
-
-      <para>セキュリティ上の理由から、Thunar は種類が <literal>application/x-desktop</literal>, <literal>application/x-executable</literal> および <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal> のファイルのみを実行します。デスクトップファイルに対しては、種類が <literal>Application</literal> かつ適正な <literal>Exec</literal> 行が指定されているか、あるいは種類が <literal>Link</literal> かつ適正な <literal>URL</literal> が指定されている場合に限って実行機能が有効になります。その他に対しては、当該ファイルが現在の利用者にとって実行可能なようにマークされている場合に利用できます。</para>
-
-      <para><literal>application/x-executable</literal> および <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal> に関しては次のことを覚えておいてください、この種類のファイルは実際にはこの種類に正確に一致する必要がありません、しかし、チェックされた種類に上記二つの種類に該当する親があるなら、あるいは MIME タイプが上にあるものの内の一つへの別名ならば、それで事足ります。</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-metadata">
-      <title>ファイルに関連付けられているメタデータは何処に保存されていますか?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar はファイルやフォルダに様々な設定事項を関連付けます。これらはメタデータと呼ばれ、全ファイルのメタデータは (メタファイルと呼ばれる) tdb データベース・ファイルに保管されます。このデータベースファイルは <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/metafile.tdb</filename> に保存されていて、<command>tdbtool</command> を使うことで変更できます。このツールは配布される Thunar パッケージの一部として、サブディレクトリ <filename role="directory">tdb/</filename> にあります。</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-thunarrc">
-      <title>Thunar の環境設定が保存されているのは何処ですか?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar は <filename>.ini</filename> ファイルに利用者が変更可能な環境設定 (および隠し設定) を格納します。このファイルは <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/thunarrc</filename> にあり、テキストエディタを使って色々な設定を実験してみることができます。各環境設定の概要は <filename>docs/README.thunarrc</filename> にあります。</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-mouse-gestures">
-      <title>Thunar でマウスジェスチャを使うには?</title>
-
-      <para>現在のところ、Thunar はアイコン表示で、いわゆる <emphasis>マウスジェスチャ</emphasis> と呼ばれるものを最低限サポートする機能が備わっています。マウスポインタがアイコン表示コンポーネントの背景となる場所 (アイコンや文字が無い所ならどこでも該当します) にある間は、マウスの中央ボタン (通常はマウスホイール) を押しっ放しにすることで、これら <emphasis>マウスジェスチャー</emphasis> の機能を使うことができます。これである決まった動作を実行するために、カーソルを四方に移動することができます。以下でこれらの動作を説明します。</para>
-
-      <simplelist>
-        <member><guilabel>左</guilabel> - 前のフォルダを開きます</member>
-        <member><guilabel>上</guilabel> - 上位のフォルダを開きます</member>
-        <member><guilabel>右</guilabel> - 次のフォルダを開きます</member>
-        <member><guilabel>下</guilabel> - 現在のフォルダをリロードします</member>
-      </simplelist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-assign-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>どのようにすれば異なるキーボードショートカットを割り当てられますか?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar は GTK+ 標準のショートカット変更のやり方をサポートしていますので、ショートカットを割り当て直したいのでしたら、マウスを該当するメニューの上まで持っていって、そこで割り当てたいキーボードショートカットを押してください。</para>
-
-      <para>割り当てられているキーボードを削除するには、該当するメニュー項目上で <keycap>バックスペース</keycap> を押してください。</para>
-
-      <para>ショートカットが変更されないのであれば、GTK+ でこの機能を有効にする必要があります。これには 3 つのやり方があります:</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Xfce 4.3 かそれより新しいものであれば、<guilabel>「外観」</guilabel>の設定ダイアログで <guilabel>「メニューのショートカットを変更可能にする」</guilabel> を有効にしてください。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>GNOME を使用しているのでしたら、コントロール・センターの <guilabel>「メニューとツールバー」</guilabel> ダイアログで <guilabel>「メニューのアクセラレータを編集可能にする」</guilabel> を有効にしてください。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>それ以外であれば、ファイル <filename>~/.gtkrc-2.0</filename> (なかったら作成してください) に <screen>gtk-can-change-accels=1</screen> という一行を記述します。</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-store-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>ショートカットは何処に保存されるのですか?</title>
-
-      <para>個人で変更したキーボードショートカットは GTK+ 標準のアクセラレータマップ形式で保存され、<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/accels.scm</filename> に置かれます。<literal>;</literal> で始まる行はコメントです。このファイル形式についての詳細は GTK+ の文書を参照してください。</para>
-
-      <para>あなたがパッケージ作成者かシステム管理者で、Thunar の標準ショートカットとは異なる、システム全体の標準キーボードショートカットを設定したいのでしたら、<envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> のどれか一つに <filename>Thunar/accels.scm</filename> を作ることができます。例えば、<filename role="directory">/etc/xdg</filename> (大抵の Linux ディストリビューションの標準) が <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> の一つになっているとすると、<filename>/etc/xdg/Thunar/accels.scm</filename> にシステム全体に適用される標準を設定することができます。こうすることで、Thunar は初回起動時にこのファイルからショートカットを読み込むことになります。</para>
-    </sect3>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="support">
-    <title>サポート</title>
-
-    <para>このアプリケーションあるいは説明書に関するバグを報告したり何か提案をする場合は、<ulink url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">http://bugzilla.xfce.org/</ulink> にあるバグ追跡システムを御利用ください。意味のあるバグ報告こそがバグを修正するのだという事を忘れないでください。ではどういったものが該当するかというと、2 つの特質があります:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">再現可能であること。</emphasis>開発者自身がバグの存在を確認することができない場合は、それを修正するのはほぼ不可能になります。どんな細かいことでも役立ちますので、詳細を余さず伝えてください。</para>
-      </listitem>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">具体的であること。</emphasis>開発者が問題箇所の特定をより早く絞れる程、その修正措置を取りやすくなります。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>新機能の追加を要望する場合、なぜそれがアプリケーションにとって有意義だと考えるのか明らかにして下さるようお願いします。その機能について納得のいく議論を行えるのでしたら、追加される可能性は高くなります。要求する機能を実装したパッチを提供して下さるなら更に高くなりますが、事前にファイル <ulink url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/terminal/trunk/HACKING">HACKING</ulink> を忘れずに読んでください。特に <emphasis>Coding Style</emphasis> と題されている箇所に目を通すようにしてください。</para>
-
-    <para>それ以外、利用方法やこのソフトウェアのインストールに関する質問がある場合は、<ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">thunar-dev メーリングリスト</ulink> で質問するか、IRC クライアントで <emphasis role="bold">irc.freenode.net</emphasis> のチャンネル <emphasis role="bold">#thunar</emphasis> に参加して手助けを求めてみてください。</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="copyright">
-    <title>@PACKAGE_NAME@ について</title>
-
-    <para>@PACKAGE_NAME@ は Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>) が製作しました。より詳しい情報は <ulink url="http://thunar.xfce.org/" type="http">Thunar のウェブサイト</ulink>を参照してください。</para>
-
-    <para>Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>) がこの文書を製作しました。最新版は <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/">Thunar のウェブサイト</ulink>にあります。</para>
-
-    <para>このソフトウェアはフリーソフトウェア財団が公表する GNU 一般公衆利用許諾契約書の条件下に配布されています。第2版あるいは、あなたが選ぶそれ以降の版のいずれかが適用されます。</para>
-
-    <para>このプログラムには、GNU 一般公衆利用許諾契約書のコピーが附属するはずですが、もし無いのであればフリーソフトウェア財団に連絡してください。59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-</article>
-<!--
-	vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et ai encoding=UTF-8:
--->
diff --git a/docs/manual/nl/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/nl/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index d7dd600..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/nl/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-# $Id$
-
-SUBDIRS =								\
-	images
-
-TARGET_DIR = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/nl
-STYLESHEET = ../thunar.xsl
-DOCUMENT = Thunar.xml
-
-# We set GPATH here; this gives us semantics for GNU make
-# which are more like other make's VPATH, when it comes to
-# whether a source that is a target of one rule is then
-# searched for in VPATH/GPATH.
-GPATH = $(srcdir)
-
-DOC_STAMPS = html-build.stamp
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(DOCUMENT)
-CLEANFILES = $(DOC_STAMPS)
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-all-local: html-build.stamp
-
-html-build.stamp: $(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT) $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET)
-	@echo "*** Building HTML ***"
-	@-chmod -R u+w $(srcdir)
-	rm -rf $(srcdir)/html
-	mkdir $(srcdir)/html
-	$(XSLTPROC) --nonet -o $(srcdir)/html/ $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET) \
-		$(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT)
-	touch html-build.stamp
-else
-all-local:
-endif
-
-maintainer-clean-local: clean
-	(cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf html)
-
-install-data-local:
-	installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*`;				\
-	if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*'; then		\
-		echo "--- Nothing to install";				\
-	else								\
-		$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);		\
-		for file in $$installfiles; do				\
-			echo "--- Installing "$$file;			\
-			$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);	\
-		done;							\
-	fi
-
-uninstall-local:
-	rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)/*
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-dist-check-xsltproc: all
-else
-dist-check-xsltproc:
-	@echo "*** xsltproc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist"
-	@false
-endif
-
-dist-hook: dist-check-xsltproc dist-hook-local
-	mkdir $(distdir)/html
-	-cp $(srcdir)/html/* $(distdir)/html
-
-.PHONY: dist-hook-local
-
-# vi:set ts=8 sw=8 noet ai nocindent syntax=automake:
diff --git a/docs/manual/nl/Thunar.xml.in b/docs/manual/nl/Thunar.xml.in
deleted file mode 100644
index edc4454..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/nl/Thunar.xml.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1607 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-<!ENTITY date "November 2007">
-<!ENTITY version "@PACKAGE_VERSION@">
-<!ENTITY application "@PACKAGE_NAME@">
-]>
-<article id="index" lang="nl">
-
-  <!-- Header -->
-  <articleinfo>
-    <title>Thunar File Manager</title>
-
-    <pubdate>&date;</pubdate>
-
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2004</year>
-      <year>2005</year>
-      <year>2006</year>
-      <year>2007</year>
-      <holder>Benedikt Meurer</holder>
-    </copyright>
-
-    <legalnotice id="legalnotice">
-      <para>
-        Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-        under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
-        any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
-        Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
-        Texts. The complete license text is available from the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/">Free Software Foundation</ulink>.
-      </para>
-    </legalnotice>
-
-    <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-        <firstname>Benedikt</firstname>
-        <surname>Meurer</surname>
-        <affiliation>
-          <address><email>benny at xfce.org</email></address>
-          <orgname>os-cillation</orgname>
-          <orgdiv>System development</orgdiv>
-          <jobtitle>Software developer</jobtitle>
-        </affiliation>
-      </author>
-    </authorgroup>
-
-    <releaseinfo>
-      This manual describes version @PACKAGE_VERSION@ of @PACKAGE_NAME at .
-    </releaseinfo>
-  </articleinfo>
-
-  <sect1 id="intro">
-    <title>Introduction to @PACKAGE_NAME@</title>
-
-    <para>
-      Thunar is a new modern file manager for the Xfce Desktop Environment. Thunar has been designed from the ground up to
-      be fast and easy-to-use. Its user interface is clean and intuitive, and does not include any confusing or useless
-      options by default. Thunar is fast and responsive with a good start up time and folder load time.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The Thunar file manager thereby provides an integrated access point to your files and applications. You can use the
-      file manager to do the following:
-    </para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>Create folders and documents.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Display your files and folders.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Manage your files and folders.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Run and manage custom actions.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Access Removable Media.</listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="the-file-manager-window">
-    <title>The File Manager Window</title>
-
-    <para>
-      By default the file manager window consists of a shortcut pane on the left side, the main area on the right
-      and a pathbar above the main area.
-    </para>
-
-    <screenshot>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="images/file-manager-window.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-
-        <textobject>
-          <phrase>File Manager Window</phrase>
-        </textobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </screenshot>
-
-    <para>
-      The <guilabel>Shortcut Pane</guilabel> provides shortcuts to different folders on your system. The first
-      shortcut will lead to your <emphasis>Home Folder</emphasis>, the folder you store all your personal data,
-      and will therefore have the name of the current user. The second shortcut will take you to the trash bin,
-      which stores deleted files that can be recovered later. The third shortcut takes you to the <emphasis>Desktop
-      Folder</emphasis>, which contains the files and folders that are displayed on the desktop. The fourth
-      shortcut will take you to the root of your file system - you may want to explore it a bit, even though
-      it may be confusing to you if you are new to Linux/Unix. Just click on the different folders and see what is
-      inside.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      Below the <emphasis>File System</emphasis> shortcut, the removable drives and media will be displayed. In
-      the screenshot above, you can see a <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel> shortcut. Click on these shortcuts
-      to access the data stored on the removable drives and media. See <xref linkend="using-removable-media"/>
-      for further details.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The remaining shortcuts are user defined. Add your own shortcuts by simply dragging folders to the
-      <guilabel>Shortcuts Pane</guilabel>. This will allow you to access important folders instantly. To
-      remove a previously added shortcut, right-click on the shortcut and choose <guimenuitem>Remove Shortcut</guimenuitem>.
-      To rename a previously added shortcut, right-click on the shortcut and choose <guimenuitem>Rename Shortcut</guimenuitem>.
-      Note that these actions affect only the shortcut, not the folder referenced by the shortcuts.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The <emphasis>main area</emphasis> will always display the contents of the current folder. Double click on
-      folders to enter them, and right-click on files or folders to get a context-menu offering some choices of
-      what to do with it. Select multiple files by dragging a rectangle over them with the mouse. Alternatively,
-      select one file, hold down the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key, and increase or decrease the selection using
-      the arrow keys.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The <emphasis>pathbar</emphasis> will always show the path you took to get to the folder you are currently
-      at. You can click on any pathbar button to change to the folder it represents. Right-click on a pathbar
-      button to bring up a context-menu with some options.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="customizing-the-appearance">
-      <title>Customizing the Appearance</title>
-
-      <para>
-        There are many ways to customize the appearance of the file manager windows. In case you do not like the
-        way the icons are displayed, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>View as Detailed List</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-        from the main menu to have the contents of the current folder displayed as a list.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        You can have the file manager windows display a location bar instead of the pathbar by choosing
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Location Selector</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Toolbar Style</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-        from the main menu.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        In case you prefer a treeview in the left pane, choose
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Tree</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-        from the main menu.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="visible-columns-in-the-detailed-list-view">
-        <title>Visible Columns in the Detailed List View</title>
-
-        <para>
-          If you prefer to display the contents of the folder as a list, using the <guilabel>Detailed List View</guilabel>, you can
-          customize the columns displayed in the list view. To customize the visible columns, choose
-          <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure Columns...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.
-        </para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/visible-columns.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Visible Columns</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Visible Columns</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>
-                Select the columns you want to be displayed from the list of available columns. Click <guibutton>Move Up</guibutton>
-                or <guibutton>Move Down</guibutton> to change the order of the columns. Click <guibutton>Use Default</guibutton> to
-                revert your changes.
-              </para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Column Sizing</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>
-                Select the option <guibutton>Automatically expand columns as needed</guibutton> if you want the list view columns
-                to expand automatically if the needed to ensure the text is fully visible.
-              </para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="working-with-files-and-folders">
-    <title>Working with Files and Folders</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="opening-files">
-      <title>Opening Files</title>
-
-      <para>
-        When you open a file, the file manager performs the default action for that file type. For example, opening a text file
-        will display it in the default text editor, while opening an image file will display the image in the default image
-        viewer.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The file manager checks the extension of a file to determine the type of a file. If the file has no known extension, the
-        file manager examines the contents of the file.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-the-default-action">
-        <title>Executing the Default Action</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To execute the default for a file, double-click on the file. For example, the default action for audio files is to
-          play the it with the default music playing application. In this case, you can double-click on the file to open the
-          file in the music player.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          You can set <application>Thunar</application> preferences so that you click once on a file to execute the default
-          action. For information, see <xref linkend="preferences-behavior"/>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-non-default-actions">
-        <title>Executing Non-Default Actions</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To execute actions other than the default action for a file, select the file that you want to perform an action on.
-          Choose the desired action from the <emphasis>Open With</emphasis> choices available in <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu
-          or an <guimenu>Open With</guimenu> submenu.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="adding-actions">
-        <title>Adding Actions</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To add actions associated with a file type, perform the following steps:
-        </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              In the main area, select a file of the type to which you want to add an action.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open With Other Application...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-              from the main menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Either choose an application in the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> dialog or select <guibutton>Use a custom command</guibutton>
-              and browse to the program with which you wish to open this type.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>
-          The action you have chosen is now added to the list of actions for that particular file type. If you enabled the
-          <guibutton>Use as default for this kind of file</guibutton> option or there was no prior action associated with the
-          type, the newly added action is the default.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          You may also add actions using the <guibutton>Open With</guibutton> button under
-          <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="modifiying-actions">
-        <title>Modifying Actions</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To modify the actions associated with a file or file type, perform the following steps:
-        </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              In the main area, select a file of the type for which you want to modify the action.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select the new default action using the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> button or add a new action by choosing
-              <guimenuitem>Open With Other Application...</guimenuitem> from the drop down menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>
-          To remove a previously added action for a file type, bring up the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> dialog as described
-          above, right-click the action you want to remove and choose <guimenuitem>Remove Launcher</guimenuitem>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="file-properties">
-      <title>File Properties</title>
-
-      <para>
-        The file properties window shows more information about any file or folder in the file manager. With this window, you can also
-        do the following:
-      </para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Change the icon for special files, such as application launchers and URL links.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Add or remove emblems for a file or folder.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Change the UNIX file permissions for a file or folder.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Choose which application is used to open a file and other files of the same type.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/file-properties.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>File Properties</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        To open the file properties window, perform the following steps:
-      </para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Select the file or folder whose properties you want to examine or change. You cannot
-            select multiple items at once and display the properties that are in common to all
-            items currently.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Do one of the following:
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Right-click the selected item and choose <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> from the context menu.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="using-removable-media">
-    <title>Using Removable Media</title>
-
-    <sect2 id="accessing-removable-media">
-      <title>Accessing Removable Media</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar supports removable media if it was built with support for <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software_2fhal">HAL</ulink>,
-        or if you are using <ulink type="http" url="http://www.freebsd.org/">FreeBSD</ulink>. Note however that on FreeBSD 6.0 or newer, it is
-        suggested to use HAL rather than the native support provided by Thunar.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-mount-media">
-        <title>To Mount Media</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To <emphasis>mount</emphasis> media is to make the file system of the media available for access. When you mount media, the
-          file system of the media is attached as a subdirectory to your file system.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          To access media, insert the media in the appropriate device, or connect the new device to your computer (i.e. connect an USB
-          stick to one of your USB ports). An object that represents the media is added to the side pane of the file manager. If
-          <application>xfdesktop</application> is running and configured to display <guilabel>File/launcher icons</guilabel> this
-          object will also be added to your desktop.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          To actually mount the media, click on the object that represents the media. For example, to mount a floppy diskette,
-          click on the <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel> object in the side pane. The file manager will now add the file system
-          of the media to your file system hierarchy and display the contents of the floppy diskette in the main area.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-eject-media">
-        <title>To Eject Media</title>
-
-        <para>
-          If the drive for the media is a motorized drive (i.e. a CD-ROM drive), right-click on the media object in the side pane
-          or on the desktop and choose <guilabel>Eject Volume</guilabel>. The media is ejected from the drive after a few seconds.
-          If the drive for the media is not motorized (i.e. a floppy drive or an USB stick), right-click on the media object and
-          choose <guilabel>Unmount Volume</guilabel>. After a short period of time, a notification will appear to inform you
-          that it is now safe to remove the media or disconnect the drive from the computer.
-        </para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/removable-media-unmount.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Unmount notification</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <para>
-          However this notification will only be displayed if support for <application>libnotify</application> is enabled,
-          and you have installed a notification daemon. A notification daemon for Xfce is available from the <ulink type="http" url="http://goodies.xfce.org/projects/applications/notification-daemon-xfce">Xfce Goodies Project</ulink>.
-          If notification support is not available, wait until the context menu disappears before you remove the media or disconnect
-          the drive.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Be aware that you cannot eject or unmount media that is still in use by one or more applications. Therefore if the file
-          manager refuses to eject media, make sure you close all applications that were accessing the media, and be sure to also
-          check command line applications running in <application>Terminal</application> windows.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Make sure to unmount removable media before ejecting. Do not eject a diskette from the floppy drive before your unmount
-          the diskette. Do not remove an USB stick before you unmount the flash drive. If you do not unmount the media first you
-          might lose data or cause your system to crash.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="management-of-removable-drives-and-media">
-      <title>Management of Removable Drives and Media</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar is also able to automatically manage removable drives and media if the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.foo-projects.org/~benny/projects/thunar-volman/index.html">thunar-volman</ulink> package is installed on
-        your system.  Note however that this feature requires HAL support.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Now, if HAL support is available and <application>thunar-volman</application> is installed on your system, you
-        can choose to enable the <guilabel>Volume Management</guilabel> feature of Thunar. Therefore, open the file
-        manager preferences, go to the <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> page and check the <guilabel>Enable Volume
-        Management</guilabel> button.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The next step is to customize the management of removable drives and media to your needs. Click on the
-        <guilabel>Configure</guilabel> link in the <guilabel>Volume Management</guilabel> section, right below
-        the button. The <guilabel>Removable Drives and Media</guilabel> configuration dialog will be displayed.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/removable-drives-and-media.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Removable Drives and Media</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        If you have used the <application>gnome-volume-manager</application> previously, you should feel right at
-        home, because it was designed to look and behave similar to <application>gnome-volume-manager</application>.
-        The preferences are divided by device categories to make it easy to locate the option for you specific
-        device.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <guilabel>Storage</guilabel> page contains the most important options. As the name suggests these
-        options apply only to storage devices like external harddisk drives, USB sticks and CD-ROMs. The
-        <guilabel>Removable Storage</guilabel> options are described in detail below.
-      </para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Mount removable drives when hot-plugged</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to automatically mount file systems on removable drives (i.e. external harddisk drives
-              or USB sticks) when such drives are plugged into the computer.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              This option must be enabled for certain other features to work with removable drives. For example,
-              if you disable this option, certain kinds of portable music players cannot be detected any more and
-              so, even if you enabled the <guilabel>Play music files when connected</guilabel> option on the
-              <guilabel>Multimedia</guilabel> page, the specified command will not be run when you hot-plug your
-              portable music player.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Mount removable media when inserted</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to automatically mount file systems on removable media (i.e. CD-ROMs or DVDs)
-              when you insert the media into the drive.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              This option must be enabled for certain other features to work with removable media. For example,
-              if you disable this option, it is impossible to detect whether the removable media has auto-run
-              capabilities, and so the <guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel> option
-              has no effect for removable media.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Browse removable media when inserted</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to automatically display the content of newly inserted media in the file manager.
-              Note however, that the contents will only be displayed if no other action was possible or you
-              choose to ignore the other possible actions. For example, if you insert a CD-ROM with auto-run
-              capabilities and the <guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel> option is
-              enabled, you will be prompted whether you want to allow or ignore the auto-run. If you choose
-              to ignore the auto-run the contents will be displayed in the file manager.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to make use of auto-run capabilities of certain removable drives and media. See
-              the <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop
-              Application Autostart Specification</ulink> for details about the auto-run mechanism. To enhance security,
-              you will always be prompted to confirm the auto-run.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              If the Windows emulator <ulink type="http" url="http://www.winehq.org/">WINE</ulink> is installed on your
-              system, the auto-run mechanism will also try to run <filename>autorun.exe</filename> files using WINE.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Auto-open files on new drives and media</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to make of auto-open capabilities of certain removable drives and media. See
-              the <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop
-              Application Autostart Specification</ulink> for details about the auto-open mechanism. To enhance security,
-              you will always be prompted to confirm the auto-open.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <para>
-        The remaining options allow you to specify a command to run when a certain kind of media is inserted into a drive
-        or a certain kind of external device is connected. The command can use three special variables, that will be
-        substituted when the command is run:
-      </para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%d</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Each appearance of <literal>%d</literal> in the command will be substituted with the device file path of
-              the newly added device. For example, if you have plugged in an USB stick, the device file path will be
-              <filename>/dev/da0s1</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              If no device file is associated with the device or the device file could not be found for some reason,
-              the variable <literal>%d</literal> will be substituted with the empty string.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%h</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Each appearance of <literal>%h</literal> in the command will be substituted with the HAL UDI of the newly
-              added device.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%m</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Each appearance of <literal>%m</literal> in the command will be substituted with the mount point where
-              the newly added device was mounted. If the device cannot be mounted (for example printers or keyboards)
-              or if the automatic mounting was disabled, <literal>%m</literal> will be substituted with the empty
-              string.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <sect3 id="troubleshooting-the-volume-manager">
-        <title>Troubleshooting the Volume Manager</title>
-
-        <para>
-          Useful tips to trouble shoot the volume manager in case it does not work as expected.
-        </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Make sure <application>Thunar</application> is running as daemon. The volume manager depends
-              on this, as it is not a daemon by itself. By default, Xfce
-              automatically spawns <application>Thunar</application> as daemon on startup. If it got killed
-              for some reason, open the <guilabel>Run program</guilabel> (using the keyboard shortcut
-              <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> or right-click on the desktop
-              and choose <guilabel>Run Program...</guilabel> from the desktop menu), enter <literal>Thunar
-              --daemon</literal> and click <guibutton>Run</guibutton>.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Try running <application>thunar-volman</application> from a <application>Terminal</application>
-              window after hot-plugging the drive or inserting the media. First, you need to figure out the
-              HAL UDI of the new device using <application>lshal</application> or <application>hal-device</application>.
-              Once you know the UDI, run <literal>thunar-volman --device-added <udi-of-your-device></literal> in
-              a <application>Terminal</application> window and watch the output for errors or warnings.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>
-          If it still refuses to work, ask on the <ulink type="http" url="http://forum.xfce.org/">Xfce Forum</ulink> or
-          the <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">thunar-dev mailing list</ulink>
-          for help.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="preferences">
-    <title>File Management Preferences</title>
-
-    <para>
-      Use the <guilabel>File Manager Preferences</guilabel> dialog to set your <application>Thunar</application> file manager
-      preferences. To open the preferences dialog, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-      from the menu bar, or click on the <guibutton>File Manager</guibutton> button in the Xfce Settings Manager.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The <guilabel>File Manager Preferences</guilabel> dialog is divided into four pages with different options, each described in
-      a separate section below. Basically you can set preferences in the following categories:
-    </para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem><para>The default settings for the views.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>The default settings for the side pane.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>The behavior of the file manager windows.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>Advanced features of the file manager.</para></listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>
-      Thunar also supports a bunch of so-called <emphasis>Hidden Options</emphasis>, which control several advanced features of the
-      file manager, but are not included in the preferences in order to keep the preferences dialog simple. The <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/thunar/trunk/docs/README.thunarrc"><filename>README.thunarrc</filename></ulink> file that
-      is included with the Thunar distribution describes all available options in detail.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-views">
-      <title>Views Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can specify a default view, select sort options and display options. You can
-        also specify whether thumbnails should be displayed for file types that support
-        this.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-views.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Views Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>View new folder using</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select the default view for folders. When you open a new window, the is displayed
-              in the view that you select. This can be either the icon view, the compact list view
-              or the detailed list view. You can also select <guilabel>Last Active View</guilabel>
-              here to use the view you used for the last active window.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Sort folders before files</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to list folders before files when you sort a folder.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Show thumbnails</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to show thumbnails of image files and other supported files. The
-              file manager stores the thumbnail files for each folder in the hidden <filename role="directory">.thumbnails</filename> directory in the user's Home Folder.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              See <xref linkend="thumbnailers"/> if you want to extend the basic
-              thumbnail functionality provided by <application>Thunar</application> with support
-              for additional file types.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Text beside icons</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this options to place the icon captions for items in the icon view beside the
-              icon rather than under the icon.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-side-pane">
-      <title>Side Pane Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can select display options for the shortcuts pane and the tree pane.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-side-pane.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Side Pane Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        The side pane can either display a list of shortcuts for folders in your file system, which
-        is the default, or a tree view of your file system. This page allows you to select the size
-        of the icons for the shortcuts and the tree pane. You can also specify whether emblems should
-        be displayed.
-      </para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Icon Size</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              The size of the icons displayed in the side, ranging from <guilabel>Very Small</guilabel> (around
-              16x16 pixels) to <guilabel>Very Large</guilabel> (around 128x128 pixels).
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Show Icon Emblems</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to display emblems for folders in the side pane. You can assign emblems to
-              folders in the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog. Select a folder in the main area and
-              choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-              from the main menu, or right-click the folder and select <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-              from the context menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-behavior">
-      <title>Behavior Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can select the preferred behavior to interact with the file manager.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-behavior.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Behavior Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Single click to active items</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to perform the default action for an item when you
-              click on the item. When this option is selected, and you point to an
-              item, the title of the item is underlined and the item will be
-              selected automatically after a short delay.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              This delay can be configured below the option. You can also disable the
-              automatic selection of items by moving the selector to the left-most
-              position.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Double click to activate items</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to perform the default action for an item when you
-              double click on the item, and select the item with a single click.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-advanced">
-      <title>Advanced Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can control advanced features of the file manager.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-advanced.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Advanced Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Folder Permissions</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Choose the action that should be performed when you change the permissions of a folder in
-              the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog. You can choose to let <application>Thunar</application>
-              ask everytime when you change folder permissions, tell it to default to applying the new permissions
-              to the folder only or to apply them recursively to the folder contents as well.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Volume Management</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              If <application>Thunar</application> was installed with support for HAL and the <application>thunar-volman</application>
-              package is also installed, you can enable the integrated volume manager. See <xref linkend="management-of-removable-drives-and-media"/>
-              for details about this feature.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="customizing-thunar">
-    <title>Customizing Thunar</title>
-
-    <para>
-      This chapter describes how to customize certain parts of the file manager to your own needs.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="sendto">
-      <title>The "Send To" Menu</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar includes a <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu, which provides possible targets where files and folders can
-        be sent to. To access the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu, choose
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Send To</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu, or right-click
-        on a file or folder and choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Send To</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/sendto-menu.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>"Send To" Menu</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        By default, the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu includes an entry named <guilabel>Desktop (Create Link)</guilabel> for all
-        files and folders, which simply creates a link on the desktop for each selected file. In addition, if the <guilabel>Shortcuts
-        Pane</guilabel> is active, the menu also includes an entry called <guilabel>Side Pane (Create Shortcut)</guilabel> for folders,
-        which allows users to add new shortcuts to the side pane. Following these entries, <application>Thunar</application> lists
-        the removable drives currently plugged into the computer. In the screenshot above, the <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel>
-        represents a possible target where files can be sent to. Note that the device is mounted automatically once selected from
-        the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu, so you do not need to manually mount it.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        In addition <application>Thunar</application> also ships the <application>thunar-sendto-email</application> plugin, which adds
-        the entry <guilabel>Mail Recipient</guilabel> to the menu, that opens the mail composer with the selected files attach to the
-        new email. If the selection contains atleast one folder, the selected items are added to a ZIP archive before attaching them
-        to the email. Otherwise, if the selection contains multiple files, or a single file, which is larger than 200Kib, the user will
-        be prompted whether to pack the files into a ZIP archive, and send the ZIP archive.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Like most other features of <application>Thunar</application>, the <guilabel>Send to</guilabel> menu can be easily extended
-        by users and application developers with new targets, using standard <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fdesktop_2dentry_2dspec">desktop entry files</ulink>. These files must be
-        installed into one of the <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/Thunar/sendto/</filename> folders (see the <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fbasedir_2dspec">XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink> for details about the
-        <literal>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</literal> variable).
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <literal>MimeType</literal> of the target <filename>.desktop</filename> specifies the types of files for which this action
-        should be available in the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu. For example, say you want to add entry for a <ulink type="http" url="http://flickr.com/">Flickr</ulink> uploader tool, then this entry should only show up if the selection contains JPEG
-        files (other file formats are not supported by Flickr) and so you should add a line <literal>MimeType=image/jpeg;</literal>.
-        If you do not specify any <literal>MimeType</literal> your entry will show up for all file types.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        A complete example using the <application>postr</application> application is shown below:
-      </para>
-
-<programlisting>
-# postr.desktop - Integrate postr into
-#                 the "Send To" menu.
-[Desktop Entry]
-Type=Application
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-TryExec=postr
-Exec=postr %F
-Icon=postr
-Name=Flickr
-MimeType=image/jpeg;</programlisting>
-
-      <para>
-        If you install this file to <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/Thunar/sendto/</filename> (create the folder if
-        it does not exist yet), the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu for JPEG files will show the new entry <guilabel>Flickr</guilabel>,
-        which can be used to upload JPEG images to Flickr.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/sendto_menu">Thunar Project Wiki</ulink> contains
-        additional examples of useful targets for the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu. Feel free to extend the Wiki page with
-        new examples.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="thumbnailers">
-      <title>Thumbnailers</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar uses small utilities to create thumbnails of certain file types and displays the thumbnails as preview of the
-        file content. These small tools are called thumbnailers. Thunar ships with thumbnailers for image and font files, and
-        makes use of the installed thumbnailers from GNOME automatically if it was installed with support for <literal>gconf</literal>.
-        Users may however dynamically extend this basic functionality with thumbnailers for additional file types.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        If you plan to write a custom thumbnailers, you need to start with a program that accepts atleast two command line parameters,
-        the input file, which is of the file type you plan to support and the output file, which is a PNG file that complies with the
-        format specified by the <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/creation.html#AEN139">Thumbnail Management
-        Standard</ulink>. Additionally your program may also accept the desired size of the thumbnail, which is optional but highly
-        recommended. If you write the output file at an arbitrary image size, Thunar will afterwards scale it to the desired size,
-        which might produce a less optimal result than generating the thumbnail with the requested dimensions.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Once your utility to generate the thumbnails is done, you will need to register your thumbnailer, so Thunar is able to locate
-        and use it. Therefore all you need to do is to install a description file for the thumbnailer (a <filename>.desktop</filename> file)
-        in one of the <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/thumbnailers/</filename> paths. For example, if you want to register the
-        thumbnailer for your user account only, you can install the file into the folder <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/thumbnailers/</filename>. The <filename>.desktop</filename> for thumbnailers has the following format.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="thumbnailer-desktop-file-format">
-        <title>Thumbnailer Description File Format</title>
-
-        <para>
-          Thumbnailer description files utilize the <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/">Desktop
-          Entry Format</ulink> with a special <literal>Type</literal> of <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal> and special field
-          <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> with new field codes. Basically, a thumbnailer description file has the following format.
-        </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=Your Thumbnailer
-MimeType=your-supported/mime-type;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=your-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>
-          The <literal>Version</literal> and <literal>Encoding</literal> are mandated by the Desktop Entry Specification, just use the values shown
-          in the example above. The <literal>Type</literal> field must have the special value <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal>, otherwise your
-          thumbnailer will not be recognized. The <literal>Name</literal> value describes your thumbnailer.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> field contains the command to run your thumbnailer, and supports certain field codes that will
-          be substituted when the thumbnailer is run. Recognized field codes are as follows:
-        </para>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%i</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              The local path to the input file for which to create a thumbnail. May be either a path relative to the directory from which the
-              thumbnailer was invoked or an absolute path.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%o</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              The local path to the output file where to store the generated thumbnail. The output file must be written as valid PNG file according
-              to the thumbnail standard (see above). Note that the path may not end with <literal>.png</literal>, which matters if you invoke certain
-              third party tools.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%s</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              The desired size of the generated thumbnail in pixels. This parameter is optional.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%u</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              Similar to <literal>%i</literal>, but substituted with the URI of the file, rather than the path. This was added for compatibility with
-              GNOME.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%%</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              Will be substituted with a single <literal>%</literal>.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-
-        <para>
-          You need to include atleast <literal>%o</literal> and <literal>%i</literal> or <literal>%u</literal>, otherwise your thumbnailer will
-          be useless.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The <literal>MimeType</literal> lists the MIME types - separated by semicolon - for which your thumbnailer is able to create previews.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="eps-thumbnailer-example">
-        <title>Example EPS Thumbnailer</title>
-
-        <para>
-          This example demonstrates how to write and install a new thumbnailer for <filename>.eps</filename> files, which uses the
-          <command>convert</command> utility that ships as part of ImageMagick. First, we start with a simple script that invokes
-          <command>convert</command> to generate a thumbnail at the requested size.
-        </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# eps-thumbnailer - Example thumbnailer script for EPS files.
-#
-# Usage: esp-thumbnailer eps-file png-file size
-#
-
-# command line parameters
-ifile=$1
-ofile=$2
-size=$3
-
-# invoke convert (ImageMagick)
-exec convert "eps:$ifile" -scale "$sizex$size" "png:$ofile"</programlisting>
-
-        <para>
-          Save this script above to a file <filename>eps-thumbnailer</filename>, make sure the file is executable and install it
-          to <filename role="directory">/usr/local/bin</filename>.
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ chmod +x eps-thumbnailer
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer /usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          Next we need to create the thumbnail description file <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename>, which looks like this:
-        </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=EPS Thumbnailer
-TryExec=convert
-MimeType=image/x-eps;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=/usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>
-          This file must be installed to <filename role="directory">/usr/local/share/thumbnailers</filename> (create the folder if
-          it does not exists).
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ sudo install -d /usr/local/share/thumbnailers
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer.desktop /usr/local/share/thumbnailers/eps-thumbnailer.desktop</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          The <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename> file uses the special key <literal>TryExec</literal>, which, if specified,
-          names a command that must be present on the system for the thumbnailer to be useful. In this case, our script is useless if
-          the <command>convert</command> utility is not present.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The last step is to regenerate the thumbnailer cache, so Thunar will pick up our thumbnailer. The thumbnailer cache is located
-          at <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/thumbnailers.cache</filename> (unless overridden by your or your system administrator, the
-          <varname>$XDG_CACHE_HOME</varname> points to the folder <filename role="directory">~/.cache/</filename>). The thumbnailers
-          cache is regenerated periodically by Thunar, but you can force to regenerate it by invoking the
-          <filename>thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</filename> utility, that ships as part of Thunar. This utility is usually installed
-          in the <filename role="directory">libexec</filename> subfolder of your installation prefix (<filename role="directory">sbin</filename>
-          on Debian/Ubuntu). So for example, if Thunar is installed in <filename role="directory">/usr</filename>, invoke the utility as
-          follows:
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>$ /usr/libexec/thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          But make sure you run the program from your user account, not the superuser account, since the thumbnailers cache is stored in
-          your home folder, rather than a system wide location.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Now, if Thunar is compiled with support for file alteration monitoring (using the FAM or Gamin services), it will automatically
-          pick up the new thumbnailers cache within a few seconds and afterwards be able to generate thumbnails using your custom
-          thumbnailers. Otherwise you might need to completely restart Thunar to apply the changes, using
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>$ Thunar -q</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          to terminate any running instance, and afterwards restart it from your launcher.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="cleaning-up-thumbnails">
-        <title>Cleaning up Thumbnails</title>
-
-        <para>
-          The generated thumbnails are stored in the folder <filename role="directory">~/.thumbnails/</filename> complying with the <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/index.html">Thumbnail Management Standard</ulink>. While testing a new
-          thumbnailer, it might help to clean up the thumbnail cache using
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>$ rm -rf ~/.thumbnails/</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          which will also give you some free space in your home folder. Since all the information stored within this folder was automatically
-          generated from files in your file system, you will not loose any sensitive data.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="advanced-topics">
-    <title>Advanced Topics</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="to-bulk-rename-files">
-      <title>To Bulk Rename Files</title>
-
-      <para>
-        To <emphasis>bulk rename</emphasis> files means to rename multiple files at once using some criterion, that applies to atleast
-        one of the files. <application>Thunar</application> includes a bulk renamer, which can be run separately using the command
-        <command>Thunar -B</command> or from within <application>Thunar</application> by selecting two or more files in the main area
-        and pressing <keycombo><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> or choosing
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Rename...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/bulk-rename.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Bulk Rename Files</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        The <emphasis>Bulk Renamers</emphasis> can be applied to the name of the files, the suffix of the files or both to the
-        name and the suffix of the files. <application>Thunar</application> currently supports the following <emphasis>Bulk
-        Renamers</emphasis>:
-      </para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem><para>Remove characters.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Numbering files.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Insert Date or Time.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Insert or overwrite characters.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Search and replace characters.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Convert to uppercase, lowercase or camlcase.</para></listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <para>
-        Additional <emphasis>Bulk Renamers</emphasis> may be installed as plugins for <application>Thunar</application>. Check
-        the <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/plugins.html">Thunar Plugins</ulink> website for currently available
-        extensions. The <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/bulk_renamer">Thunar Project Wiki</ulink>
-        contains further details about this feature. Feel free to add more information to the Wiki.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="the-unix-file-system">
-      <title>The UNIX File System</title>
-
-      <para>
-        While the Thunar file manager does a good job at abstracting the details of the underlying file system, so the user
-        does not need to care about them, it is sometimes useful to understand the basic concepts to get the whole picture.
-        This section tries to give a brief introduction to the concepts of the UNIX file system, which is used today by all
-        incarnations of UNIX, including Linux.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="folders-and-paths">
-        <title>Folders and Paths</title>
-
-        <para>
-          In a UNIX file system all folders are arranged in a simple inverted tree structure descending and branching down
-          from a single top level folder, which is called the <emphasis>root directory</emphasis> (the term
-          <emphasis>directory</emphasis> is often used instead of <emphasis>folder</emphasis>) and displayed as
-          <guilabel>File System</guilabel> in Thunar. This means that you can get from any folder to any other by going
-          up the tree until you reach a common point, then down the tree through the appropriate subfolders until you reach
-          your target.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The position of any file or folder in the tree can be described by its <emphasis>path</emphasis>. The path is the
-          list of folders you would have to descend through to get to the target folder or file, starting from the top level
-          folder. For example <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> is the subfolder <filename role="directory">luke</filename> of the subfolder <filename role="directory">home</filename> of the top level folder,
-          and <filename>/home/luke/myfile.txt</filename> is the file <filename>myfile.txt</filename> in that subfolder. The
-          leading <filename role="directory">/</filename> in these paths represents the top level folder.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Every user has their own folder to hold their personal files and settings. This folder is called the <emphasis>home
-          directory</emphasis> and is displayed in Thunar as special icon with the users login name. The folder is similar to
-          the <guilabel>My Files</guilabel> folder known from Windows. The <emphasis>home directories</emphasis> of the various
-          users in a system are usually located below the <filename role="directory">/home</filename> folder. For example
-          <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> would be the home directory of the user with the login name
-          <filename role="directory">luke</filename>, while <filename role="directory">/home/jane</filename> would be
-          the home directory for the user with the login name <filename role="directory">jane</filename>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="file-types">
-        <title>File Types</title>
-
-        <para>
-          You may have already heard that everything is a file in UNIX. This is true for most objects present in UNIX systems
-          today. In fact even devices are represented as a special files. While this may not make sense at first sight, it is
-          one of the strengths of UNIX and its derivates, and has helped it to maintain a simple core over the years where other
-          operating systems had to introduce new concepts for every new technology.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          These are the four most important types of files in the UNIX file system.
-        </para>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-ordinary-files">
-          <title>Ordinary Files</title>
-
-          <para>
-            An ordinary file may contain text, a program or other data. This includes image files, audio files, office documents
-            and video files. The term <emphasis>file</emphasis> is often used to refer to an ordinary file.
-          </para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-folder-files">
-          <title>Folder Files</title>
-
-          <para>
-            Folders are also files in the UNIX file system. To be exact a folder is a special file, which contains a
-            mapping of file names to file references for every file contained within this folder.
-          </para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-symbolic-link-files">
-          <title>Symbolic Link Files</title>
-
-          <para>
-            A Symbolic link (often called a <emphasis>symlink</emphasis>) is a special file that contains a path to
-            another file in the file system. Symbolic link files therefore do not contain any useful information
-            themselves, but just refer to other files.
-          </para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-device-files">
-          <title>Device Files</title>
-
-          <para>
-            As mentioned earlier (most) devices are also accessed through the file system. These special device files are
-            usually located in the <filename role="directory">/dev</filename> folder. For example the special file
-            <filename>/dev/hda</filename> represents the first IDE disk on Linux.
-          </para>
-        </sect4>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="faq">
-    <title>Frequently Asked Questions</title>
-
-    <para>
-      The intent of this section is to collect the quite numerous frequently asked
-      questions that relate to working with Thunar. If you know of a question that
-      is missing from this page, please <ulink type="http" url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">file
-      a request</ulink>.
-    </para>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-executables">
-      <title>Why doesn't Thunar execute files marked as executable?</title>
-
-      <para>
-        For security reasons Thunar only executes files of type <literal>application/x-desktop</literal>,
-        <literal>application/x-executable</literal> and <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal>. For
-        desktop files the execution feature will only be enabled if the desktop file is of type
-        <literal>Application</literal> and a valid <literal>Exec</literal> line is given or of type
-        <literal>Link</literal> and a valid <literal>URL</literal> is given. For the other types the feature
-        is available if the file is marked executable for the current user.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Also note that for <literal>application/x-executable</literal> and <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal>,
-        the types of the file don't really need to match these types exactly, but it is suffice if the detected
-        type has a parent that matches one of the two types listed above, or if the MIME-type is an alias for
-        one of the above.
-      </para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-metadata">
-      <title>Where does Thunar store the metadata associated with files?</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar associates various settings with files/folders, which we call metadata.
-        This metadata for all files is stored in tdb database file, which is called
-        the metafile. The database file is stored in
-        <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/metafile.tdb</filename> and can be examined
-        using the <command>tdbtool</command>, which is part of the Thunar distribution
-        (located in the <filename role="directory">tdb/</filename> subdirectory).
-      </para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-thunarrc">
-      <title>Where does Thunar store its preferences?</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar stores the user configurable preferences (and hidden settings) in
-        an <filename>.ini</filename> file, which is located at
-        <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/thunarrc</filename> and can be examined
-        using a text editor. See <filename>docs/README.thunarrc</filename> for an
-        overview of the various preferences.
-      </para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-mouse-gestures">
-      <title>How to use mouse gestures in Thunar?</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar currently features basic support for so called <emphasis>mouse gestures</emphasis>
-        in its icon view. You can use these <emphasis>mouse gestures</emphasis> by holding down
-        the middle mouse button (usually the mouse wheel) while the mouse pointer is on the
-        background area of the icon view component (any area that is not covered by
-        an icon or a text). Now you can move the cursor into four directions to
-        perform certain actions, which are described below.
-      </para>
-
-      <simplelist>
-        <member><guilabel>Left</guilabel> - opens the previous visited folder</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Up</guilabel> - opens the parent folder</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Right</guilabel> - opens the next visited folder</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Down</guilabel> - reloads the current folder</member>
-      </simplelist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-assign-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>How do I assign different keyboard shortcuts?</title>
-
-      <para>
-        If you want to rebind a shortcut, Thunar supports the standard GTK+ way
-        of changing shortcuts: simply hover over the menu option with the mouse
-        pointer and press the keyboard shortcut you want to rebind it to.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        To delete a keyboard assignment, press the <keycap>Backspace</keycap> key
-        while you are on the menu entry.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        If the shortcut doesn't change, then you need to enable the feature in
-        GTK+. This can be achieved in 3 ways:
-      </para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            If you are running Xfce 4.3 or above then you can enable <guilabel>Editable
-            menu accelerators</guilabel> in the <guilabel>User Interface Preferences</guilabel>
-            dialog.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            If you are running GNOME then you can enable <guilabel>Editable menu
-            accelerators</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Menu and Toolbars</guilabel> control
-            center dialog.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Otherwise put the following in your <filename>~/.gtkrc-2.0</filename> file
-            (create the file if it doesn't exist):<screen>gtk-can-change-accels=1</screen>
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-store-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>Where does Thunar store the keyboard shortcuts?</title>
-
-      <para>
-        The custom keyboard shortcuts are stored in the standard GTK+ accel map format in a
-        file located at <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/accels.scm</filename>. Lines starting
-        with <literal>;</literal> are comments. See the GTK+ documentation for details about the
-        file format.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        If you are a packager or a system administrator and want to provide a system wide default
-        for the keyboard shortcuts, that is different from the default shortcuts in Thunar, you
-        can create a file <filename>Thunar/accels.scm</filename> in one of the <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar>.
-        For example, if <filename role="directory">/etc/xdg</filename> is part of <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar>
-        (the default for most Linux distributions), you can install system wide defaults to
-        <filename>/etc/xdg/Thunar/accels.scm</filename>. Thunar will then load shortcuts from this file on first startup.
-      </para>
-    </sect3>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="support">
-    <title>Support</title>
-
-    <para>
-      To report a bug or to make a suggestion regarding this application or this manual, use the bug tracking system at <ulink url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">http://bugzilla.xfce.org/</ulink>.
-      Remember that useful bug reports are ones that get bugs fixed, so a useful bug report has two qualities:
-    </para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>
-          <emphasis role="bold">Reproducible.</emphasis> If the developer cannot see the bug himself
-          to prove that it exists, he will most probably not be able to fix it at all. Every detail you
-          can provide helps.
-        </para>
-      </listitem>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>
-          <emphasis role="bold">Specific.</emphasis> The quicker the developer can isolate the problem
-          to a specific area, the more likely he will expediently fix it.
-        </para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>
-      In case you want to request a new feature, please make clear why you consider it a worth
-      addition for the application. It is more likely that a new feature gets added if you provide
-      good arguments for the feature. It will increase the chance of addition even more if you
-      provide a patch that implements the requested feature, but make sure that you read the file
-      <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/terminal/trunk/HACKING">HACKING</ulink>
-      - especially the section labeled <emphasis>Coding Style</emphasis> - before you start hacking
-      up the source.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      Else, if you have questions about the use or installation of this software, please ask on the
-      <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">thunar-dev mailing
-      list</ulink> or point your IRC client to <emphasis role="bold">irc.freenode.net</emphasis>,
-      join the channel <emphasis role="bold">#thunar</emphasis> and ask for help.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="copyright">
-    <title>About @PACKAGE_NAME@</title>
-
-    <para>
-      @PACKAGE_NAME@ was written by Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>). Visit the
-      <ulink url="http://thunar.xfce.org/" type="http">Thunar website</ulink> for more information.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      This documentation was written by Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>). The latest
-      version of this document is always available from the <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/">Thunar website</ulink>.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      This software is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-      as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-      (at your option) any later version.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 
-      along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software 
-      Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, 
-      USA.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-</article>
-<!--
-	vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et ai encoding=UTF-8:
--->
diff --git a/docs/manual/nl/images/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/nl/images/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 571cbb7..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/nl/images/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-# $Id$
-
-imagesdir = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/nl/images
-images_DATA =								\
-	bulk-rename.png							\
-	file-manager-window.png						\
-	file-properties.png						\
-	preferences-advanced.png					\
-	preferences-behavior.png					\
-	preferences-side-pane.png					\
-	preferences-views.png						\
-	removable-drives-and-media.png					\
-	removable-media-unmount.png					\
-	sendto-menu.png							\
-	visible-columns.png
-
-EXTRA_DIST = 								\
-	$(images_DATA)
-
-# vi:set ts=8 sw=8 noet ai nocindent syntax=automake:
diff --git a/docs/manual/nl/images/bulk-rename.png b/docs/manual/nl/images/bulk-rename.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a3fc365..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/nl/images/bulk-rename.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/nl/images/file-manager-window.png b/docs/manual/nl/images/file-manager-window.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 07814dd..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/nl/images/file-manager-window.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/nl/images/file-properties.png b/docs/manual/nl/images/file-properties.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d2fd15..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/nl/images/file-properties.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/nl/images/preferences-advanced.png b/docs/manual/nl/images/preferences-advanced.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b0b81cd..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/nl/images/preferences-advanced.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/nl/images/preferences-behavior.png b/docs/manual/nl/images/preferences-behavior.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 22aa80b..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/nl/images/preferences-behavior.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/nl/images/preferences-side-pane.png b/docs/manual/nl/images/preferences-side-pane.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f585ba6..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/nl/images/preferences-side-pane.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/nl/images/preferences-views.png b/docs/manual/nl/images/preferences-views.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6954990..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/nl/images/preferences-views.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/nl/images/removable-drives-and-media.png b/docs/manual/nl/images/removable-drives-and-media.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c2030f6..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/nl/images/removable-drives-and-media.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/nl/images/removable-media-unmount.png b/docs/manual/nl/images/removable-media-unmount.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fdbcea..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/nl/images/removable-media-unmount.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/nl/images/sendto-menu.png b/docs/manual/nl/images/sendto-menu.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a7c12d..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/nl/images/sendto-menu.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/nl/images/visible-columns.png b/docs/manual/nl/images/visible-columns.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 602fe06..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/nl/images/visible-columns.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/pl/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/pl/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index fe391a0..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/pl/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-# $Id$
-
-SUBDIRS =								\
-	images
-
-TARGET_DIR = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/pl
-STYLESHEET = ../thunar.xsl
-DOCUMENT = Thunar.xml
-
-# We set GPATH here; this gives us semantics for GNU make
-# which are more like other make's VPATH, when it comes to
-# whether a source that is a target of one rule is then
-# searched for in VPATH/GPATH.
-GPATH = $(srcdir)
-
-DOC_STAMPS = html-build.stamp
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(DOCUMENT)
-CLEANFILES = $(DOC_STAMPS)
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-all-local: html-build.stamp
-
-html-build.stamp: $(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT) $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET)
-	@echo "*** Building HTML ***"
-	@-chmod -R u+w $(srcdir)
-	rm -rf $(srcdir)/html
-	mkdir $(srcdir)/html
-	$(XSLTPROC) --nonet -o $(srcdir)/html/ $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET) \
-		$(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT)
-	touch html-build.stamp
-else
-all-local:
-endif
-
-maintainer-clean-local: clean
-	(cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf html)
-
-install-data-local:
-	installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*`;				\
-	if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*'; then		\
-		echo "--- Nothing to install";				\
-	else								\
-		$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);		\
-		for file in $$installfiles; do				\
-			echo "--- Installing "$$file;			\
-			$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);	\
-		done;							\
-	fi
-
-uninstall-local:
-	rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)/*
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-dist-check-xsltproc: all
-else
-dist-check-xsltproc:
-	@echo "*** xsltproc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist"
-	@false
-endif
-
-dist-hook: dist-check-xsltproc dist-hook-local
-	mkdir $(distdir)/html
-	-cp $(srcdir)/html/* $(distdir)/html
-
-.PHONY: dist-hook-local
-
-# vi:set ts=8 sw=8 noet ai nocindent syntax=automake:
diff --git a/docs/manual/pl/Thunar.xml.in b/docs/manual/pl/Thunar.xml.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 81ffbf1..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/pl/Thunar.xml.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,972 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-<!ENTITY date "November 2007">
-<!ENTITY version "@PACKAGE_VERSION@">
-<!ENTITY application "@PACKAGE_NAME@">
-]>
-<article id="index" lang="pl">
-
-  <!-- Header -->
-  <articleinfo>
-    <title>Menedżer Plików Thunar</title>
-
-    <pubdate>&date;</pubdate>
-
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2004</year>
-      <year>2005</year>
-      <year>2006</year>
-      <year>2007</year>
-      <holder>Benedikt Meurer</holder>
-    </copyright><copyright><year>2007</year><holder>Szymon Kałasz (szymon_maestro at gazeta.pl)</holder></copyright>
-
-    <legalnotice id="legalnotice">
-      <para>
-        Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-        under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
-        any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
-        Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
-        Texts. The complete license text is available from the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/">Free Software Foundation</ulink>.
-      </para>
-    </legalnotice>
-
-    <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-        <firstname>Benedikt</firstname>
-        <surname>Meurer</surname>
-        <affiliation>
-          <address><email>benny at xfce.org</email></address>
-          <orgname>os-cillation</orgname>
-          <orgdiv>System development</orgdiv>
-          <jobtitle>Software developer</jobtitle>
-        </affiliation>
-      </author>
-    </authorgroup>
-
-    <releaseinfo>Ten podręcznik opisuje @PACKAGE_NAME@ w wersji @PACKAGE_VERSION at .</releaseinfo>
-  </articleinfo>
-
-  <sect1 id="intro">
-    <title>Wprowadzenie do @PACKAGE_NAME@</title>
-
-    <para>Thunar jest nowoczesnym menedżerem plików dla Środowiska Graficznego Xfce. Od samego początku w jego projekt została wpisana szybkość i łatwość użycia. Jego interfejs użytkownika jest przejrzysty i intuicyjny. Domyślne ustawienia nie zawierają żadnych bezużytecznych i dezorientujących opcji. Thunar jest szybki i responsywny, a start programu i przechodzenie do nowych folderów zajmują bardzo mało czasu.</para>
-
-    <para>Skutkiem tego Thunar stanowi zintegrowany punkt dostępowy do twoich plików i aplikacji. Możesz używać menedżera plików do:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>Tworzenia folderów i dokumentów.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Wyświetlania twoich plików i folderów.</listitem>
-      <listitem>ZarzÄ…dzania plikami i folderami.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Uruchamiania i zarzÄ…dzania akcjami.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Korzystania z nośników wymiennych.</listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="the-file-manager-window">
-    <title>Okno Menedżera Plików</title>
-
-    <para>Domyślnie okno menedżera plików składa się z panelu bocznego po lewej, obszaru głównego po prawej i paska ścieżki powyżej głównego obszaru.</para>
-
-    <screenshot>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="images/file-manager-window.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-
-        <textobject>
-          <phrase>Okno Menedżera Plików</phrase>
-        </textobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </screenshot>
-
-    <para><guilabel>Panel boczny</guilabel> zawiera skróty do różnych folderów w twoim systemie. Pierwszy skrót prowadzi do twojego <emphasis>katalogu domowego</emphasis>, folderu, gdzie przechowujesz swoje prywatne dane. Będzie on miał nazwę bieżącego użytkownika. Drugi skrót poprowadzi Cię do śmietnika. Tam są przechowywane usunięte pliki, w celu ich późniejszego przywrócenia. Trzeci z kolei skrót prowadzi do <emphasis>folderu pulpitu</emphasis>, który zawiera pliki i foldery wyświetlane na twoim pulpicie. Czwarty, ostatni skrót, zaprowadzi Cię do głównego katalogu systemu plików - być może będziesz chciał go obejrzeć, chociaż może to być dla Ciebie zbędne jeśli jesteś początkującym użytkownikiem Linuksa/Uniksa. Proste klikanie na różne foldery pozwoli Ci obejrzeć ich zawartość.</para>
-
-    <para>Poniżej skrótu "<emphasis>System plików</emphasis>", będą wyświetlane wymienne napędy i nośniki. W zrzucie ekranu powyżej możesz zobaczyć skrót do <guilabel>Napędu dyskietek</guilabel>. Klikając na te skróty uzyskasz dostęp do danych przechowywanych na wymiennych nośnikach i napędach. Przeczytaj <xref linkend="using-removable-media"/>, jeśli chcesz poznać szczegóły.</para>
-
-    <para>Pozostałe skróty są definiowane przez użytkownika. Możesz dodawać swoje własne skróty po prostu przeciągając foldery do <guilabel>panelu bocznego</guilabel>. Pozwoli Ci to na natychmiastowy dostęp do ważnych folderów. Aby usunąć poprzednio dodany skrót, kliknij prawym przyciskiem myszy na skrócie i wybierz <guimenuitem>Usuń skrót</guimenuitem>. Zauważ, że ta czynność będzie miała wpływ tylko na skrót, a nie na folder wskazywany przez niego.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Obszar główny</emphasis> będzie zawsze wyświetlał zawartość bieżącego folderu. Podwójnym kliknięciem możesz wchodzić do folderów, natomiast klikając prawym przyciskiem myszy uzyskasz dostęp do menu kontekstowego, umożliwiającego zarządzanie folderem. Możesz zaznaczyć wiele plików przeciągając nad nimi prostokąt utworzony z zaznaczenia myszą. Alternatywnie możesz zaznaczyć jeden plik, wcisnąć klawisz <keycap>Shift</keycap> i zwiększać lub zmniejszać zaznaczenie, używając strzałek na klawiaturze.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Pasek ścieżki</emphasis> będzie zawsze pokazywał drogę, jaką przebyłeś do bieżącego folderu. Możesz kliknąć na którymkolwiek przycisku ścieżki aby przenieść się do odpowiadającego folderu. Kliknij na nim prawym przyciskiem myszy, aby przywołać menu kontekstowe zawierające pewne opcje.</para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="customizing-the-appearance">
-      <title>Dostosowywanie wyglÄ…du</title>
-
-      <para>Jest wiele sposobów na dostosowanie wyglądu okien menedżera plików. Jeśli nie odpowiada Ci sposób wyświetlania ikon, wybierz <menuchoice><guimenu>Widok</guimenu><guimenuitem>Widok szczegółowy</guimenuitem></menuchoice> z głównego menu, aby wyświetlać zawartość katalogów w formie listy.</para>
-
-      <para>Możesz nakazać menedżerowi plików używania paska położenia zamiast paska ścieżki, wybierając <menuchoice><guimenu>Widok</guimenu><guimenuitem>Wskaźnik położenia</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Styl tradycyjny</guimenuitem></menuchoice> z głównego menu.</para>
-
-      <para>Jeżeli podoba Ci się widok drzewa w lewym panelu, wybierz <menuchoice><guimenu>Widok</guimenu><guimenuitem>Panel boczny</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Drzewo</guimenuitem></menuchoice> z głównego menu.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="visible-columns-in-the-detailed-list-view">
-        <title>Kolumny widoczne w widoku szczegółowej listy</title>
-
-        <para>Jeśli wolisz wyświetlać zawartość folderów jako listę używając <guilabel>Widoku szczegółowego</guilabel>, możesz dostosować kolumny wyświetlane w widoku listy. Aby dostosować widoczność kolumn, wybierz <menuchoice><guimenu>Widok</guimenu><guimenuitem>Konfiguruj kolumny...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> z głównego menu (po wybraniu widoku listy).</para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/visible-columns.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Widoczne kolumny</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Widoczne kolumny</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Z listy dostępnych kolumn wybierz te, które mają być wyświetlane. Kliknij <guibutton>W górę</guibutton> lub <guibutton>W dół</guibutton> aby zmienić kolejność kolumn lub <guibutton>Użyj domyślnych</guibutton> aby cofnąć wprowadzone zmiany.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Rozmiar kolumny</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Wybierz opcję <guibutton>Skaluj kolumny</guibutton> jeśli chcesz, aby kolumny listy były rozszerzane automatycznie tak, aby cały tekst był widoczny.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="working-with-files-and-folders">
-    <title>Praca z plikami i folderami</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="opening-files">
-      <title>Otwieranie plików</title>
-
-      <para>Kiedy otwierasz plik, menedżer plików wykonuje domyślną akcję dla plików tego typu. Na przykład otwarcie pliku tekstowego spowoduje jego wyświetlenie w domyślnym edytorze tekstu, podczas gdy otwarcie pliku obrazu wyświetli go w domyślnej przeglądarce obrazów.</para>
-
-      <para>Menedżer plików sprawdza rozszerzenie pliku, aby określić jego typ. Jeśli plik nie posiada rozszerzenia, sprawdzana jest jego zawartość.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-the-default-action">
-        <title>Wykonywanie domyślnej akcji</title>
-
-        <para>Aby wykonać domyślną akcję na pliku, kliknij go podwójnie. Na przykład domyślną akcją dla plików dźwiękowych jest ich odtworzenie w domyślnym odtwarzaczu muzyki. W takim przypadku, dwukrotnie kliknięcie takiego pliku spowoduje odtworzenie go w odtwarzaczu muzyki.</para>
-
-        <para>Możesz zmienić zachowanie <application>Thunara</application> tak, aby pojedyncze kliknięcie wyzwalało domyślną akcję. Aby dowiedzieć się jak to zrobić, przeczytaj <xref linkend="preferences-behavior"/>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-non-default-actions">
-        <title>Wykonywanie innych akcji</title>
-
-        <para>Aby wykonywać akcje inne niż domyślne dla danego pliku, zaznacz plik, który chcesz obsłużyć. Następnie wybierz pożądaną akcję z podmenu <emphasis>Otwórz za pomocą</emphasis> dostępnego w menu <guimenu>Plik</guimenu> lub w menu kontekstowym.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="adding-actions">
-        <title>Dodawanie akcji</title>
-
-        <para>Aby dodać akcje powiązane z danym typem pliku, wykonaj poniższe kroki:</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>W obszarze głównym zaznacz plik typu, którego akcje chcesz edytować.</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Wybierz <menuchoice><guimenu>Plik</guimenu><guimenuitem>Otwórz za pomocą innej aplikacji...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> z głównego menu.</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Wybierz aplikację albo w oknie <guilabel>Otwórz za pomocą</guilabel> albo wybierz <guibutton>Użyj polecenia użytkownika</guibutton> i przejdź do programu którego chcesz używać do otwierania plików tego typu.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>Akcja, którą wybrałeś, jest teraz dodana do listy akcji dla plików tego typu. Jeśli zaznaczyłeś opcję <guibutton>Ustaw jako domyślne dla tego typu plików</guibutton> lub nie było poprzednio żadnej akcji powiązanej z tym typem, nowo dodana akcja stanie się domyślną.</para>
-
-        <para>Możesz także dodawać akcje używając przycisku <guibutton>Otwórz za pomocą</guibutton> w menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Plik</guimenu><guimenuitem>Właściwości...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="modifiying-actions">
-        <title>Modyfikowanie akcji</title>
-
-        <para>Aby zmodyfikować akcje powiązane z plikiem lub z typem plików, wykonaj poniższe kroki:</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>W obszarze głównym, wybierz plik typu, którego akcje chcesz modyfikować.</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Wybierz <menuchoice><guimenu>Plik</guimenu><guimenuitem>Właściwości...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> z głównego menu.</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Wybierz nową domyślną akcję używając przycisku <guilabel>Otwórz za pomocą</guilabel> albo dodaj nową akcję wybierając <guimenuitem>Inna aplikacja...</guimenuitem> z rozwijanego menu.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>Aby usunąć poprzednio dodaną akcję dla typu pliku, przywołaj okno <guilabel>Otwórz za pomocą</guilabel> jak opisano powyżej, kliknij prawym przyciskiem myszy akcję którą chcesz usunąć i wybierz <guimenuitem>Usuń aktywator</guimenuitem>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="file-properties">
-      <title>Właściwości pliku</title>
-
-      <para>Okno właściwości pliku pokazuje więcej informacji o każdym pliku i katalogu w menedżerze plików. W tym oknie możesz także:</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zmieniać ikony dla plików specjalnych, takich jak wyzwalacze aplikacji i łącza URL.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Dodawać i usuwać emblematy dla plików i folderów.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zmieniać uprawnienia systemu UNIX dla plików lub folderów.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Wybrać aplikację używaną do otwierania tego pliku i innych plików tego typu.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/file-properties.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Właściwości pliku</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Aby otworzyć okno właściwości pliku, wykonaj poniższe czynności:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zaznacz plik lub folder, którego właściwości chcesz sprawdzić lub zmienić. Obecnie nie możesz zaznaczyć wielu elementów jednocześnie i wyświetlić właściwości, które są wspólne.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zrób jedno z poniższych: <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Wybierz <menuchoice><guimenu>Plik</guimenu><guimenuitem>Właściwości...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> z głównego menu.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Kliknij prawym przyciskiem myszy zaznaczony element i wybierz <guimenuitem>Właściwości...</guimenuitem> z menu kontekstowego.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Wciśnij <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Enter</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="using-removable-media">
-    <title>Używanie nośników wymiennych</title>
-
-    <sect2 id="accessing-removable-media">
-      <title>Dostęp do nośników wymiennych</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar wspiera nośniki wymienne, jeśli został zbudowany z obsługą <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software_2fhal">HAL</ulink> lub jeśli używasz <ulink type="http" url="http://www.freebsd.org/">FreeBSD</ulink>. Jednakże na FreeBSD 6.0 i nowszych lepiej jest używać HAL niż natywnego wsparcia oferowanego przez Thunara.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-mount-media">
-        <title>Montowanie nośników</title>
-
-        <para><emphasis>Zamontować</emphasis> to znaczy uczynić system plików na nośniku dostępnym. Kiedy montujesz nośnik, system plików który się na nim znajduje jest podłączany jako podkatalog do twojego systemu plików.</para>
-
-        <para>Aby uzyskać dostęp do nośnika, umieść nośnik w odpowiednim urządzeniu lub podłącz urządzenie do twojego komputera (tj. podłącz PenDrive do jednego z twoich portów USB). Element reprezentujący nośnik zostanie dodany do bocznego panelu menedżera plików. Jeśli <application>xfdesktop</application> jest uruchomiony i skonfigurowany tak, aby wyświetlać <guilabel>ikony plików i wyzwalaczy</guilabel>, to ten obiekt także zostanie dodany do twojego pulpitu.</para>
-
-        <para>Aby zamontować nośnik, kliknij na reprezentujący go obiekt. Na przykład aby zamontować dyskietkę, kliknij na obiekt <guilabel>Stacja Dyskietek</guilabel> znajdujący się w panelu bocznym. Menedżer plików doda system plików na nośniku do hierarchii twojego systemu plików i wyświetli zawartość dyskietki w obszarze głównym.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-eject-media">
-        <title>Wysuwanie nośników</title>
-
-        <para>Jeśli stacja (napęd) nośnika jest motoryczny (np. napęd CD-ROM), kliknij prawym przyciskiem myszy na obiekcie nośnika w bocznym panelu lub na pulpicie i wybierz <guilabel>Wysuń</guilabel>. Nośnik zostanie wysunięty z napędu po kilku sekundach. Jeśli napęd nośnika nie jest motoryczny (np. stacja dyskietek lub PenDrive), kliknij prawym przyciskiem myszy na obiekcie nośnika i wybierz <guilabel>Odmontuj</guilabel>. Po chwili pojawi się powiadomienie o możliwości bzepiecznego odłączenia napędu (lub wyciągnięcia nośnika).</para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/removable-media-unmount.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Powiadomienie o odmontowaniu</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <para>To powiadomienie pojawi się tylko wtedy, jeśli została włączona obsługa <application>libnotify</application> i został zainstalowany demon powiadomień. Demon powiadomień dla Xfce jest dostępny z <ulink type="http" url="http://goodies.xfce.org/projects/applications/notification-daemon-xfce">Projektu Xfce Goodies</ulink>. Jeśli nie ma obsługi powiadomień, poczekaj aż menu kontekstowe zniknie, zanim odłączysz napęd lub wyciągniesz nośnik.</para>
-
-        <para>Pamiętaj, że nie możesz wysunąć lub odmontować nośnika jeśli jest on ciągle używany przez jedną lub więcej aplikacji. Jeśli menedżer plików odmówi odmontowania nośnika, upewnij się, że zamknąłeś wszystkie aplikacje, które mogły go używać. Sprawdź także programy linii poleceń uruchamiane w oknach <application>Terminala</application>.</para>
-
-        <para>Upewnij się, że odmontowałeś wymienne nośniki przed ich fizycznym usunięciem z systemu. Nie wyciągaj dyskietki ze stacji dyskietek zanim jej nie odmontujesz. Nie wyciągaj pamięci USB (np. PenDrive'ów) przed ich odmontowaniem. Jeśli najpierw nie odmontujesz nośnika możesz stracić dane lub uszkodzić system.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="management-of-removable-drives-and-media">
-      <title>Zarządzanie wymiennymi nośnikami i napędami</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar może automatycznie zarządzać wymiennymi napędami i nośnikami jeśli pakiet <ulink type="http" url="http://www.foo-projects.org/~benny/projects/thunar-volman/index.html">thunar-volman</ulink> został zainstalowany w systemie. Trzeba przy tym zauważyć, że ta opcja wymaga wsparcia ze strony HAL.</para>
-
-      <para>Gdy wsparcie HAL jest już dostępne, a <application>thunar-volman</application> zainstalowany, możesz uaktywnić opcję <guilabel>Menedżera woluminów</guilabel> w Thunarze. Aby to zrobić otwórz okno preferencji menedżera plików, przejdź do karty <guilabel>Zaawansowane</guilabel> i zaznacz pole <guilabel>Włącz menedżera woluminów</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>Kolejnym krokiem jest dostosowanie sposobu zarządzania napędami i nośnikami do twoich potrzeb. Kliknij łącze <guilabel>Konfiguruj</guilabel> w sekcji <guilabel>Menedżer Woluminów</guilabel>. Zostanie wyświetlone okno dialogowe <guilabel>Wymienne napędy i nośniki</guilabel>.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/removable-drives-and-media.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Wymienne napędy i nośniki</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Jeśli poprzednio używałeś <application>gnome-volume-manager</application>, pownieneś poczuć się jak w domu, ponieważ menedżer woluminów został zaprojektowany z myślą o podobieństwie w wyglądzie i zachowaniu do <application>gnome-volume-manager</application>. Preferencje zostały podzielone na kategorie, aby ułatwić odnalezienie odpowiedniej opcji do konkretnego urządzenia.</para>
-
-      <para>Karta <guilabel>Pamięć</guilabel> zawiera najważniejsze opcje. Jak sugeruje nazwa, opcje te odnoszą się tylko do pamięci przenośnych, jak zewnętrzne dyski twarde, PenDrive'y czy płyty CD-ROM. Opcje sekcji <guilabel>Pamięć wymienna</guilabel> zostały szczegółowo opisane poniżej.</para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Montuj napędy wymienne przy podłączaniu</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Uaktywnij tą opcję, aby automatycznie zamontować systemy plików na napędach wymiennych (np. zewnętrznych dyskach twardych lub PenDrive'ach) kiedy tylko zostaną podłączone do komputera.</para>
-            <para>Ta opcja musi być włączona aby działały inne funkcje operujące na nośnikach wymiennych. Przykładowo, jeśli wyłączysz tą opcję, pewne rodzaje przenośnych odtwarzaczy muzyki nie będą mogły być rozpoznane. Nawet gdy włączysz opcję <guilabel>Odtwarzaj muzykę przy podłączaniu</guilabel> na karcie <guilabel>Multimedia</guilabel>, określone polecenie nie zostanie uruchomione.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Montuj wymienne nośniki przy wkładaniu</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Uaktywnij tą opcję, aby automatycznie montować systemy plików na wymiennych nośnikach (np. płytach CD-ROM lub DVD) kiedy włożysz je do napędu.</para>
-            <para>Ta opcja musi być włączona aby działały inne funkcje operujące na nośnikach wymiennych. Przykładowo, jeśli wyłączysz tą opcję, nie będzie możliwe sprawdzenie, czy nośnik posiada możliwość autouruchamiania. Tym samym opcja <guilabel>Automatycznie uruchamiaj programy na nowych napędach i nośnikach</guilabel> nie będzie działać.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Przeglądaj wymienne nośniki przy wkładaniu</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Uaktywnij tą opcję aby automatycznie wyświetlać zawartość nowo podłączonych nośników w menedżerze plików. Zauważ jednakże, że stanie się tak tylko wtedy, gdy nie będzie możliwe wykonanie żadnej innej akcji lub wybrałeś ignorowanie innych możliwych akcji. Przykładowo jeśli umieścisz płytę CD-ROM z autostartem, a opcja <guilabel>Automatycznie otwieraj programy na nowych napędach i nośnikach</guilabel> jest aktywna, zostaniesz zapytany, czy umożliwić autostart. Jeśli odmówisz, zawartość nośnika zostanie wyświetlona w menedżerze plików.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Automatycznie otwieraj programy na nowych napędach i nośnikach</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Uaktywnij tą opcję aby skorzystać z opcji autostartu niektórych wymiennych nośników i napędów. Zobacz <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop Application Autostart Specification</ulink>, aby dowiedzieć się szczegółów na temat mechanizmu autostartu. Aby zapewnić bezpieczeństwo, zostaniesz za każdym razem poproszony o potwierdzenie autostartu.</para>
-            <para>Jeśli emulator Windowsa, <ulink type="http" url="http://www.winehq.org/">WINE</ulink>, został zainstalowany w twoim systemie, mechanizm autouruchamiania będzie próbował także uruchomiać pliki  <filename>autorun.exe</filename> używając WINE.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Automatycznie otwieraj pliki na nowych napędach i nośnikach</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Uaktywnij tą opcję, aby skorzystać z możliwości automatycznego otwierania niektórych napędów i nośników. Zobacz <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop Application Autostart Specification</ulink>, aby dowiedzieć się szczegółów na temat mechanizmu autootwierania. W trosce o bezpieczeństwo zostaniesz za każdym razem poproszony o potwierdzenie automatycznego otwierania.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <para>Pozostałe opcje pozwolą ci na określenie poleceń do uruchomienia przy podłączaniu pewnych zewnętrznych urządzeń czy wymiennych nośników. Polecenia mogą używać trzech specjalnych zmiennych, które zostaną zastąpione podczas uruchamiania polecenia:</para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%d</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Każde wystąpienie <literal>%d</literal> w poleceniu zostanie zastąpione ścieżką do nowo dodanego urządzenia. Przykładowo, jeśli podłączyłeś PenDrive, ścieżka do urządzenia będzie <filename>/dev/da0s1</filename> lub <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>.</para>
-            <para>Jeśli żaden plik urządzenia nie jest powiązany z urządzeniem lub z pewnych względów plik urządzenia nie może zostać odnaleziony, zmienna <literal>%d</literal> zostanie zastąpiona pustym napisem.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%h</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Każde wystąpienie <literal>%h</literal> w poleceniu zostanie zastąpione przez UDI nowo dodanego urządzenia w systemie HAL.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%m</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Każde wystąpienie <literal>%m</literal> w poleceniu zostanie zastąpione punktem montowania nowo dodanego urządzenia. Jeśli urządzenie nie może być zamontowane (np. drukarki lub klawiatury) lub jeśli automatyczne montowanie zostało wyłączone, <literal>%m</literal> zostanie zastąpione pustym napisem.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <sect3 id="troubleshooting-the-volume-manager">
-        <title>Rozwiązywanie problemów z Menedżerem Woluminów</title>
-
-        <para>Porady użyteczne przy rozwiązywaniu problemów z menedżerem woluminów jeśli nie działa on tak, jak oczekiwano.</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Upewnij się, że <application>Thunar</application> jest uruchomiony jako demon. Menedżer woluminów wymaga tego, jako że sam w sobie nie jest demonem. Domyślnie Xfce automatycznie uruchamia <application>Thunara</application> jako demon przy starcie. Jeśli z jakiegoś powodu jego proces został zakończony, otwórz <guilabel>Uruchom program</guilabel> (używając skrótu <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> lub klikając prawym przyciskiem myszy na pulpit i wybierając <guilabel>Uruchom Program...</guilabel> z menu), wprowadź <literal>Thunar --daemon</literal> i kliknij <guibutton>Uruchom</guibutton>.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Spróbuj uruchomić <application>thunar-volman</application> z okna <application>Terminala</application> po podłączeniu napędu lub włożeniu nośnika. Najpierw musisz poznać HALowe UDI nowego urządzenia używając <application>lshal</application> lub <application>hal-device</application>. Jeśli już znasz UDI, uruchom <literal>thunar-volman --device-added <udi-twojego-urządzenia></literal> w oknie <application>Terminala</application> i obserwuj komunikaty wyjściowe szukając błędów i ostrzeżeń.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>Jeśli problem nadal istnieje, poproś o pomoc na <ulink type="http" url="http://forum.xfce.org/">Forum Xfce</ulink> lub <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">liście mailingowej thunar-dev</ulink>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="preferences">
-    <title>Ustawienia menedżera plików</title>
-
-    <para>Za pomocą okna dialogowego <guilabel>Ustawienia menedżera plików</guilabel> możesz zmieniać ustawienia menedżera plików <application>Thunar</application>. Aby otworzyć okno ustawień, wybierz <menuchoice><guimenu>Edycja</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferencje...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> z głównego menu lub kliknij <guibutton>Menedżer plików</guibutton> w Menedżerze Ustawień Xfce.</para>
-
-    <para>Okno <guilabel>Ustawienia menedżera plików</guilabel> jest podzielone na cztery karty z różnymi opcjami, każdą z nich opisano w oddzielnej sekcji poniżej. Najprościej rzecz ujmując, możesz ustawić preferencje w poniższych kategoriach:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem><para>Domyślne ustawienia widoku.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>Domyślne ustawienia panelu bocznego.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>Zachowanie okien menedżera plików.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>Zaawansowane funkcje menedżera plików.</para></listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Thunar wspiera także zestaw tzw. <emphasis>Ukrytych Opcji</emphasis>. Kontrolują one pewne zaawansowane aspekty menedżera plików. Nie są one widoczne w oknie preferencji, by nie komplikować jego wyglądu. Plik <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/thunar/trunk/docs/README.thunarrc"><filename>README.thunarrc</filename></ulink> dołączony do dystrybucji Thunara opisuje dostępne opcje szczegółowo.</para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-views">
-      <title>Ustawienia widoku</title>
-
-      <para>Możesz określić domyślny widok, zaznaczyć opcje sortowania i wyświetlania. Możesz takżę określić, czy miniaturki powinny być wyświetlane dla obsługiwanych plików.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-views.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Ustawienia widoku</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Pokazuj nowe foldery używając</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Wybierz domyślny widok folderów. Kiedy otworzysz nowe okno, zostanie ono wyświetlone w widoku, jaki wybierzesz. Może być to widok ikon, listy kompaktowej lub listy szczegółowej. Możesz także wybrać <guilabel>Ostatnio aktywne</guilabel>, aby używać widoku takiego samego jak w ostatnim aktywnym oknie.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Sortuj foldery przed plikami</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Wybierz tę opcję, aby listować foldery przed plikami podczas sortowania zawartości katalogu.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Pokaż miniatury</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Wybierz tę opcję, aby pokazywać miniatury obrazów i inych wspieranych formatów plików. Menedżer plików przechowuje pliki miniatur dla każdego folderu w ukrytym katalogu <filename role="directory">.thumbnails</filename> w twoim katalogu domowym.</para>
-            <para>Jeśli chcesz rozszerzyć podstawową funkcjonalność generowania miniatur oferowaną przez <application>Thunara</application> o dodatkowe formaty plików, zobacz <xref linkend="thumbnailers"/>.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Tekst obok ikon</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Zaznacz tą opcję, aby etykiety ikon znajdywały się obok nich, a nie pod (dotyczy widoku ikon).</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-side-pane">
-      <title>Ustawienia panelu bocznego</title>
-
-      <para>Możesz wybrać opcje wyświetlania dla panelu skrótów i panelu drzewa.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-side-pane.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Ustawienia panelu bocznego</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Panel boczny może wyświetlać albo listę skrótów do folderów  w twoim systemie plików (domyślne), albo drzewo twojego systemu plików. Ta karta umożliwia ci wybranie rozmiaru ikon dla skrótów i panelu drzewa. Możesz także okreslić, czy powinny być wyświetlane emblematy.</para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Rozmiar ikon</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Rozmiar ikon wyświetlanych w panelu może przyjmować wartości od <guilabel>Bardzo mały</guilabel> (ok. 16x16 pikseli) do <guilabel>Bardzo duży</guilabel> (ok. 128x128 pikseli).</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Pokazuj emblematy ikon</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Zaznacz tą opcję aby wyświetlać emblematy dla folderów w panelu bocznym. Możesz przypisać emblematy do folderów w oknie dialogowym <guilabel>Właściwości</guilabel>. Zaznacz folder w obszarze głównym i wybierz <menuchoice><guimenu>Plik</guimenu><guimenuitem>Właściwości...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> z głównego menu lub kliknij prawym przyciskiem myszy i wybierz <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Właściwości...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> z menu kontekstowego.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-behavior">
-      <title>Ustawienia zachowania</title>
-
-      <para>Możesz wybrać preferowany sposób komunikacji z menedżerem plików</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-behavior.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Ustawienia zachowania</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Pojedyncze kliknięcie aktywuje</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Wybierz tą opcję aby wykonać domyślną akcję dla elementu przy pojedynczym kliknięciu. Kiedy ta opcja jest zaznaczona i wskażesz na element, jego tytuł zostanie podkreślony a element zostanie automatycznie zaznaczony po krótkim opóźnieniu czasowym.</para>
-            <para>To opóźnienie może być regulowane za pomocą suwaka poniżej. Możesz także wyłączyć automatyczne zaznaczanie elementów, przesuwając suwak maksymalnie do lewej.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Podwójne kliknięcie aktywuje</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Zaznacz tą opcję, aby wykonać domyślną akcję dla elementu kiedy klikniesz na niego podwójnie. W tym przypadku pojedyncze kliknięcie spowoduje zaznaczenie elementu.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-advanced">
-      <title>Zaawansowane ustawienia</title>
-
-      <para>Możesz kontrolować zaawansowane opcje menedżera plików.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-advanced.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Zaawansowane ustawienia</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Prawa dostępu katalogów</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Wybierz sposób zmieniania uprawnień w oknie dialogowym <guilabel>Właściwości</guilabel>. Możesz nakazać <application>Thunarowi</application>: pytać za każdym razem gdy zmieniasz uprawnienia katalogów, stosować nowe prawa dostępu tylko do wybranego katalogu lub stosować nowe prawa dostępu rekurencyjnie do wszystkich podkatalogów.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Menedżer Woluminów</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Jeśli <application>Thunar</application> został zainstalowany z obsługą HAL i jest zainstalowany <application>thunar-volman</application>, możesz uaktywnić zintegrowanego menedżera woluminów. Aby dowiedzieć się szczegółów na ten temat, zobacz <xref linkend="management-of-removable-drives-and-media"/>.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="customizing-thunar">
-    <title>Dostosowywanie Thunara</title>
-
-    <para>Ten rozdział opisuje, jak dostosować pewne części menedżera plików do twoich własnych potrzeb.</para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="sendto">
-      <title>Menu "Wyślij do"</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar zawiera menu <guilabel>Wyślij do</guilabel>, zawierające pewne miejsca docelowe, do których można wysyłać pliki i foldery. Aby uzyskać dostęp do menu <guilabel>Wyślij do</guilabel>, wybierz <menuchoice><guimenu>Plik</guimenu><guimenuitem>Wyślij do</guimenuitem></menuchoice> z głównego menu lub kliknij prawym przyciskiem myszy na pliku lub folderze, po czym wybierz <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Wyślij do</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/sendto-menu.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Menu "Wyślij do"</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Domyślnie menu <guilabel>Wyślij do</guilabel> zawiera pozycję zwaną <guilabel>Pulpit (utwórz łącze)</guilabel> dostępną dla wszystkich plików i folderów. Tworzy ona łącze na pulpicie do każdego zaznaczonego pliku. Poza tym, jeśli <guilabel>Panel skrótów</guilabel> jest aktywny, menu zawiera także pozycję <guilabel>Panel boczny (utwórz skrót)</guilabel>, który umożliwia użytkownikom dodawanie nowych skrótów do panelu bocznego (opcja ta dotyczy tylko katalogów). Poniżej tych dwóch pozycji, <application>Thunar</application> wyświetla listę napędów wymiennych aktualnie podłączonych do komputera. W zrzucie ekranu powyżej, <guilabel>Stacja dyskietek</guilabel> reprezentuje przykładowy punkt docelowy, dokąd mogą zostać wysłane pliki. Zauważ, że urządzenia są montowane automatycznie przy wybieraniu ich z menu <guilabel>Wyślij do</guilabel>, tak więc nie musisz montować ich ręcznie.</para>
-
-      <para>Poza tym <application>Thunar</application> oferuje wtyczkę <application>thunar-sendto-email</application>, która dodaje do menu pozycję <guilabel>Odbiorca poczty elektronicznej</guilabel>, otwierającą program pocztowy z zaznaczonymi plikami dołączonymi do nowo utworzonego e-maila. Jeśli zaznaczenie zawiera co najmniej jeden folder, zaznaczone elementy są dodawane do archiwum ZIP przed załączaniem ich do wiadomości. W przeciwnym wypadku, jeśli zaznaczenie zawiera wiele plików (lub jeden większy niż 200Kib), użytkownik zostanie zapytany, czy pakować pliki do archiwum ZIP i wysłać jako archiwum.</para>
-
-      <para>Jak większość innych opcji <application>Thunara</application>, menu <guilabel>Wyślij do</guilabel> może być łatwo rozszerzane przez użytkowników i programistów o nowe miejsca docelowe, używając standardowych <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fdesktop_2dentry_2dspec">plików elementów pulpitu</ulink>. Pliki te muszą zostać zainstalowane do jednego z folderów <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/Thunar/sendto/</filename> (zobacz <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fbasedir_2dspec">XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink> - szczegóły na temat zmiennej <literal>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</literal>).</para>
-
-      <para><literal>MimeType</literal> w pliku <filename>.desktop</filename> określa typy plików, dla których ta akcja powinna być dostępna w menu <guilabel>Wyślij do</guilabel>. Przykładowo: powiedzmy, że chcesz dodać pozycję dla narzędzia uploadu <ulink type="http" url="http://flickr.com/">Flickr</ulink>. W takim przypadku ten wpis powinien pojawić się tylko, jeśli zaznaczenie zawiera pliki JPEG (inne formaty nie są wspierane przez Flickr). Wobec tego powinieneś dodać linię <literal>MimeType=image/jpeg;</literal>. Jeśli nie określisz żadnego <literal>MimeType</literal> twój wpis będzie pojawiał się dla plików wszystkich typów.</para>
-
-      <para>Kompletny przykład używania aplikacji <application>postr</application> pokazano poniżej:</para>
-
-<programlisting>
-# postr.desktop - Zintegruj postr
-#                 w menu "Wyślij do".
-[Desktop Entry]
-Type=Application
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-TryExec=postr
-Exec=postr %F
-Icon=postr
-Name=Flickr
-MimeType=image/jpeg;</programlisting>
-
-      <para>Jeśli umieścisz ten plik w <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/Thunar/sendto/</filename> (jeśli ten katalog nie istnieje - utwórz go), menu <guilabel>Wyślij do</guilabel> będzie zawierać nowy wpis <guilabel>Flickr</guilabel>, który będzie mógł być używany do wgrywania obrazów JPEG do Flickr.</para>
-
-      <para><ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/sendto_menu">Wiki Projektu Thunar</ulink> zawiera dodatkowe przykłady użytecznych celów dla menu <guilabel>Wyślij do</guilabel>. Ty także możesz uzupełniać strony Wiki o nowe przykłady.</para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="thumbnailers">
-      <title>Generatory miniatur</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar używa małych narzędzi do generowania miniatur plików pewnych typów i wyświetla miniatury jako podgląd zawartości pliku. Thunar jest dostarczany z generatorami miniatur dla obrazów i plików czcionek i automatycznie używa zainstalowanych generatorów GNOME, jeśli tylko został zainstalowany z obsługą <literal>gconf</literal>. Użytkownicy mogą jednak dynamicznie rozszerzać tą podstawową funkcjonalność generatorami miniatur dla plików innych formatów.</para>
-
-      <para>Jeśli planujesz napisać własny generator miniatur, musisz zacząć od programu przyjmującego co najmniej dwa parametry linii poleceń: plik wejściowy (odpowiedniego typu) i plik wyjściowy (w formacie PNG, zgodnie ze <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/creation.html#AEN139">Standardem Zarządzania Miniaturami</ulink>). Poza tym twój program może także akceptować pożądaną wielkość miniatury (opcjonalne, ale bardzo zalecane). Jeśli twój program wygeneruje miniaturę niestandardowego rozmiaru, Thunar przeskaluje ją zgodnie ze swoimi potrzebami, co może pogorszyć jakość miniatury w stosunku do możliwego efektu przy jej poprawnym generowaniu przez generator miniatur.</para>
-
-      <para>Kiedy twoje narzędzie do generowania minatur będzie gotowe, będziesz musiał je zarejestrować, aby Thunar mógł je zlokalizować i używać. Wszystko co musisz zrobić, to zainstalować plik opisu generatora (plik <filename>.desktop</filename>) w jednej z ścieżek <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/thumbnailers/</filename>. Przykładowo, jeśli chcesz zarejestrować generator miniatur tylko dla twojego konta użytkownika w systemie, możesz zainstalować plik do folderu <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/thumbnailers/</filename>. Format plików <filename>.desktop</filename> generatora miniatur został opisany poniżej.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="thumbnailer-desktop-file-format">
-        <title>Format pliku opisu generatorów miniatur</title>
-
-        <para>Pliki opisu generatorów miniatur używają <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/">formatu plików pulpitu</ulink> z polem <literal>Type</literal> jako <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal> i polem <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> z nowym kodem pola. Podstawowy plik opisu ma poniższy format.</para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=Twój generator miniatur
-MimeType=twoj-obslugiwany/typ-mime;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=your-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>Pola <literal>Version</literal> i <literal>Encoding</literal> są narzucone przez "Desktop Entry Specification", po prostu użyj wartości podanych w przykładzie powyżej. Pole <literal>Type</literal> musi posiadać specjalną wartość <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal>. W przeciwnym wypadku twój generator nie będzie rozpoznawany. Wartość <literal>Name</literal> opisuje twój generator miniatur.</para>
-
-        <para>Pole <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> zawiera polecenie uruchamiające twój generator i obsługuje pewne kody pól, pod które będą podstawiane różne wartości podczas uruchamiania generatora. Poniższe kody są rozpoznawane:</para>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%i</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Ścieżka do pliku, którego miniaturę należy utworzyć. Może być ścieżką relatywną względem katalogu z którego generator został wywołany lub ścieżką bezwzględną.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%o</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Ścieżka do pliku wyjściowego, dokąd należy wygenerować miniaturę. Plik wyjściowy musi być zgodny ze standardem PNG (patrz wyżej). Zauważ, że ścieżka nie musi kończyć się na <literal>.png</literal>, co ma znaczenie jeśli wywołujesz inne narzędzia.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%s</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Pożądany rozmiar generowanej miniatury w pikselach. Parametr opcjonalny.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%u</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Podobne do <literal>%i</literal>, ale podstawiony przez URI pliku, a nie ścieżkę. Dodane dla kompatybilności z GNOME.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%%</varname></term>
-            <listitem>ZastÄ…pione przez pojedyncze <literal>%</literal>.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-
-        <para>Musisz wziąć pod uwagę co najmniej <literal>%o</literal> i <literal>%i</literal> lub <literal>%u</literal>. W przeciwnym wypadku twój generator będzie bezużyteczny.</para>
-
-        <para><literal>MimeType</literal> zawiera listę typów MIME (oddzielonych przecinkiem) dla których twój generator potrafi generować miniatury.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="eps-thumbnailer-example">
-        <title>Przykładowy generator EPS</title>
-
-        <para>Ten przykład ilustruje jak napisać i zainstalować nowy generator miniatur dla plików <filename>.eps</filename>, używając narzędzia <command>convert</command> dostarczanego jako część pakietu ImageMagick. Najpierw zaczniemy od prostego skryptu wywołującego <command>convert</command>, aby wygenerować miniaturę pożądanego rozmiaru.</para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# eps-thumbnailer - przykładowy generator miniatur plików EPS.
-#
-# Użycie: eps-thumbnailer eps-file png-file size
-#
-
-# parametry linii poleceń
-ifile=$1
-ofile=$2
-size=$3
-
-# wywołaj convert (ImageMagick)
-exec convert "eps:$ifile" -scale "$sizex$size" "png:$ofile"</programlisting>
-
-        <para>Zapisz powyższy skrypt do pliku <filename>eps-thumbnailer</filename>, upewnij się, że plik jest wykonywalny i zainstaluj go do <filename role="directory">/usr/local/bin</filename>.</para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ chmod +x eps-thumbnailer
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer /usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer</screen>
-
-        <para>Teraz musimy utworzyć plik opisu generatora miniatur <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename>. Będzie on wyglądał następująco:</para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=EPS Thumbnailer
-TryExec=convert
-MimeType=image/x-eps;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=/usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>Plik ten powinien zostać zainstalowany do <filename role="directory">/usr/local/share/thumbnailers</filename> (utwórz ten katalog, jeśli nie istnieje).</para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ sudo install -d /usr/local/share/thumbnailers
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer.desktop /usr/local/share/thumbnailers/eps-thumbnailer.desktop</screen>
-
-        <para>Plik <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename> używa specjalnego klucza <literal>TryExec</literal>, określającego polecenie, które musi być dostępne w systemie, aby generator mógł działać. W tym przypadku nasz skrypt jest bezużyteczny jeśli narzędzie <command>convert</command> nie jest dostępne w systemie.</para>
-
-        <para>Ostatnim krokiem jest regeneracja cache'u generatorów, aby Thunar mógł używać naszego generatora. Cache generatorów znajduje się w <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/thumbnailers.cache</filename> (<varname>$XDG_CACHE_HOME</varname> wskazuje na <filename role="directory">~/.cache/</filename>, chyba, że zostało to zmienione przez administratora Twojego systemu). Cache generatorów miniatur jest odbudowywany co jakiś czas przez Thunara, ale możesz zrobić to samodzielnie, używając narzędzia <filename>thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</filename>, które jest dostarczane jako część Thunara. Narzędzie to jest zazwyczaj zainstalowane w podkatalogu <filename role="directory">libexec</filename> głównego katalogu instalacji Thunara (<filename role="directory">sbin</filename> w Debianie i Ubuntu). Przykładowo jeśli Thunar jest zainstalowany w <filename role="directory">/usr</filename>, wywołaj to narzędzie tak jak poniżej:</para>
-
-        <screen>$ /usr/libexec/thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</screen>
-
-        <para>Upewnij się, że uruchamiasz ten program z konta twojego użytkownika, nie administratora, gdyż cache generatorów jest przechowywany w twoim katalogu domowym, a nie w ogólnosystemowym położeniu.</para>
-
-        <para>Teraz, jeśli Thunar został skompilowany z obsługą narzędzi monitorowania zmian w plikach (usługa FAM lub Gamin), automatycznie użyje nowego cache'u generatorów i w ciągu paru sekund będzie możliwe generowanie miniatur za pomocą twojego generatora. W przeciwnym wypadku będziesz musiał zrestartować Thunara, aby zmiany odniosły skutek. Użyj:</para>
-
-        <screen>$ Thunar -q</screen>
-
-        <para>aby zakończyć wszystkie uruchomione instancje Thunara, po czym uruchom go ponownie za pomocą aktywatora.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="cleaning-up-thumbnails">
-        <title>Usuwanie miniatur</title>
-
-        <para>Wygenerowane miniatury są przechowywane w karalogu <filename role="directory">~/.thumbnails/</filename> zgodnie ze <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/index.html">Standardem Zarządzania Miniaturami</ulink>. Podczas testowania nowego generatora miniatur, pomocne może być wyczyszczynie cache'u miniatur używając:</para>
-
-        <screen>$ rm -rf ~/.thumbnails/</screen>
-
-        <para>Zwolni to także trochę miejsca w twoim katalogu domowym. Ponieważ wszelkie informacje przechowywane w tym katalogu zostały automatycznie wygenerowane z plików znajdujących się na twoim systemie plików, nie utracisz żadnych istotnych danych.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="advanced-topics">
-    <title>Zaawansowane zagadnienia</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="to-bulk-rename-files">
-      <title>Zmiana nazw wielu plików</title>
-
-      <para>Mowa tu o zmianie nazw wielu plików według określonych kryteriów, do których pasuje co najmniej jeden z przetwarzanych plików. <application>Thunar</application> zawiera stosowne narzędzie, które może być uruchamiane oddzielnie poleceniem <command>Thunar -B</command> lub z wewnątrz <application>Thunara</application> przez zaznaczenie wielu plików i wcisnięcie klawisza <keycombo><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> lub z menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Edycja</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zmień nazwę...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/bulk-rename.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Zmiana nazwy wielu plików</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Zmiana nazwy może dotyczyć nazw plików, ich przyrostków (rozszerzeń), lub obu. Obecnie <application>Thunar</application> wspiera poniższe metody zmiany nazwy:</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem><para>usuwanie znaków,</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>numerowanie plików,</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Insert Date or Time.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>wstawianie lub usuwanie znaków,</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>znajdowanie i zamienianie znaków,</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>zmiana sposobu stosowania wielkich i małych liter.</para></listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <para>Dodatkowe sposoby zmiany nazw plików mogą być dołączane w formie wtyczek dla <application>Thunara</application>. Na stronie <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/plugins.html">Wtyczek Thunara</ulink> znajdziesz wszystkie dostępne rozszerzenia. <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/bulk_renamer">Wiki Projektu Thunar</ulink> zawiera więcej szczegółów na ten temat. Ty także możesz dodać do Wiki pewne informacje, jeśli tylko chcesz.</para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="the-unix-file-system">
-      <title>System plików Uniksa</title>
-
-      <para>Mimo, że Thunar skutecznie tworzy warstwę abstrakcji nad szczegółami dotyczącymi systemu plików tak, że użytkownik nie musi się o to martwić, czasem przydatna bywa znajomość podstawowych założeń, aby mieć pełny obraz tego, co się dzieje na dysku. Ta sekcja ma na celu krótkie wprowadzenie do koncepcji systemu plików Uniksa, który jest dziś używany przez wszystkie jego odmiany, włączając w to Linuksa.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="folders-and-paths">
-        <title>Katalogi i ścieżki</title>
-
-        <para>W uniksowym systemie plików wszystkie foldery są zaaranżowane w prostą strukturę odwróconego drzewa. Główny korzeń znajduje się na górze, a podkatalogi stanowią jego gałęzie i liście zmierzające ku dołowi. Ten korzeń, będący nadrzędnym folderem zwany jest często <emphasis>katalogiem głównym</emphasis> (termin <emphasis>folder</emphasis> jest często zamiennie używany ze słowem <emphasis>katalog</emphasis>) i jest dostępny w Thunarze jako <guilabel>System plików</guilabel>. Oznacza to, że z dowolnego katalogu można przedostać się do każdego innego najpierw idąc w górę aż do osiągnięcia wspólnego punktu, a następnie schodząc odpowiednią ścieżką w dół aż do celu.</para>
-
-        <para>Pozycja każdego pliku lub folderu w drzewie może być opisana przez jego <emphasis>ścieżkę</emphasis>. Ścieżka jest listą folderów, przez które musisz przejść, aby dostać się do pożądanego katalogu lub pliku (zaczynając od katalogu głównego). Przykładowo <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> jest podkatalogiem <filename role="directory">luke</filename> podkatalogu <filename role="directory">home</filename> katalogu głównego, a <filename>/home/luke/myfile.txt</filename> jest plikiem <filename>myfile.txt</filename> w tym podkatalogu. Znak <filename role="directory">/</filename> na początku ścieżek oznacza katalog główny.</para>
-
-        <para>Każdy użytkownik posiada swój własny folder do przechowywania osobistych plików i ustawień. Ten folder nazywany jest <emphasis>katalogiem domowym</emphasis> i jest wyświetlany w Thunarze jako specjalna ikona z nazwą użytkownika. Ten folder jest podobny do folderu <guilabel>Moje dokumenty</guilabel> znanego z Windows. <emphasis>Katalogi domowe</emphasis> różnych użytkowników są zazwyczaj położone w katalogu <filename role="directory">/home</filename>. Przykładowo <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> byłby katalogiem domowym użytkownika o loginie <filename role="directory">luke</filename>, podczas gdy <filename role="directory">/home/jane</filename> byłby katalogiem domowym użytkownika o loginie <filename role="directory">jane</filename>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="file-types">
-        <title>Typy plików</title>
-
-        <para>Być może słyszałeś już, że w Uniksie wszystko jest plikiem. Jest to prawda dla większości elementów spotykanych w dzisiejszych systemach uniksowych. W rzeczywistości nawet urządzenia są reprezentowane jako specjalne pliki. Być może na pierwzsy rzut oka nie ma to sensu, jednak jest to jedna z najpoważniejszych zalet Uniksa i jego pochodnych, która przyczyniła się do utrzymywania prostego rdzenia przez lata, podczas gdy inne systemy operacyjne musiały wprowadzać nowe koncepcje dla każdej nowej technologii.</para>
-
-        <para>Są cztery podstawowe i najważniejsze typy plików w uniksowym systemie plików.</para>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-ordinary-files">
-          <title>Zwykłe pliki</title>
-
-          <para>Zwykły plik może zawierać tekst, program lub inne dane, włączając w to pliki obrazów, dźwięki, dokumenty biurowe i pliki wideo. Termin <emphasis>plik</emphasis> jest często używany w odniesieniu do zwykłego pliku.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-folder-files">
-          <title>Pliki folderów</title>
-
-          <para>W uniksowym systemie plików foldery także są plikami. Aby być dokładnym, foldery są specjalnymi plikami, które zawierają odwzorowania nazw plików na pliki, dla każdego pliku zawartego wewnątrz folderu.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-symbolic-link-files">
-          <title>Pliki dowiązań (łącz) symbolicznych</title>
-
-          <para>Dowiązanie symboliczne (często zwane <emphasis>symlinkiem</emphasis>) jest specjalnym plikiem zawierającym ścieżkę do innego pliku w systemie plików. Dowiązania symboliczne nie zawierają żadnych użytecznych informacji same w sobie, ale odnoszą się do innych plików.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-device-files">
-          <title>Pliki urządzeń</title>
-
-          <para>Jak wspomniano wcześniej, większość urządzeń jest dostępnych przez system plików. Te specjalne pliki urządzeń są zazwyczaj położone w katalogu <filename role="directory">/dev</filename>. Przykładowo, plik specjalny <filename>/dev/hda</filename> reprezentuje w Linuksie pierwszy dysk IDE.</para>
-        </sect4>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="faq">
-    <title>Najczęściej zadawane pytania (FAQ)</title>
-
-    <para>Celem tej sekcji jest zebranie przeróżnych pytań i wątpliwości dotyczących Thunara w jedno miejsce. Jeśli uważasz, że brakuje tu jakiegoś istotnego zagadnienia, proszę - <ulink type="http" url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">zgłoś to</ulink>.</para>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-executables">
-      <title>Dlaczego Thunar nie wykonuje plików oznaczonych jako wykonywalne?</title>
-
-      <para>Ze względów bezpieczeństwa Thunar uruchamia tylko pliki typu <literal>application/x-desktop</literal>, <literal>application/x-executable</literal> i <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal>. Dla plików pulpitu możliwość uruchamiania zostanie włączona tylko wtedy, jeśli jest on typu <literal>Application</literal> i podano prawidłową linię <literal>Exec</literal> lub jeśli jest typu <literal>Link</literal> i podano prawidłowy <literal>URL</literal>. Dla innych typów opcja ta jest dostępna, jeśli plik jest oznaczony jako wykonywalny dla bieżącego użytkownika.</para>
-
-      <para>Zauważ także, że dla typów <literal>application/x-executable</literal> i <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal>, typy plików nie muszą się z nimi pokrywać, lecz wystarczy jeśli wykryty typ ma taki sam typ nadrzędny jak jeden z powyższych typów lub gdy jego typ MIME jest aliasem dla jednego z powyższych.</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-metadata">
-      <title>Gdzie Thunar przechowuje metadane zwiÄ…zane z plikami?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar wiąże różne ustawienia z plikami i folderami. Ustawienia te nazywamy metadanymi. Owe metadane wszystkich plików przechowywane są w pliku bazy danych tdb, zwanym metaplikiem. Plik bazy danych znajduje się w <filename> $XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/metafile.tdb</filename>, a jego przeglądu dokonuje się za pomocą narzędzia <command>tdbtool</command>, będącego częścią dystrybucji Thunara (położonego w podkatalogu <filename role="directory">tdb/</filename>).</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-thunarrc">
-      <title>Gdzie Thunar przechowuje swoje ustawienia?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar przechowuje preferencje użytkownika (i ustawienia ukryte) w pliku <filename>.ini</filename>, znajdującym się w <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/thunarrc</filename>. Można go obejrzeć używając edytora tekstowego. W pliku <filename>docs/README.thunarrc</filename> znajdziesz przegląd róznych opcji.</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-mouse-gestures">
-      <title>Czy i jak można używać gestów myszy w Thunarze?</title>
-
-      <para>Obecnie Thunar zapewnia podstawowe wsparcie dla tzw. <emphasis>gestów myszy</emphasis> w widoku ikon. Możesz ich używać wciskając środkowy przycisk myszy (przeważnie rolkę) gdy wskaźnik myszy znajduje się na polu tła (polu, które nie jest przykryte przez ikonę lub tekst). Następnie przesuwaj kursor w czterech kierunkach, aby wykonać pewne czynności opisane poniżej:</para>
-
-      <simplelist>
-        <member><guilabel>W lewo</guilabel> - przechodzi do uprzednio odwiedzonego foldderu</member>
-        <member><guilabel>W górę</guilabel> - przechodzi do katalogu nadrzędnego</member>
-        <member><guilabel>W prawo</guilabel> - przechodzi do kolejnego (według listy historii odwiedzeń) odwiedzonego katalogu</member>
-        <member><guilabel>W dół</guilabel> - odświeża bieżący katalog</member>
-      </simplelist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-assign-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>Jak przypisać własne skróty klawiszowe?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar obsługuje standardową metodę zmieniania skrótów zgodną z GTK+: najedź wskaźnikiem myszy na opcję w menu, do której chcesz przypisać skrót i wciśnij pożądaną kombinację klawiszy.</para>
-
-      <para>Aby usunąć skrót, wciśnij <keycap>Backspace</keycap>, kiedy znajdujesz się na odpowiedniej pozycji w menu.</para>
-
-      <para>Jeśli skrót się nie zmieni, prawdopodobnie będziesz musiał włączyć tą opcję w GTK+. Możesz to zrobić na trzy sposoby:</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jeśli używasz Xfce 4.3 lub nowszego, możesz uaktywnić opcję <guilabel>Modyfikowalne akceleratory menu</guilabel> w oknie dialogowym <guilabel>Preferencje Interfejsu Użytkownika</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jeśli używasz GNOME możesz włączyć <guilabel>Modyfikowalne akceleratory menu</guilabel> w oknie dialogowym <guilabel>Paski menu i narzędziowe</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>W przeciwnym wypadku umieść poniższą linię w pliku <filename>~/.gtkrc-2.0</filename> (utwórz go, jeśli nie istnieje):<screen>gtk-can-change-accels=1</screen></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-store-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>Gdzie Thunar przechowuje skróty klawiszowe?</title>
-
-      <para>Niestandardowe skróty klawiszowe są przechowywane w typowym dla GTK+ formacie, w pliku <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/accels.scm</filename>. Linie zaczynające się od <literal>;</literal> są komentarzami. Obejrzyj dokumentację GTK+, aby dowiedzieć się więcej szczegółów o formacie tego pliku.</para>
-
-      <para>Jeśli tworzysz pakiety albo administrujesz systemem i chcesz przygotować globalną konfigurację skrótów, inną od tej domyślnej w Thunarze, możesz utworzyć plik <filename>Thunar/accels.scm</filename> w jednym z <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar>. Przykładowo jeśli <filename role="directory">/etc/xdg</filename> jest częścią <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> (domyślnie w większości dystrybucji Linuksa), możesz zainstalować ustawienia globalne do <filename>/etc/xdg/Thunar/accels.scm</filename>. Thunar zastosuje się do tych skrótów przy pierwszym uruchomieniu programu.</para>
-    </sect3>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="support">
-    <title>Wsparcie</title>
-
-    <para>Aby zgłosić błąd albo propozycję dotyczącą tej aplikacji lub tego podręcznika, użyj systemu śledzenia błędów dostępnego na <ulink url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">http://bugzilla.xfce.org/</ulink>. Pamiętaj, że użyteczne raporty to te, po których błąd zostaje naprawiony, tak więc raport powinien posiadać dwie cechy:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Powtarzalność.</emphasis> Jeśli programista nie może zobaczyć błędu na własne oczy, prawdopodobnie nie będzie mógł go naprawić. Każdy szczegół, o którym poinformujesz, może pomóc.</para>
-      </listitem>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Szczegółowość.</emphasis> Im szybciej programista zawęzi obszar poszukiwań przyczyny problemu, tym szybciej błąd zostanie przez niego naprawiony.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Jeśli chcesz zgłosić potrzebę nowej funkcjonalności, proszę uzasadnij, dlaczego uważasz, że jest ona warta dodania do aplikacji. Nowa funkcjonalność zostanie dodana, jeśli dostarczysz dobrych argumentów, które będą za nią przemawiały. Jeśli dołączysz implementujący ją patch, prawdopodobieństwo jej włączenia jeszcze się zwiększy. Pamiętaj jednak, aby przeczytać plik <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/terminal/trunk/HACKING">HACKING</ulink> - szczególnie sekcję zatytułowaną <emphasis>Coding Style</emphasis> - zanim zaczniesz hakować źródło.</para>
-
-    <para>Jeśli natomiast masz pytania dotyczące używania lub instalacji tego oprogramowania, proszę zapytaj na <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">liście mailingowej thunar-dev</ulink> lub połącz swojego klienta IRC z <emphasis role="bold">irc.freenode.net</emphasis>, dołącz do kanału <emphasis role="bold">#thunar</emphasis> i poproś o pomoc.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="copyright">
-    <title>O @PACKAGE_NAME@</title>
-
-    <para>@PACKAGE_NAME@ został napisany przez Benedikta Meurera (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>). Odwiedź <ulink url="http://thunar.xfce.org/" type="http">witrynę Thunara</ulink> aby dowiedzieć się więcej.</para>
-
-    <para>Niniejsza dokumentacja została napisana przez Benedikta Meurera (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>). Najnowsza wersja tego dokumentu jest zawsze dostępna na <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/">witrynie Thunara</ulink>.</para>
-
-    <para>Niniejszy program jest rozprowadzany na warunkach Powszechnej Licencji Publicznej GNU, wydanej przez Fundację Wolnego Oprogramowania - według wersji 2-giej tej Licencji lub którejś z późniejszych wersji.</para>
-
-    <para>Z pewnością wraz z niniejszym programem otrzymałeś też egzemplarz Powszechnej Licencji Publicznej GNU (GNU General Public License); jeśli nie - napisz do Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-</article>
-<!--
-	vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et ai encoding=UTF-8:
--->
diff --git a/docs/manual/ru/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/ru/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 0efa2dc..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/ru/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-# $Id$
-
-SUBDIRS =								\
-	images
-
-TARGET_DIR = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/ru
-STYLESHEET = ../thunar.xsl
-DOCUMENT = Thunar.xml
-
-# We set GPATH here; this gives us semantics for GNU make
-# which are more like other make's VPATH, when it comes to
-# whether a source that is a target of one rule is then
-# searched for in VPATH/GPATH.
-GPATH = $(srcdir)
-
-DOC_STAMPS = html-build.stamp
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(DOCUMENT)
-CLEANFILES = $(DOC_STAMPS)
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-all-local: html-build.stamp
-
-html-build.stamp: $(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT) $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET)
-	@echo "*** Building HTML ***"
-	@-chmod -R u+w $(srcdir)
-	rm -rf $(srcdir)/html
-	mkdir $(srcdir)/html
-	$(XSLTPROC) --nonet -o $(srcdir)/html/ $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET) \
-		$(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT)
-	touch html-build.stamp
-else
-all-local:
-endif
-
-maintainer-clean-local: clean
-	(cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf html)
-
-install-data-local:
-	installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*`;				\
-	if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*'; then		\
-		echo "--- Nothing to install";				\
-	else								\
-		$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);		\
-		for file in $$installfiles; do				\
-			echo "--- Installing "$$file;			\
-			$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);	\
-		done;							\
-	fi
-
-uninstall-local:
-	rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)/*
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-dist-check-xsltproc: all
-else
-dist-check-xsltproc:
-	@echo "*** xsltproc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist"
-	@false
-endif
-
-dist-hook: dist-check-xsltproc dist-hook-local
-	mkdir $(distdir)/html
-	-cp $(srcdir)/html/* $(distdir)/html
-
-.PHONY: dist-hook-local
-
-# vi:set ts=8 sw=8 noet ai nocindent syntax=automake:
diff --git a/docs/manual/ru/Thunar.xml.in b/docs/manual/ru/Thunar.xml.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 40b2d48..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/ru/Thunar.xml.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1564 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-<!ENTITY date "November 2007">
-<!ENTITY version "@PACKAGE_VERSION@">
-<!ENTITY application "@PACKAGE_NAME@">
-]>
-<article id="index" lang="ru">
-
-  <!-- Header -->
-  <articleinfo>
-    <title>Файловый менеджер Thunar</title>
-
-    <pubdate>&date;</pubdate>
-
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2004</year>
-      <year>2005</year>
-      <year>2006</year>
-      <year>2007</year>
-      <holder>Benedikt Meurer</holder>
-    </copyright><copyright><year>2006</year><holder>Andrey Fedoseev (andrey.fedoseev at gmail.com)</holder></copyright><copyright><year>2006</year><holder>Maxim Zenin (webmechanics at gmail.com)</holder></copyright>
-
-    <legalnotice id="legalnotice">
-      <para>Разрешено копировать, распространять и/или модифицировать данный документ на условиях лицензии GNU Free Documentation License, версия 1.1 или более поздней версии, опубликованной Фондом Свободного ПО (Free Software Foundation). Полный текст лицензии доступен на сайте <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/">Free Software Foundation</ulink>.</para>
-    </legalnotice>
-
-    <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-        <firstname>Benedikt</firstname>
-        <surname>Meurer</surname>
-        <affiliation>
-          <address><email>benny at xfce.org</email></address>
-          <orgname>os-cillation</orgname>
-          <orgdiv>Системный разработчик</orgdiv>
-          <jobtitle>Разработчик ПО</jobtitle>
-        </affiliation>
-      </author>
-    </authorgroup>
-
-    <releaseinfo>Это руководство описывает @PACKAGE_VERSION@ версию @PACKAGE_NAME at .</releaseinfo>
-  </articleinfo>
-
-  <sect1 id="intro">
-    <title>Введение в @PACKAGE_NAME@</title>
-
-    <para>Thunar это новый современный файловый менеджер для рабочего окружения Xfce. Thunar изначально разрабатывался, чтобы быть быстрым и легким в использовании.У него простой и интуитивный интерфейс, который по умолчанию не содержит бесполезных или вносящих путаницу элементов. Thunar быстро запускается, быстро открывает папки и быстро реагирует на действия пользователя. </para>
-
-    <para>Файловый менеджер Thunar предоставляет доступ одновременно к вашим файлам и приложениям. Используя файловый менеджер вы можете:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>Создавать папки и документы.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Просматривать ваши файлы и папки.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Управлять вашими файлами и папками.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Настраивать и выполнять особые действия над файлами и папками.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Получать доступ к съемным носителям.</listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="the-file-manager-window">
-    <title>The File Manager Window</title>
-
-    <para>
-      By default the file manager window consists of a shortcut pane on the left side, the main area on the right
-      and a pathbar above the main area.
-    </para>
-
-    <screenshot>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="images/file-manager-window.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-
-        <textobject>
-          <phrase>File Manager Window</phrase>
-        </textobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </screenshot>
-
-    <para>
-      The <guilabel>Shortcut Pane</guilabel> provides shortcuts to different folders on your system. The first
-      shortcut will lead to your <emphasis>Home Folder</emphasis>, the folder you store all your personal data,
-      and will therefore have the name of the current user. The second shortcut will take you to the trash bin,
-      which stores deleted files that can be recovered later. The third shortcut takes you to the <emphasis>Desktop
-      Folder</emphasis>, which contains the files and folders that are displayed on the desktop. The fourth
-      shortcut will take you to the root of your file system - you may want to explore it a bit, even though
-      it may be confusing to you if you are new to Linux/Unix. Just click on the different folders and see what is
-      inside.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      Below the <emphasis>File System</emphasis> shortcut, the removable drives and media will be displayed. In
-      the screenshot above, you can see a <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel> shortcut. Click on these shortcuts
-      to access the data stored on the removable drives and media. See <xref linkend="using-removable-media"/>
-      for further details.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The remaining shortcuts are user defined. Add your own shortcuts by simply dragging folders to the
-      <guilabel>Shortcuts Pane</guilabel>. This will allow you to access important folders instantly. To
-      remove a previously added shortcut, right-click on the shortcut and choose <guimenuitem>Remove Shortcut</guimenuitem>.
-      To rename a previously added shortcut, right-click on the shortcut and choose <guimenuitem>Rename Shortcut</guimenuitem>.
-      Note that these actions affect only the shortcut, not the folder referenced by the shortcuts.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The <emphasis>main area</emphasis> will always display the contents of the current folder. Double click on
-      folders to enter them, and right-click on files or folders to get a context-menu offering some choices of
-      what to do with it. Select multiple files by dragging a rectangle over them with the mouse. Alternatively,
-      select one file, hold down the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key, and increase or decrease the selection using
-      the arrow keys.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The <emphasis>pathbar</emphasis> will always show the path you took to get to the folder you are currently
-      at. You can click on any pathbar button to change to the folder it represents. Right-click on a pathbar
-      button to bring up a context-menu with some options.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="customizing-the-appearance">
-      <title>Customizing the Appearance</title>
-
-      <para>
-        There are many ways to customize the appearance of the file manager windows. In case you do not like the
-        way the icons are displayed, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>View as Detailed List</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-        from the main menu to have the contents of the current folder displayed as a list.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        You can have the file manager windows display a location bar instead of the pathbar by choosing
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Location Selector</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Toolbar Style</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-        from the main menu.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        In case you prefer a treeview in the left pane, choose
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Tree</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-        from the main menu.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="visible-columns-in-the-detailed-list-view">
-        <title>Visible Columns in the Detailed List View</title>
-
-        <para>
-          If you prefer to display the contents of the folder as a list, using the <guilabel>Detailed List View</guilabel>, you can
-          customize the columns displayed in the list view. To customize the visible columns, choose
-          <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure Columns...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.
-        </para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/visible-columns.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Visible Columns</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Visible Columns</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>
-                Select the columns you want to be displayed from the list of available columns. Click <guibutton>Move Up</guibutton>
-                or <guibutton>Move Down</guibutton> to change the order of the columns. Click <guibutton>Use Default</guibutton> to
-                revert your changes.
-              </para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Column Sizing</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>
-                Select the option <guibutton>Automatically expand columns as needed</guibutton> if you want the list view columns
-                to expand automatically if the needed to ensure the text is fully visible.
-              </para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="working-with-files-and-folders">
-    <title>Working with Files and Folders</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="opening-files">
-      <title>Opening Files</title>
-
-      <para>
-        When you open a file, the file manager performs the default action for that file type. For example, opening a text file
-        will display it in the default text editor, while opening an image file will display the image in the default image
-        viewer.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The file manager checks the extension of a file to determine the type of a file. If the file has no known extension, the
-        file manager examines the contents of the file.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-the-default-action">
-        <title>Executing the Default Action</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To execute the default for a file, double-click on the file. For example, the default action for audio files is to
-          play the it with the default music playing application. In this case, you can double-click on the file to open the
-          file in the music player.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          You can set <application>Thunar</application> preferences so that you click once on a file to execute the default
-          action. For information, see <xref linkend="preferences-behavior"/>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-non-default-actions">
-        <title>Executing Non-Default Actions</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To execute actions other than the default action for a file, select the file that you want to perform an action on.
-          Choose the desired action from the <emphasis>Open With</emphasis> choices available in <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu
-          or an <guimenu>Open With</guimenu> submenu.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="adding-actions">
-        <title>Adding Actions</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To add actions associated with a file type, perform the following steps:
-        </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              In the main area, select a file of the type to which you want to add an action.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open With Other Application...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-              from the main menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Either choose an application in the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> dialog or select <guibutton>Use a custom command</guibutton>
-              and browse to the program with which you wish to open this type.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>
-          The action you have chosen is now added to the list of actions for that particular file type. If you enabled the
-          <guibutton>Use as default for this kind of file</guibutton> option or there was no prior action associated with the
-          type, the newly added action is the default.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          You may also add actions using the <guibutton>Open With</guibutton> button under
-          <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="modifiying-actions">
-        <title>Modifying Actions</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To modify the actions associated with a file or file type, perform the following steps:
-        </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              In the main area, select a file of the type for which you want to modify the action.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select the new default action using the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> button or add a new action by choosing
-              <guimenuitem>Open With Other Application...</guimenuitem> from the drop down menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>
-          To remove a previously added action for a file type, bring up the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> dialog as described
-          above, right-click the action you want to remove and choose <guimenuitem>Remove Launcher</guimenuitem>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="file-properties">
-      <title>File Properties</title>
-
-      <para>
-        The file properties window shows more information about any file or folder in the file manager. With this window, you can also
-        do the following:
-      </para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Change the icon for special files, such as application launchers and URL links.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Add or remove emblems for a file or folder.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Change the UNIX file permissions for a file or folder.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Choose which application is used to open a file and other files of the same type.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/file-properties.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>File Properties</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        To open the file properties window, perform the following steps:
-      </para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Select the file or folder whose properties you want to examine or change. You cannot
-            select multiple items at once and display the properties that are in common to all
-            items currently.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Do one of the following:
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Right-click the selected item and choose <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> from the context menu.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="using-removable-media">
-    <title>Using Removable Media</title>
-
-    <sect2 id="accessing-removable-media">
-      <title>Accessing Removable Media</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar supports removable media if it was built with support for <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software_2fhal">HAL</ulink>,
-        or if you are using <ulink type="http" url="http://www.freebsd.org/">FreeBSD</ulink>. Note however that on FreeBSD 6.0 or newer, it is
-        suggested to use HAL rather than the native support provided by Thunar.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-mount-media">
-        <title>To Mount Media</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To <emphasis>mount</emphasis> media is to make the file system of the media available for access. When you mount media, the
-          file system of the media is attached as a subdirectory to your file system.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          To access media, insert the media in the appropriate device, or connect the new device to your computer (i.e. connect an USB
-          stick to one of your USB ports). An object that represents the media is added to the side pane of the file manager. If
-          <application>xfdesktop</application> is running and configured to display <guilabel>File/launcher icons</guilabel> this
-          object will also be added to your desktop.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          To actually mount the media, click on the object that represents the media. For example, to mount a floppy diskette,
-          click on the <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel> object in the side pane. The file manager will now add the file system
-          of the media to your file system hierarchy and display the contents of the floppy diskette in the main area.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-eject-media">
-        <title>To Eject Media</title>
-
-        <para>
-          If the drive for the media is a motorized drive (i.e. a CD-ROM drive), right-click on the media object in the side pane
-          or on the desktop and choose <guilabel>Eject Volume</guilabel>. The media is ejected from the drive after a few seconds.
-          If the drive for the media is not motorized (i.e. a floppy drive or an USB stick), right-click on the media object and
-          choose <guilabel>Unmount Volume</guilabel>. After a short period of time, a notification will appear to inform you
-          that it is now safe to remove the media or disconnect the drive from the computer.
-        </para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/removable-media-unmount.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Unmount notification</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <para>
-          However this notification will only be displayed if support for <application>libnotify</application> is enabled,
-          and you have installed a notification daemon. A notification daemon for Xfce is available from the <ulink type="http" url="http://goodies.xfce.org/projects/applications/notification-daemon-xfce">Xfce Goodies Project</ulink>.
-          If notification support is not available, wait until the context menu disappears before you remove the media or disconnect
-          the drive.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Be aware that you cannot eject or unmount media that is still in use by one or more applications. Therefore if the file
-          manager refuses to eject media, make sure you close all applications that were accessing the media, and be sure to also
-          check command line applications running in <application>Terminal</application> windows.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Make sure to unmount removable media before ejecting. Do not eject a diskette from the floppy drive before your unmount
-          the diskette. Do not remove an USB stick before you unmount the flash drive. If you do not unmount the media first you
-          might lose data or cause your system to crash.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="management-of-removable-drives-and-media">
-      <title>Management of Removable Drives and Media</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar is also able to automatically manage removable drives and media if the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.foo-projects.org/~benny/projects/thunar-volman/index.html">thunar-volman</ulink> package is installed on
-        your system.  Note however that this feature requires HAL support.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Now, if HAL support is available and <application>thunar-volman</application> is installed on your system, you
-        can choose to enable the <guilabel>Volume Management</guilabel> feature of Thunar. Therefore, open the file
-        manager preferences, go to the <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> page and check the <guilabel>Enable Volume
-        Management</guilabel> button.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The next step is to customize the management of removable drives and media to your needs. Click on the
-        <guilabel>Configure</guilabel> link in the <guilabel>Volume Management</guilabel> section, right below
-        the button. The <guilabel>Removable Drives and Media</guilabel> configuration dialog will be displayed.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/removable-drives-and-media.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Removable Drives and Media</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        If you have used the <application>gnome-volume-manager</application> previously, you should feel right at
-        home, because it was designed to look and behave similar to <application>gnome-volume-manager</application>.
-        The preferences are divided by device categories to make it easy to locate the option for you specific
-        device.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <guilabel>Storage</guilabel> page contains the most important options. As the name suggests these
-        options apply only to storage devices like external harddisk drives, USB sticks and CD-ROMs. The
-        <guilabel>Removable Storage</guilabel> options are described in detail below.
-      </para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Mount removable drives when hot-plugged</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to automatically mount file systems on removable drives (i.e. external harddisk drives
-              or USB sticks) when such drives are plugged into the computer.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              This option must be enabled for certain other features to work with removable drives. For example,
-              if you disable this option, certain kinds of portable music players cannot be detected any more and
-              so, even if you enabled the <guilabel>Play music files when connected</guilabel> option on the
-              <guilabel>Multimedia</guilabel> page, the specified command will not be run when you hot-plug your
-              portable music player.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Mount removable media when inserted</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to automatically mount file systems on removable media (i.e. CD-ROMs or DVDs)
-              when you insert the media into the drive.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              This option must be enabled for certain other features to work with removable media. For example,
-              if you disable this option, it is impossible to detect whether the removable media has auto-run
-              capabilities, and so the <guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel> option
-              has no effect for removable media.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Browse removable media when inserted</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to automatically display the content of newly inserted media in the file manager.
-              Note however, that the contents will only be displayed if no other action was possible or you
-              choose to ignore the other possible actions. For example, if you insert a CD-ROM with auto-run
-              capabilities and the <guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel> option is
-              enabled, you will be prompted whether you want to allow or ignore the auto-run. If you choose
-              to ignore the auto-run the contents will be displayed in the file manager.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to make use of auto-run capabilities of certain removable drives and media. See
-              the <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop
-              Application Autostart Specification</ulink> for details about the auto-run mechanism. To enhance security,
-              you will always be prompted to confirm the auto-run.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              If the Windows emulator <ulink type="http" url="http://www.winehq.org/">WINE</ulink> is installed on your
-              system, the auto-run mechanism will also try to run <filename>autorun.exe</filename> files using WINE.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Auto-open files on new drives and media</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to make of auto-open capabilities of certain removable drives and media. See
-              the <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop
-              Application Autostart Specification</ulink> for details about the auto-open mechanism. To enhance security,
-              you will always be prompted to confirm the auto-open.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <para>
-        The remaining options allow you to specify a command to run when a certain kind of media is inserted into a drive
-        or a certain kind of external device is connected. The command can use three special variables, that will be
-        substituted when the command is run:
-      </para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%d</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Each appearance of <literal>%d</literal> in the command will be substituted with the device file path of
-              the newly added device. For example, if you have plugged in an USB stick, the device file path will be
-              <filename>/dev/da0s1</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              If no device file is associated with the device or the device file could not be found for some reason,
-              the variable <literal>%d</literal> will be substituted with the empty string.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%h</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Each appearance of <literal>%h</literal> in the command will be substituted with the HAL UDI of the newly
-              added device.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%m</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Each appearance of <literal>%m</literal> in the command will be substituted with the mount point where
-              the newly added device was mounted. If the device cannot be mounted (for example printers or keyboards)
-              or if the automatic mounting was disabled, <literal>%m</literal> will be substituted with the empty
-              string.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <sect3 id="troubleshooting-the-volume-manager">
-        <title>Troubleshooting the Volume Manager</title>
-
-        <para>
-          Useful tips to trouble shoot the volume manager in case it does not work as expected.
-        </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Make sure <application>Thunar</application> is running as daemon. The volume manager depends
-              on this, as it is not a daemon by itself. By default, Xfce
-              automatically spawns <application>Thunar</application> as daemon on startup. If it got killed
-              for some reason, open the <guilabel>Run program</guilabel> (using the keyboard shortcut
-              <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> or right-click on the desktop
-              and choose <guilabel>Run Program...</guilabel> from the desktop menu), enter <literal>Thunar
-              --daemon</literal> and click <guibutton>Run</guibutton>.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Try running <application>thunar-volman</application> from a <application>Terminal</application>
-              window after hot-plugging the drive or inserting the media. First, you need to figure out the
-              HAL UDI of the new device using <application>lshal</application> or <application>hal-device</application>.
-              Once you know the UDI, run <literal>thunar-volman --device-added <udi-of-your-device></literal> in
-              a <application>Terminal</application> window and watch the output for errors or warnings.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>
-          If it still refuses to work, ask on the <ulink type="http" url="http://forum.xfce.org/">Xfce Forum</ulink> or
-          the <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">thunar-dev mailing list</ulink>
-          for help.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="preferences">
-    <title>File Management Preferences</title>
-
-    <para>
-      Use the <guilabel>File Manager Preferences</guilabel> dialog to set your <application>Thunar</application> file manager
-      preferences. To open the preferences dialog, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-      from the menu bar, or click on the <guibutton>File Manager</guibutton> button in the Xfce Settings Manager.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The <guilabel>File Manager Preferences</guilabel> dialog is divided into four pages with different options, each described in
-      a separate section below. Basically you can set preferences in the following categories:
-    </para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem><para>The default settings for the views.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>The default settings for the side pane.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>The behavior of the file manager windows.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>Advanced features of the file manager.</para></listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>
-      Thunar also supports a bunch of so-called <emphasis>Hidden Options</emphasis>, which control several advanced features of the
-      file manager, but are not included in the preferences in order to keep the preferences dialog simple. The <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/thunar/trunk/docs/README.thunarrc"><filename>README.thunarrc</filename></ulink> file that
-      is included with the Thunar distribution describes all available options in detail.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-views">
-      <title>Views Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can specify a default view, select sort options and display options. You can
-        also specify whether thumbnails should be displayed for file types that support
-        this.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-views.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Views Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>View new folder using</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select the default view for folders. When you open a new window, the is displayed
-              in the view that you select. This can be either the icon view, the compact list view
-              or the detailed list view. You can also select <guilabel>Last Active View</guilabel>
-              here to use the view you used for the last active window.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Sort folders before files</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to list folders before files when you sort a folder.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Show thumbnails</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to show thumbnails of image files and other supported files. The
-              file manager stores the thumbnail files for each folder in the hidden <filename role="directory">.thumbnails</filename> directory in the user's Home Folder.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              See <xref linkend="thumbnailers"/> if you want to extend the basic
-              thumbnail functionality provided by <application>Thunar</application> with support
-              for additional file types.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Text beside icons</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this options to place the icon captions for items in the icon view beside the
-              icon rather than under the icon.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-side-pane">
-      <title>Side Pane Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can select display options for the shortcuts pane and the tree pane.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-side-pane.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Side Pane Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        The side pane can either display a list of shortcuts for folders in your file system, which
-        is the default, or a tree view of your file system. This page allows you to select the size
-        of the icons for the shortcuts and the tree pane. You can also specify whether emblems should
-        be displayed.
-      </para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Icon Size</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              The size of the icons displayed in the side, ranging from <guilabel>Very Small</guilabel> (around
-              16x16 pixels) to <guilabel>Very Large</guilabel> (around 128x128 pixels).
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Show Icon Emblems</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to display emblems for folders in the side pane. You can assign emblems to
-              folders in the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog. Select a folder in the main area and
-              choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-              from the main menu, or right-click the folder and select <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-              from the context menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-behavior">
-      <title>Behavior Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can select the preferred behavior to interact with the file manager.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-behavior.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Behavior Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Single click to active items</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to perform the default action for an item when you
-              click on the item. When this option is selected, and you point to an
-              item, the title of the item is underlined and the item will be
-              selected automatically after a short delay.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              This delay can be configured below the option. You can also disable the
-              automatic selection of items by moving the selector to the left-most
-              position.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Double click to activate items</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to perform the default action for an item when you
-              double click on the item, and select the item with a single click.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-advanced">
-      <title>Advanced Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can control advanced features of the file manager.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-advanced.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Advanced Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Folder Permissions</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Choose the action that should be performed when you change the permissions of a folder in
-              the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog. You can choose to let <application>Thunar</application>
-              ask everytime when you change folder permissions, tell it to default to applying the new permissions
-              to the folder only or to apply them recursively to the folder contents as well.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Volume Management</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              If <application>Thunar</application> was installed with support for HAL and the <application>thunar-volman</application>
-              package is also installed, you can enable the integrated volume manager. See <xref linkend="management-of-removable-drives-and-media"/>
-              for details about this feature.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="customizing-thunar">
-    <title>Customizing Thunar</title>
-
-    <para>
-      This chapter describes how to customize certain parts of the file manager to your own needs.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="sendto">
-      <title>The "Send To" Menu</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar includes a <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu, which provides possible targets where files and folders can
-        be sent to. To access the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu, choose
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Send To</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu, or right-click
-        on a file or folder and choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Send To</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/sendto-menu.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>"Send To" Menu</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        By default, the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu includes an entry named <guilabel>Desktop (Create Link)</guilabel> for all
-        files and folders, which simply creates a link on the desktop for each selected file. In addition, if the <guilabel>Shortcuts
-        Pane</guilabel> is active, the menu also includes an entry called <guilabel>Side Pane (Create Shortcut)</guilabel> for folders,
-        which allows users to add new shortcuts to the side pane. Following these entries, <application>Thunar</application> lists
-        the removable drives currently plugged into the computer. In the screenshot above, the <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel>
-        represents a possible target where files can be sent to. Note that the device is mounted automatically once selected from
-        the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu, so you do not need to manually mount it.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        In addition <application>Thunar</application> also ships the <application>thunar-sendto-email</application> plugin, which adds
-        the entry <guilabel>Mail Recipient</guilabel> to the menu, that opens the mail composer with the selected files attach to the
-        new email. If the selection contains atleast one folder, the selected items are added to a ZIP archive before attaching them
-        to the email. Otherwise, if the selection contains multiple files, or a single file, which is larger than 200Kib, the user will
-        be prompted whether to pack the files into a ZIP archive, and send the ZIP archive.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Like most other features of <application>Thunar</application>, the <guilabel>Send to</guilabel> menu can be easily extended
-        by users and application developers with new targets, using standard <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fdesktop_2dentry_2dspec">desktop entry files</ulink>. These files must be
-        installed into one of the <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/Thunar/sendto/</filename> folders (see the <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fbasedir_2dspec">XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink> for details about the
-        <literal>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</literal> variable).
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <literal>MimeType</literal> of the target <filename>.desktop</filename> specifies the types of files for which this action
-        should be available in the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu. For example, say you want to add entry for a <ulink type="http" url="http://flickr.com/">Flickr</ulink> uploader tool, then this entry should only show up if the selection contains JPEG
-        files (other file formats are not supported by Flickr) and so you should add a line <literal>MimeType=image/jpeg;</literal>.
-        If you do not specify any <literal>MimeType</literal> your entry will show up for all file types.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        A complete example using the <application>postr</application> application is shown below:
-      </para>
-
-<programlisting>
-# postr.desktop - Integrate postr into
-#                 the "Send To" menu.
-[Desktop Entry]
-Type=Application
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-TryExec=postr
-Exec=postr %F
-Icon=postr
-Name=Flickr
-MimeType=image/jpeg;</programlisting>
-
-      <para>
-        If you install this file to <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/Thunar/sendto/</filename> (create the folder if
-        it does not exist yet), the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu for JPEG files will show the new entry <guilabel>Flickr</guilabel>,
-        which can be used to upload JPEG images to Flickr.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/sendto_menu">Thunar Project Wiki</ulink> contains
-        additional examples of useful targets for the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu. Feel free to extend the Wiki page with
-        new examples.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="thumbnailers">
-      <title>Thumbnailers</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar uses small utilities to create thumbnails of certain file types and displays the thumbnails as preview of the
-        file content. These small tools are called thumbnailers. Thunar ships with thumbnailers for image and font files, and
-        makes use of the installed thumbnailers from GNOME automatically if it was installed with support for <literal>gconf</literal>.
-        Users may however dynamically extend this basic functionality with thumbnailers for additional file types.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        If you plan to write a custom thumbnailers, you need to start with a program that accepts atleast two command line parameters,
-        the input file, which is of the file type you plan to support and the output file, which is a PNG file that complies with the
-        format specified by the <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/creation.html#AEN139">Thumbnail Management
-        Standard</ulink>. Additionally your program may also accept the desired size of the thumbnail, which is optional but highly
-        recommended. If you write the output file at an arbitrary image size, Thunar will afterwards scale it to the desired size,
-        which might produce a less optimal result than generating the thumbnail with the requested dimensions.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Once your utility to generate the thumbnails is done, you will need to register your thumbnailer, so Thunar is able to locate
-        and use it. Therefore all you need to do is to install a description file for the thumbnailer (a <filename>.desktop</filename> file)
-        in one of the <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/thumbnailers/</filename> paths. For example, if you want to register the
-        thumbnailer for your user account only, you can install the file into the folder <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/thumbnailers/</filename>. The <filename>.desktop</filename> for thumbnailers has the following format.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="thumbnailer-desktop-file-format">
-        <title>Thumbnailer Description File Format</title>
-
-        <para>
-          Thumbnailer description files utilize the <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/">Desktop
-          Entry Format</ulink> with a special <literal>Type</literal> of <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal> and special field
-          <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> with new field codes. Basically, a thumbnailer description file has the following format.
-        </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=Your Thumbnailer
-MimeType=your-supported/mime-type;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=your-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>
-          The <literal>Version</literal> and <literal>Encoding</literal> are mandated by the Desktop Entry Specification, just use the values shown
-          in the example above. The <literal>Type</literal> field must have the special value <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal>, otherwise your
-          thumbnailer will not be recognized. The <literal>Name</literal> value describes your thumbnailer.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> field contains the command to run your thumbnailer, and supports certain field codes that will
-          be substituted when the thumbnailer is run. Recognized field codes are as follows:
-        </para>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%i</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              The local path to the input file for which to create a thumbnail. May be either a path relative to the directory from which the
-              thumbnailer was invoked or an absolute path.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%o</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              The local path to the output file where to store the generated thumbnail. The output file must be written as valid PNG file according
-              to the thumbnail standard (see above). Note that the path may not end with <literal>.png</literal>, which matters if you invoke certain
-              third party tools.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%s</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              The desired size of the generated thumbnail in pixels. This parameter is optional.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%u</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              Similar to <literal>%i</literal>, but substituted with the URI of the file, rather than the path. This was added for compatibility with
-              GNOME.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%%</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              Will be substituted with a single <literal>%</literal>.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-
-        <para>
-          You need to include atleast <literal>%o</literal> and <literal>%i</literal> or <literal>%u</literal>, otherwise your thumbnailer will
-          be useless.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The <literal>MimeType</literal> lists the MIME types - separated by semicolon - for which your thumbnailer is able to create previews.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="eps-thumbnailer-example">
-        <title>Example EPS Thumbnailer</title>
-
-        <para>
-          This example demonstrates how to write and install a new thumbnailer for <filename>.eps</filename> files, which uses the
-          <command>convert</command> utility that ships as part of ImageMagick. First, we start with a simple script that invokes
-          <command>convert</command> to generate a thumbnail at the requested size.
-        </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# eps-thumbnailer - Example thumbnailer script for EPS files.
-#
-# Usage: esp-thumbnailer eps-file png-file size
-#
-
-# command line parameters
-ifile=$1
-ofile=$2
-size=$3
-
-# invoke convert (ImageMagick)
-exec convert "eps:$ifile" -scale "$sizex$size" "png:$ofile"</programlisting>
-
-        <para>
-          Save this script above to a file <filename>eps-thumbnailer</filename>, make sure the file is executable and install it
-          to <filename role="directory">/usr/local/bin</filename>.
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ chmod +x eps-thumbnailer
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer /usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          Next we need to create the thumbnail description file <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename>, which looks like this:
-        </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=EPS Thumbnailer
-TryExec=convert
-MimeType=image/x-eps;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=/usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>
-          This file must be installed to <filename role="directory">/usr/local/share/thumbnailers</filename> (create the folder if
-          it does not exists).
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ sudo install -d /usr/local/share/thumbnailers
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer.desktop /usr/local/share/thumbnailers/eps-thumbnailer.desktop</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          The <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename> file uses the special key <literal>TryExec</literal>, which, if specified,
-          names a command that must be present on the system for the thumbnailer to be useful. In this case, our script is useless if
-          the <command>convert</command> utility is not present.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The last step is to regenerate the thumbnailer cache, so Thunar will pick up our thumbnailer. The thumbnailer cache is located
-          at <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/thumbnailers.cache</filename> (unless overridden by your or your system administrator, the
-          <varname>$XDG_CACHE_HOME</varname> points to the folder <filename role="directory">~/.cache/</filename>). The thumbnailers
-          cache is regenerated periodically by Thunar, but you can force to regenerate it by invoking the
-          <filename>thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</filename> utility, that ships as part of Thunar. This utility is usually installed
-          in the <filename role="directory">libexec</filename> subfolder of your installation prefix (<filename role="directory">sbin</filename>
-          on Debian/Ubuntu). So for example, if Thunar is installed in <filename role="directory">/usr</filename>, invoke the utility as
-          follows:
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>$ /usr/libexec/thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          But make sure you run the program from your user account, not the superuser account, since the thumbnailers cache is stored in
-          your home folder, rather than a system wide location.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Now, if Thunar is compiled with support for file alteration monitoring (using the FAM or Gamin services), it will automatically
-          pick up the new thumbnailers cache within a few seconds and afterwards be able to generate thumbnails using your custom
-          thumbnailers. Otherwise you might need to completely restart Thunar to apply the changes, using
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>$ Thunar -q</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          to terminate any running instance, and afterwards restart it from your launcher.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="cleaning-up-thumbnails">
-        <title>Cleaning up Thumbnails</title>
-
-        <para>
-          The generated thumbnails are stored in the folder <filename role="directory">~/.thumbnails/</filename> complying with the <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/index.html">Thumbnail Management Standard</ulink>. While testing a new
-          thumbnailer, it might help to clean up the thumbnail cache using
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>$ rm -rf ~/.thumbnails/</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          which will also give you some free space in your home folder. Since all the information stored within this folder was automatically
-          generated from files in your file system, you will not loose any sensitive data.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="advanced-topics">
-    <title>Advanced Topics</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="to-bulk-rename-files">
-      <title>To Bulk Rename Files</title>
-
-      <para>
-        To <emphasis>bulk rename</emphasis> files means to rename multiple files at once using some criterion, that applies to atleast
-        one of the files. <application>Thunar</application> includes a bulk renamer, which can be run separately using the command
-        <command>Thunar -B</command> or from within <application>Thunar</application> by selecting two or more files in the main area
-        and pressing <keycombo><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> or choosing
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Rename...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/bulk-rename.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Bulk Rename Files</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        The <emphasis>Bulk Renamers</emphasis> can be applied to the name of the files, the suffix of the files or both to the
-        name and the suffix of the files. <application>Thunar</application> currently supports the following <emphasis>Bulk
-        Renamers</emphasis>:
-      </para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem><para>Remove characters.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Numbering files.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Insert Date or Time.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Insert or overwrite characters.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Search and replace characters.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Convert to uppercase, lowercase or camlcase.</para></listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <para>
-        Additional <emphasis>Bulk Renamers</emphasis> may be installed as plugins for <application>Thunar</application>. Check
-        the <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/plugins.html">Thunar Plugins</ulink> website for currently available
-        extensions. The <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/bulk_renamer">Thunar Project Wiki</ulink>
-        contains further details about this feature. Feel free to add more information to the Wiki.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="the-unix-file-system">
-      <title>Файловая система UNIX</title>
-
-      <para>Несмотря на то, что файловый менеджер Thunar позволяет абстрагироваться от деталей функционирования файловых систем, иногда полезно знать основы, чтобы видеть полную картину. Этот раздел является кратким введением в концепцию файловых систем UNIX, на сегодня эта концепция используется во всех инкарнациях UNIX, включая Linux.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="folders-and-paths">
-        <title>Папки и пути</title>
-
-        <para>В файловой системе UNIX все папки расположены в виде простой древовидной структуры, основой которой является папка, именуемая <emphasis>корневой каталог</emphasis> (термин <emphasis>каталог</emphasis> часто используется вместо термина <emphasis>папка</emphasis>) и отображается в Thunar как <guilabel>Файловая система</guilabel>. Это значит, что вы можете попасть из одной папки в другую просто перемещаясь по дереву файловой системы.</para>
-
-        <para>Местоположение любого файла и любой папки в дереве файловой системы может описывается термином <emphasis>путь</emphasis>. Путь - это список папок, которые вы должны открыть, чтобы добраться от корня файловой системы к папке или файлу. Например, путь <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> состоит из подпапки <filename role="directory">luke</filename>, которая в свою очередь является подпапкой папки <filename role="directory">home</filename>;а путь <filename>/home/luke/myfile.txt</filename> указывает на файл <filename>myfile.txt</filename>, расположенные в подпапке <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename>. Открывающий слэш <filename role="directory
 ">/</filename> обозначает корневую папку файловой системы.</para>
-
-        <para>Каждый пользователь имеет свою собственную папку для хранения файлов и настроек. Эта папка называется <emphasis>домашней папкой</emphasis> и отображается в Thunar специальным значком с именем пользователя. Эта папка похожа на папку <guilabel>Мои документы</guilabel> из Windows. Домашние папки пользователей обычно располагаются в папке <filename role="directory">/home</filename>.Например, папка <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> будет домашней папкой пользователя с именем <filename role="directory">luke</filename>, а папка <filename role="directory">/home/jane</filename> будет домашней папкой пользователя с именем <filena
 me role="directory">jane</filename>.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="file-types">
-        <title>Типы файлов</title>
-
-        <para>
-          You may have already heard that everything is a file in UNIX. This is true for most objects present in UNIX systems
-          today. In fact even devices are represented as a special files. While this may not make sense at first sight, it is
-          one of the strengths of UNIX and its derivates, and has helped it to maintain a simple core over the years where other
-          operating systems had to introduce new concepts for every new technology.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>В файловой системе UNIX существует четыре наиболее важных типов файлов.</para>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-ordinary-files">
-          <title>Обычные файлы</title>
-
-          <para>
-            An ordinary file may contain text, a program or other data. This includes image files, audio files, office documents
-            and video files. The term <emphasis>file</emphasis> is often used to refer to an ordinary file.
-          </para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-folder-files">
-          <title>Папки</title>
-
-          <para>
-            Folders are also files in the UNIX file system. To be exact a folder is a special file, which contains a
-            mapping of file names to file references for every file contained within this folder.
-          </para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-symbolic-link-files">
-          <title>Символические ссылки</title>
-
-          <para>
-            A Symbolic link (often called a <emphasis>symlink</emphasis>) is a special file that contains a path to
-            another file in the file system. Symbolic link files therefore do not contain any useful information
-            themselves, but just refer to other files.
-          </para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-device-files">
-          <title>Устройства</title>
-
-          <para>
-            As mentioned earlier (most) devices are also accessed through the file system. These special device files are
-            usually located in the <filename role="directory">/dev</filename> folder. For example the special file
-            <filename>/dev/hda</filename> represents the first IDE disk on Linux.
-          </para>
-        </sect4>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="faq">
-    <title>Часто задаваемые вопросы</title>
-
-    <para>
-      The intent of this section is to collect the quite numerous frequently asked
-      questions that relate to working with Thunar. If you know of a question that
-      is missing from this page, please <ulink type="http" url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">file
-      a request</ulink>.
-    </para>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-executables">
-      <title>Почему Thunar не запускает файлы, помеченные как исполняемые?</title>
-
-      <para>
-        For security reasons Thunar only executes files of type <literal>application/x-desktop</literal>,
-        <literal>application/x-executable</literal> and <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal>. For
-        desktop files the execution feature will only be enabled if the desktop file is of type
-        <literal>Application</literal> and a valid <literal>Exec</literal> line is given or of type
-        <literal>Link</literal> and a valid <literal>URL</literal> is given. For the other types the feature
-        is available if the file is marked executable for the current user.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Also note that for <literal>application/x-executable</literal> and <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal>,
-        the types of the file don't really need to match these types exactly, but it is suffice if the detected
-        type has a parent that matches one of the two types listed above, or if the MIME-type is an alias for
-        one of the above.
-      </para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-metadata">
-      <title>Где Thunar хранит метаданные, связанные с файлами?</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar associates various settings with files/folders, which we call metadata.
-        This metadata for all files is stored in tdb database file, which is called
-        the metafile. The database file is stored in
-        <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/metafile.tdb</filename> and can be examined
-        using the <command>tdbtool</command>, which is part of the Thunar distribution
-        (located in the <filename role="directory">tdb/</filename> subdirectory).
-      </para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-thunarrc">
-      <title>Где Thunar хранит свои настройки?</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar stores the user configurable preferences (and hidden settings) in
-        an <filename>.ini</filename> file, which is located at
-        <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/thunarrc</filename> and can be examined
-        using a text editor. See <filename>docs/README.thunarrc</filename> for an
-        overview of the various preferences.
-      </para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-mouse-gestures">
-      <title>How to use mouse gestures in Thunar?</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar currently features basic support for so called <emphasis>mouse gestures</emphasis>
-        in its icon view. You can use these <emphasis>mouse gestures</emphasis> by holding down
-        the middle mouse button (usually the mouse wheel) while the mouse pointer is on the
-        background area of the icon view component (any area that is not covered by
-        an icon or a text). Now you can move the cursor into four directions to
-        perform certain actions, which are described below.
-      </para>
-
-      <simplelist>
-        <member><guilabel>Налево</guilabel> - opens the previous visited folder</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Вверх</guilabel> - opens the parent folder</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Направо</guilabel> - opens the next visited folder</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Вниз</guilabel> - reloads the current folder</member>
-      </simplelist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-assign-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>Как я могу переназначить горячие клавиши?</title>
-
-      <para>
-        If you want to rebind a shortcut, Thunar supports the standard GTK+ way
-        of changing shortcuts: simply hover over the menu option with the mouse
-        pointer and press the keyboard shortcut you want to rebind it to.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        To delete a keyboard assignment, press the <keycap>Backspace</keycap> key
-        while you are on the menu entry.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        If the shortcut doesn't change, then you need to enable the feature in
-        GTK+. This can be achieved in 3 ways:
-      </para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            If you are running Xfce 4.3 or above then you can enable <guilabel>Editable
-            menu accelerators</guilabel> in the <guilabel>User Interface Preferences</guilabel>
-            dialog.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            If you are running GNOME then you can enable <guilabel>Editable menu
-            accelerators</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Menu and Toolbars</guilabel> control
-            center dialog.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Otherwise put the following in your <filename>~/.gtkrc-2.0</filename> file
-            (create the file if it doesn't exist):<screen>gtk-can-change-accels=1</screen>
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-store-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>Где Thunar хранит настройки горячих клавиш?</title>
-
-      <para>
-        The custom keyboard shortcuts are stored in the standard GTK+ accel map format in a
-        file located at <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/accels.scm</filename>. Lines starting
-        with <literal>;</literal> are comments. See the GTK+ documentation for details about the
-        file format.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        If you are a packager or a system administrator and want to provide a system wide default
-        for the keyboard shortcuts, that is different from the default shortcuts in Thunar, you
-        can create a file <filename>Thunar/accels.scm</filename> in one of the <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar>.
-        For example, if <filename role="directory">/etc/xdg</filename> is part of <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar>
-        (the default for most Linux distributions), you can install system wide defaults to
-        <filename>/etc/xdg/Thunar/accels.scm</filename>. Thunar will then load shortcuts from this file on first startup.
-      </para>
-    </sect3>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="support">
-    <title>Поддержка</title>
-
-    <para>
-      To report a bug or to make a suggestion regarding this application or this manual, use the bug tracking system at <ulink url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">http://bugzilla.xfce.org/</ulink>.
-      Remember that useful bug reports are ones that get bugs fixed, so a useful bug report has two qualities:
-    </para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>
-          <emphasis role="bold">Reproducible.</emphasis> If the developer cannot see the bug himself
-          to prove that it exists, he will most probably not be able to fix it at all. Every detail you
-          can provide helps.
-        </para>
-      </listitem>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>
-          <emphasis role="bold">Specific.</emphasis> The quicker the developer can isolate the problem
-          to a specific area, the more likely he will expediently fix it.
-        </para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>
-      In case you want to request a new feature, please make clear why you consider it a worth
-      addition for the application. It is more likely that a new feature gets added if you provide
-      good arguments for the feature. It will increase the chance of addition even more if you
-      provide a patch that implements the requested feature, but make sure that you read the file
-      <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/terminal/trunk/HACKING">HACKING</ulink>
-      - especially the section labeled <emphasis>Coding Style</emphasis> - before you start hacking
-      up the source.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      Else, if you have questions about the use or installation of this software, please ask on the
-      <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">thunar-dev mailing
-      list</ulink> or point your IRC client to <emphasis role="bold">irc.freenode.net</emphasis>,
-      join the channel <emphasis role="bold">#thunar</emphasis> and ask for help.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="copyright">
-    <title>О @PACKAGE_NAME@</title>
-
-    <para>
-      @PACKAGE_NAME@ was written by Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>). Visit the
-      <ulink url="http://thunar.xfce.org/" type="http">Thunar website</ulink> for more information.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      This documentation was written by Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>). The latest
-      version of this document is always available from the <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/">Thunar website</ulink>.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      This software is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-      as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-      (at your option) any later version.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 
-      along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software 
-      Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, 
-      USA.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-</article>
-<!--
-	vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et ai encoding=UTF-8:
--->
diff --git a/docs/manual/ru/images/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/ru/images/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 70d6590..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/ru/images/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-# $Id$
-
-imagesdir = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/ru/images
-images_DATA =								\
-	bulk-rename.png							\
-	file-manager-window.png						\
-	file-properties.png						\
-	preferences-advanced.png					\
-	preferences-behavior.png					\
-	preferences-side-pane.png					\
-	preferences-views.png						\
-	removable-drives-and-media.png					\
-	removable-media-unmount.png					\
-	sendto-menu.png							\
-	visible-columns.png
-
-EXTRA_DIST = 								\
-	$(images_DATA)
-
-# vi:set ts=8 sw=8 noet ai nocindent syntax=automake:
diff --git a/docs/manual/ru/images/bulk-rename.png b/docs/manual/ru/images/bulk-rename.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a3fc365..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/ru/images/bulk-rename.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/ru/images/file-manager-window.png b/docs/manual/ru/images/file-manager-window.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 07814dd..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/ru/images/file-manager-window.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/ru/images/file-properties.png b/docs/manual/ru/images/file-properties.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d2fd15..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/ru/images/file-properties.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/ru/images/preferences-advanced.png b/docs/manual/ru/images/preferences-advanced.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b0b81cd..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/ru/images/preferences-advanced.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/ru/images/preferences-behavior.png b/docs/manual/ru/images/preferences-behavior.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 22aa80b..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/ru/images/preferences-behavior.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/ru/images/preferences-side-pane.png b/docs/manual/ru/images/preferences-side-pane.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f585ba6..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/ru/images/preferences-side-pane.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/ru/images/preferences-views.png b/docs/manual/ru/images/preferences-views.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6954990..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/ru/images/preferences-views.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/ru/images/removable-drives-and-media.png b/docs/manual/ru/images/removable-drives-and-media.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c2030f6..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/ru/images/removable-drives-and-media.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/ru/images/removable-media-unmount.png b/docs/manual/ru/images/removable-media-unmount.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fdbcea..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/ru/images/removable-media-unmount.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/ru/images/sendto-menu.png b/docs/manual/ru/images/sendto-menu.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a7c12d..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/ru/images/sendto-menu.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/ru/images/visible-columns.png b/docs/manual/ru/images/visible-columns.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 602fe06..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/ru/images/visible-columns.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/tr/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/tr/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index c86dac3..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/tr/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-SUBDIRS =								\
-	images
-
-TARGET_DIR = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/tr
-STYLESHEET = ../thunar.xsl
-DOCUMENT = Thunar.xml
-
-# We set GPATH here; this gives us semantics for GNU make
-# which are more like other make's VPATH, when it comes to
-# whether a source that is a target of one rule is then
-# searched for in VPATH/GPATH.
-GPATH = $(srcdir)
-
-DOC_STAMPS = html-build.stamp
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(DOCUMENT)
-CLEANFILES = $(DOC_STAMPS)
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-all-local: html-build.stamp
-
-html-build.stamp: $(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT) $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET)
-	@echo "*** Building HTML ***"
-	@-chmod -R u+w $(srcdir)
-	rm -rf $(srcdir)/html
-	mkdir $(srcdir)/html
-	$(XSLTPROC) --nonet -o $(srcdir)/html/ $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET) \
-		$(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT)
-	touch html-build.stamp
-else
-all-local:
-endif
-
-maintainer-clean-local: clean
-	(cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf html)
-
-install-data-local:
-	installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*`;				\
-	if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*'; then		\
-		echo "--- Nothing to install";				\
-	else								\
-		$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);		\
-		for file in $$installfiles; do				\
-			echo "--- Installing "$$file;			\
-			$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);	\
-		done;							\
-	fi
-
-uninstall-local:
-	rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)/*
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-dist-check-xsltproc: all
-else
-dist-check-xsltproc:
-	@echo "*** xsltproc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist"
-	@false
-endif
-
-dist-hook: dist-check-xsltproc dist-hook-local
-	mkdir $(distdir)/html
-	-cp $(srcdir)/html/* $(distdir)/html
-
-.PHONY: dist-hook-local
diff --git a/docs/manual/tr/Thunar.xml.in b/docs/manual/tr/Thunar.xml.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 318cdbf..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/tr/Thunar.xml.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,966 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-<!ENTITY date "November 2007">
-<!ENTITY version "@PACKAGE_VERSION@">
-<!ENTITY application "@PACKAGE_NAME@">
-]>
-<article id="index" lang="tr">
-
-  <!-- Header -->
-  <articleinfo>
-    <title>Thunar Dosya Yöneticisi</title>
-
-    <pubdate>&date;</pubdate>
-
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2004</year>
-      <year>2005</year>
-      <year>2006</year>
-      <year>2007</year>
-      <holder>Benedikt Meurer</holder>
-    </copyright><copyright><year>2008</year><holder>Samed Beyribey (ras0ir at eventualis.org)</holder></copyright>
-
-    <legalnotice id="legalnotice">
-      <para>Bu dokümanın dağıtımı, kopyalanması ve/veya düzenlenmesi GNU Özgür Belgeleme Lisansı 1.1 sürümü ve daha sonraki sürümleri de dahil olmak üzere, ancak değişmesi imkansız biçimde olmamak kaydı ile serbesttir.  Lisansın tamamına <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/">Özgür Yazılım Vakfı</ulink> sitesinden ulaşabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </legalnotice>
-
-    <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-        <firstname>Benedikt</firstname>
-        <surname>Meurer</surname>
-        <affiliation>
-          <address><email>benny at xfce.org</email></address>
-          <orgname>os-cillation</orgname>
-          <orgdiv>Sistem geliÅŸtirme</orgdiv>
-          <jobtitle>Yazılım geliştiricisi</jobtitle>
-        </affiliation>
-      </author>
-    </authorgroup>
-
-    <releaseinfo>Bu kılavuz @PACKAGE_NAME@ programının @PACKAGE_VERSION@ sürümüne yöneliktir.</releaseinfo>
-  </articleinfo>
-
-  <sect1 id="intro">
-    <title>@PACKAGE_NAME@ programı hakkında</title>
-
-    <para>Thunar, Xfce Masaüstü Ortamı için geliştirilmiş yeni ve modern bir dosya yöneticisidir. Hızlı ve kolay bir kullanım sunmak için tasarlanmıştır. Arabirimi sade ve kolay öğrenilebilecek niteliktedir ve kesinlikle kafa karıştırıcı ve gereksiz seçenekleri öntanımlı olarak sunmamaktadır. Thunar dosya yöneticisinin açılışı ve dosya listeleme işlemi gayet hızlıdır.   </para>
-
-    <para>Thunar dosya yöneticisi, entegre bir erişim suretiyle dosyalarınıza ve programlarınıza ulaşmanızı sağlar. Dosya yöneticisini şu işlemler için kullanabilirsiniz:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>Dizin ve doküman oluşturma.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Dosyaları ve dizinleri gösterimi.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Dosya ve dizin yönetimi.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Özel işlemlerin çalıştırılması ve yönetimi.</listitem>
-      <listitem>Ayrılabilir ortam erişimi.</listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="the-file-manager-window">
-    <title>Dosya Yöneticisi Penceresi</title>
-
-    <para>Dosya yöneticisi öntanımlı olarak sol bölümde bir kısayol kısmı ve sağ kısımda bulunan esas alan ve onun üstündeki yol bilgisini gösteren adres satırından ibarettir.</para>
-
-    <screenshot>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="images/file-manager-window.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-
-        <textobject>
-          <phrase>Dosya Yöneticisi Penceresi</phrase>
-        </textobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </screenshot>
-
-    <para><guilabel>Kısayol Bölümü</guilabel> sisteminizdeki çeşitli dizinlere kısayol atamanızı sağlar. Listedeki ilk kısayol, kullanıcınızın bütün kişisel dosyalarının bulunduğu <emphasis>Ev dizininize</emphasis> ulaşmanızı sağlar. İkinci kısayol ise, silinen dosyaların yer aldığı ve isterseniz silinen dosyaları geri alabileceğiniz çöp kutusuna erişimi sağlar. Üçüncü kısayol ise, masaüstünde bulunan dosya, dizinler ve kısayolları barındıran <emphasis>Masaüstü</emphasis> dizinine ulaşmanız içindir. Dördüncü kısayol ise, kök dizinine ulaşmanızı sağlar - eğer yeni bir Linux veya Unix kullanıcısı iseniz, kök dizini keşfetmek heyecanlı olabilir. Değişik dizinlere tıklayın ve içerisinde ne olduğunu görün. </para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Dosya Sistemi</emphasis> kısayolu altında, kaldırılabilir sürücüler ve ortam bulunmaktadır. Yukarıdaki ekran görüntüsünde, <guilabel>Disket sürücüsü</guilabel> kısayolunu görebilirsiniz. Bu kısayollara tıklayarak kaldırılabilir sürücüler ve ortamlardaki verilere ulaşabilirsiniz. Daha detaylı bilgi için <xref linkend="using-removable-media"/> sayfasını inceleyebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-    <para>Diğer kısayollar ise kullanıcı tanımlı kısayollardır. Kendi kısayolunuzu belirlemek için yapmanız gereken kısayolunu oluşturmak istediğiniz dizini <guilabel>kısayol kısmına</guilabel> sürüklemektir. Böylece önemli dizinlerinize hemen ulaşabilirsiniz. Daha önce oluşturduğunuz bir kısayolu silmek için ise, kısayola sağ tıklayıp <guimenuitem>Kısa Yolu Kaldır</guimenuitem> seçeneğine tıklamanız yeterlidir. Kısayolunuzun ismini değiştirmek için, kısayola sağ tıklayıp, <guimenuitem>Kısa Yolu Yeniden Adlandır</guimenuitem> seçeneğine tıklamalısınız. Bu işlem sadece kısayol ile ilgilidir, kısayolunu oluşturduğunuz dizin üzerinde herhangi bir işlem gerçekleştirmemektedir. </para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Ana bölüm</emphasis> her zaman mevcut dizindeki içeriği gösterir. Dizinlere girmek için çift tıklamanız gerekmektedir ve dosya ve dizinler üzerinde işlem yapabilmek için sağ tıklamanız gerekmektedir. Sağ tıkladığınız zaman açılan menüde dosya veya dizine dair işlemleri görebilirsiniz. Birden çok dosyayı seçmek için, farenin sol tuşuna basılı tutarak toplu seçim yapabilirsiniz. Ayrıca alternatif bir yöntem olarak tek bir dosyayı seçerek, <keycap>Shift</keycap> tuşuna basılı tutarak yön tuşları ile birden fazla seçim yapmanız da mümkündür.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Adres satırı</emphasis> bulunduğunuz dizine giderken geçmiş olduğunuz dosya yolunu belirtir ve gösterir. Adres satırı kısmında gitmek istediğiniz dizine tıklayabilirsiniz. Adres satırı düğmelerinden birine sağ tıklayarak o dizine has işlemleri ve varsa seçenekleri düzenleyebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="customizing-the-appearance">
-      <title>Görünümü Özelleştirme</title>
-
-      <para>Dosya yöneticisi pencerelerinde görünümü özelleştirmenin birçok yolu vardır. Eğer simge görünümünü beğenmezseniz, <menuchoice><guimenu>Görünüm</guimenu><guimenuitem>Detaylı Liste Şeklinde Göster</guimenuitem></menuchoice> seçeneğini kullanarak o an içinde bulunduğunuz dizindeki içeriği listelenmiş biçimde görebilirsiniz. </para>
-
-      <para>Adres satırı görünümü yerine, araç çubuğu kullanmak istiyorsanız <menuchoice><guimenu>Görünüm</guimenu><guimenuitem>Yer Seçici</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Araç Çubuğu Tarzı</guimenuitem></menuchoice> seçeneğini kullanabilirsiniz.</para>
-
-      <para>Sol kısımda görünümü ağaç görünümüne çevirmek istiyorsanız, <menuchoice><guimenu>Görünüm</guimenu><guimenuitem>Yan Pencere Gözü</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Ağaç</guimenuitem></menuchoice> seçeneğini kullanabilirsiniz.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="visible-columns-in-the-detailed-list-view">
-        <title>Detaylı Listede Gösterilecek Sütunlar</title>
-
-        <para><guilabel>Detaylı Liste Şeklinde Göster</guilabel> seçeneğini kullanarak dizin içeriğini liste şeklinde görüntülüyorsanız, liste görünümünde gösterilecek sütunları özelleştirmek isteyebilirsiniz. Görüntülenecek sütunları görmek ve seçmek için,  menüdeki <menuchoice><guimenu>Görünüm</guimenu><guimenuitem>Sütunları Yapılandır...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> seçeneğini kullanabilirsiniz.</para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/visible-columns.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Görünür Sütunlar</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Görünür Sütunlar</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Gösterilmesini istediğiniz sütunları listeden seçebilirsiniz. <guibutton>Yukarı Taşı</guibutton> veya <guibutton>Aşağı Taşı</guibutton> seçeneklerini kullanarak sütunların gösterim sırasını değiştirebilirsiniz. Yapmış olduğunuz değişiklikleri geri almak için <guibutton>Öntanımlı Kullan</guibutton> seçeneğini kullanabilirsiniz.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Sütun Boyutlandırma</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><guibutton>Gerekli olduğunda sütunları otomatik olarak genişlet</guibutton> seçeneği ile sütunlar istenilen bilginin uzunluğu doğrultusunda o bilginin uzunluğuna göre genişletilecektir.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="working-with-files-and-folders">
-    <title>Dizin ve Dosya Ä°ÅŸlemleri</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="opening-files">
-      <title>Dosyaların Açılması</title>
-
-      <para>Bir dosya açtığınız zaman, dosya yöneticisi o dosya tipine uygun işlemi gerçekleştirecektir. Örneğin, bir metin dosyasını açmak istediğinizde, o metin dosyası metin editörünüzde açılacağı gibi, bir resim dosyası da resimleri gösteren uygulama içerisinde açılacaktır.</para>
-
-      <para>Dosya yöneticisi dosyanın uzantısına bakarak dosya tipinin ne olduğuna karar verir. Eğer dosya bilinen bir uzantıya sahip değilse, dosya yöneticisi dosyanın içeriğini gözden geçirecektir.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-the-default-action">
-        <title>Varsayılan İşlemi Çalıştırmak</title>
-
-        <para>Bir dosya için varsayılan işlemi çalıştırmak için, dosyaya çift tıklamalısınız. Örneğin, ses dosyalarına çift tıkladığınız zaman öntanımlı o ses dosyası çokluortam programı tarafından  çalıştırılacaktır.</para>
-
-        <para><application>Thunar</application> dosya yöneticisini tek tıklama ile dosyaların çalıştırılmasını sağlamak için ayarlamanız mümkündür. Bu konuda ayrıntılı bilgi için <xref linkend="preferences-behavior"/> sayfasını inceleyiniz.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-non-default-actions">
-        <title>Öntanımlı Olmayan İşlemleri Çalıştırmak</title>
-
-        <para>Bir dosya için öntanımlı gerçekleştirilen işlem yerine, istediğiniz dosyayı  <guimenu>Dosya</guimenu> menüsünden <emphasis>Birlikte Aç</emphasis> seçeneklerinden birini kullanarak veya sağ tıkladığınızda gösterilecek olan <guimenu>Birlikte Aç</guimenu> alt menüsü ile çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="adding-actions">
-        <title>Ä°ÅŸlem Ekleme</title>
-
-        <para>Bir dosya uzantısına işlem atamak için, şu işlemleri yapmalısınız:</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Ana bölümde, işlem eklemek istediğiniz dosyayı seçin.</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Menüden <menuchoice><guimenu>Dosya</guimenu><guimenuitem>Diğer Uygulama ile Aç ...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> seçeneğine tıklayın.</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><guilabel>Birlikte Aç</guilabel> menüsünde işlem için istediğiniz uygulamayı seçebileceğiniz gibi <guibutton>Özel bir komut kullan</guibutton> seçeneği yardımıyla o dosya işlemi için çalıştırılacak uygulamayı belirtebilirsiniz.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>Böylece dosya için seçtiğiniz uygulama işlemler listesine eklenmiş oldu. Eğer <guibutton>bu tür dosyalar için öntanımlı olarak kullan</guibutton> seçeneğini işaretlemişseniz veya dosya için ilişkilendirilmiş başka bir işlem yok ise, yeni eklediğiniz işlem öntanımlı olacaktır.</para>
-
-        <para>Ayrıca <menuchoice><guimenu>Dosya</guimenu><guimenuitem>Özellikler...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menüsünde bulunan <guibutton>Birlikte Aç</guibutton> seçeneği ile de dosyanın başka bir uygulama ile açılmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="modifiying-actions">
-        <title>Ä°ÅŸlemleri DeÄŸiÅŸtirme</title>
-
-        <para>Bir dosya veya dosya tipi için tanımlanan işlemleri değiştirmek için, şu işlemleri gerçekleştirmelisiniz:</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Ana bölümde, tipini değiştirmek istediğiniz dosyayı seçiniz.</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Öncelikle <menuchoice><guimenu>Dosya</guimenu><guimenuitem>Özellikler...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menüsünü açmalısınız.</para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Yeni işlemi  açılır menüde<guilabel>Birlikte Aç</guilabel> seçeneği ile belirleyebileceğiniz gibi <guimenuitem>Başka Uygulama...</guimenuitem> seçeneği ile de belirleyebilirsiniz. </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>Daha önce atadığınız bir işlemi kaldırmak için, yukarıda anlatıldığı gibi <guilabel>Birlikte Aç</guilabel> menüsünü açıp, kaldırmak istediğiniz işleme sağ tıklayıp, <guimenuitem>Uygulama Başlatıcısını Kaldır</guimenuitem> seçeneğini kullanabilirsiniz.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="file-properties">
-      <title>Dosya Özellikleri</title>
-
-      <para>Dosya özellikleri penceresi dosya ya da dizin hakkında dosya yöneticisinde gösterilenden daha fazla bilgi edinmenizi sağlar. Bu pencere ile, şu işlemleri gerçekleştirebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Özel dosyaların, mesela uygulama çalıştırıcılar ve URL linklerinin simgelerini değiştirebilirsiniz.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Dosya veya dizine amblem atayabilir veya varsa amblemini kaldırabilirsiniz.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Dosya ya da dizinin UNIX dosya izinlerini deÄŸiÅŸtirebilirsiniz.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Dosyanın hangi uygulama ile çalıştırılacağını belirleyebilirsiniz.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/file-properties.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Dosya Özellikleri</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Dosya özellikleri penceresini açmak için, şu işlemleri yapmalısınız:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Araştırmak ya da değiştirmek istediğiniz dosya veya dizini seçmelisiniz. Birden fazla seçim yapıp dosya özelliklerini açmanız mümkün değildir.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Şunu gerçekleştirmelisiniz: <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Öncelikle <menuchoice><guimenu>Dosya</guimenu><guimenuitem>Özellikler...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menüsünü açmalısınız.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Seçtiğiniz öğeye sağ tıklayıp <guimenuitem>Özellikler...</guimenuitem> seçeneğine tıklamalısınız.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Ayrıca bu işlemi <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Enter</keycap></keycombo> tuşları ile de gerçekleştirebilirsiniz.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="using-removable-media">
-    <title>Kaldırılabilir Ortam Kullanımı</title>
-
-    <sect2 id="accessing-removable-media">
-      <title>Kaldırılabilir Ortama Erişim</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar eğer <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software_2fhal">HAL</ulink> desteği ile derlenmişse veya <ulink type="http" url="http://www.freebsd.org/">FreeBSD</ulink> kullanıyorsanız kaldırılabilir ortamı desteklemektedir. Buna rağmen FreeBSD 6.0 veya daha yeni sürümünü kullanıyorsanız, HAL kullanmanız tavsiye edilmektedir.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-mount-media">
-        <title>Ortam BaÄŸlama Ä°ÅŸlemi</title>
-
-        <para>Ortam <emphasis>bağlamak</emphasis> dosya sistemini ortama erişime uygun kılmak içindir. Ortam bağladığınız zaman, bağladığınız ortam dosya sisteminizin alt dizini olarak sisteminize eklenecektir.</para>
-
-        <para>Ortama erişmek için, ortamı uygun cihaza yerleştirmelisiniz ya da bağlamalısınız (mesela USB stick). Sol bölümde ortamın yer aldığını göreceksiniz. Eğer <application>xfdesktop</application> çalışıyorsa ve <guilabel>Dosya/çalıştırıcı simgelerini</guilabel> çalıştırmak için ayarlanmışsa bu ortam öğesi masaüstünüzde de yer alacaktır.</para>
-
-        <para>Ortamı bağlamak için, ortama ilişkin nesneye tıklamalısınız. Mesela, bir disketi bağlamak için, <guilabel>Disket Sürücü</guilabel> nesnesine tıklamalısınız. Dosya yöneticisi ortamın dosya sistemini, dosya sisteminizin hiyerarşisine ekleyecektir ve ana bölümde diskette bulunan içeriği gösterecektir.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-eject-media">
-        <title>Ortamı Çıkarmak</title>
-
-        <para>Eğer ortam sürücüsü motorlu ise (mesela CD-ROM), sol kısımda sağ tıklayıp,  <guilabel>Çıkar</guilabel> seçeneği ile ayırabilirsiniz. Eğer sürücü motorlu değil ise (mesela disket veya USB stick ise), sağ tıklayıp <guilabel>Ayır</guilabel> seçeneği ile ayırabilirsiniz. Bu seçeneği seçtikten sonra güvenle kaldırabileceğinize dair bir uyarı alacaksınız.</para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/removable-media-unmount.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Ayırma uyarısı</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <para>Buna karşın bu bilgilendirme sadece <application>libnotify</application> desteği var ise ve notification daemon kurulu ise gösterilecektir. Xfce için bir notification daemon'a <ulink type="http" url="http://goodies.xfce.org/projects/applications/notification-daemon-xfce">Xfce Goodies Project</ulink> sayfasından ulaşabilirsiniz. Eğer bilgilendirme desteği yok ise, açılır menü kaybolana kadar bekleyin ve ortamı bilgisayarınızdan çıkarın.</para>
-
-        <para>Eğer bir uygulama ortamdaki bir dosyaya erişim halinde ise ortamı ayıramayacağınızın bilincinde olmalısınız. Ayrıca dosya yöneticisi ortamı çıkarmak istemiyorsa, ortama erişen bütün uygulamaları kapattığınızdan emin olmalısınız. Ayrıca <application>Terminal</application> uygulamasını kullanarak da ortama erişmediğinizden emin olmalısınız.</para>
-
-        <para>Ortamı çıkarmadan önce ayırdığınızdan emin olmalısınız. Disketi ayırmadan disket sürücünüzden çıkarmamalısınız. Aynı durum USB stick için de söz konusudur. Eğer ortamı güvenli bir şekilde ayırmadan çıkarırsanız veri kaybına uğrayabileceğiniz gibi sisteminizde hasara da yol açabilirsiniz.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="management-of-removable-drives-and-media">
-      <title>Ayırılabilir Sürücü ve Ortam Yönetimi</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar <ulink type="http" url="http://www.foo-projects.org/~benny/projects/thunar-volman/index.html">thunar-volman</ulink> kullanarak da otomatik olarak ayrılabilir sürücü ve ortam yönetimini sağlamaktadır. Ancak bu özellik HAL desteği gerektirmektedir.</para>
-
-      <para>Eğer HAL desteği mevcut ise ve <application>thunar-volman</application> sisteminizde kurulu ise, Thunar'ın <guilabel>Bölüm Yönetimi</guilabel> özelliğinden faydalanabilirsiniz. Öte yandan, dosya yöneticisi özelliklerini açıp, <guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel> sayfasına gidip, <guilabel>Birim Yönetimini Etkinleştir</guilabel> seçeneğini kontrol edebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-      <para>Sonraki aşama ise, ayrılabilir sürücü ve ortamın yönetimini isteklerinize göre özelleştirmek olacaktır. <guilabel>Bölüm Yönetimi</guilabel> bölümünde <guilabel>Yapılandır dKald yap</guilabel></para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/removable-drives-and-media.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Ayrılabilir Sürücü ve Ortam</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Eğer daha önce <application>gnome-volume-manager</application> kullanmış iseniz, aynı kullanım rahatlığını <application>gnome-volume-manager</application> benzeri arabirim ile de yaşabilirsiniz. Seçenekler kolay erişim sağlanması bakımından ayrı aygıt kategorilerine ayrılmıştır.</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Storage</guilabel> sayfası en önemli seçenekleri barındırır. Bu seçenek isminden belli olduğu gibi sadece depolama aygıtlarına erişim için kullanılır. <guilabel>Removable Storage</guilabel> seçenekleri aşağıda açıklanacaktır.</para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Ayrılabilir sürücüleri takıldığı zaman bağla</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Bu seçeneği ayrılabilir sürücüleri (harici diskler veya USB stick) otomatik olarak bağlamak istiyorsanız seçmelisiniz.</para>
-            <para>Bu seçenek ayrılabilir sürücü kullanmak istiyorsanız muhakkak seçili olmalıdır. Mesela, bu özelliği kaldırırsanız, taşınabilir müzikçalarlar otomatik olarak tanınmayacaktır. <guilabel>Multimedia</guilabel> sekmesinde <guilabel>Play music files when connected</guilabel> seçeneği işaretli ise tanımlanan komut çalışmayacaktır.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Ayrılabilir sürücü yerleştirildiğinde bağla</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Bu seçeneği optik sürücülerin (CDROM veya DVD) otomatik olarak bağlanmasını istiyorsanız seçiniz.</para>
-            <para>Bu seçenek optik sürücü yönetimi için gereklidir. Mesela, bu özelliği devredışı bırakırsanız, optik sürücüye ilişkin otomatik çalıştırma özelliği kullanılmaz olacaktır ve <guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel> özelliği iş görmeyecektir.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Ayrılabilir ortam yerleştirildiğinde dosyaları görüntüle</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Bu seçeneği ortamı bilgisayarınıza yerleştirdiğinizde otomatik olarak ortamın barındırdığı dosyaları görüntülemek için kullanabilirsiniz. Eğer başka bir işlem atanmamışsa veya atanmış bir işlemi göz ardı ederseniz sadece içerik gösterilecektir. Mesela bir otomatik çalıştırılabilir betik içeren bir CD-ROM yerleştirdiğinizde  <guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel> seçeneği işaretli ise, önce bunu çalıştırmak isteyip istemediğiniz sorulacaktır. Eğer göz ardı et seçeneğini kullanırsanız, CD-ROM içeriği görüntülenecektir.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Yeni sürücülerde ve ortamdaki uygulamaları otomatik çalıştırma</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Bu seçeneği ayrılabilir sürücü ve ortamlarda otomatik çalıştırma desteği için kullanabilirsiniz. Otomatik çalıştırma mekanizmasının nasıl işlediğini gösteren belge için <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop Application Autostart Specification</ulink> adresini ziyaret etmelisiniz. Güvenlik açısından sizden daima otomatik çalıştırma öncesi onay istenecektir.</para>
-            <para>Eğer sisteminizde <ulink type="http" url="http://www.winehq.org/">WINE</ulink> kurulu ise, otomatik çalıştırma mekanizması <filename>autorun.exe</filename> dosyasını WINE kullanarak çalıştırmayı deneyecektir. </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Yeni sürücülerde ve ortamdaki dosyaları otomatik açma</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Bu seçeneği ayrılabilir sürücü ve ortamları otomatik açmak için kullanabilirsiniz. Bu mekanizma hakkında daha detaylı bilgiye <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop Application Autostart Specification</ulink> sayfasından ulaşabilirsiniz. Güvenlik açısından, otomatik açma öncesi sizden onayınız istenecektir.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <para>Kalan seçenekler bilgisayarınıza bir sürücü bağladığınızda ya da bir ortam taktığınızda çalıştırılacak komutları belirlemenizi sağlar. Çalıştıracağınız komut için üç özel değişken belirleyebilirsiniz. Bunlar:</para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%d</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Çalıştırılacak komut içerisinde <literal>%d</literal> yer alıyorsa, bu değer aygıtın dosya yolu ile değiştirilecektir. Mesela, bilgisayarınıza USB stick bağladığınızda yol <filename>/dev/da0s1</filename> veya <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>. </para>
-            <para>Eğer aygıt dosyası ile ilintili bir aygıt yoksa veya aygıt dosyası herhangi bir sebepten dolayı bulunamıyorsa, <literal>%d</literal> değeri boş bir dizge ile değiştirilecektir.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%h</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Çalıştırılacak komut içerisinde <literal>%h</literal> değişkeni yer alıyorsa bu değer HAL UDI ile yer değiştirecektir.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%m</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Çalıştırılacak komut içerisinde <literal>%m</literal> değişkeni yer alıyorsa bu değer bağlama noktası ile değiştirilecektir. Eğer aygıt bağlanabilen bir aygıt değilse (mesela klavye veya yazıcı ise) veya otomatik bağlama devredışı ise, <literal>%m</literal> değeri boş dizge ile değiştirilecektir.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <sect3 id="troubleshooting-the-volume-manager">
-        <title>Bölüm Yöneticisi İçin Sorun Giderme İpuçları</title>
-
-        <para>Bölüm yöneticisi hakkında sorun giderme konusunda faydalı ipuçları sunmaktadır.</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><application>Thunar</application> uygulamasının sistem servisi olarak çalıştığından emin olun. Bölüm yöneticisi servis olmadığından buna ihtiyaç duymaktadır. Xfce, öntanımlı olarak <application>Thunar</application> uygulamasını açılışta sistem servisi olarak çalıştırır. Eğer sistem servisi herhangi bir sebepten dolayı kapatılmış ise, menüdeki <guilabel>Çalıştır</guilabel> seçeneğini (klavye kısayolu <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> veya masaüstüne sağ tıklayıp <guilabel>Çalıştır</guilabel> seçeneği) kullanarak <literal>Thunar --daemon</literal> yazıp <guibutton>Çalıştır</guibutton> seçeneğine tıklamalısınız.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Aygıtı taktıktan sonra ya da ortamı yerleştirdikten sonra <application>thunar-volman</application>  uygulamasını <application>Terminal</application> uygulamasını kullanarak konsoldan çalıştırmayı deneyebilirsiniz. Öncelikle, <application>lshal</application> veya <application>hal-device</application> kullanarak aygıtın HAL UDI değerini öğrenmelisiniz. UDI değerini öğrendikten sonra, <application>Terminal</application> uygulaması içerisinde <literal>thunar-volman --device-added <aygıtın-udi-değeri></literal> komutunu vermelisiniz ve çıktıyı takip ederek hatayı anlamaya çalışmalısınız.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>Eğer hala çalışmıyorsa, <ulink type="http" url="http://forum.xfce.org/">Xfce Forumu</ulink> veya <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">Thunar geliştirici listesini</ulink> kullanarak yardım isteyebilirsiniz.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="preferences">
-    <title>Dosya Yönetimi Seçenekleri</title>
-
-    <para><guilabel>Dosya Yöneticisi Tercihleri</guilabel> menüsünü <application>Thunar</application> dosya yöneticisini ayarlamak için kullanabilirsiniz. Tercihler penceresini açmak için menüden <menuchoice><guimenu>Düzenle</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tercihler...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> seçeneğine tıklamalısınız ya da Xfce4 Ayarları menüsündeki <guibutton>Dosya Yöneticisi</guibutton> öğesini kullanmalısınız.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>Dosya Yöneticisi Tercihleri</guilabel> dört bölüme ayrılmıştır ve her bölüm değişik seçenekler barındırmaktadır ve her biri aşağıdaki bölümde açıklanacaktır. Tercihleri şu kategoriler altında düzenleyebilirsiniz:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem><para>Öntanımlı görünüm ayarları.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>Yan pencere bölümü ayarları.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>Dosya yöneticisi pencerelerinin davranışı.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>Dosya yöneticisi gelişmiş özellikleri.</para></listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Thunar ayrıca birçok <emphasis>gizli seçenek</emphasis> barındırır ancak menü pencerelerini basit tutmak amacıyla bunları Tercihler penceresinde göstermemektedir. <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/thunar/trunk/docs/README.thunarrc"><filename>README.thunarrc</filename></ulink> dosyasını okuyarak bu gizli seçenekler hakkında bilgi sahibi olabilirsiniz.</para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-views">
-      <title>Görüntü Seçenekleri</title>
-
-      <para>Öntanımlı görünüm belirleyebilir, sıralama seçeneklerini ve görünüm seçeneklerini düzenleyebilirsiniz. Ayrıca dosya türlerinin önizlemesinin gösterilip gösterilmeyeceğini belirleyebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-views.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Görüntü Seçenekleri</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Yeni dizinleri ÅŸununla listele</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Dizinler için öntanımlı görünümü belirlemenizi sağlar. Yeni bir pencere açtığınızda belirlediğiniz görünüm kullanılacaktır. Bu simge görünümü, detaylı liste veya sıralı liste biçiminde olabilir. Ayrıca <guilabel>Önceki Aktif Görünüm</guilabel> seçeneği ile en son kullandığınız görünüm kullanılabilir.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Dizinleri dosyalardan önce listele</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Bu seçeneği eğer dizinlerin dosyalardan önce gösterilmesini istiyorsanız kullanabilirsiniz.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Küçük resimleri göster</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Bu seçeneği resim dosyalarının küçük resimlerini göstermek için kullanabilirsiniz. Dosya yöneticisi her bir dizin için küçük resim dosyalarını kullanıcının ev dizinindeki <filename role="directory">.thumbnails</filename> dizininde barındırmaktadır.</para>
-            <para>Eğer temel küçük resim fonksiyonlarını daha çok dosya desteği ile birlikte geliştirmek istiyorsanız, <xref linkend="thumbnailers"/> bağlantısını incelemeniz gerekmektedir.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Simgelerin yanında yazı</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Bu seçeneği dosya ve dizin isimlerini dosya simgelerinin altında göstermek yerine yanında göstermek için kullanabilirsiniz.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-side-pane">
-      <title>Yan Pencere Gözü Tercihleri</title>
-
-      <para>Bu kısımda yan pencere gözü ve ağaç görünümü tercihlerini ayarlayabilirsiniz.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-side-pane.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Yan Pencere Gözü Tercihleri</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Yan pencere gözü öntanımlı olarak sistem dizinlerinize kısayolları barındırır veya ayarlarsanız ağaç görünümünü kullanır. Bu bölümde kısayolların ve ağaç görünümün simge boyutunu ayarlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca amblemlerin gösterilip gösterilmeyeceğini belirleyebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Simge Boyutu</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Yan gözde gösterilecek simge boyutunu <guilabel>Çok Küçük</guilabel> (16x16 piksel boyutlarında) değeri ile  <guilabel>Çok Büyük</guilabel> (128x128 piksel boyutlarında) değeri arasında ayarlayabilirsiniz.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Simge Amblemlerini Göster</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Bu seçeneği yan pencere gözünde amblemleri göstermek için kullanabilirsiniz. Dizinlere amblem belirlemek için <guilabel>Özellikler</guilabel> menüsünü kullanabilirsiniz. Bu işlemi gerçekleştirebilmek için, amblem atamak istediğiniz dizini seçip menüden <menuchoice><guimenu>Dosya</guimenu><guimenuitem>Özellikler...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> öğesine tıklayabilir veya dizine sağ tıklayıp açılan menüden <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Özellikler...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> öğesine tıklayabilirsiniz.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-behavior">
-      <title>Davranış Tercihleri</title>
-
-      <para>Bu seçenek yardımı ile dosya yöneticisinin dosya ve dizinler ile etkileşimini düzenleyebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-behavior.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Davranış Tercihleri</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Öğeleri aktif etmek için tek tıklama</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Bu seçeneği eğer tek tıklama ile dosyaların işlemlerini gerçekleştirmek istiyorsanız kullanabilirsiniz. Bu seçeneği seçtiğiniz takdirde, o dosyanın üzerine geldiğinizde öğenin isminin altı çizilecektir ve kısa bir süre  gecikmeden sonra otomatik olarak seçilecektir.</para>
-            <para>Gecikme süresini aşağıdan belirleyebilirsiniz.  Ayrıca aktif değil seçeneğinin üzerine getirerek otomatik seçimi kapatabilirsiniz.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Öğeleri aktif etmek için çift tıklama</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Bu seçenek yardımı ile bir dosya için tanımlanan işlemi çift tıklama ile gerçekleştirebilirsiniz. Ayrıca öğeyi tek tıklama ile seçebilirsiniz.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-advanced">
-      <title>Gelişmiş Seçenekler</title>
-
-      <para>Dosya yöneticisinin gelişmiş özelliklerini kullanabilirsiniz.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-advanced.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Gelişmiş Seçenekler</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Dizin Ä°zinleri</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Bir dizinin izinlerini değiştirmek için <guilabel>Özellikler</guilabel> menüsünü kullanabilirsiniz. <application>Thunar</application> dosya yöneticisini dizin izinlerini değiştirirken her zaman sizden onay istemesini, sadece o dizinde değiştirmesini veya o dizinin alt dizinlerinin izinlerini de değiştirmesi için ayarlayabilirsiniz.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Birim Yönetimi</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><application>Thunar</application> eğer HAL desteği ile kurulmuşsa ve <application>thunar-volman</application> paketi de kurulu ise, entegre bölüm yöneticisini de kullanabilirsiniz. Konu hakkında detaylı bilgiye ulaşmak için <xref linkend="management-of-removable-drives-and-media"/> sayfasını inceleyebilirsiniz.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="customizing-thunar">
-    <title>Thunar'ı Özelleştirme</title>
-
-    <para>Bu bölümde dosya yöneticisini kendi istekleriniz doğrultusunda nasıl özelleştireceğiniz anlatılmaktadır.</para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="sendto">
-      <title>"Gönder" Menüsü</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar dosya ve dizinleri belirli noktalara taşımak için <guilabel>Gönder</guilabel> menüsünü barındırmaktadır. <guilabel>Gönder</guilabel> menüsüne erişmek için <menuchoice><guimenu>Dosya</guimenu><guimenuitem>Gönder</guimenuitem></menuchoice> seçeneğini kullanabileceğiniz gibi, göndermek istediğiniz dizin veya dosyaya sağ tıklayarak <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Gönder</guimenuitem></menuchoice> seçeneğini kullanmanızı sağlamaktadır.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/sendto-menu.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>"Gönder" Menüsü</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>Öntanımlı olarak <guilabel>Gönder</guilabel> menüsü <guilabel>Masaüstü (Bağlantı Oluştur)</guilabel> seçeneği ile belirtilen dosya veya dizin için masaüstünde kısayol oluşturmaktadır. Ayrıca, eğer <guilabel>Kısayol bölümü</guilabel> etkin ise, o dizin için kısayol bölümünde kısayol oluşturmak için <guilabel>Yan pencere gözü (Kısa yol yarat)</guilabel> seçeneğini sunmaktadır. Öte yandan, ayrılabilir ortamlara da dosya gönderme işlemi bu menü yardımıyla yapılabilir. Thunar otomatik olarak ayrılabilir ortamı da gönderilebilir hedefler arasına almaktadır. </para>
-
-      <para><application>Thunar</application> ayrıca <application>E-posta eklentisi</application> ile menüye eklenen <application>E-posta alan</application> seçeneği ile e-posta programında alıcısı tanımlanmış olmakla birlikte dosyayı eklenmiş olarak tanımlayan bir özellik sunmaktadır. Eğer seçim en az bir dizin içeriyorsa bunu ZIP arşivine koyup o şekilde hazırlamaktadır. Eğer birden çok dosya gönderilecekse ve bunların toplam boyutu 200Kib üzerinde ise, kullanıcıya dosyaların ZIP arşivine koyması için onay istemekte ve bu dosyaları ZIP arşivine koyup göndermektedir.</para>
-
-      <para><application>Thunar</application> uygulamasının diğer özellikleri gibi <guilabel>Gönder</guilabel> menüsü <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fdesktop_2dentry_2dspec">desktop entry files</ulink> standardına uygun olmak kaydıyla genişletilebilir. Bu dosyalar <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/Thunar/sendto/</filename> dizinine kopyalanmalıdır. (<literal>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</literal> değişkeni hakkında bilgi almak için <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fbasedir_2dspec">XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink> sayfasını inceleyebilirsiniz)</para>
-
-      <para><literal>MimeType</literal> ile hedef <filename>.desktop</filename> dosyası tanımlanmaktadır ve bu tanımlama sonucunda gerçekleştirilecek işlem <guilabel>Gönder</guilabel> menüsünde yer alacaktır. Mesela, <ulink type="http" url="http://flickr.com/">Flickr</ulink> sitesine JPEG biçimindeki resimleri yüklemek için,  <literal>MimeType=image/jpeg;</literal> değeri kullanılmalıdır. Eğer <literal>MimeType</literal> belirlemezseniz yapmak istediğiniz işlem bütün dosyalar için geçerli olacaktır. </para>
-
-      <para>Örnek bir <application>postr</application> uygulaması aşağıdaki örnekte gösterilmektedir.</para>
-
-<programlisting>
-# postr.desktop - Integrate postr into
-#                 the "Send To" menu.
-[Desktop Entry]
-Type=Application
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-TryExec=postr
-Exec=postr %F
-Icon=postr
-Name=Flickr
-MimeType=image/jpeg;</programlisting>
-
-      <para>Bu dosyayı <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/Thunar/sendto/</filename> altına kopyalarsanız (dizin yok ise oluşturmalısınız), JPEG dosyaları için <guilabel>Gönder</guilabel> menüsünde <guilabel>Flickr</guilabel> seçeneğini görebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-      <para><ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/sendto_menu">Thunar Project Wikisi</ulink>  <guilabel>Gönder</guilabel> menüsü için birçok örnek barındırmaktadır. Kendi oluşturduğunuz örnekleri de bu wiki sayfasında paylaşabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="thumbnailers">
-      <title>Önizleme Oluşturucular</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar küçük uygulamalar yardımıyla belirli dosyalar için önizlemeler oluşturmakta ve dosya içeriğinin önizlemesini göstermektedir. Bu küçük araçlar önizleme oluşturucusu olarak isimlendirilmektedir. Thunar öntanımlı olarak resimler ve yazıtipleri için  önizleme desteği sunmaktadır. Ayrıca <literal>gconf</literal> desteği ile kurulmuşsa GNOME için kullanılan önizleme oluşturucular da kullanılabilir. Kullanıcılar bu önizleme oluşturucuların fonksiyonunu genişletmek isteyebilir.</para>
-
-      <para>Önizleme oluşturucu yazmak istiyorsanız, bir girdi ve <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/creation.html#AEN139">Thumbnail Management Standard</ulink> adresinde belirtilen standartlara uygun bir PNG çıktı dosyası veren bir uygulama çalıştırmalısınız. Ayrıca programınız önizleme boyutunu ayarlamanızı da sağlamalıdır. Büyük bir önizleme dosyası dosya listeleme işlemini yavaşlatabilir.</para>
-
-      <para>Önizleme dosyaları oluşturma işlemi bittikten sonra, önizleme oluşturu dosyanızı kayıt etmelisiniz böylece Thunar onu bulup kullanabilecektir. Yapmanız gereken tek şey, önizleme oluşturucusu için bir açıklama dosyasını  (yani <filename>.desktop</filename> dosyası) <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/thumbnailers/</filename> altına koymaktır. </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="thumbnailer-desktop-file-format">
-        <title>Önizleme Oluşturucu Dosya Biçimi</title>
-
-        <para>Önizleme oluşturucu açıklaması <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/">Desktop Entry Format</ulink> standardını kullanmaktadır. </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=Your Thumbnailer
-MimeType=your-supported/mime-type;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=your-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para><literal>Version</literal> ve <literal>Encoding</literal> Desktop Entry Specification standartları tarafından himaye edilmektedir. Yukarıdaki örnekteki değerleri kullanmanız yeterlidir. <literal>Type</literal> kısmı mutlaka <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal> değerini içermelidir, aksi takdirde önizleme oluşturucunuz tanınmayacaktır. <literal>Name</literal> değeri önizleme oluşturucunuzu tanımlamaktadır.</para>
-
-        <para><literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> kısmı çalıştırılacak önizleme oluşturucusunu tanımlamak için kullanılmaktadır. Tanınan alan kodları şunlardır:</para>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%i</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Önizleme oluşturacak girdi dosyasının yolu. Önizleme oluşturucusunun çalıştırılacağı bir dizine bağlı olabileceği gibi mutlak yol da kullanılabilir.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%o</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Oluşturulacak önizlemelerin saklanacağı çıktı dosyasının yolu. Çıktı dosyası, önizleme standartlarına göre geçerli bir PNG dosyası olarak yazılmalıdır. Çıktı yolu üçüncü parti yazılımları çalıştırırken sorunla karşılaşmamak için <literal>.png</literal> ile bitmemelidir.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%s</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Oluşturulacak önizleme dosyasının piksel boyutu. Bu parametre isteğe bağlıdır.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%u</varname></term>
-            <listitem><literal>%i</literal> ile benzerdir fakat dosyanın URI değeri ile değiştirilmektedir. Bu özellik GNOME ile uyum sağlamak için eklenmiştir.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%%</varname></term>
-            <listitem>Tek <literal>%</literal> ile deÄŸiÅŸtirilecektir.</listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-
-        <para><literal>%o</literal>, <literal>%i</literal> ve <literal>%u</literal> değişkenlerini barındırmalıdır, aksi takdirde önizleme oluşturucusu bir işe yaramayacaktır.</para>
-
-        <para>Önizleme için <literal>MimeType</literal> - noktalı virgül ile ayrılan - MIME türlerini listelemektedir.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="eps-thumbnailer-example">
-        <title>Örnek EPS Önizleyicisi</title>
-
-        <para>Bu örnek <filename>.eps</filename> dosyaları için önizleme dosyasının nasıl oluşturulacağını göstermektedir. İşlem için ImageMagick paketi ile birlikte gelen <command>convert</command> komutu kullanılmaktadır. Öncelikle <command>convert</command> ile istenilen boyutta bir önizleme oluşturulacaktır.</para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# eps-thumbnailer - Example thumbnailer script for EPS files.
-#
-# Usage: esp-thumbnailer eps-file png-file size
-#
-
-# command line parameters
-ifile=$1
-ofile=$2
-size=$3
-
-# invoke convert (ImageMagick)
-exec convert "eps:$ifile" -scale "$sizex$size" "png:$ofile"</programlisting>
-
-        <para>Bu betiği <filename>eps-thumbnailer</filename> ismi ile kaydedip, çalıştırılabilir yaptıktan sonra <filename role="directory">/usr/local/bin</filename> altına kopyalamalısınız.</para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ chmod +x eps-thumbnailer
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer /usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer</screen>
-
-        <para>Daha sonra,  <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename> isminde bir açıklama dosyası oluşturup şu şekilde görünmesini sağlamalısınız:</para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=EPS Thumbnailer
-TryExec=convert
-MimeType=image/x-eps;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=/usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>Bu dosya <filename role="directory">/usr/local/share/thumbnailers</filename> altına kopyalanmalıdır (eğer bu dizin yoksa oluşturmalısınız)</para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ sudo install -d /usr/local/share/thumbnailers
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer.desktop /usr/local/share/thumbnailers/eps-thumbnailer.desktop</screen>
-
-        <para><filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename> dosyası özel anahtar olan ve yararlı bir önizleme oluşturmanızı sağlayacak <literal>TryExec</literal> özelliğini kullanmaktadır. Eğer <command>convert</command> belirtilmezse betik bir işe yaramayacaktır.</para>
-
-        <para>Son aşama ise, önizleme önbelleğini tekrar oluşturmak içindir, böylece Thunar önizlemeyi alacaktır. Önizleme önbelleği <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/thumbnailers.cache</filename> altında bulunmaktadır. Önizleme önbelleği Thunar tarafından otomatik olarak tekrar oluşturulmaktadır ancak isterseniz  <filename>thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</filename> aracı ile tekrar oluşturulmasını sağlayabilirsiniz. Bu araç <filename role="directory">libexec</filename> içerisinde yer alır.  Eğer Thunar <filename role="directory">/usr</filename> altında kurulu ise, bu şu şekilde çalıştırabilirsiniz:</para>
-
-        <screen>$ /usr/libexec/thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</screen>
-
-        <para>Bu komutu mutlaka kendi kullanıcınızdan çalıştırmalısınız, eğer root olarak çalıştırırsanız, önizleme dosyaları sistem geneline yayılacaktır.</para>
-
-        <para>Eğer Thunar FAM veya Gamin servislerinden herhangi birisinin desteği ile derlenmişse otomatik olarak önizlemeleri gösterecektir. Göstermez ise Thunar'ı tekrar başlatmak için şu komutu verebilirsiniz:</para>
-
-        <screen>$ Thunar -q</screen>
-
-        <para>komutunu vererek çalışan uygulamayı kapatıp, tekrar çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="cleaning-up-thumbnails">
-        <title>Önizlemeyi Temizleme</title>
-
-        <para><ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/index.html">Thumbnail Management Standard</ulink> ilkelerine uyarak oluşturulan önizlemeler <filename role="directory">~/.thumbnails/</filename> dizininde barındırılmaktadır. Oluşturulan önizlemeleri test etmek için, önizleme belleğini temizlemek için şu komutu verebilirsiniz:</para>
-
-        <screen>$ rm -rf ~/.thumbnails/</screen>
-
-        <para>böylece ev dizininizde yer açmış olursunuz. Bütün bilgiler sisteminizde bulunan dosyalar tarafından oluşturulduğu için herhangi bir veri kaybı yaşamazsınız.</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="advanced-topics">
-    <title>Gelişmiş Başlıklar</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="to-bulk-rename-files">
-      <title>Toplu Yeniden Adlandırma İşlemi</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Çoklu dosyaları yeniden adlandırma</emphasis> işlemi birden fazla dizin ve dosyayı yeniden adlandırmak için kullanılmaktadır. Thunar çoklu yeniden adlandırma desteği sunmaktadır. <command>Thunar -B</command> komutu ile yapılabileceği gibi, programın içinden de yapılabilir. Programın içinden yapmak için birden fazla dosyayı seçip <keycombo><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> tuşuna basabilirsiniz veya menüden <menuchoice><guimenu>Düzenle</guimenu><guimenuitem>Yeniden Adlandır...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> öğesini seçebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/bulk-rename.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Çoklu dosyaları yeniden adlandırma</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Çoklu dosyaları yeniden adlandırma</emphasis> işlemi dosya isimleri veya uzantılarını değiştirmeye ya da her ikisini de değiştirmenizi sağlar. <application>Thunar</application> şu özellikleri sunmaktadır:</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem><para>Karakter silme.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Numaralandırma.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Tarih ve Saat Ekleme</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Yükleme ve Üstüne Yazma</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Arama ve DeÄŸiÅŸtirme</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Büyük ve küçük harfe dönüştürme</para></listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <para>İlave <emphasis>Çoklu dosyaları yeniden adlandırma</emphasis> betikleri eklenti olarak kurulabilir. <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/plugins.html">Thunar eklentileri</ulink> sayfasını kontrol edebilirsiniz. <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/bulk_renamer">Thunar Project Wikisi</ulink> bu konuda daha açıklayıcı bilgileri barındırmaktadır. </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="the-unix-file-system">
-      <title>UNIX Dosya Sistemi</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar dosya yöneticisi sadece işini yaparak kullanıcıya ekstra bir işlem yaptırmamaktadır. Ancak yine de kullanıcının dosya sistemi hakkında bilgi sahibi olması beklenmektedir. Bu bölüm UNIX ve Linux da dahil olmak üzere türevlerinin dosya sistemi sistemi hakkında bilgi vermeye yöneliktir.</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="folders-and-paths">
-        <title>Dizinler ve Yollar</title>
-
-        <para>UNIX dosya sisteminde bütün dizinler basit bir üst dizine bağlıdır. Bu dizin <emphasis>kök dizin</emphasis> olarak adlandırılmaktadır ve Thunar üzerinde <guilabel>Dosya Sistemi</guilabel> olarak görüntülenmektedir. Dosya sistemi üzerinde gitmek istediğiniz dizine buradan ulaşabilirsiniz.</para>
-
-        <para>Herhangi bir dosya veya dizin <emphasis>yoluna</emphasis> göre tanımlanabilir. Yol, hedef dizin ya da dosyaya ulaşmak için üzerinden geçtiğiniz kısıma verilen isimdir. Örneğin, <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> dizini <filename role="directory">home</filename> dizininin alt dizinidir. <filename>/home/luke/myfile.txt</filename> dosyasına erişim için, kök dizinden home dizininine oradan da luke dizinine geçilmektedir. Bu da dosya yolunu ifade etmektedir.</para>
-
-        <para>Her kullanıcı kişisel dosyaları ve ayarları için kendi dizinine sahiptir. Bu dizin <emphasis>ev dizini</emphasis> olarak adlandırılmaktadır. Thunar her kullanıcı için özel bir simge ile bu ev dizinini göstermektedir. Ev dizini Windows işletim sistemindeki <guilabel>Belgelerim</guilabel> dizini ile benzerlik taşımaktadır. Ev dizinleri <filename role="directory">/home</filename> dizini altında yer alır ve her kullanıcının ismine göre <filename role="directory">/home/kullanıcıismi</filename> şeklinde dizin oluşturulur. </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="file-types">
-        <title>Dosya Türleri</title>
-
-        <para>UNIX ve benzeri sistemlerde herşeyin bir dosya olduğunu duymuş olabilirsiniz. Bu birçok güncel  UNIX sistemi için doğrudur. Aygıtlar bile özel dosyalar biçimindedir. İlk bakışta ilgi çekici bir özellik gibi görünmese de bu UNIX ve benzeri işletim sistemlerinin güçlü bir özelliğidir. Diğer işletim sistemleri yeni teknolojiler için yeni konseptler gerektirse bile UNIX ve benzeri işletim sistemlerinin böyle bir konsept yenilemesine ihtiyacı bulunmamaktadır.</para>
-
-        <para>UNIX dosya sisteminde dört önemli dosya türü bulunmaktadır:</para>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-ordinary-files">
-          <title>Sıradan Dosyalar</title>
-
-          <para>Sıradan dosyalar, metin dosyası, program veya başka türlü veri olabilir. Başka türlü veri, resim dosyaları, çoklu ortam dosyaları, ofis dokümanları olabilir. <emphasis>dosya</emphasis> sıradan dosyaları nitelemek için kullanılır.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-folder-files">
-          <title>Dizin Dosyaları</title>
-
-          <para>UNIX dosya sisteminde dizinler de birer dosyadır. Dizin başka dosyaları da içinde barındırabilen bir tür dosyadır.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-symbolic-link-files">
-          <title>Sembolik Bağ Dosyaları</title>
-
-          <para>Sembolik bağ dosyaları (genellikle <emphasis>symlink</emphasis> olarak isimlendirilir) başka bir dosya yoluna işaret eden özel dosyalardır. Sembolik bağ dosyaları önemli bilgi içermez ve sadece diğer dosyalara işaret ederler.</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-device-files">
-          <title>Aygıt Dosyaları</title>
-
-          <para>Daha önce de belirtildiği gibi aygıtlar da dosya olarak erişime açıktır. Bu özel aygıt dosyaları <filename role="directory">/dev</filename> dizini altında bulunur. Örnek verecek olursak, <filename>/dev/hda</filename> Linux üzerinde birincil IDE disk anlamına gelmektedir.</para>
-        </sect4>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="faq">
-    <title>Sıkça Sorulan Sorular</title>
-
-    <para>Bu kısımda Thunar hakkında sıkça sorulan soruları ve cevaplarını bulacaksınız. Eğer bu sayfada yer almasını istediğiniz bir soru var ise, <ulink type="http" url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">talep etmeniz</ulink> yeterlidir.</para>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-executables">
-      <title>Thunar neden çalıştırılabilir olarak işaretlenmiş dosyaları çalıştırmıyor?</title>
-
-      <para>Güvenlik nedeniyle Thunar sadece <literal>application/x-desktop</literal>, <literal>application/x-executable</literal> ve <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal> dosya türlerini çalıştırmaktadır. Desktop dosyalarının çalıştırılması için dosya da geçerli <literal>Application</literal>, <literal>Exec</literal> ve <literal>URL</literal> değerleri yer almalıdır. Diğer dosya türleri için kullanıcı dosyayı çalıştırılabilir olarak işaretlemelidir.</para>
-
-      <para>Ayrıca <literal>application/x-executable</literal> ve <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal> değerleri için, dosyanın bu türlere uymasına gerek yoktur, tanımlanmış bir tür bunlara uyuyorsa veya bu değerler  için MIME türü belirtilmiş ise, bu yeterlidir.</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-metadata">
-      <title>Thunar dosyalara ilişkin üstveriyi nerede tutuyor?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar, üstveri adı verilen, dosya ve dizinler için belirlenen ayarları, bir tdb veritabanı dosyasında barındırmaktadır ve bu veritabanı dosyasına üstdosya adı verilmektedir. Bu dosya <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/metafile.tdb</filename> altında bulunmaktadır ve <command>tdbtool</command> aracı ile incelenebilir.</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-thunarrc">
-      <title>Thunar ayarlarını nerede saklamaktadır?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar kullanıcı tarafından yapılandırılabilen ayar dosyalarını bir <filename>.ini</filename> dosyası olarak <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/thunarrc</filename> altında saklamaktadır ve herhangi bir metin editörü ile incelenmeye müsait bir şekilde sunmaktadır.</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-mouse-gestures">
-      <title>Thunar dosya yöneticisinde fare hareketleri nasıl kullanılır?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar şimdilik temel <emphasis>fare hareketlerini</emphasis> simge görünümünde sunmaktadır. Bu <emphasis>fare hareketlerini</emphasis> farenizin orta tuşuna (genelde tekerlek) basılı tutarak dört farklı yöne hareket ettirerek kullanabilirsiniz. Her yönün farklı bir işlemi vardır. Bunlar:</para>
-
-      <simplelist>
-        <member><guilabel>Sol</guilabel> - bir önceki dizini açar</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Yukarı</guilabel> - ana dizini açar</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Sağ</guilabel> - bir sonraki dizini açar</member>
-        <member><guilabel>Aşağı</guilabel> - mevcut dizini tekrar yükler</member>
-      </simplelist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-assign-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>Farklı klavye kısayollarını nasıl atayabilirim?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar bir kısayolu değiştirmek için GTK+ yöntemini kullanır. Fare işaretçisi ile menü seçeneğinin üstüne gelip istediğiniz klavye kısayoluna basmanız yeterlidir.</para>
-
-      <para>Klavye kısayolunu silmek için menü öğesinin üzerinde iken <keycap>Backspace</keycap> tuşuna basmanız yeterlidir.</para>
-
-      <para>Eğer kısayol değişmez ise, bu özelliği GTK+ içinde ayarlamanız gerekir. Bu 3 yolla mümkündür:</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Eğer Xfce 4.3 ve üstü bir sürümünü kullanıyorsanız, <guilabel>Kullanıcı Arayüz Ayarlarında</guilabel> bulunan <guilabel>Düzenlenebilir menü hızlandırıcıları</guilabel> seçeneğini işaretleyebilirsiniz.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>GNOME kullanıyorsanız, kontrol panelindeki <guilabel>Menü ve Araçlar</guilabel> bölümünde <guilabel>Düzenlenebilir Menü Hızlandırıcı</guilabel> özelliğini etkinleştirebilirsiniz.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ya da  <filename>~/.gtkrc-2.0</filename> dosyanıza (eğer dosya yok ise oluşturmalısınız) şu satırı ekleyebilirsiniz:<screen>gtk-can-change-accels=1</screen></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-store-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>Thunar klavye kısayollarını nerede saklamaktadır?</title>
-
-      <para>Özel klavye kısayolları standart GTK+ map biçiminde <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/accels.scm</filename> dosyasında saklanmaktadır. <literal>;</literal> ile başlayan satırlar yorum satırlarıdır. Bu dosya biçimi hakkında detaylı bilgi için GTK+ belgelerini inceleyebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-      <para>Eğer bir paketçi veya sistem yöneticisi iseniz ve sistem genelinde klavye kısayolları atamak istiyorsanız, bu işlem Thunardaki öntanımlı kısayollardan farklıdır. <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> dizinlerinden herhangi birinde <filename>Thunar/accels.scm</filename> dosyasını oluşturabilirsiniz. Mesela, <filename role="directory">/etc/xdg</filename> dizini eğer <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> olarak tanımlanmışsa (çoğu Linux dağıtımı için varsayılandır), sistem genelinde öntanımlıları <filename>/etc/xdg/Thunar/accels.scm</filename> içinde belirleyebilirsiniz. Thunar ilk açılışta bu dosyadaki kısayolları yükleyecektir.</para>
-    </sect3>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="support">
-    <title>Destek</title>
-
-    <para>Hata kaydı girmek veya bir iyileştirme önerisinde bulunmak için <ulink url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">http://bugzilla.xfce.org/</ulink> adresindeki hata takip sistemini kullanabilirsiniz. Yararlı bir hata kaydının iki unsuru vardır:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tekrarlanabilir olması.</emphasis> Eğer geliştirici böyle bir hatanın olduğunu kanıtlayamazsa, bu hatayı kapatamaz.</para>
-      </listitem>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Spesifik olması.</emphasis> İyi bir hata kaydı bütün detayların verildiği bir hata kaydıdır. Böylece geliştirici hatayı çözmede daha az zaman harcayacaktır ve kolayca hatayı çözebilecektir.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Eğer bir iyileştirme önerisinde bulunursanız, bunun nasıl bir yenilik getireceğini ve niçin yer alması gerektiğini açıklamanız gerekmektedir. Böylece eklenme şansı yüksek olacaktır. Ayrıca eğer geliştirici iseniz, iyileştirmelerinizi yama olarak gönderebilirsiniz. Ancak <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/terminal/trunk/HACKING">HACKING</ulink> belgesini, özellikle <emphasis>Coding Style</emphasis> ile ilgili kısmı okumalısınız. </para>
-
-    <para>Eğer başka sorularınız varsa bunları <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">thunar-dev tartışma listesinde</ulink> veya <emphasis role="bold">irc.freenode.net</emphasis> üzerinde bulunan <emphasis role="bold">#thunar</emphasis> kanalında sorabilirsiniz.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="copyright">
-    <title>@PACKAGE_NAME@ hakkında</title>
-
-    <para>@PACKAGE_NAME@ Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>) tarafından geliştirilmektedir. Daha fazla bilgi için <ulink url="http://thunar.xfce.org/" type="http">Thunar websitesini</ulink> ziyaret edebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-    <para>Bu dokümanın özgün sürümü Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>) tarafından yazılmıştır. Bu dokümanın güncel sürümüne <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/">Thunar websitesi</ulink> üzerinden ulaşabilirsiniz.</para>
-
-    <para>Bu yazılım Özgür Yazılım Vakfı tarafından yayınlanan GNU Genel Kamu Lisansı altında dağıtılmaktadır.</para>
-
-    <para>Bu yazılımla birlikte GNU Genel Kamu Lisansının bir kopyasını almış olmalısınız, eğer almadıysanız, Özgür Yazılım Vakfına yazabilirsiniz; Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-</article>
-<!--
-	vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et ai encoding=UTF-8:
--->
diff --git a/docs/manual/tr/images/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/tr/images/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index fcdb623..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/tr/images/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-imagesdir = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/tr/images
-images_DATA =								\
-	bulk-rename.png							\
-	file-manager-window.png						\
-	file-properties.png							\
-	preferences-advanced.png					\
-	preferences-behavior.png					\
-	preferences-side-pane.png					\
-	preferences-views.png						\
-	removable-drives-and-media.png				\
-	removable-media-unmount.png				\
-	sendto-menu.png							\
-	visible-columns.png
-
-EXTRA_DIST = 									\
-	$(images_DATA)
diff --git a/docs/manual/tr/images/bulk-rename.png b/docs/manual/tr/images/bulk-rename.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a3fc365..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/tr/images/bulk-rename.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/tr/images/file-manager-window.png b/docs/manual/tr/images/file-manager-window.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 07814dd..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/tr/images/file-manager-window.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/tr/images/file-properties.png b/docs/manual/tr/images/file-properties.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d2fd15..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/tr/images/file-properties.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/tr/images/preferences-advanced.png b/docs/manual/tr/images/preferences-advanced.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b0b81cd..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/tr/images/preferences-advanced.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/tr/images/preferences-behavior.png b/docs/manual/tr/images/preferences-behavior.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 22aa80b..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/tr/images/preferences-behavior.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/tr/images/preferences-side-pane.png b/docs/manual/tr/images/preferences-side-pane.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f585ba6..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/tr/images/preferences-side-pane.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/tr/images/preferences-views.png b/docs/manual/tr/images/preferences-views.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6954990..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/tr/images/preferences-views.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/tr/images/removable-drives-and-media.png b/docs/manual/tr/images/removable-drives-and-media.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c2030f6..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/tr/images/removable-drives-and-media.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/tr/images/removable-media-unmount.png b/docs/manual/tr/images/removable-media-unmount.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fdbcea..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/tr/images/removable-media-unmount.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/tr/images/sendto-menu.png b/docs/manual/tr/images/sendto-menu.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a7c12d..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/tr/images/sendto-menu.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/tr/images/visible-columns.png b/docs/manual/tr/images/visible-columns.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 602fe06..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/tr/images/visible-columns.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/zh_TW/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/zh_TW/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 459841f..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/zh_TW/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-# $Id$
-
-SUBDIRS =								\
-	images
-
-TARGET_DIR = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/zh_TW
-STYLESHEET = ../thunar.xsl
-DOCUMENT = Thunar.xml
-
-# We set GPATH here; this gives us semantics for GNU make
-# which are more like other make's VPATH, when it comes to
-# whether a source that is a target of one rule is then
-# searched for in VPATH/GPATH.
-GPATH = $(srcdir)
-
-DOC_STAMPS = html-build.stamp
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(DOCUMENT)
-CLEANFILES = $(DOC_STAMPS)
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-all-local: html-build.stamp
-
-html-build.stamp: $(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT) $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET)
-	@echo "*** Building HTML ***"
-	@-chmod -R u+w $(srcdir)
-	rm -rf $(srcdir)/html
-	mkdir $(srcdir)/html
-	$(XSLTPROC) --nonet -o $(srcdir)/html/ $(srcdir)/$(STYLESHEET) \
-		$(srcdir)/$(DOCUMENT)
-	touch html-build.stamp
-else
-all-local:
-endif
-
-maintainer-clean-local: clean
-	(cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf html)
-
-install-data-local:
-	installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*`;				\
-	if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*'; then		\
-		echo "--- Nothing to install";				\
-	else								\
-		$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);		\
-		for file in $$installfiles; do				\
-			echo "--- Installing "$$file;			\
-			$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR);	\
-		done;							\
-	fi
-
-uninstall-local:
-	rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)/*
-
-if ENABLE_XSLTPROC
-dist-check-xsltproc: all
-else
-dist-check-xsltproc:
-	@echo "*** xsltproc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist"
-	@false
-endif
-
-dist-hook: dist-check-xsltproc dist-hook-local
-	mkdir $(distdir)/html
-	-cp $(srcdir)/html/* $(distdir)/html
-
-.PHONY: dist-hook-local
-
-# vi:set ts=8 sw=8 noet ai nocindent syntax=automake:
diff --git a/docs/manual/zh_TW/Thunar.xml.in b/docs/manual/zh_TW/Thunar.xml.in
deleted file mode 100644
index e991f50..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/zh_TW/Thunar.xml.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1437 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-<!ENTITY date "November 2007">
-<!ENTITY version "@PACKAGE_VERSION@">
-<!ENTITY application "@PACKAGE_NAME@">
-]>
-<article id="index" lang="zh_TW">
-
-  <!-- Header -->
-  <articleinfo>
-    <title>Thunar 檔案總管</title>
-
-    <pubdate>&date;</pubdate>
-
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2004</year>
-      <year>2005</year>
-      <year>2006</year>
-      <year>2007</year>
-      <holder>Benedikt Meurer</holder>
-    </copyright>
-
-    <legalnotice id="legalnotice">
-      <para>您可以複製、散布、「及/或」更改文件內容,其成立條件為遵照GNU 自由文件授權(GFDL) 版本 1.1 或之後自由軟體基金會的更新授權版本。所附授權條款內文章節不可更動,不應附有封面文字,也不應附有封底文字。完整的授權條款內容可自這裡 <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/">Free Software Foundation</ulink>取得。</para>
-    </legalnotice>
-
-    <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-        <firstname>Benedikt</firstname>
-        <surname>Meurer</surname>
-        <affiliation>
-          <address><email>benny at xfce.org</email></address>
-          <orgname>os-cillation</orgname>
-          <orgdiv>系統發展</orgdiv>
-          <jobtitle>軟體發展人員</jobtitle>
-        </affiliation>
-      </author>
-    </authorgroup>
-
-    <releaseinfo>本手冊說明@PACKAGE_VERSION@ 版本的 @PACKAGE_NAME@ 操作方式</releaseinfo>
-  </articleinfo>
-
-  <sect1 id="intro">
-    <title>介紹 @PACKAGE_NAME@ </title>
-
-    <para>Thunar 是 Xfce 桌面環境嶄新的檔案總管。 Thunar 以快速且易於使用為設計的原則。它的使用介面清爽又直覺,也沒有什麼奇奇怪怪的東西或預設一些無用的額外功能。Thunar 在啟動程式及載入目錄時的反應時間都奇快無比。</para>
-
-    <para>Thunar 檔案總管能夠讓您很直覺地管理自己的檔案與程式。您可以使用檔案總管從事以下的操作:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>建立目錄與文件</listitem>
-      <listitem>檢視您的檔案和資料夾。</listitem>
-      <listitem>管理您的檔案與資料夾。</listitem>
-      <listitem>可以執行並管理自定的動作。</listitem>
-      <listitem>存取隨身型的儲存媒體。</listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="the-file-manager-window">
-    <title>The File Manager Window</title>
-
-    <para>
-      By default the file manager window consists of a shortcut pane on the left side, the main area on the right
-      and a pathbar above the main area.
-    </para>
-
-    <screenshot>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="images/file-manager-window.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-
-        <textobject>
-          <phrase>File Manager Window</phrase>
-        </textobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </screenshot>
-
-    <para>
-      The <guilabel>Shortcut Pane</guilabel> provides shortcuts to different folders on your system. The first
-      shortcut will lead to your <emphasis>Home Folder</emphasis>, the folder you store all your personal data,
-      and will therefore have the name of the current user. The second shortcut will take you to the trash bin,
-      which stores deleted files that can be recovered later. The third shortcut takes you to the <emphasis>Desktop
-      Folder</emphasis>, which contains the files and folders that are displayed on the desktop. The fourth
-      shortcut will take you to the root of your file system - you may want to explore it a bit, even though
-      it may be confusing to you if you are new to Linux/Unix. Just click on the different folders and see what is
-      inside.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      Below the <emphasis>File System</emphasis> shortcut, the removable drives and media will be displayed. In
-      the screenshot above, you can see a <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel> shortcut. Click on these shortcuts
-      to access the data stored on the removable drives and media. See <xref linkend="using-removable-media"/>
-      for further details.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The remaining shortcuts are user defined. Add your own shortcuts by simply dragging folders to the
-      <guilabel>Shortcuts Pane</guilabel>. This will allow you to access important folders instantly. To
-      remove a previously added shortcut, right-click on the shortcut and choose <guimenuitem>Remove Shortcut</guimenuitem>.
-      To rename a previously added shortcut, right-click on the shortcut and choose <guimenuitem>Rename Shortcut</guimenuitem>.
-      Note that these actions affect only the shortcut, not the folder referenced by the shortcuts.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The <emphasis>main area</emphasis> will always display the contents of the current folder. Double click on
-      folders to enter them, and right-click on files or folders to get a context-menu offering some choices of
-      what to do with it. Select multiple files by dragging a rectangle over them with the mouse. Alternatively,
-      select one file, hold down the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key, and increase or decrease the selection using
-      the arrow keys.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The <emphasis>pathbar</emphasis> will always show the path you took to get to the folder you are currently
-      at. You can click on any pathbar button to change to the folder it represents. Right-click on a pathbar
-      button to bring up a context-menu with some options.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="customizing-the-appearance">
-      <title>Customizing the Appearance</title>
-
-      <para>
-        There are many ways to customize the appearance of the file manager windows. In case you do not like the
-        way the icons are displayed, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>View as Detailed List</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-        from the main menu to have the contents of the current folder displayed as a list.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        You can have the file manager windows display a location bar instead of the pathbar by choosing
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Location Selector</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Toolbar Style</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-        from the main menu.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        In case you prefer a treeview in the left pane, choose
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Tree</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-        from the main menu.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="visible-columns-in-the-detailed-list-view">
-        <title>Visible Columns in the Detailed List View</title>
-
-        <para>
-          If you prefer to display the contents of the folder as a list, using the <guilabel>Detailed List View</guilabel>, you can
-          customize the columns displayed in the list view. To customize the visible columns, choose
-          <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure Columns...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.
-        </para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/visible-columns.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Visible Columns</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Visible Columns</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>
-                Select the columns you want to be displayed from the list of available columns. Click <guibutton>Move Up</guibutton>
-                or <guibutton>Move Down</guibutton> to change the order of the columns. Click <guibutton>Use Default</guibutton> to
-                revert your changes.
-              </para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Column Sizing</guilabel></term>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>
-                Select the option <guibutton>Automatically expand columns as needed</guibutton> if you want the list view columns
-                to expand automatically if the needed to ensure the text is fully visible.
-              </para>
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="working-with-files-and-folders">
-    <title>Working with Files and Folders</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="opening-files">
-      <title>Opening Files</title>
-
-      <para>
-        When you open a file, the file manager performs the default action for that file type. For example, opening a text file
-        will display it in the default text editor, while opening an image file will display the image in the default image
-        viewer.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The file manager checks the extension of a file to determine the type of a file. If the file has no known extension, the
-        file manager examines the contents of the file.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-the-default-action">
-        <title>Executing the Default Action</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To execute the default for a file, double-click on the file. For example, the default action for audio files is to
-          play the it with the default music playing application. In this case, you can double-click on the file to open the
-          file in the music player.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          You can set <application>Thunar</application> preferences so that you click once on a file to execute the default
-          action. For information, see <xref linkend="preferences-behavior"/>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="executing-non-default-actions">
-        <title>Executing Non-Default Actions</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To execute actions other than the default action for a file, select the file that you want to perform an action on.
-          Choose the desired action from the <emphasis>Open With</emphasis> choices available in <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu
-          or an <guimenu>Open With</guimenu> submenu.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="adding-actions">
-        <title>Adding Actions</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To add actions associated with a file type, perform the following steps:
-        </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              In the main area, select a file of the type to which you want to add an action.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open With Other Application...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-              from the main menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Either choose an application in the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> dialog or select <guibutton>Use a custom command</guibutton>
-              and browse to the program with which you wish to open this type.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>
-          The action you have chosen is now added to the list of actions for that particular file type. If you enabled the
-          <guibutton>Use as default for this kind of file</guibutton> option or there was no prior action associated with the
-          type, the newly added action is the default.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          You may also add actions using the <guibutton>Open With</guibutton> button under
-          <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="modifiying-actions">
-        <title>Modifying Actions</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To modify the actions associated with a file or file type, perform the following steps:
-        </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              In the main area, select a file of the type for which you want to modify the action.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select the new default action using the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> button or add a new action by choosing
-              <guimenuitem>Open With Other Application...</guimenuitem> from the drop down menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>
-          To remove a previously added action for a file type, bring up the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> dialog as described
-          above, right-click the action you want to remove and choose <guimenuitem>Remove Launcher</guimenuitem>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="file-properties">
-      <title>File Properties</title>
-
-      <para>
-        The file properties window shows more information about any file or folder in the file manager. With this window, you can also
-        do the following:
-      </para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Change the icon for special files, such as application launchers and URL links.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Add or remove emblems for a file or folder.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Change the UNIX file permissions for a file or folder.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Choose which application is used to open a file and other files of the same type.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/file-properties.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>File Properties</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        To open the file properties window, perform the following steps:
-      </para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Select the file or folder whose properties you want to examine or change. You cannot
-            select multiple items at once and display the properties that are in common to all
-            items currently.
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>
-            Do one of the following:
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Right-click the selected item and choose <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> from the context menu.</para>
-              </listitem>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="using-removable-media">
-    <title>Using Removable Media</title>
-
-    <sect2 id="accessing-removable-media">
-      <title>Accessing Removable Media</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar supports removable media if it was built with support for <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software_2fhal">HAL</ulink>,
-        or if you are using <ulink type="http" url="http://www.freebsd.org/">FreeBSD</ulink>. Note however that on FreeBSD 6.0 or newer, it is
-        suggested to use HAL rather than the native support provided by Thunar.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-mount-media">
-        <title>To Mount Media</title>
-
-        <para>
-          To <emphasis>mount</emphasis> media is to make the file system of the media available for access. When you mount media, the
-          file system of the media is attached as a subdirectory to your file system.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          To access media, insert the media in the appropriate device, or connect the new device to your computer (i.e. connect an USB
-          stick to one of your USB ports). An object that represents the media is added to the side pane of the file manager. If
-          <application>xfdesktop</application> is running and configured to display <guilabel>File/launcher icons</guilabel> this
-          object will also be added to your desktop.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          To actually mount the media, click on the object that represents the media. For example, to mount a floppy diskette,
-          click on the <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel> object in the side pane. The file manager will now add the file system
-          of the media to your file system hierarchy and display the contents of the floppy diskette in the main area.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="to-eject-media">
-        <title>To Eject Media</title>
-
-        <para>
-          If the drive for the media is a motorized drive (i.e. a CD-ROM drive), right-click on the media object in the side pane
-          or on the desktop and choose <guilabel>Eject Volume</guilabel>. The media is ejected from the drive after a few seconds.
-          If the drive for the media is not motorized (i.e. a floppy drive or an USB stick), right-click on the media object and
-          choose <guilabel>Unmount Volume</guilabel>. After a short period of time, a notification will appear to inform you
-          that it is now safe to remove the media or disconnect the drive from the computer.
-        </para>
-
-        <screenshot>
-          <mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="images/removable-media-unmount.png" format="PNG"/>
-            </imageobject>
-
-            <textobject>
-              <phrase>Unmount notification</phrase>
-            </textobject>
-          </mediaobject>
-        </screenshot>
-
-        <para>
-          However this notification will only be displayed if support for <application>libnotify</application> is enabled,
-          and you have installed a notification daemon. A notification daemon for Xfce is available from the <ulink type="http" url="http://goodies.xfce.org/projects/applications/notification-daemon-xfce">Xfce Goodies Project</ulink>.
-          If notification support is not available, wait until the context menu disappears before you remove the media or disconnect
-          the drive.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Be aware that you cannot eject or unmount media that is still in use by one or more applications. Therefore if the file
-          manager refuses to eject media, make sure you close all applications that were accessing the media, and be sure to also
-          check command line applications running in <application>Terminal</application> windows.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Make sure to unmount removable media before ejecting. Do not eject a diskette from the floppy drive before your unmount
-          the diskette. Do not remove an USB stick before you unmount the flash drive. If you do not unmount the media first you
-          might lose data or cause your system to crash.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="management-of-removable-drives-and-media">
-      <title>Management of Removable Drives and Media</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar is also able to automatically manage removable drives and media if the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.foo-projects.org/~benny/projects/thunar-volman/index.html">thunar-volman</ulink> package is installed on
-        your system.  Note however that this feature requires HAL support.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Now, if HAL support is available and <application>thunar-volman</application> is installed on your system, you
-        can choose to enable the <guilabel>Volume Management</guilabel> feature of Thunar. Therefore, open the file
-        manager preferences, go to the <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> page and check the <guilabel>Enable Volume
-        Management</guilabel> button.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The next step is to customize the management of removable drives and media to your needs. Click on the
-        <guilabel>Configure</guilabel> link in the <guilabel>Volume Management</guilabel> section, right below
-        the button. The <guilabel>Removable Drives and Media</guilabel> configuration dialog will be displayed.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/removable-drives-and-media.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Removable Drives and Media</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        If you have used the <application>gnome-volume-manager</application> previously, you should feel right at
-        home, because it was designed to look and behave similar to <application>gnome-volume-manager</application>.
-        The preferences are divided by device categories to make it easy to locate the option for you specific
-        device.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <guilabel>Storage</guilabel> page contains the most important options. As the name suggests these
-        options apply only to storage devices like external harddisk drives, USB sticks and CD-ROMs. The
-        <guilabel>Removable Storage</guilabel> options are described in detail below.
-      </para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Mount removable drives when hot-plugged</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to automatically mount file systems on removable drives (i.e. external harddisk drives
-              or USB sticks) when such drives are plugged into the computer.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              This option must be enabled for certain other features to work with removable drives. For example,
-              if you disable this option, certain kinds of portable music players cannot be detected any more and
-              so, even if you enabled the <guilabel>Play music files when connected</guilabel> option on the
-              <guilabel>Multimedia</guilabel> page, the specified command will not be run when you hot-plug your
-              portable music player.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Mount removable media when inserted</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to automatically mount file systems on removable media (i.e. CD-ROMs or DVDs)
-              when you insert the media into the drive.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              This option must be enabled for certain other features to work with removable media. For example,
-              if you disable this option, it is impossible to detect whether the removable media has auto-run
-              capabilities, and so the <guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel> option
-              has no effect for removable media.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Browse removable media when inserted</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to automatically display the content of newly inserted media in the file manager.
-              Note however, that the contents will only be displayed if no other action was possible or you
-              choose to ignore the other possible actions. For example, if you insert a CD-ROM with auto-run
-              capabilities and the <guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel> option is
-              enabled, you will be prompted whether you want to allow or ignore the auto-run. If you choose
-              to ignore the auto-run the contents will be displayed in the file manager.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Auto-run programs on new drives and media</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to make use of auto-run capabilities of certain removable drives and media. See
-              the <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop
-              Application Autostart Specification</ulink> for details about the auto-run mechanism. To enhance security,
-              you will always be prompted to confirm the auto-run.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              If the Windows emulator <ulink type="http" url="http://www.winehq.org/">WINE</ulink> is installed on your
-              system, the auto-run mechanism will also try to run <filename>autorun.exe</filename> files using WINE.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Auto-open files on new drives and media</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Enable this option to make of auto-open capabilities of certain removable drives and media. See
-              the <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/autostart-spec/autostart-spec-0.5.html">Desktop
-              Application Autostart Specification</ulink> for details about the auto-open mechanism. To enhance security,
-              you will always be prompted to confirm the auto-open.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <para>
-        The remaining options allow you to specify a command to run when a certain kind of media is inserted into a drive
-        or a certain kind of external device is connected. The command can use three special variables, that will be
-        substituted when the command is run:
-      </para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%d</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Each appearance of <literal>%d</literal> in the command will be substituted with the device file path of
-              the newly added device. For example, if you have plugged in an USB stick, the device file path will be
-              <filename>/dev/da0s1</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              If no device file is associated with the device or the device file could not be found for some reason,
-              the variable <literal>%d</literal> will be substituted with the empty string.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%h</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Each appearance of <literal>%h</literal> in the command will be substituted with the HAL UDI of the newly
-              added device.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><literal>%m</literal></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Each appearance of <literal>%m</literal> in the command will be substituted with the mount point where
-              the newly added device was mounted. If the device cannot be mounted (for example printers or keyboards)
-              or if the automatic mounting was disabled, <literal>%m</literal> will be substituted with the empty
-              string.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-      <sect3 id="troubleshooting-the-volume-manager">
-        <title>Troubleshooting the Volume Manager</title>
-
-        <para>
-          Useful tips to trouble shoot the volume manager in case it does not work as expected.
-        </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Make sure <application>Thunar</application> is running as daemon. The volume manager depends
-              on this, as it is not a daemon by itself. By default, Xfce
-              automatically spawns <application>Thunar</application> as daemon on startup. If it got killed
-              for some reason, open the <guilabel>Run program</guilabel> (using the keyboard shortcut
-              <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> or right-click on the desktop
-              and choose <guilabel>Run Program...</guilabel> from the desktop menu), enter <literal>Thunar
-              --daemon</literal> and click <guibutton>Run</guibutton>.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Try running <application>thunar-volman</application> from a <application>Terminal</application>
-              window after hot-plugging the drive or inserting the media. First, you need to figure out the
-              HAL UDI of the new device using <application>lshal</application> or <application>hal-device</application>.
-              Once you know the UDI, run <literal>thunar-volman --device-added <udi-of-your-device></literal> in
-              a <application>Terminal</application> window and watch the output for errors or warnings.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-
-        <para>
-          If it still refuses to work, ask on the <ulink type="http" url="http://forum.xfce.org/">Xfce Forum</ulink> or
-          the <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">thunar-dev mailing list</ulink>
-          for help.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="preferences">
-    <title>File Management Preferences</title>
-
-    <para>
-      Use the <guilabel>File Manager Preferences</guilabel> dialog to set your <application>Thunar</application> file manager
-      preferences. To open the preferences dialog, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-      from the menu bar, or click on the <guibutton>File Manager</guibutton> button in the Xfce Settings Manager.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The <guilabel>File Manager Preferences</guilabel> dialog is divided into four pages with different options, each described in
-      a separate section below. Basically you can set preferences in the following categories:
-    </para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem><para>The default settings for the views.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>The default settings for the side pane.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>The behavior of the file manager windows.</para></listitem>
-      <listitem><para>Advanced features of the file manager.</para></listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>
-      Thunar also supports a bunch of so-called <emphasis>Hidden Options</emphasis>, which control several advanced features of the
-      file manager, but are not included in the preferences in order to keep the preferences dialog simple. The <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/thunar/trunk/docs/README.thunarrc"><filename>README.thunarrc</filename></ulink> file that
-      is included with the Thunar distribution describes all available options in detail.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-views">
-      <title>Views Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can specify a default view, select sort options and display options. You can
-        also specify whether thumbnails should be displayed for file types that support
-        this.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-views.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Views Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>View new folder using</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select the default view for folders. When you open a new window, the is displayed
-              in the view that you select. This can be either the icon view, the compact list view
-              or the detailed list view. You can also select <guilabel>Last Active View</guilabel>
-              here to use the view you used for the last active window.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Sort folders before files</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to list folders before files when you sort a folder.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Show thumbnails</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to show thumbnails of image files and other supported files. The
-              file manager stores the thumbnail files for each folder in the hidden <filename role="directory">.thumbnails</filename> directory in the user's Home Folder.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              See <xref linkend="thumbnailers"/> if you want to extend the basic
-              thumbnail functionality provided by <application>Thunar</application> with support
-              for additional file types.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Text beside icons</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this options to place the icon captions for items in the icon view beside the
-              icon rather than under the icon.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-side-pane">
-      <title>Side Pane Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can select display options for the shortcuts pane and the tree pane.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-side-pane.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Side Pane Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        The side pane can either display a list of shortcuts for folders in your file system, which
-        is the default, or a tree view of your file system. This page allows you to select the size
-        of the icons for the shortcuts and the tree pane. You can also specify whether emblems should
-        be displayed.
-      </para>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Icon Size</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              The size of the icons displayed in the side, ranging from <guilabel>Very Small</guilabel> (around
-              16x16 pixels) to <guilabel>Very Large</guilabel> (around 128x128 pixels).
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Show Icon Emblems</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to display emblems for folders in the side pane. You can assign emblems to
-              folders in the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog. Select a folder in the main area and
-              choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-              from the main menu, or right-click the folder and select <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
-              from the context menu.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-behavior">
-      <title>Behavior Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can select the preferred behavior to interact with the file manager.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-behavior.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Behavior Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Single click to active items</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to perform the default action for an item when you
-              click on the item. When this option is selected, and you point to an
-              item, the title of the item is underlined and the item will be
-              selected automatically after a short delay.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              This delay can be configured below the option. You can also disable the
-              automatic selection of items by moving the selector to the left-most
-              position.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Double click to activate items</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Select this option to perform the default action for an item when you
-              double click on the item, and select the item with a single click.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="preferences-advanced">
-      <title>Advanced Preferences</title>
-
-      <para>
-        You can control advanced features of the file manager.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/preferences-advanced.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Advanced Preferences</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Folder Permissions</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              Choose the action that should be performed when you change the permissions of a folder in
-              the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog. You can choose to let <application>Thunar</application>
-              ask everytime when you change folder permissions, tell it to default to applying the new permissions
-              to the folder only or to apply them recursively to the folder contents as well.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Volume Management</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              If <application>Thunar</application> was installed with support for HAL and the <application>thunar-volman</application>
-              package is also installed, you can enable the integrated volume manager. See <xref linkend="management-of-removable-drives-and-media"/>
-              for details about this feature.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="customizing-thunar">
-    <title>Customizing Thunar</title>
-
-    <para>
-      This chapter describes how to customize certain parts of the file manager to your own needs.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="sendto">
-      <title>The "Send To" Menu</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar includes a <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu, which provides possible targets where files and folders can
-        be sent to. To access the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu, choose
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Send To</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu, or right-click
-        on a file or folder and choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Send To</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/sendto-menu.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>"Send To" Menu</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        By default, the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu includes an entry named <guilabel>Desktop (Create Link)</guilabel> for all
-        files and folders, which simply creates a link on the desktop for each selected file. In addition, if the <guilabel>Shortcuts
-        Pane</guilabel> is active, the menu also includes an entry called <guilabel>Side Pane (Create Shortcut)</guilabel> for folders,
-        which allows users to add new shortcuts to the side pane. Following these entries, <application>Thunar</application> lists
-        the removable drives currently plugged into the computer. In the screenshot above, the <guilabel>Floppy Drive</guilabel>
-        represents a possible target where files can be sent to. Note that the device is mounted automatically once selected from
-        the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu, so you do not need to manually mount it.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        In addition <application>Thunar</application> also ships the <application>thunar-sendto-email</application> plugin, which adds
-        the entry <guilabel>Mail Recipient</guilabel> to the menu, that opens the mail composer with the selected files attach to the
-        new email. If the selection contains atleast one folder, the selected items are added to a ZIP archive before attaching them
-        to the email. Otherwise, if the selection contains multiple files, or a single file, which is larger than 200Kib, the user will
-        be prompted whether to pack the files into a ZIP archive, and send the ZIP archive.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Like most other features of <application>Thunar</application>, the <guilabel>Send to</guilabel> menu can be easily extended
-        by users and application developers with new targets, using standard <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fdesktop_2dentry_2dspec">desktop entry files</ulink>. These files must be
-        installed into one of the <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/Thunar/sendto/</filename> folders (see the <ulink type="http" url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fbasedir_2dspec">XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink> for details about the
-        <literal>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</literal> variable).
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <literal>MimeType</literal> of the target <filename>.desktop</filename> specifies the types of files for which this action
-        should be available in the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu. For example, say you want to add entry for a <ulink type="http" url="http://flickr.com/">Flickr</ulink> uploader tool, then this entry should only show up if the selection contains JPEG
-        files (other file formats are not supported by Flickr) and so you should add a line <literal>MimeType=image/jpeg;</literal>.
-        If you do not specify any <literal>MimeType</literal> your entry will show up for all file types.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        A complete example using the <application>postr</application> application is shown below:
-      </para>
-
-<programlisting>
-# postr.desktop - Integrate postr into
-#                 the "Send To" menu.
-[Desktop Entry]
-Type=Application
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-TryExec=postr
-Exec=postr %F
-Icon=postr
-Name=Flickr
-MimeType=image/jpeg;</programlisting>
-
-      <para>
-        If you install this file to <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/Thunar/sendto/</filename> (create the folder if
-        it does not exist yet), the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu for JPEG files will show the new entry <guilabel>Flickr</guilabel>,
-        which can be used to upload JPEG images to Flickr.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/sendto_menu">Thunar Project Wiki</ulink> contains
-        additional examples of useful targets for the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> menu. Feel free to extend the Wiki page with
-        new examples.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="thumbnailers">
-      <title>Thumbnailers</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Thunar uses small utilities to create thumbnails of certain file types and displays the thumbnails as preview of the
-        file content. These small tools are called thumbnailers. Thunar ships with thumbnailers for image and font files, and
-        makes use of the installed thumbnailers from GNOME automatically if it was installed with support for <literal>gconf</literal>.
-        Users may however dynamically extend this basic functionality with thumbnailers for additional file types.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        If you plan to write a custom thumbnailers, you need to start with a program that accepts atleast two command line parameters,
-        the input file, which is of the file type you plan to support and the output file, which is a PNG file that complies with the
-        format specified by the <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/creation.html#AEN139">Thumbnail Management
-        Standard</ulink>. Additionally your program may also accept the desired size of the thumbnail, which is optional but highly
-        recommended. If you write the output file at an arbitrary image size, Thunar will afterwards scale it to the desired size,
-        which might produce a less optimal result than generating the thumbnail with the requested dimensions.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Once your utility to generate the thumbnails is done, you will need to register your thumbnailer, so Thunar is able to locate
-        and use it. Therefore all you need to do is to install a description file for the thumbnailer (a <filename>.desktop</filename> file)
-        in one of the <filename role="directory">$XDG_DATA_DIRS/thumbnailers/</filename> paths. For example, if you want to register the
-        thumbnailer for your user account only, you can install the file into the folder <filename role="directory">~/.local/share/thumbnailers/</filename>. The <filename>.desktop</filename> for thumbnailers has the following format.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="thumbnailer-desktop-file-format">
-        <title>Thumbnailer Description File Format</title>
-
-        <para>
-          Thumbnailer description files utilize the <ulink type="http" url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/">Desktop
-          Entry Format</ulink> with a special <literal>Type</literal> of <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal> and special field
-          <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> with new field codes. Basically, a thumbnailer description file has the following format.
-        </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=Your Thumbnailer
-MimeType=your-supported/mime-type;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=your-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>
-          The <literal>Version</literal> and <literal>Encoding</literal> are mandated by the Desktop Entry Specification, just use the values shown
-          in the example above. The <literal>Type</literal> field must have the special value <literal>X-Thumbnailer</literal>, otherwise your
-          thumbnailer will not be recognized. The <literal>Name</literal> value describes your thumbnailer.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The <literal>X-Thumbnailer-Exec</literal> field contains the command to run your thumbnailer, and supports certain field codes that will
-          be substituted when the thumbnailer is run. Recognized field codes are as follows:
-        </para>
-
-        <variablelist>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%i</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              The local path to the input file for which to create a thumbnail. May be either a path relative to the directory from which the
-              thumbnailer was invoked or an absolute path.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%o</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              The local path to the output file where to store the generated thumbnail. The output file must be written as valid PNG file according
-              to the thumbnail standard (see above). Note that the path may not end with <literal>.png</literal>, which matters if you invoke certain
-              third party tools.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%s</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              The desired size of the generated thumbnail in pixels. This parameter is optional.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%u</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              Similar to <literal>%i</literal>, but substituted with the URI of the file, rather than the path. This was added for compatibility with
-              GNOME.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term><varname>%%</varname></term>
-            <listitem>
-              Will be substituted with a single <literal>%</literal>.
-            </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-
-        <para>
-          You need to include atleast <literal>%o</literal> and <literal>%i</literal> or <literal>%u</literal>, otherwise your thumbnailer will
-          be useless.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The <literal>MimeType</literal> lists the MIME types - separated by semicolon - for which your thumbnailer is able to create previews.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="eps-thumbnailer-example">
-        <title>Example EPS Thumbnailer</title>
-
-        <para>
-          This example demonstrates how to write and install a new thumbnailer for <filename>.eps</filename> files, which uses the
-          <command>convert</command> utility that ships as part of ImageMagick. First, we start with a simple script that invokes
-          <command>convert</command> to generate a thumbnail at the requested size.
-        </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# eps-thumbnailer - Example thumbnailer script for EPS files.
-#
-# Usage: esp-thumbnailer eps-file png-file size
-#
-
-# command line parameters
-ifile=$1
-ofile=$2
-size=$3
-
-# invoke convert (ImageMagick)
-exec convert "eps:$ifile" -scale "$sizex$size" "png:$ofile"</programlisting>
-
-        <para>
-          Save this script above to a file <filename>eps-thumbnailer</filename>, make sure the file is executable and install it
-          to <filename role="directory">/usr/local/bin</filename>.
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ chmod +x eps-thumbnailer
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer /usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          Next we need to create the thumbnail description file <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename>, which looks like this:
-        </para>
-
-        <programlisting>
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Encoding=UTF-8
-Type=X-Thumbnailer
-Name=EPS Thumbnailer
-TryExec=convert
-MimeType=image/x-eps;
-X-Thumbnailer-Exec=/usr/local/bin/eps-thumbnailer %i %o %s</programlisting>
-
-        <para>
-          This file must be installed to <filename role="directory">/usr/local/share/thumbnailers</filename> (create the folder if
-          it does not exists).
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>
-$ sudo install -d /usr/local/share/thumbnailers
-$ sudo install eps-thumbnailer.desktop /usr/local/share/thumbnailers/eps-thumbnailer.desktop</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          The <filename>eps-thumbnailer.desktop</filename> file uses the special key <literal>TryExec</literal>, which, if specified,
-          names a command that must be present on the system for the thumbnailer to be useful. In this case, our script is useless if
-          the <command>convert</command> utility is not present.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          The last step is to regenerate the thumbnailer cache, so Thunar will pick up our thumbnailer. The thumbnailer cache is located
-          at <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/thumbnailers.cache</filename> (unless overridden by your or your system administrator, the
-          <varname>$XDG_CACHE_HOME</varname> points to the folder <filename role="directory">~/.cache/</filename>). The thumbnailers
-          cache is regenerated periodically by Thunar, but you can force to regenerate it by invoking the
-          <filename>thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</filename> utility, that ships as part of Thunar. This utility is usually installed
-          in the <filename role="directory">libexec</filename> subfolder of your installation prefix (<filename role="directory">sbin</filename>
-          on Debian/Ubuntu). So for example, if Thunar is installed in <filename role="directory">/usr</filename>, invoke the utility as
-          follows:
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>$ /usr/libexec/thunar-vfs-update-thumbnailers-cache-1</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          But make sure you run the program from your user account, not the superuser account, since the thumbnailers cache is stored in
-          your home folder, rather than a system wide location.
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-          Now, if Thunar is compiled with support for file alteration monitoring (using the FAM or Gamin services), it will automatically
-          pick up the new thumbnailers cache within a few seconds and afterwards be able to generate thumbnails using your custom
-          thumbnailers. Otherwise you might need to completely restart Thunar to apply the changes, using
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>$ Thunar -q</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          to terminate any running instance, and afterwards restart it from your launcher.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="cleaning-up-thumbnails">
-        <title>Cleaning up Thumbnails</title>
-
-        <para>
-          The generated thumbnails are stored in the folder <filename role="directory">~/.thumbnails/</filename> complying with the <ulink type="http" url="http://jens.triq.net/thumbnail-spec/index.html">Thumbnail Management Standard</ulink>. While testing a new
-          thumbnailer, it might help to clean up the thumbnail cache using
-        </para>
-
-        <screen>$ rm -rf ~/.thumbnails/</screen>
-
-        <para>
-          which will also give you some free space in your home folder. Since all the information stored within this folder was automatically
-          generated from files in your file system, you will not loose any sensitive data.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="advanced-topics">
-    <title>進階內容</title>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="to-bulk-rename-files">
-      <title>To Bulk Rename Files</title>
-
-      <para>
-        To <emphasis>bulk rename</emphasis> files means to rename multiple files at once using some criterion, that applies to atleast
-        one of the files. <application>Thunar</application> includes a bulk renamer, which can be run separately using the command
-        <command>Thunar -B</command> or from within <application>Thunar</application> by selecting two or more files in the main area
-        and pressing <keycombo><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> or choosing
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Rename...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the main menu.
-      </para>
-
-      <screenshot>
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="images/bulk-rename.png" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-
-          <textobject>
-            <phrase>Bulk Rename Files</phrase>
-          </textobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </screenshot>
-
-      <para>
-        The <emphasis>Bulk Renamers</emphasis> can be applied to the name of the files, the suffix of the files or both to the
-        name and the suffix of the files. <application>Thunar</application> currently supports the following <emphasis>Bulk
-        Renamers</emphasis>:
-      </para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem><para>Remove characters.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Numbering files.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Insert Date or Time.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Insert or overwrite characters.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Search and replace characters.</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>Convert to uppercase, lowercase or camlcase.</para></listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-      <para>
-        Additional <emphasis>Bulk Renamers</emphasis> may be installed as plugins for <application>Thunar</application>. Check
-        the <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/plugins.html">Thunar Plugins</ulink> website for currently available
-        extensions. The <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/pwiki/documentation/bulk_renamer">Thunar Project Wiki</ulink>
-        contains further details about this feature. Feel free to add more information to the Wiki.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="the-unix-file-system">
-      <title> UNIX 檔案系統</title>
-
-      <para>既然 Thunar 檔案總管已經幫您把使用檔案的瑣碎細節給處理好了,一般使用者其實可以不必管這些細節的東西。不過稍微了解一下整體性的觀點,有時候對您也會十分有用的哦。本章節將會初淺地介紹 UNIX 檔案系統的基本概念,這些概念在每一種 UNIX 上都可以套用,當然也包括了 Linux。</para>
-
-      <sect3 id="folders-and-paths">
-        <title>檔案與路徑</title>
-
-        <para>在 UNIX 檔案系統中,所有的資料夾都可以像摸藤找地瓜一樣 ;匯歸到同一個最初始的源頭目錄。這一個目錄,我們叫它 <emphasis>根目錄</emphasis> (我們比較常用 <emphasis>目錄</emphasis>這個字眼而不是用 <emphasis>資料夾</emphasis>)而在 Thunar 裡則是顯示為<guilabel>檔案系統</guilabel> 。這表示在開枝散葉的樹狀結構中,您可以很有條理地在各個資料夾裡層層往上推,最後都是殊途同歸;然後再來清楚地往下尋找您想要找到的資料夾,一切都有條不紊。</para>
-
-        <para>在系統裡任何檔案或資料夾的位置都能用所謂的 <emphasis>路徑</emphasis> 來描述。 路徑會以根目錄為起始,條列出您指定的檔案或資料夾的精確位置。舉個例子來看: <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> 就是表示從根目錄算起,<filename role="directory">luke</filename> 是位於 <filename role="directory">home</filename> 底下的子目錄,而<filename>/home/luke/myfile.txt</filename> 表示檔案 <filename>myfile.txt</filename> 就放在子目錄裡。最前面的反斜線 <filename role="directory">/</filename> 就是代表根目錄的意思。</para>
-
-        <para>每位使用者都擁有自己的目錄以置放自己的檔案和相關的設定。這個目錄稱為<emphasis>家目錄</emphasis> ,您在 Thunar 工具列上會看到一個標示著您登入帳號的特別小圖示。這個目錄有點類似您在Windows 底下常看到的 <guilabel>我的文件夾</guilabel>。 系統使用者的<emphasis>家目錄</emphasis> 通常是被放在 <filename role="directory">/home</filename> 這個目錄底下。比如說 <filename role="directory">/home/luke</filename> 這個目錄就是登入帳號為 <filename role="directory">luke</filename>這個用戶的家目錄。同樣地 <filename role="directory">/home/jane</filename>也就是登入帳號為<filename role="directory">jane</filename>這個使用者的家目錄。</para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="file-types">
-        <title>檔案類型</title>
-
-        <para>也許您有聽說在 UNIX 底下任何東西都是「檔案」, 時至今日 UNIX 的本色依然如此。事實上就連硬體設備也被當作特別的「檔案」。或許乍聽之下會有點奇怪,這卻正是 Unix 具有韌性和延展性的強項之一。如此安排讓 Unix 數十年來不管面對怎樣的新科技,核心架構依然單純合理。不像其他的作業系統需要不斷花時間更改它們的架構內容才有辦法跟上時代。</para>
-
-        <para>在 UNIX 系統中,有四種最重要的檔案類型您不可不知。</para>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-ordinary-files">
-          <title>實質檔案</title>
-
-          <para>實質檔案的定義包含文字、程式、或其他具體的資料。像是圖片、音樂檔、office 文件,以及影片檔這些親切的東西。一般我們講的 <emphasis>檔案</emphasis> 其實就是在說這些實質檔案。</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-folder-files">
-          <title>目錄檔</title>
-
-          <para>資料夾在 UNIX 裡也是一種檔案。我們要把它視作一種特殊檔案,主要的功用在於儲存資料夾中每個實質檔案依照其檔名所產生的對應關係並且處理和安置這些關聯性。</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-symbolic-link-files">
-          <title>符號連結檔</title>
-
-          <para>符號連結(常被稱為 <emphasis>symlink</emphasis>)是一種特殊的檔案,內含檔案系統上另一個檔案的路徑。符號連結檔案除了指向其他檔案以外,本身並未包含太多有用的資訊。</para>
-        </sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="file-types-device-files">
-          <title>裝置檔</title>
-
-          <para>前面提到既然硬體是「檔案」,它們當然也位於檔案系統之中。這些特殊的「硬體檔」通常都擺在 <filename role="directory">/dev</filename> 這個資料夾。比方說「硬體檔」 <filename>/dev/hda</filename> 就代表您的Linux 裡頭第一顆(a) IDE 硬碟(hd)。</para>
-        </sect4>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="faq">
-    <title>常見問題集</title>
-
-    <para>以下章節的內容,是我們在各方搜集整理當您在使用 Thunar 時,可能會遇上的常見狀況及其簡易解答。如果您知道一些有用的問題卻沒列在裡頭,請經由 <ulink type="http" url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">file a request</ulink>告訴我們。</para>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-executables">
-      <title>在 Thunar 裡頭看到的可執行檔為什麼不能執行?</title>
-
-      <para>為了系統安全 Thunar 只能夠執行 <literal>application/x-desktop</literal>、 <literal>application/x-executable</literal> 還有<literal>application/x-shellscript</literal>這幾種執行檔。放在桌面上的程式圖示除非在<literal>Application</literal>這欄有設定並且有標明 <literal>Exec</literal> 這一行否則無法執行,此外像 <literal>Link</literal>(連結) 這種桌面圖示沒有輸入正確的 <literal>URL</literal> (網址)的話也會執行失敗。其他類型的執行檔除非目前的使用者有為它們加上可執行的內容屬性,不然也是不會動的。</para>
-
-      <para>另外也要注意屬於 <literal>application/x-executable</literal> 以及 <literal>application/x-shellscript</literal>的執行檔。這些類型的程式碼不需要真的符合內建對應的檔案類型就能執行。只要執行檔的父程序符合上述兩種執行檔之一,或者其 MIME-類型是上述執行檔類型的別名的話,就能夠被執行。</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-metadata">
-      <title>Thunar 都把設定檔案關聯類型的資料放在哪裡呢?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar 能夠處理許多類型的檔案與資料夾,全靠我們叫作元始資料的法寶。這種聯繫所有檔案類型的元始資料是以 tdb 資料庫型式儲存的,而這個資料庫檔又稱為元始檔案(metafile)。儲存的檔案放在 <filename>$XDG_CACHE_HOME/Thunar/metafile.tdb</filename> 這裡,您可以用<command>tdbtool</command>來檢查一下,在 Thunar 公布的原始碼中附有這個工具。(放在原始碼解開後的 <filename role="directory">tdb/</filename> 子目錄裡)。</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-thunarrc">
-      <title>請問 Thunar 的功能設定放在哪裡呢?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar 將可供使用者調整的設定 (以及隱含的設定) 放在一個類似 <filename>.ini</filename> 的檔案中,我們把它放在 <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/thunarrc</filename> 這個檔案裡頭,您可以使用文字編輯器來直接加以修改。請參考 <filename>docs/README.thunarrc</filename> 說明檔案以便認識這些設定選項。</para>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-mouse-gestures">
-      <title>要怎麼在 Thunar 裡頭使用滑鼠手勢?</title>
-
-      <para>Thunar 現在使用圖示檢視模式時可以玩到一種叫作 <emphasis>滑鼠手勢</emphasis> 的新功能。要使用 <emphasis>滑鼠手勢</emphasis> 您需要按住滑鼠中鍵 (也就是滾輪的地方) 不放,然後在檔案總管空白的地方就會出現之前沒看過的箭頭游標 (請注意不要點到任何檔案圖示或文字)。 現在您可以上下左右動動看這個游標,我們將為您說明指到這四個方向有什麼作用。</para>
-
-      <simplelist>
-        <member><guilabel>向左</guilabel> - 回去前一個目錄</member>
-        <member><guilabel>往上</guilabel> - 跳到往上一層的目錄</member>
-        <member><guilabel>向右</guilabel> - 跳到往後一個目錄</member>
-        <member><guilabel>往下</guilabel> - 重新整理現在這個目錄</member>
-      </simplelist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-assign-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>我要怎樣才能改成我想要的快速鍵?</title>
-
-      <para>如果您想要更改快速鍵,Thunar 支援標準的 GTK+  行為方便您改動快速鍵:只要將滑鼠游標指到程式選單中您可以反白的操作選項那裡,然後馬上按下您想要的快速鍵組合就行了。</para>
-
-      <para>要消除您不想要的快速鍵,同樣也是滑鼠擺到程式選單可以反白的操作選項那裡然後按下消去鍵( <keycap>Backspace</keycap> )即可。</para>
-
-      <para>如果設定的快速鍵沒有更動,那麼您需要自行啟用 GTK+ 的這個好用之處。有3種方法可以幫您做到:</para>
-
-      <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>如果您有執行 Xfce 4.3 或更新的版本,請在<guilabel>使用者介面自定</guilabel> 設定中心的地方勾選 <guilabel>自定程式選單功能</guilabel> 選項即可。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>如果您在執行 GNOME 桌面,則在控制台中 <guilabel>選單及工具列</guilabel> 的地方勾選 <guilabel>自定程式選單功能</guilabel> 。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>最後手段就是在您的 <filename>~/.gtkrc-2.0</filename> 設定檔(沒有的話請自行建立)裡加上這一段 :<screen>gtk-can-change-accels=1</screen></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-    </sect3>
-
-    <sect3 id="faq-store-keyboard-shortcuts">
-      <title>那麼 Thunar 是把快速鍵的設定放在哪裡呢?</title>
-
-      <para>自定的快速鍵會存成標準的 GTK+ accel 對映格式然後擺在 <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/Thunar/accels.scm</filename>這個檔案裡。您若看到每行最前面有 <literal>;</literal> 就是註解停用的。請參考 GTK+ 文件以便深入了解這種檔案格式的細節。</para>
-
-      <para>如果您是軟體包裝人員或是系統管理員,那麼也許會想要提供一組全域適用的預設快速鍵,而不是採用Thunar 原始碼中提供的設定。您可以建立像 <filename>Thunar/accels.scm</filename> 的檔案,放在 <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> 的資料夾裡。舉例來說,如果 <filename role="directory">/etc/xdg</filename> 屬於 <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> (大多數 Linux 套件的預設路徑)的話,您就可以把全域使用的快速鍵放在<filename>/etc/xdg/Thunar/accels.scm</filename>這邊。Thunar 在初次啟動時就會載入這裡的快速鍵設定。</para>
-    </sect3>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="support">
-    <title>程式支援</title>
-
-    <para>對這份手冊以及介紹的程式若發現錯誤或有其他建議,請用錯誤回報系統<ulink url="http://bugzilla.xfce.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Thunar&format=guided">http://bugzilla.xfce.org/</ulink>告訴我們。一份描述妥當的錯誤回報,能夠加快我們改善的進度。而妥當的回報主要有兩項重點:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">出錯屢試不爽</emphasis> 如果開發人員在他那邊沒有辦法重現出錯的步驟,也就無從得知如何修理了。請儘量提供您如何操作時的細節。</para>
-      </listitem>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">軟硬體環境</emphasis> The quicker the developer can isolate the problem to a specific area, the more likely he will expediently fix it.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>如果您想要下一版能加入一些新功能,請清楚地跟我們講為何加入的功能可以讓程式更好用。假若您提出的新功能真地讓我們覺得夠好夠讚非加不可,下一版的程式可能就會有哦。懂得修改程式的您如果能夠提供實作新功能的 patch ,那麼下一版會出現的機會就更大了。不過請先閱讀網站上的 <ulink type="http" url="http://svn.xfce.org/svn/xfce/terminal/trunk/HACKING">HACKING</ulink> 說明- 尤其是 <emphasis>Coding Style</emphasis> 這一節- 這樣合作起來才會更愉快哦。</para>
-
-    <para>最後,如果您在使用或安裝本軟體時有什麼問題,請洽詢 <ulink type="http" url="http://foo-projects.org/mailman/listinfo/thunar-dev">thunar-dev mailing list</ulink> ,或是使用 IRC 聊天軟體連上 <emphasis role="bold">irc.freenode.net</emphasis>,加入我們的頻道 <emphasis role="bold">#thunar</emphasis> ,裡面會有熱心的人幫您。</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="copyright">
-    <title>關於 @PACKAGE_NAME@</title>
-
-    <para>@PACKAGE_NAME@ 是由 Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>)所撰寫。請造訪 <ulink url="http://thunar.xfce.org/" type="http">Thunar 網站</ulink>以獲得更多資訊。</para>
-
-    <para>本文件撰寫人為 Benedikt Meurer (<email>benny at xfce.org</email>)。最新版本的文件內容可自這裡 <ulink type="http" url="http://thunar.xfce.org/">Thunar website</ulink>取得。</para>
-
-    <para>本軟體依自由軟體基金會所訂立的 GNU General Public License 授權條款散布 ;乃依版本 授權2 版為基準, (如您有意願)亦准許展延至其後版本。</para>
-
-    <para>本軟體應有隨附一份 GNU General Public License 授權條款; 如果您沒有找到,請來信告知 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-</article>
-<!--
-	vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et ai encoding=UTF-8:
--->
diff --git a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/Makefile.am b/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index b23fb7f..0000000
--- a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-# $Id$
-
-imagesdir = $(datadir)/doc/Thunar/html/zh_TW/images
-images_DATA =								\
-	bulk-rename.png							\
-	file-manager-window.png						\
-	file-properties.png						\
-	preferences-advanced.png					\
-	preferences-behavior.png					\
-	preferences-side-pane.png					\
-	preferences-views.png						\
-	removable-drives-and-media.png					\
-	removable-media-unmount.png					\
-	sendto-menu.png							\
-	visible-columns.png
-
-EXTRA_DIST = 								\
-	$(images_DATA)
-
-# vi:set ts=8 sw=8 noet ai nocindent syntax=automake:
diff --git a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/bulk-rename.png b/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/bulk-rename.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a3fc365..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/bulk-rename.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/file-manager-window.png b/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/file-manager-window.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 07814dd..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/file-manager-window.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/file-properties.png b/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/file-properties.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d2fd15..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/file-properties.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/preferences-advanced.png b/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/preferences-advanced.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b0b81cd..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/preferences-advanced.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/preferences-behavior.png b/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/preferences-behavior.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 22aa80b..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/preferences-behavior.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/preferences-side-pane.png b/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/preferences-side-pane.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f585ba6..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/preferences-side-pane.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/preferences-views.png b/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/preferences-views.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6954990..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/preferences-views.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/removable-drives-and-media.png b/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/removable-drives-and-media.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c2030f6..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/removable-drives-and-media.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/removable-media-unmount.png b/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/removable-media-unmount.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fdbcea..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/removable-media-unmount.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/sendto-menu.png b/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/sendto-menu.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a7c12d..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/sendto-menu.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/visible-columns.png b/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/visible-columns.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 602fe06..0000000
Binary files a/docs/manual/zh_TW/images/visible-columns.png and /dev/null differ



More information about the Xfce4-commits mailing list